Philo of Alexandria — On Freedom · The Contemplative Life · Against Flaccus · Embassy to Gaius
Works in this volume — 5
To Prove that every Man who is virtuous is also free
Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–25
1My former treatise, O Theodotus, was intended to prove that every wicked man was a slave, and that proposition I fully established by many natural and unquestionable arguments; and this other treatise is akin to that one, being its full brother both by the father’s and the mother’s side, and being even, in some sort, a twin with it, since in it we will proceed to show that every virtuous man is free.
2Now it is said, that the most sacred sect of the Pythagoreans, among many other excellent doctrines, taught this one also, that it was not well to proceed by the plain ordinary roads, not meaning to urge us to walk among precipices (for it was not their object to weary our feet with labour), but intimating, by a figurative mode of speech, that we ought not, either in respect of our words or actions, to use only such as are ordinary and unchanged;
3and all men who have studied philosophy in a genuine spirit, showing themselves obedient to this injunction, have looked upon it as a sentence, or rather as a law of equal weight with a divine oracle; and, departing from the common opinions of men, they have cut out for themselves a new and hitherto untravelled path, inaccessible to such as have no experience of wise maxims and doctrines, building up systems of ideas, which no one who is not pure either may or can handle.
4Now when I speak of men not being pure, I mean those who have either been utterly destitute of education, or else who have tasted of it obliquely, and not in a straight-forward manner, changing the stamp of the beauty of wisdom so as to give an impression of the unsightliness of sophistry.
5These men, not being able to discern that light which is appreciable only by the intellect, by reason of the weakness of the eyes of their soul, which are by nature easily dazzled by too much brightness, like men living in night and darkness, do not believe those who live in the light of day, and regard everything which they speak of as having seen them most distinctly through the beams of the sun shining powerfully upon them, as prodigious pictures, like so many visions or dreams, in no respect different from the exhibitions of jugglers;
6for how can it be anything but a complete marvel and absurdity to call those men exiles, who do not only live in the middle of the city, but who even take a part in the councils, and courts of justice, and public assemblies, and who, at times, fulfil the duties of clerks of the market, and of superintendants of gymnastic games, and of other offices of different kinds;
7and, on the other hand, to call those men citizens who have either never been enrolled as such at all, or else have had sentences of infamy or of banishment pronounced against them; men who have been driven beyond the boundaries of the land, and who are unable, not only to set foot upon the country, but even to behold their native soil from a distance, unless they are urged on by some insane frenzy to rush upon certain death; for there are innumerable persons to detect and to punish all those who return from banishment, being both sharpened by their own feelings, and acting in obedience to the commands of the laws.
8Again, how can it be anything but a most unreasonable assertion, one full of complete shamelessness or insanity, (or I really know not what to call it, for the preposterousness of such a saying is so great that it is not easy to find a proper name for it), to call those men rich who are in a state of complete indigence, and destitute of even necessaries, living hardly and miserably, scarcely procuring enough for their daily subsistence, exposed to famine, as their own peculiar lot among the general plenty and abundance of others, feeding only on the breath of virtue, as they say that grasshoppers feed on air;
9and then, on the other hand, to call those men poor who are surrounded on all sides by silver and gold, and abundance of possessions and revenues, and an inexhaustible supply of endless good things of every sort, the wealth of which has not only advantaged all their relations and friends, but has even proceeded beyond the family, and been of benefit to great crowds of persons of the same borough, or of the same tribe as the owners; aye, and going further still, it even supplies the city itself with everything which is needful in either peace or war.
10Moreover, those who speak thus have, in obedience to the same dream, ventured to speak of slavery as the real condition of men of the greatest importance and genuine nobility of birth, men who can refer not only to their immediate parents, but to their grandfathers and remote ancestors up to the very first founders of their race, as having been in the highest esteem both among men and women; while, on the other hand, they speak of men, whose last three generations have been branded as slaves, born of slaves, who have never been anything but slaves, as free.
11But all these things are, as I have said before, the inventions of men whose intellects are obscured, and who are slaves to opinions utterly under the influence of the outward senses, whose judgment is continually corrupted by those who are brought before its tribunal, and as such is unstable.
12But they ought, if they had really been at all anxious for the truth, not to show themselves, in respect of their minds, inferior to those who have been diseased in their bodies; for such invalids, out of their desire for good health, commit themselves to the physicians. But these other men hesitate to get rid of that disease of the soul, ignorance, by becoming the associates of wise men; from whom they might not only learn to escape ignorance, but they might also acquire that peculiar possession of man, namely, knowledge.
13And since, as that sweetest of all writers, Plato, says, envy is removed far from the divine company, but wisdom, that most divine and communicative of all things, never closes its school, but is continually open to receive all who thirst for salutary doctrines, to whom she pours forth the inexhaustible stream of unalloyed instruction and wisdom, and persuades them to yield to the intoxication of the soberest of all drunkenness.
14And her disciples, like persons who have been initiated into the sacred and holy mysteries, when they are at last entirely filled with the knowledge proffered to them, reproach themselves bitterly for their previous neglect, as not having taken proper care of their time, but having lived a life which was hardly deserving to be called life, in which they have been utterly destitute of wisdom.
15Those men, therefore, act worthily who, in every case and everywhere, have resolved to dedicate the whole of their youth as the first fruits of their earliest vigour to nothing in preference to education, in which it is well for a man to spend both his youth and his age; for as they say that vessels even when empty do nevertheless retain the odour of whatever was originally poured into them, so also are the souls of the young deeply impressed with the indelible character of those conceptions which were the first to be offered to their minds, which cannot be at all washed away by the torrent of any ideas which flow over the mind afterwards, but they to the last show the character originally given to them. However, we have said enough of these matters.
16We must now examine with accuracy that which we have taken as the subject of our investigation, that we may not be led astray through being deceived by the indistinctness of words and expressions; but that, understanding accurately what it is of which we are speaking, we may frame our determinations felicitously.
17Slavery, then, is of two kinds; slavery of the soul and slavery of the body. Now, of our bodies, men are masters; but over our souls, wickedness and the passions have the dominion. And we may speak of freedom in the same manner. For one kind of freedom gives fearlessness of body in respect of any dangers which can come upon it from men of still more powerful body; while the other produces peace to the mind, by putting a check upon the authority of the passions.
18Now, about the former kind, scarcely any one ever raises any question; for the chances of fortune which happen to men are infinite in number, and it often happens that men of the highest virtue have fallen into unexpected misfortunes, and so have lost the freedom which belonged to them through their birth. But there is room for inquiry about those manners which neither desires, nor fears, nor pleasures, nor pains, have ever brought under the yoke, as if they had come forth out of confinement, and as if the chains by which they had been bound were now loosened.
19Therefore, discarding all mention of those kinds of freedom which are only a pretence, and of all those names also which are quite unconnected with nature, but which owe their existence only to opinion, such as slaves born in the house, slaves purchased with money, slaves taken in war, let us now investigate the character of the man who is truly free, who is alone possessed of independence, even if ten thousand men set themselves down as his masters; for he will quote that line of Sophocles, which differs in no respect from the doctrines of the Pythagoreans— "God is my ruler, and no mortal man."
20For, in real truth, that man alone is free who has God for his leader; indeed, in my opinion, that man is even the ruler of all others, and has all the affairs of the earth committed to him, being, as it were, the viceroy of a great king, the mortal lieutenant of an immortal sovereign. However, this assertion of the actual authority of the wise man may be postponed to a more suitable opportunity. We must at present examine minutely the question of his perfect freedom.
21If now any one advancing deeply into the matter should choose to investigate it closely, he will see clearly that there is no one thing so nearly related to another as independence of action. On which account there are a great many things which stand in the way of the liberty of a wicked man; covetousness of money, the desire of glory, the love of pleasure, and so on. But the virtuous man has absolutely no obstacle at all since he rises up against, and resists, and overthrows, and tramples on love, and fear, and cowardice, and pain, and all things of that kind, as if they were rivals defeated by him in the public games.
22For he has learnt to disregard all the commands which those most unlawful masters of the soul seek to impose upon him, out of his admiration and desire for freedom, of which independence and spontaneousness of action are the most especial and inalienable inheritance; and by some persons the poet is praised who composed this iambic— "No man’s a slave who does not fear to die," as having had an accurate idea of the consequences of such courage; for he conceived that nothing is so calculated to enslave the mind as a fear of death, arising from an excessive desire of living.
23But we must consider that not only is the man who feels no anxiety to avoid death incapable of being made a slave, but the same privilege belongs to those who are indifferent to poverty, and want of reputation, and pain, and all those other things which the generality of men look upon as evils, being themselves but evil judges of things, since they pronounce a man a slave from a computation of what things he has need of, looking at the duties which he is compelled to perform, when they ought to look rather at his free and indomitable disposition;
24for the man who out of a lowly and slavish spirit submits himself to lowly and slavish actions in spite of his deliberate judgment, is really and truly a slave; but he who adapts his circumstances and actions to the present occasion, and who voluntarily and in an enduring spirit bears up against the events of fortune, not looking at any thing of human affairs as extraordinary, but having by diligent consideration fully assured himself that all divine things are honoured by eternal order and happiness; and that all mortal things are tossed about in an everlasting storm and fluctuation of affairs so as to be subject to the greatest variety of changes and vicissitudes, and who, from those considerations, bears all that can befall him with a noble courage, is at once both a philosopher and a free man.
25On which account he will neither obey every one who imposes a command upon him, not even if he threatens him with insults, and tortures, and even still more formidable evils; but he will bear a gallant spirit, and will cry out in reply to such menaces— "Yes, burn and scorch my flesh, and glut your hate, Drinking my life-warm blood; for heaven’s stars Shall quit their place, and darken ’neath the earth, And earth rise up and take the place of heaven, Before you wring from me a word of flattery."
Sections 26–50
26I have before now seen among the competitors in the pancratium, at the public games, one man inflicting all kinds of blows both with his hands and feet, all of them with great accuracy of aim and omitting nothing which could conduce to victory, and yet after a time fainting and desponding, and at last quitting the arena without the crown of victory; and the other who has received all his blows, being thoroughly hardened with great firmness of flesh, and being tough and unyielding, and filled with the true spirit of an athlete, and invigorated throughout his whole body, being like so much iron or stone, not at all yielding to the blows inflicted by the other, at last, by the endurance and resolution of his spirit, defeating the power of his adversary so as to obtain a complete victory.
27And the condition of the virtuous man appears to me very much to resemble that of this person. For having thoroughly fortified his soul with strong and powerful reasoning, he so compels the man who is offering him violence to desist from weariness, before he himself can be compelled to do any thing contrary to his opinion of propriety. But perhaps this is incredible to those who do not know by experience that virtue is of the character that I have mentioned, just as that other case would be to those who have never seen the combatants in the pancratium; but nevertheless it is strictly true.
28And it was from a regard to this fact that Antisthenes said that "the virtuous man was a burden hard to be borne." For as folly is a light thing easily tossed about in every direction, so, on the contrary, wisdom is a well established and immovable thing of a weight which is not easily agitated.
29Accordingly the lawgiver of the Jews represents the hands of the wise man as heavy, intimating by this figurative expression the gravity of his actions, which are supported in no superficial but in a solid manner by his inflexible mind.
30Therefore, he is not under the compulsion of any thing, as being one who despises pains, and who looks with contempt on death, and who, by the law of nature, has all foolish men for his subjects. For in the same manner as goatherds, and cowherds, and shepherds lead their respective flocks of goats, and cattle, and sheep, but shepherds cannot manage a drove of oxen, so in the same manner the generality of men, being like so many cattle, stand in need of a guide and governor. And their proper governors are virtuous men, being placed in the position of shepherds to the multitude;
31for Homer is constantly in the habit of calling kings shepherds of their people. But nature has appropriated this appellation as more peculiarly belonging to the good, since the wicked are rather tended by others than occupied in serving them; for they are led captive by strong wine, and by beauty, and by delicate eating, and sweetmeats, and by the arts of cooks and confectioners, to say nothing of the thirst of gold, and silver, and other things of a higher character. But men of the other class are not allured or led astray by any thing, but are rather inclined to admonish those whom they perceive to be caught in the toils of pleasure.
32And of the assertion that the being compelled to perform services to others is not of itself an indication of slavery, there is a most clear proof in what occurs in war; for one can behold men engaged in military expeditions, all acting by their own means, and not only carrying complete armour, but being also loaded like beasts of burden with everything required for their necessary wants, and going out to fetch water, and fuel, and fodder for the cattle.
33And why need I dwell at length on what is done against the enemy in such expeditions, in respect of their labours in cutting ditches, or erecting walls, or building ships, and doing with their hands and their whole bodies everything which relates to every kind of necessary employment or art.
34Moreover, there is in peace also another kind of war not wholly dissimilar from that which is carried on under arms, which want or reputation, and poverty, and terrible want of necessary things excites, by which men are compelled and constrained to put their hands to the most ignominious and slavish tasks, digging and cultivating the ground and labouring at the employments of handicrafts-men, and serving without hesitation for the sake of procuring food to support life; very often even bearing burdens through the middle of the market-place, in the sight of those who are of their own age, and have grown up with them, and been their school-fellows and companions through life.
35There are others also who are slaves by birth, and who have nevertheless been raised by the bounty of fortune to the condition of freemen; for they have become stewards of houses, and properties, and large possessions, and sometimes they are even appointed rulers of their fellow slaves. And many such have had committed to them the guardianship of the wives and orphan children of their masters, being preferred to the confidential offices which belong properly to friends and relations, but, nevertheless they are slaves, though employed in borrowing, in buying, in collecting revenues, and though they are themselves attended by other servants. What is there wonderful then if, on the contrary also, some persons, originally nobly born, by a sudden failure of good fortune, are subjected to such necessities as properly belong to slaves,
36and by being compelled to obey others are deprived of their own freedom? Moreover, in some degree, children are forced to submit to the commands of their father or their mother; and pupils, also, submit to whatever their teachers enjoin; for no one is willingly a slave. Now, parents will never display such an extravagant and unnatural dislike to their children as to compel their own offspring to submit to such menial offices as are only a symbol of slavery.
37And if any one beholding some persons who may have been bought and sold by traffickers in men, looks upon them at once as slaves, he is widely removed from the truth; for an act of selling does not make him who purchases the master, nor him who is sold the slave, since fathers at times have paid a price for their sons, and sons have often laid down a ransom for their fathers, in cases where they have been carried away as prisoners by some piratical sally, or have been taken captive in regular warfare, though still the laws of nature, which are more stable than those of men, describe them as free.
38And, before now, some persons in the excess of their confidence have brought matters into so completely altered a condition that they have actually become masters instead of slaves, in spite of having been bought. At all events, I have often seen some young persons of great beauty, and of great wit in conversation, getting the complete mastery over those who had purchased them, by two great incentives, the exquisiteness of their beauty and the elegance of their language; for these are engines able to overthrow any soul which wants stability and a solid foundation, being the most powerful of all the contrivances which were ever invented for the overthrow of cities.
39And a proof of this may easily be given; for we may see that those who have become the masters of such persons serve them, and address entreaties to them, and eagerly entreat their favour as they would that of fortune or of the good genius; and if they are neglected by them they are vexed, and if they only obtain a gentle or favourable look from them they dance for joy.
40Unless, indeed, any one would say that a man who has bought a lion has become the master of the lion, when if he merely look with a threatening glance at him he will soon learn to his cost what kind of a master, what a savage and ferocious tyrant he has purchased. What shall we say then? Shall we not look upon a wise man as more difficult to enslave than a lion, when he in his freedom and invincible soul has much more courage than any creature can have which consists of a body which is by nature a slave, however great his strength may be by which he resists his masters.
41And every one may learn to appreciate the true freedom of which the virtuous man is in the enjoyment from other circumstances. "No slave can e’er true happiness enjoy." For what can be more miserable than to have no power over anything, not even over one’s self? But then a man is happy, inasmuch as he bears within himself the foundation and complement of virtue and excellence, in which consists the supreme power over all things, ... so that beyond all controversy and of necessity the virtuous man is free.
42Besides all this, would not any one affirm that the friends of God are free? unless indeed one can think it consistent to attribute to the companions of kings, not only freedom but even at times a great degree of authority, when they commit magistracies to them, and when they, in consequence, fulfil the offices of subordinate rulers; and yet, at the same time, to speak of slavery in connection with the gods of heaven, when those men, on account of the love which they have shown to God, have also at once become beloved by God, being requited by him with good will equal to their own, truth being the judge, so that they as the poets say, are universal princes and kings of kings.
43But the lawgiver of the Jews ventures upon a more bold assertion even than this, inasmuch as he was, as it is reported, a student and practiser of plain philosophy; and so he teaches that the man who is wholly possessed with the love of God and who serves the living God alone, is no longer man, but actually God, being indeed the God of men, but not of the parts of nature, in order to leave to the Father of the universe the attributes of being both and God.
44Is it right, then, to think a man who is invested with such privileges as these a slave, or rather as the only one who is free? Who, even though he may not be thought worthy by himself of being classed as God, one nevertheless ought by all means to pronounce happy, by reason of his having God for his friend; for God is not a weak _ champion, nor regardless of the rights and claims of friendship, inasmuch as he is the God of companionship, and as he presides over everything that belongs to companions.
45Moreover, as among cities, some being governed by an oligarchy or by tyrants, endure slavery, having those who have subdued them and made themselves masters of them for severe and cruel tyrants; while others, existing under the superintending care of the laws and under those good protectors, are free and happy. So also in the case of men; those who are under the dominion of anger, or appetite, or any other passion, or of treacherous wickedness, are in every respect slaves; and those who live in accordance with law are free.
46But the unerring law is right reason; not an ordinance made by this or that mortal, a corruptible and perishable law, a lifeless law written on lifeless parchment or engraved on lifeless columns; but one imperishable, and stamped by immortal nature on the immortal mind.
47On which account any one may reasonably marvel at the dim-sightedness of those who do not see the particular characters of things which are so clear, and who say that for those mighty nations of the Athenians and Lacedaemonians, the laws of Solon and Lycurgus are quite sufficient to ensure the liberty of the people if they only have the mastery and dominion, and if the people who live in those cities do dutifully obey them, and who yet affirm that right reason, which is the fountain from which all other laws do spring, is not sufficient for wise men to enable them to arrive at a participation in freedom, even though they obey it in all the particulars as to what it commands and what it prohibits.
48Moreover, in addition to what has been already said, there is one most undeniable proof of freedom, equality of speech, which all virtuous men use to one another; on which account they say that the following iambics are inspired with the true spirit of genuine philosophy:— = "For slaves no freedom have, not e’en in speech." And again:— "You’re but a slave, and may not dare to speak."
49As, therefore, musical science gives to all those who have studied music an equal right to speak on matters connected with their art; and as a man who is learned in grammar or in geometry has a right to speak among grammarians and mathematicians, so also the law in life allows the same privilege to those who are learned in the way in which men ought to live.
50But all virtuous men are skilful in all the affairs which belong to life, inasmuch as they also are so with respect to the things which belong to universal nature; and some of them are free; and so therefore are they who have the freedom of speaking to them on equal terms; therefore no virtuous man is a slave, but all are free.
Sections 51–75
51And from the same principle as a starting-point it will also be clearly shown that the foolish man is a slave; for as the laws which prevail with respect to music do not give those who are ignorant of it a right of speaking about it in terms of equality with those who are well versed in it; nor do the laws respecting grammar give those ignorant of that knowledge a right of speaking about it on terms of equality with those who are well skilled in it; nor, in short, does the law with respect to any art confer such a right on those who are ignorant of it towards those who are learned in it; so also the law which relates to the establishing proper principles of life does not give those who are strangers to any such true principles a right of speaking freely on such topics to those who have studied and learnt them.
52But to all free men, perfect equality of speech on all subjects is given by the law; and some virtuous men are free; and of the proper principles of life, the foolish are utterly ignorant, but the wise are most profoundly versed in them: therefore it is not the case that ever any foolish or wicked men are free, but they are all slaves.
53And Zeno, as much as any one else, being under the influence of virtue, ventures boldly to assert that the wicked have not a right to any equality of speech towards the virtuous; for he says, "Shall not the wicked man suffer if he contradicts the virtuous man?" Therefore the wicked man has not a right to freedom of speech as respects the virtuous man.
54I know that many persons will rail at this assertion as one which is dictated rather by self-conceit than by real wisdom. But if, after they have desisted from mocking and ridiculing it, they will condescend to investigate the matter and to examine clearly into what is really said, then, recognising and admiring its perfect truth, they will become aware that there is nothing for which a man will suffer more than for disregarding the words of a wise man.
55For loss of money, and the brand of dishonour, and banishment, and insults by means of beating, and all other things of that sort, injure a man but little, or rather not at all, when compared with acts of wickedness and the things which are the results of acts of wickedness. But it happens that the generality of men, not being able to perceive the injuries of the soul by reason of the mutilated state of their reason, are grieved only at external calamities, being wholly deprived of the faculty of judging correctly, which is the only one by which they can comprehend the injury received by the intellect.
56But if they were able to look up and see clearly, then, beholding the deceits which arise out of folly, and the perplexities which proceed from covetousness, and all the intoxicated folly to which intemperance gives rise, and all the transgressions of the law in which injustice indulges, they would be filled with interminable grief at the injuries sustained by the best portion of themselves, and would be incapable of receiving comfort by reason of the excessive greatness of the evil.
57But Zeno appears to have drawn this maxim of his as it were from the fountain of the legislation of the Jews, in the history of which it is recorded that in a case where there were two brothers, the one temperate and the other intemperate, the common father of them both, taking pity on the intemperate one who did not walk in the path of virtue, prays that he may serve his brother, conceiving that service which appears in general to be the greatest of evils is the most perfect good to a foolish man, in order that thus he may be deprived of his independence of action, so as to be prevented from misconducting himself with impunity, and that he may be improved in his disposition by the superintending management of him who is appointed to be his master.
58What has now then been said with the view of establishing the truth in the matter inquired into is, in my opinion, sufficient. But since physicians are accustomed to cure various diseases with still more various remedies, it is necessary that we should bring a series of proofs, keeping close to the subject, in order to establish those propositions which appear paradoxical by reason of their unusual character. For some people, even if they are convicted by ever so close a series of proofs, can hardly be brought to see their error.
59Therefore, it is not an incorrect assertion that the man who does everything wisely does everything well; and he who does everything well does everything correctly; and he who does everything correctly does everything also in an unerring, and blameless, and irreproachable, and faultless, and beneficial manner: so that he will have free permission to do everything, and to live as he pleases. And he who has this liberty must be free. But the virtuous man does do everything wisely; therefore he alone is free.
60And indeed the man whom it is not possible either to compel to do anything, or to prevent from doing anything, cannot possibly be a slave; and one cannot compel or prevent the virtuous man. Therefore the virtuous man cannot be a slave; and that he is never under compulsion or under any restraint is quite plain; for that man is under restraint who does not obtain what he desires. But the wise man only desires such things as proceed from virtue, in which it is impossible for him to be disappointed. And again, if he is under compulsion, then it is plain that he does something against his will; but in all cases where there are actions, they are either good ones proceeding from virtue, or evil ones proceeding from wickedness, or else they are of an intermediate and indifferent character.
61Now the actions which proceed from virtue, the creature man performs, not through compulsion but voluntarily, for everything which he does is the result of his deliberate choice; and the actions which proceed from wickedness, inasmuch as they ought to be avoided, he does not do even in dreams; nor again, is it likely that he would perform those actions which are of an indifferent character, between which the mind, as if in a scale, is equally balanced, not being induced to yield to them, as having any attractive power, nor, on the other hand, to regard them with any particular aversion as worthy of hatred; from all which it is plain, that the virtuous man does nothing against his will, and nothing under compulsion; and if he were a slave he would be acting under compulsion: so that the virtuous man must be free.
62But since some persons, who have paid but very little attention to literary pursuits, not understanding demonstrative arguments, which establish only general principles of action, are accustomed to ask us, "Who then are the men, whether previously existing or now alive, whom you thus represent to us?" it is well to make answer, that in former times there were some persons who surpassed all their contemporaries in virtue, taking God alone for their guide, and living in strict accordance with the law, that is to say, with the right reason of nature, and who were not only free themselves, but who also filled all who came near to them with a spirit of freedom. And now also, in our own time, there are some who are, as it were, images of them, bearing on themselves the stamp of the virtue of those wise men as their archetypal model;
63for it does not follow, that although the souls of such as contradict those virtuous men are deprived of all liberty for having been completely led away and enslaved by folly and other vices, that on this account the whole human race is so too. But it is no wonder if we do not see numerous companies of those men advancing as it were in a solid body. In the first place, because whatever is exceedingly beautiful is rare; secondly, because men who are removed from the main crowd of inconsiderately judging persons, have abundant leisure for the contemplation of the things of nature, endeavouring, as far as it may be in their power, to correct life in general (for virtue is a thing of great benefit to the whole community); but when they are unable to succeed in their object, by reason of the numbers of absurdities which are continually impeding them in the different cities, which the different passions and vices of the soul have given strength to, they then retire into solitude, in order not to be carried away by the violence and rush of these absurdities, as by a wintry torrent.
64But if there were any real anxiety for improvement in us, we ought carefully to trace out the hiding-places of these men, and to sit down before them as suppliants, and to entreat them to come forward to impart a tincture of civilization to life which was previously savage, by announcing, instead of inward slavery and innumerable evils, peace and an abundance of all other good things to flow over it continually.
65But as things are, we do investigate all retreats only for the sake of money, and with this object we open the hard and rugged beings of the earth; and a great deal of the champaign country is opened in mines, and no small part of the mountainous district also, while we are seeking for gold, and silver, and brass, and iron, and all kinds of materials.
66But vain opinion, setting up pride as a god, has descended down to the very lowest depths of the sea in its researches to see whether there is any beautiful thing which might become an object of the outward senses lying covered anywhere; and finding many species of precious stones, some adhering closely to the rocks, and others lying concealed in oyster-shells, which are more valuable still, has thus shown a great desire to deceive the sight;
67and for the sake of the requirements of wisdom, or temperance, or courage, or justice, even that portion of the earth which is naturally inaccessible is travelled over, and seas which are dangerous to navigate are sailed over at any season of the year by sailors.
68And yet, what need is there, either of long journeys over the land, or of long voyages, for the sake of investigating and seeking out virtue, the roots of which the Creator has laid not at any great distance, but so near, as the wise lawgiver of the Jews says, "They are in thy mouth, and in thy heart, and in thy hands:" intimating by these figurative expressions the words, and actions, and designs of men; all of which stand in need of careful cultivation.
69These men, therefore, who prefer idleness to industry, have not only hindered the shoots of virtue from thriving, but have even dried up all the roots, and withered and destroyed them; while those on the contrary, who look upon idleness as pernicious and who are willing to labour, cultivate it as husbandmen would cultivate flourishing shoots of good kinds of plants, with incessant care, and thus they raise the virtues to the height of heaven itself in ever-flourishing and undying branches, bearing a fruit of happiness which never ceases, or rather, as some say, not bearing happiness, but rather actually being happiness, which Moses was in the habit of calling by one compound name, ὁλοκαρπώματα (whole offerings of entire fruit).
70For in respect of those things which grow out of the ground, the fruit is not trees, nor are the trees fruit. But with respect to those which grew in the soul, these their whole branches do entirely change into the nature of the fruit; for instance, into wisdom, and justice, and courage, and temperance.
71Since, then, we have such great assistance towards arriving at virtue, must we not blush to assert that there is any necessary deficiency of wisdom in the human race, when we might, by following it up, like a spark smouldering among wood, kindle it into a flame? But the fact is, that we do display great hesitation and incessant slackness in the pursuit of those objects towards which we ought to hasten eagerly as most closely connected with and nearly akin to us, and by this hesitation and indolence the seeds of virtue are destroyed; while, on the contrary, those things which we ought to neglect we show an insatiable desire and longing for.
72It is owing to this that the whole earth and sea are full of men who are rich and of high reputation, and who indulge in all kinds of pleasure; but that the number of those who are prudent, and just, and virtuous, is very small; but that of which the numbers are small, though it may be rare, is nevertheless not non-existent.
73And all Greece and all the land of the barbarians is a witness of this; for in the one country flourished those who are truly called "the seven wise men," though others had flourished before them, and have also in all probability lived since their time. But their memory, though they are now very ancient, has nevertheless not been effaced by the lapse of ages, while of others who are more modern, the names have been lost through the neglect of their contemporaries.
74And in the land of the barbarians, in which the same men are authorities both as to words and actions, there are very numerous companies of virtuous and honourable men celebrated. Among the Persians there is the body of the Magi, who, investigating the works of nature for the purpose of becoming acquainted with the truth, do at their leisure become initiated themselves and initiate others in the divine virtues by very clear explanations. And among the Indians there is the class of the gymnosophists, who, in addition to natural philosophy, take great pains in the study of moral science likewise, and thus make their whole existence a sort of lesson in virtue.
75Moreover Palestine and Syria too are not barren of exemplary wisdom and virtue, which countries no slight portion of that most populous nation of the Jews inhabits. There is a portion of those people called Essenes, in number something more than four thousand in my opinion, who derive their name from their piety, though not according to any accurate form of the Grecian dialect, because they are above all men devoted to the service of God, not sacrificing living animals, but studying rather to preserve their own minds in a state of holiness and purity.
Sections 76–100
76These men, in the first place, live in villages, avoiding all cities on account of the habitual lawlessness of those who inhabit them, well knowing that such a moral disease is contracted from associations with wicked men, just as a real disease might be from an impure atmosphere, and that this would stamp an incurable evil on their souls. Of these men, some cultivating the earth, and others devoting themselves to those arts which are the result of peace, benefit both themselves and all those who come in contact with them, not storing up treasures of silver and of gold, nor acquiring vast sections of the earth out of a desire for ample revenues, but providing all things which are requisite for the natural purposes of life;
77for they alone of almost all men having been originally poor and destitute, and that too rather from their own habits and ways of life than from any real deficiency of good fortune, are nevertheless accounted very rich, judging contentment and frugality to be great abundance, as in truth they are.
78Among those men you will find no makers of arrows, or javelins, or swords, or helmets, or breastplates, or shields; no makers of arms or of military engines; no one, in short, attending to any employment whatever connected with war, or even to any of those occupations even in peace which are easily perverted to wicked purposes; for they are utterly ignorant of all traffic, and of all commercial dealings, and of all navigation, but they repudiate and keep aloof from everything which can possibly afford any inducement to covetousness;
79and there is not a single slave among them, but they are all free, aiding one another with a reciprocal interchange of good offices; and they condemn masters, not only as unjust, inasmuch as they corrupt the very principle of equality, but likewise as impious, because they destroy the ordinances of nature, which generated them all equally, and brought them up like a mother, as if they were all legitimate brethren, not in name only, but in reality and truth. But in their view this natural relationship of all men to one another has been thrown into disorder by designing covetousness, continually wishing to surpass others in good fortune, and which has therefore engendered alienation instead of affection, and hatred instead of friendship;
80and leaving the logical part of philosophy, as in no respect necessary for the acquisition of virtue, to the word-catchers, and the natural part, as being too sublime for human nature to master, to those who love to converse about high objects (except indeed so far as such a study takes in the contemplation of the existence of God and of the creation of the universe), they devote all their attention to the moral part of philosophy, using as instructors the laws of their country which it would have been impossible for the human mind to devise without divine inspiration.
81Now these laws they are taught at other times, indeed, but most especially on the seventh day, for the seventh day is accounted sacred, on which they abstain from all other employments, and frequent the sacred places which are called synagogues, and there they sit according to their age in classes, the younger sitting under the elder, and listening with eager attention in becoming order.
82Then one, indeed, takes up the holy volume and reads it, and another of the men of the greatest experience comes forward and explains what is not very intelligible, for a great many precepts are delivered in enigmatical modes of expression, and allegorically, as the old fashion was;
83and thus the people are taught piety, and holiness, and justice, and economy, and the science of regulating the state, and the knowledge of such things as are naturally good, or bad, or indifferent, and to choose what is right and to avoid what is wrong, using a threefold variety of definitions, and rules, and criteria, namely, the love of God, and the love of virtue, and the love of mankind.
84Accordingly, the sacred volumes present an infinite number of instances of the disposition devoted to the love of God, and of a continued and uninterrupted purity throughout the whole of life, of a careful avoidance of oaths and of falsehood, and of a strict adherence to the principle of looking on the Deity as the cause of everything which is good and of nothing which is evil. They also furnish us with many proofs of a love of virtue, such as abstinence from all covetousness of money, from ambition, from indulgence in pleasures, temperance, endurance, and also moderation, simplicity, good temper, the absence of pride, obedience to the laws, steadiness, and everything of that kind; and, lastly, they bring forward as proofs of the love of mankind, goodwill, equality beyond all power of description, and fellowship, about which it is not unreasonable to say a few words.
85In the first place, then, there is no one who has a house so absolutely his own private property, that it does not in some sense also belong to every one: for besides that they all dwell together in companies, the house is open to all those of the same notions, who come to them from other quarters;
86then there is one magazine among them all; their expenses are all in common; their garments belong to them all in common; their food is common, since they all eat in messes; for there is no other people among which you can find a common use of the same house, a common adoption of one mode of living, and a common use of the same table more thoroughly established in fact than among this tribe: and is not this very natural? For whatever they, after having been working during the day, receive for their wages, that they do not retain as their own, but bring it into the common stock, and give any advantage that is to be derived from it to all who desire to avail themselves of it;
87and those who are sick are not neglected because they are unable to contribute to the common stock, inasmuch as the tribe have in their public stock a means of supplying their necessities and aiding their weakness, so that from their ample means they support them liberally and abundantly; and they cherish respect for their elders, and honour them and care for them, just as parents are honoured and cared for by their lawful children: being supported by them in all abundance both by their personal exertions, and by innumerable contrivances.
88Such diligent practisers of virtue does philosophy, unconnected with any superfluous care of examining into Greek names render men, proposing to them as necessary exercises to train them towards its attainment, all praiseworthy actions by which a freedom, which can never be enslaved, is firmly established.
89And a proof of this is that, though at different times a great number of chiefs of every variety of disposition and character, have occupied their country, some of whom have endeavoured to surpass even ferocious wild beasts in cruelty, leaving no sort of inhumanity unpractised, and have never ceased to murder their subjects in whole troops, and have even torn them to pieces while living, like cooks cutting them limb from limb, till they themselves, being overtaken by the vengeance of divine justice, have at last experienced the same miseries in their turn:
90others again having converted their barbarous frenzy into another kind of wickedness, practising an ineffable degree of savageness, talking with the people quietly, but through the hypocrisy of a more gentle voice, betraying the ferocity of their real disposition, fawning upon their victims like treacherous dogs, and becoming the causes of irremediable miseries to them, have left in all their cities monuments of their impiety, and hatred of all mankind, in the never to be forgotten miseries endured by those whom they oppressed:
91and yet no one, not even of those immoderately cruel tyrants, nor of the more treacherous and hypocritical oppressors was ever able to bring any real accusation against the multitude of those called Essenes or Holy. But everyone being subdued by the virtue of these men, looked up to them as free by nature, and not subject to the frown of any human being, and have celebrated their manner of messing together, and their fellowship with one another beyond all description in respect of its mutual good faith, which is an ample proof of a perfect and very happy life.
92But it is necessary for us (since some persons do not believe that there is any perfect virtue in the multitude, but that whatever in such persons appears like virtue only reaches a certain point of increase and growth), to bring forward as corroborative testimonies the lives of some particular good men who are the most undeniable evidences of freedom.
93Calanus was an Indian by birth, one of the gymnosophists; he, being looked upon as the man who was possessed of the greatest fortitude of all his contemporaries, and that too, not only by his own countrymen, but also by foreigners, which is the rarest of all things, was greatly admired by some kings of hostile countries, because he had combined virtuous actions with praiseworthy language;
94accordingly, Alexander, the king of the Macedonians, wishing to exhibit to Greece the wisdom that was to be found in the territories of the barbarians, as being a sort of faithful copy and representation of an archetypal model, in the first instance invited Calanus to quit his home, and come and take up his abode with him, by which means he said he would acquire the greatest imaginable glory . throughout all Asia and all Europe;
95and when he could not persuade him by fair means, he said to him, "You shall be compelled to follow me." And he replied with great felicity of expression and in a noble spirit; "What then shall I be worth, O Alexander, when you exhibit me to the Greeks, after I have been compelled to do what I do not like?" Now is not this speech, or rather is not this idea, full of real freedom? And moreover in his writings also, which are more durable than his expressions, he has erected, as if on a pillar, indelible signs of his indomitably free disposition;
96and this is proved by the letter which he sent to the king. CALANUS TO ALEXANDER, GREETING "Your friends are endeavouring to persuade you to apply force and compulsion to the philosophers of the Indians, though not even in their sleep have they beheld our actions; for you will be able indeed to transport our bodies from place to place, but you will not be able to compel our souls to do what they do not like, any more than you would be able to make bricks or timber utter words; we can cause the greatest troubles and the greatest destruction to living bodies; now we are superior to this power; we are burnt even while living, there is no king nor ruler who will ever succeed in compelling us to do what we do not choose to do; and we are in no respect like unto the philosophers of the Greeks, who study speeches to deliver to a public assembly; but our actions do always correspond to our words, and our speeches which are short have a power different from that of our actions, and secure for us freedom and happiness."
97At such positive refusals then, and at such brave sentiments, is it not natural for any one to quote that saying of Zeno that, "It would be easier to sink a bladder which was full of wind, than to compel any virtuous man whatever, against his will, to commit any action which he had never intended." For the soul of such a man will never submit, and can never be defeated, since it has been fortified by right reason with solid doctrines.
98Moreover, both poets and historians are witnesses to the real freedom of virtuous men, in whose doctrines both Greeks and barbarians are equally bred up almost from their very cradles, and by which they are improved in their dispositions, changing everything in their souls which is adulterated by a blameable way of bringing up and of living, into good coinage;
99accordingly just see what Hercules says in Euripides. "Yes, burn and scorch my flesh, and glut your hate, Drinking my life-warm blood; for heaven’s stars Shall quit their place, and darken ’neath the earth, And earth rise up and take the place of heaven, Before you wring from me a word of flattery." For in real truth flattery, and adulation, and hypocrisy, in which what is uttered is at variance with the sentiments which are really felt, are the most slavish of things. But without any disguise, and in a genuine honest spirit of truth to speak with freedom what is dictated by a clear conscience, is a line of conduct suited to those who are nobly born.
100Again, do not you see this same virtuous man himself, that even when he is sold he does not appear to be a servant, but he strikes all who behold him with awe, as not being merely free, but as even being about to prove the master of him who has purchased him?
Sections 101–125
101At all events, Mercury replies to a man who inquires whether he is worthless— "By no means worthless, on the contrary, In every part most venerable: never Low, nor of no account, as though a slave. But as to raiment brilliant to behold, And with the club he bears most energetic. But no one willingly becomes the buyer Of one who soon the master will become Of him and all his house. And every one Who sees thee, fears thee, for your eye is fire Like that of any bull prepared for war ’Gainst Afric lions." Then, again, he speaks in conclusion of his disposition— "I now do blame you for your stubborn silence, As if you were not subject to a master, But sought to govern rather than be governed."
102But when, after Syleus had bought him, he was sent into the fields, he showed by his actions the indomitable freedom of his nature; for having sacrificed the choicest of the bulls which were there to Jupiter, he made a pretence of a feast, and having drunk a vast quantity of wine at one meal, he lay down very contentedly to digest it;
103and when Syleus came, and got angry both at the loss and also at the easy indifference of his servant, and at his preposterous contempt for his master, he never changed colour, nor made any difference in his conduct, but said with the most perfect confidence— "Sit down and drink, and thus you shall At once appreciate my character, And learn to be my master in reality."
104Shall we then say that he is the slave, or rather the master of his master, when he dares in this manner not only to accost him with such freedom, but even to impose injunctions on him who has purchased him, as if he would beat and insult him if he were to be stubborn and disobedient, and, if he introduced any one to assist him, as if he would destroy them all to a man? Therefore the writings which were delivered respecting this purchase must have been an utter absurdity and a mere joke, since they would be trampled upon by the more effectual power of the slave bought under them, being of less value than unwritten covenants, and being likely to be utterly destroyed by moths, or time, or mould and rust.
105But it is not right, some one will say, to bring forward the actions of heroes as proofs of the correctness of an argument, for that they were greater than the common run of human nature, and were more on a par with the heavenly beings themselves, as having been born of a sort of mixed generation, and having sprung from mortal and immortal seed at the same time, being correctly entitled demigods, the mortal part of their composition being tempered by the incorruptible part, so that there is nothing extraordinary in the fact of their having despised those mortals who designed to bring slavery upon them.
106However, let it be so. Are then Anaxagoras and Zeno the Eleatic heroes, or descended from gods? And nevertheless they, when tortured with the most unprecedented devices of cruelty by savage tyrants, wholly pitiless by nature, and even more than usually exasperated against them, looking on their bodies as if they belonged to strangers, or even to enemies, disregarded and utterly disdained the formidable evils with which they were afflicted;
107for through the love of knowledge having accustomed their souls from the very beginning to keep aloof from all participation with the passions, and to cling to education and wisdom, they easily endured the prospect of its emigrating from the body, and made it a dweller with prudence and courage, and other virtues.
108Therefore, the one being hung up and violently stretched for the sake of making him divulge some secret, showed himself mightier than fire or iron, though they are the strongest things in nature, and biting off his tongue with his teeth, spit it at his torturer, that he might not involuntarily utter what he ought to bury in silence, under the influence of agony;
109and the other said with great fortitude, "Beat Aristarchus’s skin, for you cannot beat Aristarchus himself." These instances of brave fortitude, wholly full of daring, exceed in no slight degree the nobleness of those heroes, because the one class have a glory handed down to them by their ancestors without any actions of their own, while the fame of the others is founded on deeds of virtue deliberately performed, which very naturally make immortal those who practise them in a guileless spirit.
110I know also that combatants in the pancratium very often, out of the excess of their spirit of rivalry, and of their eagerness for victory, when their bodies are exhausted do yet keep up their spirits, and strive with their soul alone, which they have accustomed to look contemptuously on danger, and thus they endure toil and pain to the very end of their life.
111Shall we then fancy that those men who have practised themselves so as to arrive at vigour of body, have been able to trample on the fear of death, either through hope of victory or from the desire of escaping the sight of their own defeat; but those who train up in themselves the invisible mind, which is really and truly the man himself, bearing about him the appearance perceptible by the outward senses as his house, and who educate it by the principles and maxims of philosophy and the rules of virtue, will not be willing to die for the sake of freedom, in order to perform the journey appointed for them by fate with an indomitable and free spirit?
112They say that on one occasion, at one of the sacred games, two athletes who were contending with one another with equally matched strength and courage, doing the same things to one another, and suffering the same things, did not desist from the contest till they both fell dead. "My too brave son, thy courage will destroy thee," some one may say with reference to such persons.
113However is the death of such combatants glorious when it is encountered for the sake of some wild olives and parsley-leaves, and must it not be much more so when endured for the sake of freedom, the love of which, if one must tell the plain truth, is firmly established in the soul alone, as if it were some extraordinary portion of it firmly united with it, which if it were cut off the whole composition of the man must necessarily be destroyed?
114The indomitable spirit of a Lacedaemonian boy, whether derived from his birth or from nature, is celebrated, in which nation they are accustomed to hunt carefully for the virtues; for when he had been carried off as a prisoner by some one of the soldiers of Antigonus, he submitted to whatever was put upon him which became a free man, but refused to submit to menial offices, saying that he was not going to be a slave; and yet by reason of his age he could not as yet have been thoroughly educated in the laws of Lycurgus, because he had only tasted them, but he judged a violent death preferable to the life which was before him, and, despairing of any deliverance, he cheerfully slew himself.
115It is also related that some Dardanian women who had been taken prisoners by the Macedonians, looking upon slavery as the most disgraceful of all evils, threw their children, whom they were carrying in their bosoms, into the deepest part of the river, saying at the same time, "At all events you shall not be slaves, but, before you can begin to experience such a miserable life, you shall cut off all such necessity, and travel in freedom the inevitable and last road of human existence."
116Again, the tragedian, Euripides, introduces Polyxena disregarding death, and thinking only of freedom, on which account she speaks in the following manner: "Willingly now I die; and let no foe Seize me with violent hands; for I myself With cheerful courage will put forth my neck. For God’s sake touch me not; but leave me free, That having lived in freedom, I may die Unviolated by a master’s hand."
117Do we then imagine that there can be such a profound love of freedom firmly fixed in women and children, one of which classes is by nature light-minded, and the other is of an age which is easily perverted and liable to stumble, so that they, for the sake of not being deprived of it, cheerfully proceed from death to immortality, but that those men who have tasted of unalloyed wisdom are not at once thoroughly free, bearing about in themselves, as they do, a sort of perpetual fountain of happiness, namely virtue, which no designing or hostile power has ever been able to dissolve, since it has the everlasting inheritance of authority and sovereign power?
118But in truth we hear of whole nations also, who, for the sake of freedom and of good faith towards their deceased benefactors, have voluntarily encountered utter destruction, as they say that the Xanthians did no long time ago; for when Brutus, one of those men who attacked Julius Caesar, invaded their territory and made war upon them, they, fearing not so much the destruction of their city as slavery at the mercy of a murderer who had killed his king and his benefactor (for Caesar was both to him), resisted at first with great vigour to the very utmost extent of their power,
119and though they were being gradually destroyed, they still held out; and when at last they had exhausted all their strength, they all collected their wives, and parents, and children into their houses, and there slew them separately, and then collecting the slaughtered bodies in a heap, they set fire to them, and slew themselves on the top of all, and so with a noble and free spirit encountered the fated end of all men.
120But these men, wishing to escape the pitiless inhumanity of tyrannical enemies, preferred death with glory to an inglorious life; but those to whom the chances of fortune gave a longer life, have endured their dangers and afflictions with fortitude, imitating the courage and endurance of Hercules, for he also showed himself superior to the commands of Eurystheus.
121Accordingly the Cynic philosopher, Diogenes, exhibited such a loftiness and greatness of spirit, that when he was taken prisoner by some robbers, and when they fed him very sparingly, and scarcely gave him even necessary food, he was not weighed down by the circumstances which surrounded him, and did not fear the inhumanity of the masters into whose power he had fallen, but said "that it was a most absurd thing for pigs or sheep, when they were going to be sold, to be carefully provided with abundant food, so as to be rendered fat and fleshy; but for the most excellent of all animals, man, to be reduced to a skeleton by bad food and continual scarcity, and so to be rendered of less value than before."
122And then, when he had obtained sufficient food, and when he was about to be sold with the rest of the captives, he sat down first, and breakfasted with great cheerfulness and courage, giving some of his breakfast to his neighbours. And seeing one of them not merely sorrowful, but in a state of extreme despondency, he said, "Will you not give up being miserable? take what you can get." "For the golden haired Niobe asked for her food, Though her twelve noble children lay welt’ring in blood; Six daughters, fair emblems of virtue and truth, And six sons, the chief flower of the Lydian youth."
123And then, speaking boldly to some one who seemed inclined to become a purchaser, and who asked him the question, "What do you know?" he replied, "I know how to govern men:" his soul from within, as it appears, prompting his free, and noble, and naturally royal spirit. And then he at once, with his natural indifference and serenity, turned to facetious discourse, at which all the rest, who were all full of despondency were annoyed.
124Accordingly it is said that, seeing one of the intended purchasers afflicted with the female disease, as he did not even look like a man, he went up to him, and said, "Do you buy me, for you appear to me to be in want of a husband;" so that he, being grieved and downcast by reason of the infirmities of which he was conscious, slunk away, while all the rest admired the ready wit and happy courage of the philosopher. Shall we then say that such a man as this was in a state of slavery, and not rather in a state of freedom, only without any irresponsible authority?
125And there was also a man of the name of Choereas, a man of considerable education, who was a zealous imitator of Diogenes’s freedom of speech; for he, being an inhabitant of Alexandria in Egypt, on one occasion, when Ptolemy was offended with him, and was uttering no slight threats against him, thinking that the freedom which was implanted in his nature was in no respect inferior to the royal authority of the other, replied— "Rule your Egyptian slaves; but as for me, - I neither care for you, nor fear your wrath And angry threats."
Sections 126–150
126For noble souls have something authoritative within them, and do not allow their brilliancy to be obscured by the injustice of fortune, but their spirit encourages them to contend on equal terms with those who are very high in rank and very proud, pitting their freedom of spirit against the insolence of the others.
127It is said that Theodorus, who was surnamed the Atheist, when he was banished from Athens, and had come to the court of Lysimachus, when one of those in power there reproached him with his banishment, mentioning the cause of it too, namely, that he had been expelled because he had been condemned for atheism and for corrupting the youth, replied, "I have not been banished, but the same thing has befallen me which befell Hercules, the son of Jupiter;
128for he also was put ashore by the Argonauts, without having done anything wrong, but only because as he himself was both crew and ballast enough for a vessel, so that he burdened the ship, and caused fear to his fellow voyagers lest the vessel should become water-logged; and I too have been driven from my country because the bulk of the citizens at Athens were unable to keep pace with the loftiness and greatness of my mind, and therefore I was envied by them."
129And when, after this reply, Lysimachus asked him, "Were you also banished from your native land through envy?" he replied a second time, "Not indeed through envy, but because of the exceedingly high qualities of my nature, which my country could not contain;
130for as when Semele, at the time that she was pregnant with Bacchus, was unable to bear her offspring until the appointed time for her delivery, Jupiter pitied her, and saved from the flames the offspring which she bore in her womb, being as yet imperfect, and granted it equal honours with the heavenly deities, so also some deity, or some god, has made me leave my country by reason of its being too narrow to contain the ample burden of a philosophic mind, and decided on transporting me to a place more fortunate than Athens, and settling me there."
131And moreover any one who considers the matter may find even among the brute beasts examples of the freedom which exists among men, as he may of all other human blessings. At all events, cocks are accustomed to contend with one another, and to display such an actual affection for danger, that in order to save themselves from yielding or submitting, even if they are inferior in power to their adversary they will not bear to be inferior in courage, for they endure even to death.
132And Miltiades, the famous general of the Athenians, seeing this, when the king of the Persians having roused up all the might of Asia, was invading Europe with many myriads of soldiers, as if he were going to destroy all Greece with the mere shout of his army, having collected all the allies at the festival called the panathenaea, showed them a battle between these birds, thinking that the encouragement which they would derive from such a sight would be more powerful than any argument.
133And he was not deceived, for when they had seen the patient enduring and honourable feeling of these irrational animals, which could not be subdued by any means short of death itself, they snatched up their arms and rushed eagerly to war, as resolving to fight against their enemies with their bodies, and being utterly indifferent to wounds and death, being willing to die for their freedom, so that at all events they might be buried in the still free soil of their native country; for there is nothing which acts so forcibly in the way of exhortation so as to improve the character, as an unhoped for success in the case of those whom men look upon as inferior to themselves.
134Moreover the tragic writer, Ion, mentions the contentious spirit of those birds in the following lines: "Nor though wounded in each limb, Nor though his eyes with blows are dim, Will he forget his might; . But still, though much fatigued, will crow, Preferring death to undergo Than slavery, or slight."
135And why, then, should we think that wise men will not cheerfully encounter death in preference to slavery? And is it not absurd to imagine that the souls of young and nobly born men will turn out inferior to those of game-cocks in the contest of virtue, and will be barely fit to stand in the second place?
136And yet who is there who has even the least tincture of education who does not know this fact, that freedom is a noble thing and slavery a disgraceful one, and that what is honourable belongs to virtuous men, and what is disgraceful to worthless ones? From which it is seen most undeniably, that no virtuous man can ever be a slave, not if ten thousand persons, with all imaginable deeds to prove themselves masters, threaten them; and that no foolish or worthless man can ever be free, not even if he were Croesus, or Midas, or the great king of Persia himself.
137But the beauty of freedom, which is much celebrated, and the deformity of slavery, which is accursed, are continually borne witness to as having that character by the more ancient cities and nations whose existence has been of long duration, being as it were immortal among mortal things, and their testimony cannot err;
138for, for what other object are councils and assemblies convened nearly every day, rather than about freedom, with a view to the confirmation of it if it is present, and to the acquisition of it if it is absent? And what other object have Greece and the nations of the barbarians ever had in all the continual seditions and wars which have taken place among or between those peoples, except to avoid slavery, and to obtain liberty?
139On which account in all battles the chief exhortation of all captains, and commanders, and generals is this, "O soldiers and allies, let us now repel that greatest of all evils, slavery, which the enemy is attempting to bring upon us; let us never endure the loss of that greatest of all human blessings, liberty. This is the beginning and fountain of all happiness, from which all particular blessings flow."
140And it is for this reason that the most sharp-sighted of all the Greek nations, namely, the Athenians (for what the pupil is to the eye, or reasoning to the soul, that also is Athens to Greece), when they send out a solemn procession to the venerable goddesses, never allow any slave whatever to take any part in it, but perform everything concerning it by the agency of free men and women who are accustomed to such duties, even then not taking any chance persons, but only such as have cultivated a blameless innocence of life; since the most excellent of the youths prepare the cakes for the feast, looking upon that office as conducing (which indeed it does) to their credit and honour.
141And it happened not long ago, when some actors were representing a tragedy, and repeating those iambics of Euripides: "For e’en the name of freedom is a jewel Of mighty value; and the man who has it E’en in a small degree, has noble wealth;" I myself saw all the spectators standing on tip-toe with excitement and delight, and with loud outcries and continual shouts combining their praise of the sentiments, and with praise also of the poet, as having not only honoured freedom by his actions, but having extolled its very name.
142I also admire the Argonauts, who made the whole crew of their vessel to consist of freemen, not allowing a single slave to embark even for the purpose of performing the most indispensable services, but at that period they chose to do everything for themselves, looking upon independent action as the brother of freedom;
143and if it may be allowed me at all to attend to what is said by the poets (and why should we not do so, for they are the instructors of the lives of all mankind, and just as individual parents are the instructors of their children, so too do they become so to the whole body of a city, correcting the entire population?), then I say that the Argo herself, when Jason was her captain, as if she were at that time endowed with a soul and with reasoning powers, did not permit any slaves to embark on board of her, since her nature was that of one devoted to freedom, on which account Aeschylus, with reference to her, says— "And tell me where’s the sacred beam That dared the dangerous Euxine stream?"
144And we must not pay the slightest attention to threats and menaces which some persons hold out over even wise men, but we must say as Antigonides the flute-player did; for it is related that he, when one of his rivals in art being angry with him, said to him, "I will buy you for a slave," said with very profound wit, "Then I will teach you to play the flute;"
145and in the same way it would become the virtuous man to say to any one who appeared inclined to purchase him, "Therefore you will be able to learn wisdom." And if any one were to threaten him with banishment beyond the borders of the country, it would become him to reply, "Every land is my country;"
146and if any one were to threaten him with loss of money, he might make answer, "A moderate means of subsistence are sufficient for me:" while if any one were to menace him with stripes or death, he would reply, "These things have no terrors for me, nor am I inferior to a boxer or to a wrestler in the pancratium, who, seeing merely some indistinct images of virtue, because they have laboured merely at the one object of producing a good condition of body, endure both blows and death with fortitude; for in me the mind, which is the ruler of the body, has been invigorated by courage, and so completely fortified, that it is able to show itself superior to any kind of pain."
147We must take care, therefore, never to catch a beast of that character which, being formidable not only in respect of its strength but also in its appearance, displays an almost invincible power, which is far from deserving to be despised.
148It often happens that places which serve as asylums for fugitives and slaves give them complete freedom from fear and perfect security, as if they were in possession of equal honours and privileges with their masters, and sometimes one may see those who are slaves of old standing, as descended from grandfathers, and even more remote ancestors still, who have all been slaves by a kind of hereditary succession, yet, when once they have taken refuge in temples as suppliants, speaking freely and fearlessly in perfect security.
149There are some too, who even argue about their own rights and just claims with those who are their owners, not merely on equal terms, but actually as if they were far superior to them, replying to them with great energy and even contemptuously; for the one party is enslaved by the conviction which their consciences force upon them, however nobly born they may be; while the others feel in perfect security as to their persons, from the general recognition of the place in which they are as an asylum, and therefore they display the free and noble disposition of soul, which God has made of such a nature as never to be subdued by any external circumstances,
150unless indeed any one is so utterly destitute of reason as to fancy that it is the place itself which is the cause of their confidence and freedom of speech, and that that most god-like of all things, virtue, has nothing to do with it, though it is owing to virtue alone that sanctity attaches either to the places or to anything which is endowed with sense.
Sections 151–160
151And, indeed, in the case of those who take refuge in places which are looked upon as asylums, seeking security only in the places themselves, it constantly happens to such persons to be much influenced by a great variety of other circumstances, by the corruption of their wives, the loss of reputation by their children, and the deceitfulness of love, while those who take refuge in virtue, as in a strong and indestructible and invincible fortification, disregard all attacks which the treachery of the passions aims and directs against them.
152Now any one who is defended by this power may naturally say with all freedom, that other persons indeed are taken captive by all kinds of accidental things, but, as the tragic poet has it, "I am well skilled both to obey myself And rule myself: well weighing all events By virtue’s standard."
153Accordingly also Bias, of Priene, is said, when Croesus threatened him, to have threatened him in return, in a most contemptuous manner, bidding him eat onions, by which figurative expression he meant that he should weep, since the eating of onions excites tears.
154Thus wise men, looking upon nothing as more royal than virtue, which is the regulator of the whole of their lives, do not fear the authority of other men, whom they look upon rather as subject to themselves; in reference to which idea, they are all accustomed to consider double-minded and treacherous people illiberal and slavish;
155on which account also there is a good deal of propriety in the expression— "Never was heard of slave uprightly held, But stooping always with a downbent neck." For a crooked, and wily, and deceitful disposition, is a most ignoble thing; just as an upright, and straightforward, and undisguised, and unsuspicious soul, betokens a most noble character, its words harmonising with its intentions, and its intentions with its words.
156We may fairly enough laugh at those men who, when once they have got released from the actual possession of an owner, think themselves free from that moment; for these men, when emancipated, are perhaps no longer servants, just as before, but they are all slaves, deeply branded slaves, obeying not indeed men (for this would not be so terrible), but even the most dishonoured of even inanimate things, strong wine, vegetables, cheesecakes, and all the other things which the superfluous labours of bakers and confectioners invent, as enemies of the miserable belly.
157Accordingly Diogenes, when he on one occasion saw one of those who are called illiberal and slavish persons giving himself airs, and a great many others sympathising in his pleasures, marvelling at their want of reason and judgment said, "It is just as if any one were to proclaim, that some one of his servants was, from this day forth, to be accounted a good grammarian, or geometrician, or musician, without his having the very slightest idea of the art; for just as the proclamation would not make men learned, so also it would not make them free (for then it would be a blessed thing), but all that it could do would be to make them no longer slaves.
158Therefore having put an end to empty opinion, on which the chief multitude of men depends, and being devoted to that most sacred possession, truth, let us not use incorrect terms so as to attribute to those who thus call themselves citizens any real share in a free constitution, or any real liberty; nor, on the other hand, let us reproach those who have been born in the house of a master, or who have been bought with money as slaves, but let us rather pass over all ideas of birth, all writings implying mastership, and, in short, everything relating to the body, and let us confine ourselves to investigating the nature of the soul.
159For if it is driven to and fro by appetite, or if it is attracted by pleasure, or turned out of the way by fear, or contracted by grief, or tortured by want, it then makes itself a slave, and makes him who possesses such a soul the slave of ten thousand masters. But if it has resisted and subdued ignorance by prudence, and intemperance by temperance, and cowardice by bravery, and covetousness by justice; it then adds to its indomitable free spirit, power and authority.
160And all the souls which are not as yet partakers of either of these two classes, neither of that which is enslaved, nor of that by which prudence is confirmed, but which are still naked like those of completely infant children; those we must nurse and cherish carefully, prescribing for them at first tender food instead of milk, namely, instruction in the encyclical sciences, and after that stronger food, such as is prepared by philosophy, by which they will be strengthened so as to become manly, and in good condition, and conducted on to a favourable end, not more that recommended by you than enjoined by the oracle, "To live in conformity to nature."
Contents — 7 sections
Sections 1–25
1Ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ δοῦλον εἶναι πάντα φαῦλον, ὡς καὶ διὰ πολλῶν καὶ εἰκότων καὶ ἀληθῶν ἐπιστωσάμεθα· οὑτοσὶ δ’ ἐκείνου συγγενής, ὁμοπάτριος καὶ ὁμομήτριος ἀδελφὸς καὶ τρόπον τινὰ δίδυμος, καθ’ ὃν ἐπιδείξομεν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ἀστεῖος ἐλεύθερος.
2τὸν μὲν οὖν τῶν Πυθαγορείων ἱερώτατον θίασον λόγος ἔχει μετὰ πολλῶν καὶ ἄλλων καλῶν καὶ τοῦτ’ ἀναδιδάσκειν, "ταῖς λεωφόροις μὴ βαδίζειν ὁδοῖς“, οὐχ ἵνα κρημνοβατῶμεν — οὐ γὰρ ποσὶ κάματον παρήγγελλεν —, ἀλλ’ αἰνιττόμενος διὰ συμβόλου τὸ μήτε λόγοις μήτ’ ἔργοις δημώδεσι καὶ πεπατημένοις χρῆσθαι.
3ὅσοι δὲ φιλοσοφίαν γνησίως ἠσπάσαντο, καταπειθεῖς γενόμενοι τῷ προστάγματι νόμον αὐτὸ μᾶλλον δὲ θεσμὸν ἰσούμενον χρησμῷ ὑπετόπησαν, δόξας δ’ ἀγελαίους ὑπερκύψαντες ἀτραπὸν ἄλλην ἐκαινοτόμησαν ἄβατον ἰδιώταις λόγων καὶ δογμάτων, ἰδέας ἀνατείλαντες ὧν οὐδενὶ μὴ καθαρῷ θέμις ψαύειν.
4λέγω δὲ μὴ καθαρούς, ὅσοι ἢ παιδείας εἰς ἅπαν ἄγευστοι διετέλεσαν ἢ πλαγίως ἀλλὰ μὴ ἐπ’ εὐθείας αὐτὴν ἐδέξαντο κάλλος τὸ σοφίας εἰς τὸ σοφιστείας αἶσχος μεταχαράξαντες.
5οὗτοι τὸ νοητὸν φῶς ἰδεῖν οὐ δυνάμενοι δι’ ἀσθένειαν τοῦ κατὰ ψυχὴν ὄμματος, ὃ ταῖς μαρμαρυγαῖς πέφυκεν ἐπισκιάζεσθαι, καθάπερ ἐν νυκτὶ διάγοντες ἀπιστοῦσι τοῖς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ζῶσι καὶ ὅς’ ἂν αὐγαῖς ἀκράτοις τῶν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων εἰλικρινέστατα περιαθρήσαντες διηγῶνται τεράστια νομίζουσι φάσμασιν ἐοικότα, τῶν ἐν τοῖς θαύμασιν οὐ διαφέροντα.
6πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐκτόπια καὶ θαύματ’ ὄντως, φυγάδας μὲν καλεῖν τοὺς μὴ μόνον ἐν μέσῃ τῇ πόλει διατρίβοντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ βουλεύοντας καὶ δικάζοντας καὶ ἐκκλησιάζοντας, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ ἀγορανομίας καὶ γυμνασιαρχίας καὶ τὰς ἄλλας λειτουργίας ὑπομένοντας,
7πολίτας δὲ τοὺς ἢ μὴ ἐγγραφέντας τὸ παράπαν ἢ ὧν ἀτιμία καὶ φυγὴ κατέγνωσται, πέραν ὅρων ἀνθρώπους ἐληλαμένους, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐπιβῆναι τῆς χώρας ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐξ ἀπόπτου τὸ πατρῷον ἔδαφος θεάσασθαι δυναμένους, εἰ μή τισι Ποιναῖς ἐλαύνοιντο θανατῶντες; ἔφεδροι γὰρ καταστειχόντων κολασταὶ μυρίοι, καὶ δι’ ἑαυτῶν ἠκονημένοι καὶ νόμων προστάξεσιν ὑπηρετοῦντες.
8πῶς δὲ οὐ παράλογα καὶ γέμοντα πολλῆς ἀναισχυντίας ἢ μανίας ἢ οὐκ ἔχω τί λέγω —διὰ γὰρ ὑπερβολὴν οὐδ’ οἰκείων ὀνομάτων εὐπορῆσαι ῥᾴδιον—πλουσίους μὲν ὀνομάζειν τοὺς ἀπορωτάτους καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐνδεεῖς, λυπρῶς καὶ ἀθλίως ἀποζῶντας, μόλις τὸ ἐφήμερον ἐκπορίζοντας, ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ κοινῇ λιμὸν ἐξαίρετον ἔχοντας, ἀρετῆς αὔρᾳ, καθάπερ ἀέρι φασὶ τοὺς τέττιγας, τρεφομένους,
9πένητας δὲ τοὺς ἀργύρῳ καὶ χρυσῷ καὶ πλήθει κτημάτων καὶ προσόδων καὶ ἄλλων ἀμυθήτων ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίᾳ περιρρεομένους, ὧν ὁ πλοῦτος οὐ συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους αὐτὸ μόνον ὤνησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς οἰκίας ἔξω προελθὼν μεγάλους ὁμίλους δημοτῶν καὶ φυλετῶν, διαβὰς δ’ ἔτι μεῖζον καὶ πόλει χορηγεῖ τὰ πάντα, ὧν εἰρήνη χρεῖος ἢ πόλεμος;
10ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀνειρώξεως τοῖς μὲν ἀμφιθαλέσι καὶ τῷ ὄντι εὐπατρίδαις, ὧν οὐ γονεῖς μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πάπποι καὶ πρόγονοι μέχρι τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνδρῶν καὶ πρὸς γυναικῶν ἐπιφανέστατοι γεγόνασι, δουλείαν ἐτόλμησαν ἐπιφημίσαι, τοῖς δ’ ἐκ τριγονίας στιγματίαις, πεδότριψι καὶ παλαιοδούλοις, ἐλευθερίαν.
11ἐστὶ δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὡς ἔφην, πρόφασις ἀνθρώπων, οἳ διάνοιαν μὲν ἠμαύρωνται, δοῦλοι δ’ εἰσὶ δόξης ἐπανέχοντες αἰσθήσεσιν, ὧν τὸ συνέδριον ὑπὸ τῶν κρινομένων ἀεὶ δεκαζόμενον ἀβέβαιον.
12χρῆν δὲ αὐτούς, εἴπερ ὅλως ἐζήλουν ἀλήθειαν, μὴ τῶν τὰ σώματα καμνόντων ἐν τῷ φρονεῖν ἐλαττοῦσθαι· ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιτρέπουσιν ἰατροῖς ὑγείας ὀρεγόμενοι, κατοκνοῦσι δ’ οὗτοι νόσον ψυχῆς, ἀπαιδευσίαν, ἀπώσασθαι, γενόμενοι σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν ὁμιληταί, παρ’ ὧν οὐ μόνον ἔστιν ἀπομαθεῖν ἀμαθίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἀνθρώπου κτῆμα προσλαβεῖν, ἐπιστήμην.
13ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Πλάτωνα „φθόνος ἔξω θείου χοροῦ ἵσταται", θειότατον δὲ καὶ κοινωνικώτατον σοφία, συγκλείει μὲν οὐδέποτε τὸ ἑαυτῆς φροντιστήριον, ἀναπεπταμένη δὲ ἀεὶ δέχεται τοὺς ποτίμων διψῶντας λόγων, οἷς ἀκράτου διδασκαλίας ἄφθονον ἐπαντλοῦσα νᾶμα μεθύειν τὴν νηφάλιον ἀναπείθει μέθην.
14οἱ δὲ ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς τελεταῖς ἱεροφαντηθέντες, ὅταν ὀργίων γεμισθῶσι, πολλὰ τῆς πρόσθεν ὀλιγωρίας ἑαυτοὺς κακίζουσιν, ὡς οὐ φεισάμενοι χρόνου, βίον δὲ τρίψαντες ἀβίωτον, ἐν ᾧ φρονήσεως ἐχήρευσαν.
15ἄξιον οὖν νεότητα τὴν πανταχοῦ πᾶσαν τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῆς πρώτης ἀκμῆς μηδενὶ μᾶλλον ἢ παιδείᾳ ἀναθεῖναι, ᾗ καὶ ἐνηβῆσαι καὶ ἐγγηράσαι καλόν· ὥσπερ γάρ, φασί, τὰ καινὰ τῶν ἀγγείων ἀναφέρει τὰς τῶν πρώτων εἰς αὐτὰ ἐγχυθέντων ὀσμάς, οὕτως καὶ αἱ τῶν νέων ψυχαὶ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν φαντασιῶν τύπους ἀνεξαλείπτους ἐναποματτόμεναι, τῇ φορᾷ τῶν αὖθις ἐπεισρεόντων ἥκιστα κατακλυζόμεναι, τὸ ἀρχαῖον διαφαίνουσιν εἶδος.
16Ἅλις μὲν δὴ τούτων. ἀκριβωτέον δὲ τὸ ζητούμενον, ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀσαφείᾳ παραγόμενοι πλαζώμεθα, καταλαβόντες δὲ περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος τὰς ἀποδείξεις εὐσκόπως ἐφαρμόττωμεν.
17δουλεία τοίνυν ἡ μὲν ψυχῶν, ἡ δὲ σωμάτων λέγεται· δεσπόται δὲ τῶν μὲν σωμάτων ἄνθρωποι, ψυχῶν δὲ κακίαι καὶ πάθη. κατὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ ἐλευθερία· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἄδειαν σωμάτων ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων δυνατωτέρων, ἡ δὲ διανοίας ἐκεχειρίαν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν παθῶν δυναστείας ἐργάζεται.
18τὸ μὲν οὖν πρότερον οὐδὲ εἷς ζητεῖ· μυρίαι γὰρ αἱ ἀνθρώπων τύχαι, καὶ πολλοὶ πολλάκις καιροῖς ἀβουλήτοις τῶν σφόδρα ἀστείων τὴν ἐκ γένους ἀπέβαλον ἐλευθερίαν· ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἡ σκέψις περὶ τρόπων, οὓς οὔτ’ ἐπιθυμίαι οὔτε φόβοι οὔθ’ ἡδοναὶ οὔτε λῦπαι κατέζευξαν, ὥσπερ ἐξ εἱρκτῆς προεληλυθότων καὶ δεσμῶν οἷς ἐπεσφίγγοντο διαφειμένων.
19ἀνελόντες οὖν ἐκποδὼν τὰς προφασιστικὰς εὑρεσιλογίας καὶ τὰ φύσεως μὲν ἀλλότρια δόξης δ’ ἠρτημένα ὀνόματα οἰκοτρίβων ἢ ἀργυρωνήτων ἢ αἰχμαλώτων τὸν ἀψευδῶς ἐλεύθερον ἀναζητῶμεν, ᾧ μόνῳ τὸ αὐτοκρατὲς πρόσεστι, κἂν μυρίοι γράφωσι δεσπότας ἑαυτούς. ἀναφθέγξεται γὰρ ἐκεῖνο τὸ Σοφόκλειον οὐδὲν τῶν πυθοχρήστων διαφέρον· "θεὸς ἐμὸς ἄρχων, θνητὸς δ’ οὐδείς”. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι μόνος ἐλεύθερος ὁ μόνῳ θεῷ χρώμενος ἡγεμόνι,
20κατ’ ἐμὴν δὲ διάνοιαν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἡγεμών, ἐπιτετραμμένος τὰ περίγεια, οἷα μεγάλου βασιλέως, θνητὸς ἀθανάτου, διάδοχος. ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν περὶ ἀρχῆς τοῦ σοφοῦ λόγος εἰς καιρὸν ἐπιτηδειότερον ὑπερκείσθω, τὸν δὲ περὶ ἐλευθερίας τὰ νῦν ἀκριβωτέον.
21εἰ δή τις εἴσω προελθὼν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐθελήσειε διακύψαι, γνώσεται σαφῶς, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἄλλῳ συγγενὲς οὕτως, ὡς αὐτοπραγία ἐλευθερίᾳ, διότι πολλὰ μὲν τῷ φαύλῳ τὰ ἐμποδών, φιλαργυρία, φιλοδοξία, φιληδονία, τῷ δ’ ἀστείῳ τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν, ἐπανισταμένῳ καὶ ἐπιβεβηκότι καθάπερ ἐν ἄθλων ἀγῶνι τοῖς καταπαλαισθεῖσιν, ἔρωτι, φόβῳ, δειλίᾳ, λύπῃ, τοῖς ὁμοιοτρόποις.
22ἔμαθε γὰρ ἀλογεῖν ἐπιταγμάτων, ὅσα οἱ ψυχῆς παρανομώτατοι ἄρχοντες ἐπιτάττουσι, διὰ ζῆλον καὶ πόθον ἐλευθερίας, ἧς τὸ αὐτοκέλευστον καὶ ἐθελουργὸν κλῆρος ἴδιος. ἐπαινεῖται παρά τισιν ὁ τὸ τρίμετρον ἐκεῖνο ποιήσας „τίς δ’ ἐστὶ δοῦλος τοῦ θανεῖν ἄφροντις ὤν;“ ὡς μάλα συνιδὼν τὸ ἀκόλουθον· ὑπέλαβε γάρ, ὅτι οὐδὲν οὕτως δουλοῦσθαι πέφυκε διάνοιαν, ὡς τὸ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ δέος, ἕνεκα τοῦ πρὸς τὸ ζῆν ἱμέρου.
23χρῆν δὲ λογίσασθαι, ὅτι οὐχ ὁ τοῦ θανεῖν μόνον ἄφροντις ὢν ἀδούλωτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τοῦ πένεσθαι καὶ ἀδοξεῖν καὶ ἀλγεῖν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα οἱ πολλοὶ κακὰ νομίζουσι, κακοὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντες αὐτοὶ κριταί, οἵτινες ἐκ τῶν χρειῶν δοκιμάζουσι τὸν δοῦλον εἰς τὰς ὑπηρεσίας ἀφορῶντες, δέον εἰς τὸ ἀδούλωτον ἦθος.
24ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ ταπεινοῦ καὶ δουλοπρεποῦς φρονήματος ταπεινοῖς καὶ δουλοπρεπέσι παρὰ γνώμην ἐγχειρῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δοῦλος ὄντως· ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ἁρμοζόμενος τὰ οἰκεῖα καὶ ἑκουσίως ἅμα καὶ τλητικῶς ἐγκαρτερῶν τοῖς ἀπὸ τύχης καὶ μηδὲν καινὸν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων εἶναι νομίζων, ἀλλ’ ἐξητακὼς ἐπιμελῶς, ὅτι τὰ μὲν θεῖα αἰωνίῳ τάξει καὶ εὐδαιμονίᾳ τετίμηται, τὰ δὲ θνητὰ πάντα σάλῳ καὶ κλύδωνι πραγμάτων διαφερόμενα πρὸς ἀνίσους ῥοπὰς ταλαντεύει, καὶ γενναίως ὑπομένων τὰ συμπίπτοντα φιλόσοφος εὐθύς ἐστι καὶ ἐλεύθερος.
25ὅθεν οὐδὲ παντὶ τῷ προστάττοντι ὑπακούσεται, κἂν αἰκίας καὶ βασάνους καί τινας φοβερωτάτας ἀπειλὰς ἐπανατείνηται, νεανιευσάμενος δὲ ἀντικηρύξει· "ὄπτα, κάταιθε σάρκας, ἐμπλήσθητί μου πίνων κελαινὸν αἷμα· πρόσθε γὰρ κάτω γῆς εἶσιν ἄστρα, γῆ δ’ ἄνεις’ ἐς οὐρανόν, πρὶν ἐξ ἐμοῦ σοι θῶπ’ ἀπαντῆσαι λόγον.“
Sections 26–50
26ἤδη ποτ’ εἶδον ἐν ἀγῶνι παγκρατιαστῶν τὸν μὲν ἐπιφέροντα τὰς πληγὰς καὶ χερσὶ καὶ ποσὶ καὶ πάσας εὐσκόπως καὶ μηδὲν παραλελοιπότα τῶν εἰς τὸ νικᾶν ἀπειρηκότα καὶ παρειμένον καὶ πέρας ἀστεφάνωτον ἐξελθόντα τοῦ σταδίου, τὸν δὲ τυπτόμενον, ὑπὸ πυκνότητος σαρκῶν πεπιλημένον, στρυφνόν, ναστόν, ὄντως γέμοντα πνεύματος ἀθλητικοῦ, δι’ ὅλων νενευρωμένον, οἷα πέτραν ἢ σίδηρον, οὐδὲν μὲν πρὸς τὰς πληγὰς ἐνδόντα, τὴν δὲ τοῦ ἀντιπάλου δύναμιν τῷ καρτερικῷ καὶ παγίῳ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καθῃρηκότα μέχρι παντελοῦς νίκης.
27ὅμοιον δή τι τούτῳ πεπονθέναι μοι δοκεῖ ὁ ἀστεῖος· τὴν γὰρ ψυχὴν εὖ μάλα κραταιωθεὶς ἰσχυρογνώμονι λογισμῷ θᾶττον ἀναγκάζει τὸν βιαζόμενον ἀπειπεῖν ἢ ὑπομένει τι δρᾶσαι τῶν παρὰ γνώμην. ἀλλ’ ἄπιστον ἴσως τοῖς μὴ πεπονθόσιν ἀρετὴν τὸ λεγόμενον· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνο τοῖς τοὺς παγκρατιαστὰς οὐκ εἰδόσι, γέγονε δ’ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐπ’ ἀληθείας.
28εἰς ταῦτα δ’ ἀπιδὼν Ἀντισθένης δυσβάστακτον εἶπεν εἶναι τὸν ἀστεῖον· ὡς γὰρ ἡ ἀφροσύνη κοῦφον καὶ φερόμενον, οὕτως ἡ φρόνησις ἐρηρεισμένον καὶ ἀκλινὲς καὶ βάρος ἔχον ἀσάλευτον.
29ὁ δὲ δὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νομοθέτης τὰς τοῦ σοφοῦ χεῖρας βαρείας εἰσάγει (Exod. 17, 12), διὰ συμβόλων τὰς πράξεις αἰνιττόμενος οὐκ ἐπιπολαίως ἀλλὰ παγίως ἐρηρεισμένας ἀπὸ διανοίας ἀρρεποῦς.
30πρὸς οὐδενὸς οὖν ἀναγκάζεται, ἅτε καταπεφρονηκὼς μὲν ἀλγηδόνων, καταπεφρονηκὼς δὲ θανάτου, νόμῳ δὲ φύσεως ὑπηκόους ἔχων ἅπαντας ἄφρονας· ὅνπερ γὰρ τρόπον αἰγῶν μὲν καὶ βοῶν καὶ προβάτων αἰπόλοι καὶ βουκόλοι καὶ νομεῖς ἀφηγοῦνται, τὰς δ’ ἀγέλας ἀμήχανον ἐπιτάξαι ποιμέσι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ θρέμμασιν ἐοικότες ἐπιστάτου καὶ ἄρχοντος δέονται, ἡγεμόνες δ’ εἰσὶν οἱ ἀστεῖοι τὴν τῶν ἀγελαρχῶν τεταγμένοι τάξιν.
31Ὅμηρος μὲν οὖν "ποιμένας λαῶν“ εἴωθε καλεῖν τοὺς βασιλέας, ἡ δὲ φύσις τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς κυριώτερον τουτὶ τοὔνομα ἐπεφήμισεν, εἴ γε ἐκεῖνοι ποιμαίνονται τὸ πλέον ἢ ποιμαίνουσιν — ἄκρατος γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἄγει καὶ εὐμορφία πέμματά τε καὶ ὄψα καὶ τὰ μαγείρων καὶ σιτοποιῶν ἡδύσματα, ἵνα τὰς ἀργύρου καὶ χρυσοῦ καὶ τῶν σεμνοτέρων ἐπιθυμίας παραλείπω —, τοῖς δ’ ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς συμβέβηκε δελεάζεσθαι, νουθετεῖν δὲ καὶ ὅσους ἂν αἴσθωνται πάγαις ἡδονῆς ἁλισκομένους.
32Ὅτι δ’ οὐχ αἱ ὑπηρεσίαι μηνύματ’ εἰσὶ δουλείας, ἐναργεστάτη πίστις οἱ πόλεμοι· τοὺς γὰρ στρατευομένους ἰδεῖν ἔστιν αὐτουργοὺς ἅπαντας, οὐ μόνον τὰς πανοπλίας κομίζοντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσα πρὸς τὴν ἀναγκαίαν χρῆσιν ὑποζυγίων τρόπον ἐπηχθισμένους, εἶτ’ ἐφ’ ὑδρείαν ἐξιόντας καὶ φρυγανισμὸν καὶ χιλὸν κτήνεσι.
33τὰ γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐν ταῖς στρατείαις τί δεῖ μακρηγορεῖν, τάφρους ἀνατεμνόντων ἢ τείχη κατασκευαζόντων ἢ τριήρεις ναυπηγουμένων ἢ ὅσα ὑπουργίας ἢ τέχνης πάντα χερσὶ καὶ τῷ ἄλλῳ σώματι ὑπηρετούντων.
34ἔστι δέ τις καὶ κατ’ εἰρήνην πόλεμος τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις οὐκ ἀποδέων, ὃν ἀδοξία καὶ πενία καὶ δεινὴ σπάνις τῶν ἀναγκαίων συγκροτοῦσιν, ὑφ’ οὗ βιασθέντες ἐγχειρεῖν καὶ τοῖς δουλοπρεπεστάτοις ἀναγκάζονται, σκάπτοντες, γεωπονοῦντες, βαναύσους ἐπιτηδεύοντες τέχνας, ὑπηρετοῦντες ἀόκνως ἕνεκα τοῦ παρατρέφεσθαι, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ κατὰ μέσην ἀγορὰν ἀχθοφοροῦντες ἐν ἡλικιωτῶν καὶ συμφοιτητῶν καὶ συνεφήβων ὄψεσιν.
35ἕτεροι δ’ εἰσὶν ἐκ γένους δοῦλοι τὰ τῶν ἐλευθέρων εὐμοιρίᾳ τύχης μετιόντες· ἐπίτροποι γὰρ οἰκιῶν καὶ κτημάτων καὶ μεγάλων οὐσιῶν, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ τῶν ὁμοδούλων ἄρχοντες καθίστανται, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας ὀρφανοὺς δεσποτῶν ἐπετράπησαν, φίλων καὶ συγγενῶν προκριθέντες εἰς πίστιν· ἀλλ’ ὅμως εἰσὶ δοῦλοι, δανείζοντες, ὠνούμενοι, προσόδους ἐκλεγόμενοι, θεραπευόμενοι.
36τί οὖν θαυμαστόν, εἰ καὶ κατὰ τοὐναντίον ὀλίσθῳ τις εὐτυχίας δουλικὰς χρείας ἐπιτελεῖ; τὸ δ’ ὑπακούειν ἑτέρῳ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀφαιρεῖται. καὶ πῶς πατρὸς μὲν ἢ μητρὸς ἐπιταγμάτων παῖδες ἀνέχονται, γνώριμοι δὲ ὧν ὑφηγηταὶ διακελεύονται; δοῦλος γὰρ ἑκὼν οὐδείς. οἵ γε μὴν τοκέες οὐ τοσαύτην ὑπερβολὴν ἐπιδείξονταί ποτε μισοτεκνίας, ὥσθ’ ἃ μόνα σύμβολα δουλείας ἐστί, τὰς ὑπηρεσίας, ἀναγκάσαι ἂν παῖδας τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ὑπομένειν.
37εἰ δέ τινας ὑπ’ ἀνδραποδοκαπήλων ἐπευωνιζομένους ἰδών τις οἴεται δούλους εὐθὺς εἶναι, πολὺ διαμαρτάνει τῆς ἀληθείας· οὐ γὰρ ἡ πρᾶσις ἢ κύριον ἀποφαίνει τὸν πριάμενον ἢ τὸν πραθέντα δοῦλον, ἐπεὶ καὶ πατέρες υἱῶν τιμὰς κατέθεσαν καὶ υἱοὶ πολλάκις πατέρων ἢ κατὰ λῃστείας ἀπαχθέντων ἢ κατὰ πόλεμον αἰχμαλώτων γενομένων, οὓς οἱ τῆς φύσεως νόμοι τῶν κάτωθεν ὄντες βεβαιότεροι γράφουσιν ἐλευθέρους.
38ἤδη δέ τινες καὶ προσυπερβάλλοντες εἰς τοὐναντίον περιήγαγον τὸ πρᾶγμα, δεσπόται γενόμενοι τῶν πριαμένων ἀντὶ δούλων· ἔγωγ’ οὖν ἐθεασάμην πολλάκις εὔμορφα παιδισκάρια καὶ φύσει στωμύλα δυσὶν ὁρμητηρίοις, ὄψεως κάλλει καὶ τῇ περὶ λόγους χάριτι, πορθοῦντα τοὺς κεκτημένους· ἑλεπόλεις γὰρ ταῦτα ψυχῶν ἀνιδρύτων καὶ ἀνερματίστων, μηχανημάτων ἁπάντων ὅσα ἐπ’ ἀνατροπῇ τειχῶν κατασκευάζεται σθεναρώτερα.
39σημεῖον δέ· θεραπεύουσιν, ἱκετεύουσιν, εὐμένειαν ὡς παρὰ τύχης καὶ ἀγαθοῦ δαίμονος αἰτεῖσθαι γλίχονται, καὶ παρορώμενοι μὲν σφαδᾴζουσιν, εἰ δ’ αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ βλέμμα ἵλεων θεάσαιντο, γεγηθότες ἀνορχοῦνται.
40εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸν λέοντας ὠνησάμενον δεσπότην φατέον εἶναι λεόντων, ὅς, εἰ μόνον ἐπανατείναιντο τὰς ὄψεις, οἵους ἐπρίατο κυρίους ὁ δύστηνος, ὡς χαλεποὺς καὶ ὠμοθύμους, αὐτίκα παθὼν εἴσεται. τί οὖν; οὐκ οἰόμεθα τὸν σοφὸν ἀδουλωτότερον εἶναι λεόντων, ἐλευθέρᾳ καὶ ἀτρώτῳ ψυχῇ τὴν ἀλκὴν ἔχοντα μᾶλλον ἢ εἰ σώματι φύσει δούλῳ καὶ εὐτονίᾳ κραταιοτάτῃ ἰσχύος ἀφηνιάζοι;
41Μάθοι δ’ ἄν τις τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἣ περὶ τὸν σπουδαῖόν ἐστι, καὶ ἐξ ἑτέρων· δοῦλος εὐδαίμων πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδείς· τί γὰρ ἀθλιώτερον ἢ πάντων ἄκυρον εἶναί τινα καὶ ἑαυτοῦ; ὁ δέ γε σοφὸς εὐδαίμων, ἕρμα καὶ πλήρωμα καλοκἀγαθίας ἐπιφερόμενος, ἐν ᾗ τὸ κῦρός ἐστιν ἁπάντων·
42ὥστ’ ἀναμφιβόλως καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁ σπουδαῖος ἐλεύθερός ἐστι. πρὸς τούτοις τίς οὐκ ἂν εἴποι τοὺς φίλους τῶν θεῶν ἐλευθέρους εἶναι; εἰ μὴ τοῖς μὲν τῶν βασιλέων ἑταίροις ἄξιον οὐ μόνον ἐλευθερίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρχὴν ὁμολογεῖν συνεπιτροπεύουσι καὶ συνδιέπουσι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, τοῖς δὲ θεῶν τῶν ὀλυμπίων δουλείαν ἐπιφημιστέον, οἳ διὰ τὸ φιλόθεον εὐθὺς γενόμενοι θεοφιλεῖς, ἴσῃ ἀντιτιμηθέντες εὐνοίᾳ παρ’ ἀληθείᾳ δικαζούσῃ, καθάπερ οἱ ποιηταί φασι, πανάρχοντές τε καὶ βασιλέες βασιλέων εἰσί. νεανικώτερον δ’ ὁ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νομοθέτης προσυπερβάλλων,
43ἅτε γυμνῆς ὡς λόγος ἀσκητὴς φιλοσοφίας, τὸν ἔρωτι θείῳ κατεσχημένον καὶ τὸ ὂν μόνον θεραπεύοντα οὐκέτ’ ἄνθρωπον ἀλλὰ θεὸν ἀπετόλμησεν εἰπεῖν (Exod. 7, 1)· ἀνθρώπων μέντοι θεόν, οὐ τῶν τῆς φύσεως μερῶν, ἵνα τῷ πάντων καταλίπῃ πατρὶ τὸ θεῶν εἶναι βασιλεῖ καὶ θεῷ.
44ἆρ’ ἄξιον τὸν προνομίας τοσαύτης τετυχηκότα δοῦλον ἢ μόνον ἐλεύθερον εἶναι νομίζειν; ὃς εἰ καὶ θείας οὐκ ἠξίωται μοίρας καθ’ αὑτόν, ἀλλά τοι διὰ τὸ φίλῳ θεῷ χρῆσθαι πάντως ὤφειλεν εὐδαιμονεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀσθενὴς ὁ ὑπέρμαχος οὔτε φιλικῶν ἀμελὴς δικαίων θεὸς ἑταιρεῖος ὢν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς ἑταίρους ἐφορῶν.
45ἔτι τοίνυν, ὥσπερ τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν ὀλιγαρχούμεναι καὶ τυραννούμεναι δουλείαν ὑπομένουσι χαλεποὺς καὶ βαρεῖς ἔχουσαι δεσπότας τοὺς ὑπαγομένους καὶ κρατοῦντας, αἱ δὲ νόμοις ἐπιμεληταῖς χρώμεναι καὶ προστάταις εἰσὶν ἐλεύθεραι, οὕτως καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, παρ’ οἷς μὲν ὀργὴ ἢ ἐπιθυμία ἤ τι ἄλλο πάθος ἢ καὶ ἐπίβουλος κακία δυναστεύει, πάντως εἰσὶ δοῦλοι, ὅσοι δὲ μετὰ νόμου ζῶσιν, ἐλεύθεροι.
46νόμος δὲ ἀψευδὴς ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος, οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖνος ἢ τοῦ δεῖνος, θνητοῦ φθαρτός, ἐν χαρτιδίοις ἢ στήλαις, ἄψυχος ἀψύχοις, ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἀθανάτου φύσεως ἄφθαρτος ἐν ἀθανάτῳ διανοίᾳ τυπωθείς.
47διὸ καὶ θαυμάσαι ἄν τις τῆς ἀμβλυωπίας τοὺς τρανὰς οὕτω πραγμάτων ἰδιότητας μὴ συνορῶντας, οἳ μεγίστοις μὲν δήμοις Ἀθήναις καὶ Λακεδαίμονι πρὸς ἐλευθερίαν αὐταρκεστάτους εἶναί φασι τοὺς Σόλωνος καὶ Λυκούργου νόμους κρατοῦντάς τε καὶ ἄρχοντας, πειθαρχούντων αὐτοῖς τῶν πολιτευομένων, σοφοῖς δὲ ἀνδράσι τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον, ὃς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐστὶ πηγὴ νόμοις, οὐχ ἱκανὸν εἶναι πρὸς μετουσίαν ἐλευθερίας ὑπακούουσι πάντων, ἅττ’ ἂν ἢ προστάττῃ ἢ ἀπαγορεύῃ.
48πρὸς τοίνυν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐναργεστάτη πίστις ἐλευθερίας ἰσηγορία, ἣν οἱ σπουδαῖοι πάντες ἄγουσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους. ὅθεν καὶ τὰ τρίμετρα φιλοσόφως ἐκεῖνά φασιν εἰρῆσθαι· „οὐ γὰρ μετεῖναι τῶν νόμων δούλοις ἔφυ.“ καὶ πάλιν· „δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου.“
49καθάπερ οὖν ὁ μουσικὸς νόμος ἅπασι τοῖς ἐπιτετηδευκόσι μουσικὴν ἰσηγορίας τῆς ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ μεταδίδωσι καὶ ὁ γραμματικὸς ἢ ὁ γεωμετρικὸς γραμματικοῖς ἢ γεωμέτραις, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ βίῳ νόμος τοῖς ἐμπείροις τῶν βιωτικῶν.
50οἱ δὲ σπουδαῖοι πάντες ἔμπειροι τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον πραγμάτων εἰσίν, ὁπότε καὶ τῶν ἐν ἁπάσῃ τῇ φύσει· καὶ εἰσί τινες αὐτῶν ἐλεύθεροι, ὥστε καὶ ὅσοι τούτοις ἰσηγορίας μετέχουσιν. οὐδεὶς ἄρα τῶν
Sections 51–75
51σπουδαίων δοῦλος, ἀλλ’ ἐλεύθεροι πάντες. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἀφορμῆς καὶ ὅτι δοῦλος ὁ ἄφρων ἐστίν, ἐπιδειχθήσεται. ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ κατὰ μουσικὴν νόμος οὐ δίδωσιν ἰσηγορίαν ἀμούσοις πρὸς μεμουσωμένους οὐδ’ ὁ κατὰ γραμματικὴν ἀγραμμάτοις πρὸς γραμματικοὺς οὐδὲ συνόλως ὁ τεχνικὸς πρὸς τεχνίτας ἀτέχνοις, οὕτως οὐδ’ ὁ βιωτικὸς νόμος ἰσηγορίας μεταδίδωσι τοῖς κατὰ τὸν βίον ἀπείροις πρὸς ἐμπείρους.
52τοῖς δ’ ἐλευθέροις ἡ ἐκ νόμου πᾶσιν ἰσηγορία δίδοται· καὶ εἰσί τινες τῶν σπουδαίων ἐλεύθεροι· καὶ τῶν βιωτικῶν ἄπειροι μὲν οἱ φαῦλοι, ἐμπειρότατοι δ’ οἱ σοφοί· οὐκ ἄρ’ εἰσί τινες τῶν φαύλων ἐλεύθεροι, δοῦλοι δὲ πάντες.
53ὁ δὲ Ζήνων, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος ὑπ’ ἀρετῆς ἀχθείς, νεανικώτερον ἀποδείκνυσι περὶ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι τοῖς φαύλοις ἰσηγορίαν πρὸς ἀστείους. φησὶ γάρ· „οὐκ οἰμώξεται μὲν ὁ φαῦλος, ἐὰν ἀντιλέγῃ τῷ σπουδαίῳ; οὐκ ἄρ’ ἐστὶν ἰσηγορία τῷ φαύλῳ πρὸς σπουδαῖον.“
54οἶδ’ ὅτι πολλοὶ τοῦ λόγου κατακερτομήσουσιν ὡς αὐθαδείᾳ τὸ πλέον ἐρωτηθέντος ἢ συνέσει. μετὰ δὲ τὴν χλεύην παυσάμενοι τοῦ γέλωτος ἢν ἐθελήσωσι διακύψαι καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον σαφῶς ἐρευνῆσαι, καταπλαγέντες αὐτοῦ τὸ ἀψευδὲς εἴσονται, ὅτι ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ μᾶλλον οἰμώξεταί τις ἢ τῷ μὴ πειθαρχεῖν τῷ σοφῷ.
55ζημία γὰρ χρημάτων ἢ ἀτιμία ἢ φυγαὶ ἢ αἱ διὰ πληγῶν ὕβρεις ἢ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα βραχέα καὶ τὸ μηδὲν ἀντιτιθέμενα κακίαις καὶ ὧν αἱ κακίαι δημιουργοί. τοὺς δὲ πολλούς, οὐ συνορῶντας τὰς ψυχῆς βλάβας διὰ λογισμοῦ πήρωσιν, ἐπὶ μόναις ταῖς ἐκτὸς συμβέβηκεν ἄχθεσθαι, τὸ κριτήριον ἀφῃρημένους, ᾧ μόνῳ καταλαβεῖν ἔστι διανοίας ζημίαν.
56εἰ δὲ δυνηθεῖεν ἀναβλέψαι, θεασάμενοι τὰς δι’ ἀφροσύνης ἀπάτας καὶ τὰς ἐκ δειλίας ἐπηρείας καὶ ὅσα ἀκολασία παρῴνησεν ἢ ἀδικία παρηνόμησεν, ἐπὶ ταῖς τοῦ ἀρίστου συμφοραῖς λύπης ἀπαύστου γεμισθέντες οὐδὲ παρηγορίας δι’ ὑπερβολὰς κακῶν ἀνέξονται.
57ἔοικε δὲ ὁ Ζήνων ἀρύσασθαι τὸν λόγον ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς τῆς Ἰουδαίων νομοθεσίας, ἐν ᾗ δυοῖν ὄντοιν ἀδελφοῖν, τοῦ μὲν σώφρονος, τοῦ δ’ ἀκολάστου, λαβὼν οἶκτον ὁ κοινὸς ἀμφοῖν πατὴρ τοῦ μὴ ἐπ’ ἀρετὴν ἥκοντος εὔχεται, ἵνα δουλεύσῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, τὸ δοκοῦν μέγιστον εἶναι κακόν, δουλείαν, ἀγαθὸν τελεώτατον ὑπολαμβάνων ἄφρονι, τὸ μὲν αὐτεξούσιον ἀφῃρημένῳ πρὸς τὸ μὴ σὺν ἀδείᾳ πλημμελεῖν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς τοῦ προεστῶτος προστασίας βελτιωθησομένῳ τὸ ἦθος.
58Τὰ μὲν οὖν λεχθέντα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ζητουμένου διασύστασιν ἔμοιγε ἀποχρῶντα ἦν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ποικίλα τῶν νοσημάτων ἰατροῖς ἔθος ποικιλωτέραις ἰᾶσθαι θεραπείαις, ἀνάγκη καὶ τοῖς παραδόξοις νομιζομένοις τῶν προβλημάτων διὰ τὸ ἄηθες ἐπάγειν πίστεις ἐπαλλήλους προσεγχρίοντας· μόλις γὰρ ἔνιοι συνεχείᾳ πληττόμενοι τῶν ἀποδείξεων αἰσθάνονται.
59λέγεται τοίνυν οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, ὅτι ὁ φρονίμως πάντα ποιῶν εὖ ποιεῖ πάντα, ὁ δ’ εὖ ποιῶν πάντα ὀρθῶς ποιεῖ πάντα, ὁ δ’ ὀρθῶς πάντα ποιῶν καὶ ἀναμαρτήτως καὶ ἀμέμπτως καὶ ἀνεπιλήπτως καὶ ἀνυπευθύνως καὶ ἀζημίως, ὥστ’ ἐξουσίαν σχήσει πάντα δρᾶν καὶ ζῆν ὡς βούλεται· ᾧ δὲ ταῦτ’ ἔξεστιν, ἐλεύθερος ἂν εἴη. ἀλλὰ μὴν πάντα φρονίμως ποιεῖ ὁ ἀστεῖος· μόνος ἄρα ἐστὶν ἐλεύθερος.
60καὶ μὴν ὃν μὴ ἐνδέχεται μήτ’ ἀναγκάσαι μήτε κωλῦσαι, ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἂν εἴη δοῦλος· τὸν δὲ σπουδαῖον οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτ’ ἀναγκάσαι οὔτε κωλῦσαι· οὐκ ἄρα δοῦλος ὁ σπουδαῖος. ὅτι δ’ οὔτ’ ἀναγκάζεται οὔτε κωλύεται, δῆλον· κωλύεται μὲν γὰρ ὁ μὴ τυγχάνων ὧν ὀρέγεται, ὀρέγεται δ’ ὁ σοφὸς τῶν ἀπ’ ἀρετῆς, ὧν ἀποτυγχάνειν οὐ πέφυκε. καὶ μὴν εἰ ἀναγκάζεται, δῆλον ὅτι ἄκων τι ποιεῖ· ἐν οἷς δὲ αἱ πράξεις, ἢ ἀπ’ ἀρετῆς εἰσι κατορθώματα ἢ ἀπὸ κακίας ἁμαρτήματα ἢ μέσα καὶ ἀδιάφορα.
61τὰ μὲν οὖν ἀπ’ ἀρετῆς οὐ βιασθεὶς ἀλλ’ ἑκών — αἱρετὰ γάρ ἐστιν αὐτῷ πάνθ’ ἃ δρᾷ —, τὰ δ’ ἀπὸ κακίας ἅτε φευκτὰ οὐδ’ ὄναρ πράττει· οὐδὲ μὴν τὰ ἀδιάφορα εἰκός, πρὸς ἃ καθάπερ ἐπὶ πλάστιγγος ἡ διάνοια ἰσορροπεῖ, δεδιδαγμένη μήτε ὡς ὁλκὸν ἔχουσι δύναμιν ἐνδιδόναι μήθ’ ὡς ἀποστροφῆς ἀξίοις δυσχεραίνειν. ἐξ ὧν ἐστι δῆλον, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄκων ποιεῖ οὐδ’ ἀναγκάζεται· δοῦλος δ’ εἴπερ ἦν, ἠναγκάζετ’ ἂν· ὥστ’ ἐλεύθερος ἂν εἴη ὁ ἀστεῖος.
62Ἐπεὶ δέ τινες τῶν ἥκιστα κεχορευκότων Μούσαις λόγων ἀποδεικτικῶν οὐ συνιέντες, οἳ τὰς καθόλου τῶν πραγμάτων ἐμφάσεις παριστᾶσιν, εἰώθασιν ἐρωτᾶν· τίνες οὖν ἢ πρότερον γεγόνασιν ἄνδρες ἢ νῦν εἰσιν, ὁποίους ἀναπλάττετε; καλόν γε ἀποκρίνασθαι, ὅτι καὶ πάλαι τινὲς ἦσαν οἳ τῶν καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς ἀρετῇ διέφερον, ἡγεμόνι μόνῳ θεῷ χρώμενοι καὶ κατὰ νόμον, τὸν ὀρθὸν φύσεως λόγον, ζῶντες, οὐκ ἐλεύθεροι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πλησιάζοντας ἐλευθέρου φρονήματος ἀναπιμπλάντες, καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἔτ’ εἰσὶν ὥσπερ εἰκόνες ἀπὸ ἀρχετύπου γραφῆς, σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν καλοκἀγαθίας, τυπωθέντες.
63οὐ γάρ, εἰ αἱ τῶν ἀντιλεγόντων ψυχαὶ κεχηρεύκασιν ἐλευθερίας, ὑπ’ ἀφροσύνης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακιῶν δουλαγωγηθεῖσαι, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος. εἰ δὲ μὴ κατὰ στίφη μεγάλα προΐασιν ἀγεληδόν, θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν· πρῶτον μέν, ὅτι τὰ λίαν καλὰ σπάνια, εἶτ’ ἐπειδὴ τὸν τῶν εἰκαιοτέρων ἐκτρεπόμενοι πολὺν ὅμιλον θεωρίᾳ τῶν τῆς φύσεως σχολάζουσιν, εὐχόμενοι μέν, εἴ πως ἐνῆν, ἐπανορθώσασθαι τὸν βίον—κοινωφελὲς γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή —, τὸ δὲ ἀδυνατοῦντες, πλημμυρούντων κατὰ πόλεις ἀλλοκότων πραγμάτων, ἃ ψυχῆς πάθη καὶ κακίαι συνηύξησαν, ἀποδιδράσκουσιν, ὡς μὴ τῇ ῥύμῃ τῆς φορᾶς καθάπερ ἀπὸ χειμάρρου βίας κατασυρεῖεν.
64ἡμᾶς δέ, εἰ βελτιώσεως ζῆλός τις ἦν, ἰχνηλατεῖν ἔδει τὰς τούτων καταδύσεις καὶ ἱκέτας καθεζομένους παρακαλεῖν, ἵνα τεθηριωμένον τὸν βίον προσελθόντες ἐξημερώσωσιν, ἀντὶ πολέμου καὶ δουλείας καὶ κακῶν ἀμυθήτων εἰρήνην καὶ ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίαν περιρρεομένην καταγγείλαντες.
65νυνὶ δὲ χρημάτων μὲν ἕνεκα πάντας μυχοὺς ἐρευνῶμεν καὶ γῆς στρυφνὰς καὶ ἀποκρότους φλέβας ἀναστέλλομεν, καὶ μεταλλεύεται μὲν πολλὴ τῆς πεδιάδος, μεταλλεύεται δὲ οὐκ ὀλίγη τῆς ὀρεινῆς, χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον, χαλκόν τε καὶ σίδηρον, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ὕλας ἀναζητούντων.
66θεοπλαστοῦσα δὲ ἡ κενὴ δόξα τὸν τῦφον ἄχρι καὶ βυθοῦ κατέβη θαλάττης διερευνωμένη, μή τι τῶν πρὸς αἴσθησιν ἀφανὲς ἐναπόκειταί που καλόν· καὶ λίθων ποικίλων καὶ πολυτελῶν ἀνευροῦσα ἰδέας, τὰς μὲν πέτραις προσπεφυκυίας, τὰς δ’ ὀστρέοις, αἳ καὶ τιμαλφέστεραι γεγόνασιν, ὄψεως ἀπάτην ἐξετίμησε.
67φρονήσεως δὲ ἢ σωφροσύνης ἢ ἀνδρείας ἢ δικαιοσύνης ἕνεκα γῆ μὲν ἀπόρευτός ἐστι καὶ ἡ βάσιμος, πελάγη δὲ ἄπλωτα τὰ καθ’ ἑκάστην ὥραν τοῦ ἔτους ναυκλήροις ἐμπλεόμενα.
68καίτοι τίς ἢ μακρᾶς ὁδοιπορίας ἢ τοῦ θαλαττεύειν ἐστὶ χρεία πρὸς ἔρευναν καὶ ζήτησιν ἀρετῆς, ἧς τὰς ῥίζας ὁ ποιῶν οὐ μακρὰν ἀλλ’ οὑτωσὶ πλησίον ἐβάλετο; καθάπερ καὶ ὁ σοφὸς τῶν Ἰουδαίων νομοθέτης φησίν· „ἐν τῷ στόματί σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν ταῖς χερσί σου“ (Deut. 30, 14), αἰνιττόμενος διὰ συμβόλων λόγους, βουλάς, πράξεις, ἃ δὴ πάντα γεωργικῆς τέχνης δεῖται.
69οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀργίαν πόνου προτιμήσαντες οὐ μόνον τὰς βλάστας ἐκώλυσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ῥίζας ἀφαυάναντες ἔφθειραν· οἱ δὲ σχολὴν μὲν βλαβερὸν ἡγούμενοι, πονεῖν δὲ ἐθέλοντες, ὥσπερ εὐγενῆ μοσχεύματα γεωργοῦντες, τῷ συνεχεῖ τῆς ἐπιμελείας οὐρανομήκεις ἐστελέχωσαν ἀρετάς, ἀειθαλῆ καὶ ἀθάνατα ἔρνη καρπὸν φέροντα εὐδαιμονίαν οὐδέποτε λήγοντα ἤ, ὥς τινες, οὐ φέροντα, ἀλλ’ αὐτὰ ὄντα εὐδαιμονίαν, ἃ Μωυσῆς ὀνόματι συνθέτῳ καλεῖν εἴωθεν ὁλοκαρπώματα.
70ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐκ γῆς βλαστανόντων οὔθ’ ὁ καρπός ἐστι δένδρα οὔτε τὰ δένδρα καρπός, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ φυομένων ὅλα δι’ ὅλων εἰς καρποῦ φύσιν μεταβέβληκε τὰ ἔρνη, τὸ φρονήσεως,
71τὸ δικαιοσύνης, τὸ ἀνδρείας, τὸ σωφροσύνης. ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτας παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς ἀφορμὰς οὐκ ἐρυθριῶμεν ἔνδειαν σοφίας ἀνθρώπων γένει καταγγέλλοντες, ἣν δυνατὸν ἦν ἐκφυσήσαντας καθάπερ ἐν ὕλῃ σπινθῆρα τυφόμενον ζωπυρῆσαι; ἀλλὰ γὰρ πρὸς ἃ μὲν σπεύδειν ἐχρῆν ὡς συγγενέστατα καὶ οἰκειότατα, πολὺς ὄκνος καὶ ῥᾳθυμία συνεχής, ὑφ’ ὧν τὰ καλοκἀγαθίας σπέρματα διαφθείρεται, ὧν δὲ εἰκὸς ἦν ὑστερίζειν, ἵμερος καὶ πόθος ἄπληστος.
72διὰ τοῦτο πλουσίων μὲν καὶ ἐνδόξων καὶ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς χρωμένων μεστὴ γῆ καὶ θάλαττα, φρονίμων δὲ καὶ δικαίων καὶ ἀστείων ὀλίγος ἀριθμός· τὸ δὲ ὀλίγον, εἰ καὶ σπάνιον, οὐκ ἀνύπαρκτον.
73μάρτυς δὲ ἡ Ἑλλὰς καὶ ἡ βάρβαρος· ἐν τῇ μὲν γὰρ οἱ ἐτύμως ἑπτὰ σοφοὶ προσονομασθέντες ἤνθησαν, καὶ ἄλλων πρότερον καὶ αὖθις ὡς εἰκὸς ἀκμασάντων, ὧν ἡ μνήμη παλαιοτέρων μὲν ὄντων μήκει χρόνων ἠφανίσθη, νεαζόντων δὲ ἔτι διὰ τὴν ἐπιπολάζουσαν τῶν συνόντων ὀλιγωρίαν ἐξαμαυροῦται.
74κατὰ δὲ τὴν βάρβαρον, ἐν ᾗ πρεσβευταὶ λόγων καὶ ἔργων, πολυανθρωπότατα στίφη καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ἀνδρῶν· ἐν Πέρσαις μὲν τὸ μάγων, οἳ τὰ φύσεως ἔργα διερευνώμενοι πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας καθ’ ἡσυχίαν τὰς θείας ἀρετὰς τρανοτέραις ἐμφάσεσιν ἱεροφαντοῦνταί τε καὶ ἱεροφαντοῦσιν· ἐν Ἰνδοῖς δὲ τὸ γυμνοσοφιστῶν, οἳ πρὸς τῇ φυσικῇ καὶ τὴν ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν διαπονοῦντες ὅλον ἐπίδειξιν ἀρετῆς πεποίηνται τὸν βίον.
75Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ Παλαιστίνη Συρία καλοκἀγαθίας οὐκ ἄγονος, ἣν πολυανθρωποτάτου ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὐκ ὀλίγη μοῖρα νέμεται. λέγονταί τινες παρ’ αὐτοῖς ὄνομα Ἐσσαῖοι, πλῆθος ὑπερτετρακισχίλιοι, κατ’ ἐμὴν δόξαν—οὐκ ἀκριβεῖ τύπῳ διαλέκτου ‘Eλληνικῆς—παρώνυμοι ὁσιότητος, ἐπειδὴ κἀν τοῖς μάλιστα θεραπευταὶ θεοῦ γεγόνασιν, οὐ ζῷα καταθύοντες, ἀλλ’ ἱεροπρεπεῖς τὰς ἑαυτῶν διανοίας κατασκευάζειν ἀξιοῦντες.
Sections 76–100
76οὗτοι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον κωμηδὸν οἰκοῦσι τὰς πόλεις ἐκτρεπόμενοι διὰ τὰς τῶν πολιτευομένων χειροήθεις ἀνομίας, εἰδότες ἐκ τῶν συνόντων ὡς ἀπ’ ἀέρος φθοροποιοῦ νόσον ἐγγινομένην προσβολὴν ψυχαῖς ἀνίατον· ὧν οἱ μὲν γεωπονοῦντες, οἱ δὲ τέχνας μετιόντες ὅσαι συνεργάτιδες εἰρήνης, ἑαυτούς τε καὶ τοὺς πλησιάζοντας ὠφελοῦσιν, οὐκ ἄργυρον καὶ χρυσὸν θησαυροφυλακοῦντες οὐδ’ ἀποτομὰς γῆς μεγάλας κτώμενοι δι’ ἐπιθυμίαν προσόδων, ἀλλ’ ὅσα πρὸς τὰς ἀναγκαίας τοῦ βίου χρείας ἐκπορίζοντες.
77μόνοι γὰρ ἐξ ἁπάντων σχεδὸν ἀνθρώπων ἀχρήματοι καὶ ἀκτήμονες γεγονότες ἐπιτηδεύσει τὸ πλέον ἢ ἐνδείᾳ εὐτυχίας πλουσιώτατοι νομίζονται, τὴν ὀλιγοδεΐαν καὶ εὐκολίαν, ὅπερ ἐστί, κρίνοντες περιουσίαν.
78βελῶν ἢ ἀκόντων ἢ ξιφιδίων ἢ κράνους ἢ θώρακος ἢ ἀσπίδος οὐδένα παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἂν εὕροις δημιουργὸν οὐδὲ συνόλως ὁπλοποιὸν ἢ μηχανοποιὸν ἤ τι τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἐπιτηδεύοντα· ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ὅσα τῶν κατ’ εἰρήνην εὐόλισθα εἰς κακίαν· ἐμπορίας γὰρ ἢ καπηλείας ἢ ναυκληρίας οὐδ’ ὄναρ ἴσασι, τὰς εἰς πλεονεξίαν ἀφορμὰς ἀποδιοπομπούμενοι.
79δοῦλός τε παρ’ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ εἷς ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ ἐλεύθεροι πάντες ἀνθυπουργοῦντες ἀλλήλοις· καταγινώσκουσί τε τῶν δεσποτῶν, οὐ μόνον ὡς ἀδίκων, ἰσότητα λυμαινομένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἀσεβῶν, θεσμὸν φύσεως ἀναιρούντων, ἣ πάντας ὁμοίως γεννήσασα καὶ θρεψαμένη μητρὸς δίκην ἀδελφοὺς γνησίους, οὐ λεγομένους ἀλλ’ ὄντας ὄντως, ἀπειργάσατο· ὧν τὴν συγγένειαν ἡ ἐπίβουλος πλεονεξία παρευημερήσασα διέσεισεν, ἀντ’ οἰκειότητος ἀλλοτριότητα καὶ ἀντὶ φιλίας ἔχθραν ἐργασαμένη.
80φιλοσοφίας τε τὸ μὲν λογικὸν ὡς οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἰς κτῆσιν ἀρετῆς λογοθήραις, τὸ δὲ φυσικὸν ὡς μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν μετεωρολέσχαις ἀπολιπόντες, πλὴν ὅσον αὐτοῦ περὶ ὑπάρξεως θεοῦ καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς γενέσεως φιλοσοφεῖται, τὸ ἠθικὸν εὖ μάλα διαπονοῦσιν ἀλείπταις χρώμενοι τοῖς πατρίοις νόμοις, οὓς ἀμήχανον ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπινοῆσαι ψυχὴν ἄνευ κατοκωχῆς ἐνθέου.
81τούτους ἀναδιδάσκονται μὲν καὶ παρὰ τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις διαφερόντως. ἱερὰ γὰρ ἡ ἑβδόμη νενόμισται, καθ’ ἣν τῶν ἄλλων ἀνέχοντες ἔργων, εἰς ἱεροὺς ἀφικνούμενοι τόπους, οἳ καλοῦνται συναγωγαί, καθ’ ἡλικίας ἐν τάξεσιν ὑπὸ πρεσβυτέροις νέοι καθέζονται, μετὰ κόσμου τοῦ προσήκοντος ἔχοντες ἀκροατικῶς.
82εἶθ’ εἷς μέν τις τὰς βίβλους ἀναγινώσκει λαβών, ἕτερος δὲ τῶν ἐμπειροτάτων ὅσα μὴ γνώριμα παρελθὼν ἀναδιδάσκει· τὰ γὰρ πλεῖστα διὰ συμβόλων ἀρχαιοτρόπῳ ζηλώσει παρ’ αὐτοῖς φιλοσοφεῖται.
83παιδεύονται δὲ εὐσέβειαν, ὁσιότητα, δικαιοσύνην, οἰκονομίαν, πολιτείαν, ἐπιστήμην τῶν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν καὶ ἀδιαφόρων, αἱρέσεις ὧν χρὴ καὶ φυγὰς τῶν ἐναντίων, ὅροις καὶ κανόσι τριττοῖς χρώμενοι, τῷ τε φιλοθέῳ καὶ φιλαρέτῳ καὶ φιλανθρώπῳ.
84τοῦ μὲν οὖν φιλοθέου δείγματα παρέχονται μυρία· τὴν παρ’ ὅλον τὸν βίον συνεχῆ καὶ ἐπάλληλον ἁγνείαν, τὸ ἀνώμοτον, τὸ ἀψευδές, τὸ πάντων μὲν ἀγαθῶν αἴτιον, κακοῦ δὲ μηδενὸς νομίζειν εἶναι τὸ θεῖον· τοῦ δὲ φιλαρέτου τὸ ἀφιλοχρήματον, τὸ ἀφιλόδοξον, τὸ ἀφιλήδονον, τὸ ἐγκρατές, τὸ καρτερικόν, ἔτι δὲ ὀλιγοδεΐαν, ἀφέλειαν, εὐκολίαν, τὸ ἄτυφον, τὸ νόμιμον, τὸ εὐσταθές, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ὁμοιότροπα· τοῦ δὲ φιλανθρώπου εὔνοιαν, ἰσότητα, τὴν παντὸς λόγου κρείττονα κοινωνίαν, περὶ ἧς οὐκ ἄκαιρον βραχέα εἰπεῖν.
85πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν οὐδενὸς οἰκία τίς ἐστιν ἰδία, ἣν οὐχὶ πάντων εἶναι κοινὴν συμβέβηκε· πρὸς γὰρ τῷ κατὰ θιάσους συνοικεῖν ἀναπέπταται καὶ τοῖς ἑτέρωθεν ἀφικνουμένοις τῶν ὁμοζήλων.
86εἶτ’ ἐστὶ ταμεῖον ἓν πάντων καὶ δαπάναι κοιναί, καὶ κοιναὶ μὲν ἐσθῆτες, κοιναὶ δὲ τροφαὶ συσσίτια πεποιημένων· τὸ γὰρ ὁμωρόφιον ἢ ὁμοδίαιτον ἢ ὁμοτράπεζον οὐκ ἄν τις εὕροι παρ’ ἑτέροις μᾶλλον ἔργῳ βεβαιούμενον· καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· ὅσα γὰρ ἂν μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἐργασάμενοι λάβωσιν ἐπὶ μισθῷ, ταῦτ’ οὐκ ἴδια φυλάττουσιν, ἀλλ’ εἰς μέσον προτιθέντες κοινὴν τοῖς ἐθέλουσι χρῆσθαι τὴν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν παρασκευάζουσιν ὠφέλειαν.
87οἵ τε νοσοῦντες οὐχ ὅτι πορίζειν ἀδυνατοῦσιν ἀμελοῦνται, τὰ πρὸς τὰς νοσηλείας ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν ἔχοντες ἐν ἑτοίμῳ, ὡς μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας ἐξ ἀφθονωτέρων ἀναλίσκειν. αἰδὼς δ’ ἐστὶ πρεσβυτέρων καὶ φροντίς, οἷα γονέων ὑπὸ γνησίων παίδων χερσὶ καὶ διανοίαις μυρίαις ἐν ἀφθονίᾳ τῇ πάσῃ γηροτροφουμένων.
88τοιούτους ἡ δίχα περιεργίας Ἑλληνικῶν ὀνομάτων ἀθλητὰς ἀρετῆς ἀπεργάζεται φιλοσοφία, γυμνάσματα προτιθεῖσα τὰς ἐπαινετὰς πράξεις, ἐξ ὧν ἡ ἀδούλωτος ἐλευθερία βεβαιοῦται.
89σημεῖον δέ· πολλῶν κατὰ καιροὺς ἐπαναστάντων τῇ χώρᾳ δυναστῶν καὶ φύσεσι καὶ προαιρέσεσι χρησαμένων διαφερούσαις — οἱ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἀτίθασον ἀγριότητα θηρίων ἐκνικῆσαι σπουδάσαντες, οὐδὲν παραλιπόντες τῶν εἰς ὠμότητα, τοὺς ὑπηκόους ἀγεληδὸν ἱερεύοντες ἢ καὶ ζῶντας ἔτι μαγείρων τρόπον κατὰ μέρη καὶ μέλη κρεουργοῦντες ἄχρι τοῦ τὰς αὐτὰς ὑπομεῖναι συμφορὰς ὑπὸ τῆς τὰ ἀνθρώπεια ἐφορώσης δίκης οὐκ ἐπαύσαντο·
90οἱ δὲ τὸ παρακεκινημένον καὶ λελυττηκὸς εἰς ἑτέρας εἶδος κακίας μεθαρμοσάμενοι, πικρίαν ἄλεκτον ἐπιτηδεύσαντες, ἡσυχῇ διαλαλοῦντες, ἠρεμαιοτέρας φωνῆς ὑποκρίσει βαρύμηνι ἦθος ἐπιδεικνύμενοι, κυνῶν ἰοβόλων τρόπον προσσαίνοντες, ἀνιάτων γενόμενοι κακῶν αἴτιοι, κατὰ πόλεις μνημεῖα τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀσεβείας καὶ μισανθρωπίας ἀπέλιπον τὰς τῶν πεπονθότων ἀλήστους συμφοράς—,
91ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὔτε τῶν σφόδρα ὠμοθύμων οὔτε τῶν πάνυ δολερῶν καὶ ὑπούλων ἴσχυσε τὸν λεχθέντα τῶν Ἐσσαίων ἢ ὁσίων ὅμιλον αἰτιάσασθαι, πάντες δὲ ἀσθενέστεροι τῆς τῶν ἀνδρῶν καλοκἀγαθίας γενόμενοι καθάπερ αὐτονόμοις καὶ ἐλευθέροις οὖσιν ἐκ φύσεως προσηνέχθησαν, ᾄδοντες αὐτῶν τὰ συσσίτια καὶ τὴν παντὸς λόγου κρείττονα κοινωνίαν, ἣ βίου τελείου καὶ σφόδρα εὐδαίμονός ἐστι σαφέστατον δεῖγμα.
92Χρὴ δ’, ἐπειδὴ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἀρετὰς οὐκ οἴονταί τινες εἶναι τελείας, ἀλλ’ ἄχρι συναυξήσεως καὶ ἐπιδόσεως αὐτὸ μόνον ἵστασθαι, μάρτυρας βίους τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν παραγαγεῖν, οἳ σαφέσταται πίστεις ἐλευθερίας εἰσί.
93Κάλανος ἦν Ἰνδὸς γένος τῶν γυμνοσοφιστῶν· οὗτος καρτερικώτατος τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸν ἁπάντων νομισθεὶς οὐ μόνον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς ἀλλοφύλων, ὃ δὴ σπανιώτατόν ἐστιν, ἐχθρῶν βασιλέων ἐθαυμάσθη, λόγοις ἐπαινετοῖς σπουδαῖα ἔργα συνυφήνας.
94Ἀλέξανδρος γοῦν ὁ Μακεδὼν βουλόμενος ἐπιδείξασθαι τῇ Ἑλλάδι τὴν ἐν τῇ βαρβάρῳ σοφίαν, καθάπερ ἀπ’ ἀρχετύπου γραφῆς ἀπεικόνισμα καὶ μίμημα, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον παρεκάλει Κάλανον συναποδημῆσαι, μέγιστον περιποιήσοντα κλέος ἐν ὅλῃ Ἀσίᾳ καὶ ὅλῃ Εὐρώπῃ. ὡς δ’ οὐκ ἔπειθεν, ἀναγκάσειν ἔφη συνακολουθεῖν·
95ὁ δὲ εὐθυβόλως πάνυ καὶ εὐγενῶς "τίνος οὖν“ εἶπεν "ἄξιόν με τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπιδείξεις, Ἀλέξανδρε, εἴ γε ἀναγκασθήσομαι ποιεῖν ἃ μὴ βούλομαι;“ ἆρ’ οὐ γέμων μὲν παρρησίας ὁ λόγος, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἐλευθερίας ὁ νοῦς; ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν τοῖς βεβαιοτέροις φωνῶν γράμμασιν ἤθους ἀδουλώτου τύπους ἐστηλίτευσεν ἀριδήλους.
96μηνύει δὲ ἡ πεμφθεῖσα ἐπιστολὴ τῷ βασιλεῖ· „Κάλανος Ἀλεξάνδρῳ. Φίλοι πείθουσί σε χεῖρας καὶ ἀνάγκην προσφέρειν Ἰνδῶν φιλοσόφοις οὐδ’ ἐν ὕπνοις ἑωρακότες ἡμέτερα ἔργα. σώματα μὲν γὰρ μετοίσεις ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον, ψυχὰς δὲ οὐκ ἀναγκάσεις ποιεῖν ἃ μὴ βούλονται μᾶλλον ἢ πλίνθους καὶ ξύλα φωνὴν ἀφεῖναι. πῦρ μεγίστους τοῖς ζῶσι σώμασι πόνους καὶ φθορὰν ἐργάζεται· τούτου ὑπεράνω ἡμεῖς γινόμεθα, ζῶντες καιόμεθα. οὐκ ἔστι βασιλεὺς οὐδὲ ἄρχων, ὃς ἀναγκάσει ἡμᾶς ποιεῖν ἃ μὴ προαιρούμεθα. Ἑλλήνων δὲ φιλοσόφοις οὐκ ἐξομοιούμεθα, ὅσοι αὐτῶν εἰς πανήγυριν λόγους ἐμελέτησαν, ἀλλὰ λόγοις ἔργα παρ’ ἡμῖν ἀκόλουθα καὶ ἔργοις λόγοι· *** βραχεῖς ἄλλην ἔχουσι δύναμιν καὶ μακαριότητα καὶ ἐλευθερίαν περιποιοῦντες.“
97Ἐπὶ δὴ τοιαύταις ἀποφάσεσι καὶ γνώμαις ἆρ’ οὐκ ἄξιον τὸ Ζηνώνειον ἐπιφωνῆσαι, ὅτι „θᾶττον ἂν ἀσκὸν βαπτίσαι τις πλήρη πνεύματος ἢ βιάσαιτο τῶν σπουδαίων ὁντινοῦν ἄκοντα δρᾶσαί τι τῶν ἀβουλήτων“; ἀνένδοτος γὰρ ψυχὴ καὶ ἀήττητος, ἣν ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος δόγμασι παγίοις ἐνεύρωσε.
98Τῆς δὲ σπουδαίων ἐλευθερίας μάρτυρές εἰσι ποιηταὶ καὶ συγγραφεῖς, ὧν ταῖς γνώμαις Ἕλληνες ὁμοῦ καὶ βάρβαροι σχεδὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν σπαργάνων ἐντρεφόμενοι βελτιοῦνται τὰ ἤθη, πᾶν ὅσον ἐξ ὑπαιτίου τροφῆς καὶ διαίτης ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς κεκιβδήλευται μεταχαραττόμενοι πρὸς τὸ δόκιμον.
99ἴδε γοῦν οἷα παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ φησὶν ὁ Ἡρακλῆς· "πίμπρα, κάταιθε σάρκας, ἐμπλήσθητί μου πίνων κελαινὸν αἷμα· πρόσθε γὰρ κάτω γῆς εἶσιν ἄστρα γῆ τ’ ἄνεις’ εἰς αἰθέρα, πρὶν ἐξ ἐμοῦ σοι θῶπ’ ἀπαντῆσαι λόγον.“ τῷ γὰρ ὄντι θωπεία μὲν καὶ κολακεία καὶ ὑπόκρισις, ἐν οἷς λόγοι γνώμαις διαμάχονται, δουλοπρεπέστατα, τὸ δὲ ἀνόθως καὶ γνησίως ἐκ καθαροῦ τοῦ συνειδότος ἐλευθεροστομεῖν εὐγενέσιν ἁρμόττον.
100πάλιν τὸν αὐτὸν σπουδαῖον οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅτι οὐδὲ πωλούμενος θεράπων εἶναι δοκεῖ, καταπλήττων τοὺς ὁρῶντας, ὡς οὐ μόνον ἐλεύθερος ὢν ἀλλὰ καὶ δεσπότης ἐσόμενος τοῦ πριαμένου;
Sections 101–125
101ὁ γοῦν Ἑρμῆς πυνθανομένῳ μέν, εἰ φαῦλός ἐστιν, ἀποκρίνεται· "ἥκιστα φαῦλος, ἀλλὰ πᾶν τοὐναντίον πρὸς σχῆμα σεμνὸς κοὐ ταπεινὸς οὐδ’ ἄγαν εὔογκος ὡς ἂν δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ καὶ στολὴν ἰδόντι λαμπρὸς καὶ ξύλῳ δραστήριος. — οὐδεὶς δ’ ἐς οἴκους δεσπότας ἀμείνονας αὑτοῦ πρίασθαι βούλεται· σὲ δ’ εἰσορῶν πᾶς τις δέδοικεν. ὄμμα γὰρ πυρὸς γέμεις, ταῦρος λέοντος ὡς βλέπων πρὸς ἐμβολήν.“ εἶτ’ ἐπιλέγει· "τὸ εἶδος αὐτό σου κατηγορεῖ σιγῶντος, ὡς εἴης ἂν οὐχ ὑπήκοος, τάσσειν δὲ μᾶλλον ἢ ’πιτάσσεσθαι θέλοις.“ ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ πριαμένου Συλέως εἰς ἀγρὸν ἐπέμφθη,
102διέδειξεν ἔργοις τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀδούλωτον· τὸν μὲν γὰρ ἄριστον τῶν ἐκεῖ ταύρων καταθύσας Διὶ πρόφασιν εὐωχεῖτο, πολὺν δ’ οἶνον ἐκφορήσας ἀθρόον εὖ μάλα κατακλιθεὶς ἠκρατίζετο.
103Συλεῖ δὲ ἀφικομένῳ καὶ δυσανασχετοῦντι ἐπί τε τῇ βλάβῃ καὶ τῇ τοῦ θεράποντος ῥᾳθυμίᾳ καὶ τῇ περιττῇ καταφρονήσει μηδὲν μήτε τῆς χρόας μήτε ὧν ἔπραττε μεταβαλὼν εὐτολμότατά φησι· "κλίθητι καὶ πίωμεν, ἐν τούτῳ δέ μου τὴν πεῖραν εὐθὺς λάμβαν’, εἰ κρείσσων ἔσῃ.“ τοῦτον οὖν πότερον δοῦλον ἢ κύριον ἀποφαντέον τοῦ δεσπότου,
104μὴ μόνον ἀπελευθεριάζειν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιτάγματα ἐπιτάττειν τῷ κτησαμένῳ καὶ εἰ ἀφηνιάζοι τύπτειν καὶ προπηλακίζειν, εἰ δὲ καὶ βοηθοὺς ἐπάγοιτο, πάντας ἄρδην ἀπολλύναι τολμῶντα; γέλως οὖν ἂν εἴη καὶ φλυαρία πολλὴ τὰ κατὰ τὰς λεγομένας ὠνὰς γράμματα, ἐπειδὰν τῇ καθ’ ὧν γράφεται παρευημερηθῇ σθεναρωτέρᾳ δυνάμει, χαρτιδίων ἀγράφων ἀκυρότερα, ὑπὸ σέων ἢ χρόνου ἢ εὐρῶτος εἰς ἅπαν διαφθαρησόμενα.
105Ἀλλ’ οὐ χρή, φήσει τις, τὰς τῶν ἡρώων παράγειν εἰς πίστιν ἀρετάς· μείζους γὰρ ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν γενομένους Ὀλυμπίοις ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, μικτῆς γενέσεως, ἀθανάτων καὶ θνητῶν ἀνακραθέντων σπερμάτων, ἐπιλαχόντας, ἡμιθέους εἰκότως προσαγορευθέντας, τοῦ θνητοῦ μίγματος ὑπὸ τῆς ἀφθάρτου μερίδος κατακρατηθέντος, ὡς μηδὲν εἶναι παράδοξον, εἰ τῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς δουλείαν τεχναζόντων ὠλιγώρουν. ἔστω ταῦτα. μὴ καὶ Ἀνάξαρχος ἢ Ζήνων ὁ Ἐλεάτης ἥρωες ἢ ἐκ θεῶν;
106ἀλλ’ ὅμως ὑπὸ τυράννων ὠμοθύμων καὶ τὴν φύσιν πικρῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς ἐκθηριωθέντων στρεβλούμενοι κεκαινουργημέναις αἰκίαις, ὥσπερ ἀλλότρια ἢ ἐχθρῶν ἐπιφερόμενοι σώματα, μάλα καταφρονητικῶς ἠλόγουν τῶν φοβερῶν.
107τὴν γὰρ ψυχὴν ἐθίσαντες ἐξ ἀρχῆς δι’ ἐπιστήμης ἔρωτα τῆς μὲν πρὸς τὰ πάθη κοινωνίας ἀφίστασθαι, παιδείας δὲ καὶ σοφίας περιέχεσθαι, μετανάστιν μὲν σώματος εἰργάσαντο, φρονήσει δὲ καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἀρεταῖς σύνοικον ἀπέφηναν.
108τοιγαροῦν ὁ μὲν κρινόμενος καὶ κατατεινόμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ τι τῶν ἀρρήτων ἐκλαλῆσαι, πυρὸς καὶ σιδήρου, τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει κραταιοτάτων, φανεὶς δυνατώτερος, ἀποτραγὼν τοῖς ὀδοῦσι τὴν γλῶτταν εἰς τὸν βασανιστὴν ἠκόντισεν, ἵνα μηδ’ ἄκων ἃ καλὸν ἡσυχάζειν φθέγξηται βιασθείς.
109ὁ δὲ τλητικώτατα εἶπε· „πτίσσε τὸν Ἀναξάρχου ἀσκόν· Ἀνάξαρχον γὰρ οὐκ ἂν δύναιο." αὗται γέμουσαι θράσους αἱ εὐτολμίαι τὴν ἡρωϊκὴν εὐγένειαν οὐ μετρίως ὑπερβάλλουσι, διότι τοῖς μὲν τὸ κλέος ἐν τοῖς φυτεύσασιν ἀκούσιον, τῶν δ’ ἐν ἑκουσίοις ἀρεταῖς, αἳ τοὺς ἀδόλως χρωμένους ἀθανατίζειν πεφύκασι.
110Παλαιστὰς οἶδα καὶ παγκρατιαστὰς πολλάκις ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ νικᾶν σπουδῆς, ἀπαγορευόντων αὐτοῖς τῶν σωμάτων, μόνῃ ψυχῇ διαπνέοντας ἔτι καὶ διαθλοῦντας, ἣν ἐθίσαντες καταφρονητικῶς ἔχειν τῶν φοβερῶν ἐγκαρτεροῦσιν ἄχρι τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς.
111εἶτ’ οἰόμεθα τοὺς μὲν ἀσκητὰς τῆς ἐν σώμασιν εὐτονίας ἐπιβεβηκέναι φόβῳ θανάτου ἢ δι’ ἐλπίδα νίκης ἢ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τὴν ἰδίαν ἧτταν ἐπιδεῖν, τοὺς δὲ τὸν ἀόρατον νοῦν γυμνάζοντας ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὃς ἀψευδῶς ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν οἶκον ἐπιφερόμενος τὸ αἰσθητὸν εἶδος, καὶ λόγοις μὲν τοῖς ἐκ φιλοσοφίας ἔργοις δὲ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀλείφοντας οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας ἐθελήσειν ἀποθνῄσκειν, ἵν’ ἐν ἀδουλώτῳ φρονήματι τὴν εἱμαρμένην ἀνύσωσι πορείαν;
112ἐν ἀγῶνί φασιν ἱερῷ δύο ἀθλητὰς ἰσορρόπῳ κεχρημένους ἀλκῇ, τὰ αὐτὰ ἀντιδρῶντάς τε καὶ ἀντιπάσχοντας, μὴ πρότερον ἀπειπεῖν ἢ ἑκάτερον τελευτῆσαι. „δαιμόνιε, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος", εἴποι τις ἂν ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων.
113ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὖν κοτίνων μὲν χάριν καὶ σελίνων εὐκλεὴς ἀγωνισταῖς ἡ τελευτή, σοφοῖς δὲ οὐ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐλευθερίας, ἧς ὁ πόθος ταῖς ψυχαῖς μόνον, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἐνίδρυται καθάπερ τι μέρος ἡνωμένον οὐ τῶν ἐπιτυχόντων, οὗ διακοπέντος ἅπασαν τὴν κοινωνίαν φθείρεσθαι συμβέβηκε;
114Λακωνικοῦ παιδὸς ᾄδεται παρ’ οἷς ἔθος ἰχνηλατεῖν ἀρετὰς τὸ ἐκ γένους ἢ φύσεως ἀδούλωτον· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ αἰχμάλωτος ἀπαχθεὶς ὑπό τινος τῶν Ἀντιγόνου τὰς μὲν ἐλευθέρας χρείας ὑπέμενε, ταῖς δὲ δουλικαῖς ἠναντιοῦτο φάσκων οὐχὶ δουλεύσειν, καίτοι μήπω τοῖς Λυκούργου νόμοις παγίως ἐντραφῆναι διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν δυνηθείς, ὅτι μόνον αὐτῶν ἐγεύσατο, τοῦ παρόντος ἀβιώτου βίου θάνατον εὐτυχέστερον κρίνας, ἀπογνοὺς ἀπολύτρωσιν, ἄσμενος ἑαυτὸν διεχρήσατο.
115λέγεται δὲ καὶ πρὸς Μακεδόνων ἁλούσας Δαρδανίδας γυναῖκας αἴσχιστον κακὸν δουλείαν ὑπολαβούσας οὓς ἐκουροτρόφουν παῖδας εἰς τὸ βαθύτατον τοῦ ποταμοῦ ῥίπτειν ἐπιφωνούσας· „ἀλλ’ ὑμεῖς γε οὐ δουλεύσετε, πρὶν δ’ ἄρξασθαι βίου βαρυδαίμονος, τὸ χρεὼν ἐπιτεμόντες ἐλεύθεροι τὴν ἀναγκαίαν καὶ πανυστάτην ὁδὸν περαιώσεσθε.“
116Πολυξένην δὲ ὁ τραγικὸς Εὐριπίδης ἀλογοῦσαν μὲν θανάτου φροντίζουσαν δὲ ἐλευθερίας εἰσάγει δι’ ὧν φησιν· „ἑκοῦσα θνῄσκω, μή τις ἅψηται χροὸς τοὐμοῦ· παρέξω γὰρ δέρην εὐκαρδίως, ἐλευθέραν δέ μ’, ὡς ἐλευθέρα θάνω, πρὸς θεῶν μεθέντες κτείνατε.“
117εἶτ’ οἰόμεθα γυναίοις μὲν καὶ μειρακίοις, ὧν τὰ μὲν φύσει ὀλιγόφρονα τὰ δὲ ἡλικίᾳ εὐολίσθῳ χρώμενα, τοσοῦτον ἐλευθερίας ἔρωτα ἐντήκεσθαι, ὡς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ταύτην ἀφαιρεθῆναι πρὸς θάνατον ὡς ἐπ’ ἀθανασίαν ὁρμᾶν, τοὺς δὲ σοφίας ἀκράτου σπάσαντας οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐλευθέρους εἶναι, πηγήν τινα εὐδαιμονίας τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς περιφέροντας, ἣν ἐπίβουλος οὐδεμία πώποτε δύναμις κατέζευξε τὸν ἀρχῆς καὶ βασιλείας ἔχουσαν αἰώνιον κλῆρον;
118ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ δήμους ὅλους ἀκούομεν ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας ἅμα καὶ πίστεως τῆς πρὸς ἀποθανόντας εὐεργέτας αὐθαίρετον πανωλεθρίαν ὑποστάντας, ὥσπερ φασὶν οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ Ξανθίους. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ εἷς τῶν ἐπιθεμένων Ἰουλίῳ Καίσαρι, Βροῦτος, ἐπιὼν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἐστράτευσε, δεδιότες οὐ πόρθησιν ἀλλὰ δουλείαν τὴν ὑπ’ ἀνδροφόνου κτείναντος ἡγεμόνα καὶ εὐεργέτην — ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἦν αὐτῷ Καῖσαρ — ἀπεμάχοντο μὲν ἐφ’ ὅσον οἷοί τε ἦσαν δυνατῶς τὸ πρῶτον, ὑπαναλούμενοι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ἔτ’ ἀντεῖχον.
119ὡς δὲ ἅπασαν τὴν ἰσχὺν ἐδαπάνησαν, γύναια καὶ γονεῖς καὶ τέκνα συνελάσαντες εἰς τὰς σφῶν οἰκίας ἕκαστοι καθιέρευον· καὶ σωρηδὸν τὰ σφάγια νήσαντες, πῦρ ἐνέντες καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπικατασφάξαντες, ἐλεύθεροι τὸ πεπρωμένον ἀπ’ ἐλευθέρου καὶ εὐγενοῦς φρονήματος ἐξέπλησαν.
120ἀλλ’ οὗτοι μὲν πικρίαν ἀμείλικτον τυραννικῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀποδιδράσκοντες πρὸ ἀδόξου βίου τὸν μετ’ εὐκλείας θάνατον ᾑροῦντο. οἷς δὲ ἐπέτρεπε ζῆν τὰ πράγματα τὰ τυχηρά, τλητικῶς ὑπέμενον τὴν Ἡράκλειον εὐτολμίαν ἀπομιμούμενοι·
121καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος τῶν Εὐρυσθέως ἐπιταγμάτων διεφάνη κρείττων. ὁ γοῦν κυνικὸς φιλόσοφος Διογένης ὕψει καὶ μεγέθει τοσούτῳ φρονήματος ἐχρήσατο, ὥσθ’ ἁλοὺς ὑπὸ λῃστῶν, ἐπεὶ γλίσχρως καὶ μόλις τὰς ἀναγκαίας αὐτῷ παρεῖχον τροφάς, οὔθ’ ὑπὸ τῆς παρούσης τύχης γναμφθεὶς οὔτε τὴν ὠμότητα τῶν ὑπηγμένων δείσας "ἀτοπώτατον οὖν“ ἔφη "γίνεται, δελφάκια μὲν ἢ προβάτια, ὁπότε μέλλοι πιπράσκεσθαι, τροφαῖς ἐπιμελεστέραις πιαίνειν εἰς εὐσαρκίαν, ζῴων δὲ τὸ ἄριστον, ἄνθρωπον, ἀσιτίαις κατασκελετευθέντα καὶ συνεχέσιν ἐνδείαις ἐπευωνίζεσθαι.“
122λαβὼν δὲ τροφὰς διαρκεῖς, ἐπειδὴ μεθ’ ἑτέρων αἰχμαλώτων ἔμελλεν ἀπεμπολεῖσθαι, καθίσας πρότερον ἠρίστα μάλ’ εὐθαρσῶς, ἐπιδιδοὺς καὶ τοῖς πλησίον. ἑνὸς δὲ οὐχ ὑπομένοντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα κατηφοῦντος, „οὐ παύσῃ τῆς συννοίας;
123χρῶ τοῖς παροῦσιν“ ἔφη· „καὶ γάρ τ’ ἠύκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου, τῇ περ δώδεκα παῖδες ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ὄλοντο, ἓξ μὲν θυγατέρες, ἓξ δ’ υἱέες ἡβώοντες.“ εἶτ’ ἐπινεανιευόμενος πρὸς τὸν πυθόμενον τῶν ὠνητικῶς ἐχόντων „τί οἶδας;“ „ἄρχειν“ εἶπεν „ἀνθρώπων,“ ἔνδοθεν, ὡς ἔοικε, τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ ἐλεύθερον καὶ εὐγενὲς καὶ φύσει βασιλικὸν ὑπηχούσης. ἤδη δὲ καὶ πρὸς χαριεντισμὸν ὑπὸ τῆς συνήθους ἐκεχειρίας, ἐφ’ ᾗ οἱ ἄλλοι συννοίας γέμοντες κατήφουν, ἐτράπετο. λέγεται γοῦν,
124ὅτι θεασάμενός τινα τῶν ὠνουμένων, ὃν θήλεια νόσος εἶχεν, ἐκ τῆς ὄψεως οὐκ ἄρρενα προσελθὼν ἔφη· „σύ με πρίω· σὺ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς χρείαν ἔχειν μοι δοκεῖς,“ ὡς τὸν μὲν δυσωπηθέντα ἐφ’ οἷς ἑαυτῷ συνῄδει καταδῦναι, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους τὸ σὺν εὐτολμίᾳ εὐθυβόλον ἐκπλήττεσθαι. ἆρά γε τῷ τοιούτῳ δουλείαν, ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον ἐλευθερίαν δίχα ἀνυπευθύνου ἡγεμονίας ἐπιφημιστέον;
125ζηλωτὴς δὲ τῆς τούτου παρρησίας ἐγένετό τις Χαιρέας τῶν ἀπὸ παιδείας. Ἀλεξάνδρειαν γὰρ οἰκῶν τὴν πρὸς Αἰγύπτῳ, δυσχεράναντός ποτε Πτολεμαίου καὶ ἀπειλήσαντος οὐ μετρίως, τῆς ἐκείνου βασιλείας οὐδὲν ἐλάττονα τὴν ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει νομίσας ἐλευθερίαν, ἀντέλεξεν· „Αἰγυπτίοισιν ἄνασσε, σέθεν δ’ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀλεγίζω οὐδ’ ὄθομαι κοτέοντος.“ ἔχουσι γάρ τι βασιλικὸν αἱ εὐγενεῖς ψυχαί,
Sections 126–150
126τὸ λαμπρὸν πλεονεξίᾳ τύχης οὐκ ἀμαυρούμεναι, ὃ προτρέπει καὶ τοῖς τἀξίωμα ὑπερόγκοις ἐξ ἴσου διαφέρεσθαι, ἀλαζονείᾳ παρρησίαν ἀντιτάττον.
127Θεόδωρον λόγος ἔχει τὸν ἐπικληθέντα ἄθεον ἐκπεσόντα τῶν Ἀθηνῶν καὶ πρὸς Λυσίμαχον ἐλθόντα, ἐπειδή τις τῶν ἐν τέλει τὸν δρασμὸν ὠνείδισεν, ἅμα καὶ τὰς αἰτίας ἐπιλέγων, ὅτι ἐπὶ ἀθεότητι καὶ διαφθορᾷ τῶν νέων καταγνωσθεὶς ἐξέπεσεν, "[οὐκ] ἐξέπεσον“ φάναι, „τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ ἔπαθον τῷ Διὸς Ἡρακλεῖ.
128καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐξετέθη πρὸς τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν, οὐκ ἀδικῶν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι μόνος πλήρωμα καὶ ἕρμα καθ’ αὑτὸν ὢν ἐναυβάρει, δέος παρασχὼν τοῖς συμπλέουσι, μὴ τὸ σκάφος ὑπέραντλον γένηται. κἀγὼ διὰ τοῦτο μετανέστην, ὕψει καὶ μεγέθει τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας τῶν πολιτευομένων Ἀθήνησιν οὐ δυνηθέντων συνδραμεῖν, ἅμα καὶ φθονηθείς.“
129προσανερομένου δὲ Λυσιμάχου· „μὴ καὶ ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐξέπεσες φθόνῳ;“ πάλιν ἀποκρίνασθαι· „φθόνῳ μὲν οὔ, φύσεως δὲ ὑπερβολαῖς, ἃς ἡ πατρὶς οὐκ ἐχώρει.
130καθάπερ γὰρ Σεμέλης, ἡνίκα Διόνυσον ἐκύει, τὸν ὡρισμένον ἄχρι τῆς ἀποτέξεως χρόνον ἐνεγκεῖν οὐ δυνηθείσης, καταπλαγεὶς Ζεὺς τὴν τοῦ κατὰ γαστρὸς φύσιν ἠλιτόμηνον ἐξελκύσας ἰσότιμον τοῖς οὐρανίοις ἀπέφηνε θεοῖς, οὕτω κἀμέ, τῆς πατρίδος βραχυτέρας οὔσης ἢ ὥστε δέξασθαι φιλοσόφου φρονήματος ὄγκον τοσοῦτον, δαίμων τις ἢ θεὸς ἀναστήσας εἰς εὐτυχέστερον τόπον Ἀθήνας ἀποικίσαι διενοήθη.“
131Τῆς δὲ ἐν σοφοῖς ἐλευθερίας, ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρωπίνων ἀγαθῶν, κἀν τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις παραδείγματα σκοπῶν ἄν τις εὕροι. οἱ γοῦν ἀλεκτρυόνες οὕτως εἰώθασι φιλοκινδύνως ἀγωνίζεσθαι, ὥστε ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ εἶξαι καὶ παραχωρῆσαι, κἂν ἡττῶνται ταῖς δυνάμεσιν, οὐχ
132ἡττώμενοι ταῖς εὐτολμίαις ἄχρι θανάτου παραμένουσιν. ὃ συνιδὼν Μιλτιάδης ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων στρατηγός, ἡνίκα βασιλεὺς ὁ Περσῶν ἅπασαν τὴν ἀκμὴν τῆς Ἀσίας ἀναστήσας μυριάσι πολλαῖς διέβαινεν ἐπὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην, ὡς ἀναρπάσων αὐτοβοεὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, συναγαγὼν ἐν τῷ παναθηναϊκῷ τοὺς συμμάχους ὀρνίθων ἀγῶνας ἐπέδειξε, λόγου παντὸς δυνατωτέραν ὑπολαμβάνων ἔσεσθαι τὴν διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ὄψεως παρακέλευσιν· καὶ γνώμης οὐχ ἥμαρτε.
133θεασάμενοι γὰρ τὸ τλητικὸν καὶ φιλότιμον ἄχρι τελευτῆς ἐν ἀλόγοις ἀήττητον, ἁρπάσαντες τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον ὥρμησαν, ὡς ἐχθρῶν ἀγωνιούμενοι σώμασι, τραυμάτων καὶ σφαγῶν ἀλογοῦντες, ὑπὲρ τοῦ καὶ ἀποθανόντες ἐν ἐλευθέρῳ γοῦν τῷ τῆς πατρίδος ἐδάφει ταφῆναι. προτροπῆς γὰρ εἰς βελτίωσιν οὐδὲν οὕτως αἴτιον, ὡς ἡ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων ἐλπίδος μείζων κατόρθωσις.
134τοῦ δὲ περὶ τοὺς ὄρνιθας ἐναγωνίου μέμνηται καὶ ὁ τραγικὸς Ἴων διὰ τούτων· „οὐδ’ ὅ γε σῶμα τυπεὶς διφυεῖς τε κόρας ἐπιλάθεται ἀλκᾶς, ἀλλ’ ὀλιγοδρανέων φθογγάζεται· θάνατον δ’ ὅ γε δουλοσύνας προβέβουλε.“
135τοὺς οὖν σοφοὺς τί οἰόμεθα οὐκ ἀσμενέστατα δουλείας ἀντικαταλλάξεσθαι τελευτήν; τὰς δὲ τῶν νέων καὶ εὐφυῶν ψυχὰς ἆρ’ οὐκ ἄτοπον λέγειν ἐν ἄθλοις ἀρετῆς ὀρνίθων ἐλαττοῦσθαι καὶ μόλις φέρεσθαι τὰ δευτερεῖα;
136Καὶ μὴν οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνό τις τῶν ἐπὶ βραχὺ παιδείας ἁψαμένων ἀγνοεῖ, ὅτι καλὸν μὲν πρᾶγμα ἐλευθερία, αἰσχρὸν δὲ δουλεία, καὶ ὅτι τὰ μὲν καλὰ πρόσεστι τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, τὰ δ’ αἰσχρὰ τοῖς φαύλοις· ἐξ ὧν ἐναργέστατα παρίσταται τὸ μήτε τινὰ τῶν σπουδαίων δοῦλον εἶναι, κἂν μυρίοι τὰ δεσποτῶν σύμβολα προφέροντες ἐπανατείνωνται, μήτε τῶν ἀφρόνων ἐλεύθερον, κἂν Κροῖσος ἢ Μίδας ἢ ὁ μέγας βασιλεὺς ὢν τυγχάνῃ.
137τὸ δὲ ἐλευθερίας μὲν ἀοίδιμον κάλλος δουλείας δὲ ἐπάρατον αἶσχος ὑπὸ τῶν παλαιοτέρων καὶ πολυχρονιωτέρων καὶ ὡς ἐν θνητοῖς ἀθανάτων, οἷς θέμις ἀψευδεῖν, πόλεών τε καὶ ἐθνῶν μαρτυρεῖται.
138βουλαί τε γὰρ καὶ ἐκκλησίαι καθ’ ἑκάστην σχεδὸν ἡμέραν ἀθροίζονται περὶ τίνος μᾶλλον ἢ ἐλευθερίας παρούσης μὲν βεβαιώσεως, εἰ δ’ ἀπείη, κτήσεως; ἡ δ’ Ἑλλὰς καὶ βάρβαρος κατὰ ἔθνη στασιάζουσι καὶ πολεμοῦσιν ἀεὶ τί βουλόμεναι ὅ τι μὴ δουλείαν μὲν ἀποδιδράσκειν, ἐλευθερίαν δὲ περιποιεῖσθαι;
139διὸ κἀν ταῖς μάχαις ἡ λοχαγῶν καὶ ταξιαρχῶν καὶ στρατηγῶν μεγίστη παρακέλευσις ἥδ’ ἐστί· „κακῶν τὸ βαρύτατον, ἄνδρες σύμμαχοι, δουλείαν ἐπιφερομένην ἀπωσώμεθα· τοῦ καλλίστου τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθῶν, ἐλευθερίας, μὴ περιίδωμεν. ἥδ’ ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ καὶ πηγὴ τῆς εὐδαιμονίας, ἀφ’ ἧς αἱ κατὰ μέρος ῥέουσιν ὠφέλειαι.“
140διό μοι δοκοῦσιν οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὀξυδερκέστατοι διάνοιαν Ἀθηναῖοι — ὅπερ γὰρ ἐν ὀφθαλμῷ κόρη ἢ ἐν ψυχῇ λογισμός, τοῦτ’ ἐν Ἑλλάδι Ἀθῆναι — τὴν ἐπὶ ταῖς Σεμναῖς Θεαῖς πομπὴν ὅταν στέλλωσι, δοῦλον μηδένα προσπαραλαμβάνειν τὸ παράπαν, ἀλλὰ δι’ ἐλευθέρων ἕκαστα τῶν νενομισμένων ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν ἐπιτελεῖν, καὶ οὐχ οἵων ἂν τύχῃ, ἀλλὰ βίον ἐζηλωκότων ἀνεπίληπτον· ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἑορτὴν πέμματα τῶν ἐφήβων οἱ δοκιμώτατοι σιτοπονοῦσι, πρὸς εὐδοξίας καὶ τιμῆς, ὅπερ ἐστί, τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν τιθέμενοι.
141πρῴην ὑποκριτῶν τραγῳδίαν ἐπιδεικνυμένων καὶ τὰ παρ’ Εὐριπίδῃ τρίμετρα διεξιόντων ἐκεῖνα „τοὐλεύθερον γὰρ ὄνομα παντὸς ἄξιον, κἂν σμίκρ’ ἔχῃ τις, μεγάλ’ ἔχειν νομιζέτω“, τοὺς θεατὰς ἅπαντας εἶδον ἐπ’ ἄκρων ποδῶν ὑπ’ ἐκπλήξεως ἀναστάντας καὶ φωναῖς μείζοσι καὶ ἐκβοήσεσιν ἐπαλλήλοις ἔπαινον μὲν τῆς γνώμης, ἔπαινον δὲ καὶ τοῦ ποιητοῦ συνείροντας, ὃς οὐ μόνον τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἔργοις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὔνομα αὐτῆς ἐσέμνυνεν.
142ἄγαμαι καὶ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν, οἳ σύμπαν ἀπέφηναν ἐλεύθερον τὸ πλήρωμα μηδένα μηδὲ τῶν εἰς ἀναγκαίας ὑπηρεσίας προσέμενοι δοῦλον, ἀδελφὴν ἐλευθερίας αὐτουργίαν ἐν
143τῷ τότε ἀσπασαμένων. εἰ δὲ καὶ ποιηταῖς προσέχειν ἄξιον — διὰ τί δὲ οὐ μέλλομεν; παιδευταὶ γὰρ οὗτοί γε τοῦ σύμπαντος βίου, καθάπερ ἰδίᾳ γονεῖς παῖδας καὶ οὗτοι δημοσίᾳ τὰς πόλεις σωφρονίζοντες —, οὐδ’ ἡ Ἀργὼ ναυαρχοῦντος Ἰάσονος ἐπέτρεπεν ἐπιβαίνειν οἰκέταις, μεμοιραμένη ψυχῆς καὶ λογισμοῦ, φύσις οὖσα φιλελεύθερος. ὅθεν καὶ ὁ Αἰσχύλος ἐπ’ αὐτῆς εἶπε· „ποῦ δ’ ἐστὶν Ἀργοῦς ἱερόν, αὔδασον, ξύλον;"
144Ἐπανατάσεων δὲ καὶ ἀπειλῶν, ἃς σοφοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπανατείνονται καὶ ἀπειλοῦσί τινες, ἥκιστα φροντιστέον καὶ τὰ ὅμοια λεκτέον Ἀντιγενίδᾳ τῷ αὐλητῇ. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνόν φασιν, ἐπειδή τις τῶν ἀντιτέχνων ὀργισθεὶς εἶπεν "ὠνήσομαί σε,“ βαθεῖ ἤθει φάναι· „κἀγὼ τοιγαροῦν διδάξω σε αὐλεῖν.“
145ἄξιον οὖν καὶ τῷ σπουδαίῳ πρὸς μὲν τὸν ἔχοντα ὠνητικῶς λέγειν· „σωφροσύνην ἄρα ἀναδιδαχθήσῃ“, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἀπειλοῦντα φυγήν· „πᾶσα γῆ μοι πατρίς“, πρὸς δὲ τὸν χρημάτων ζημίαν· „ἀρκεῖ μετρία βιοτά μοι“, πρὸς δὲ τὸν πληγὰς ἢ θάνατον ἐπανατεινόμενον· „οὐ μορμολύττεταί με ταῦτα, οὐδ’ εἰμὶ πυκτῶν ἢ παγκρατιαστῶν ἐλάττων, οἵτινες ἀμαυρὰ εἴδωλα ἀρετῆς ὁρῶντες, ἅτε σωμάτων αὐτὸ μόνον εὐεξίαν διαπονήσαντες, ἑκάτερα τλητικῶς ὑπομένουσιν·
146ὁ γὰρ ἡγεμὼν σώματος ἐν ἐμοὶ νοῦς ἀνδρείᾳ τονωθεὶς οὕτω σφόδρα νενεύρωται, ὡς ἐπάνω πάσης ἀλγηδόνος ἵστασθαι δύνασθαι.“
147Φυλακτέον οὖν τὸν τοιοῦτον θῆρα συλλαμβάνειν, ὃς οὐκ ἀλκὴν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄψιν φοβερὸς ὢν τὸ δυσάλωτον καὶ μὴ εὐκαταφρόνητον δείκνυται.
148Ἀσυλία τόπων πολλάκις οἰκετῶν τοῖς καταφεύγουσιν ἄδειαν καὶ ἐκεχειρίαν ὡς ἰσοτίμοις καὶ ἰσοτελέσι παρέσχετο· καὶ τοὺς ἐκ προπάππων καὶ τῶν ἄνω προγόνων κατά τινα συγγενικὴν διαδοχὴν παλαιοδούλους ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ὅταν ἐν ἱεροῖς ἱκέται καθέζωνται, μετὰ πάσης ἀδείας ἐλευθεροστομοῦντας.
149εἰσὶ δ’ οἳ καὶ τοῖς κτησαμένοις οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος εὐτόνως ἅμα καὶ καταφρονητικῶς διαφέρονται περὶ τῶν δικαίων· οὓς μὲν γὰρ ὁ τοῦ συνειδότος ἔλεγχος, κἂν ὦσιν εὐπατρίδαι, πέφυκε δουλοῦσθαι, οἳ δὲ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἄδειαν ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἀσυλίας πεπορισμένοι ψυχῆς, ἣν ὁ θεὸς ἐκ πάντων ἀχείρωτον ἐδημιούργησεν, ἐλεύθερα καὶ εὐγενῆ σφόδρα ἀναφαίνουσιν ἤθη·
150εἰ μὴ λίαν οὕτω τίς ἐστιν ἀλόγιστος, ὡς χωρία μὲν θάρσους αἴτια καὶ παρρησίας ὑπολαμβάνειν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ τῶν ὄντων θεοειδέστατον, ἀρετήν, μηκέτι, δι’ ἣν καὶ τοῖς χωρίοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὅσα φρονήσεως μετέχει τὸ ἱεροπρεπὲς ἐγγίνεται.
Sections 151–160
151καὶ μὴν τοῖς μὲν εἰς ἀσύλους τόπους καταφεύγουσιν, ἐκ μόνων τῶν τόπων περιπεποιημένοις ἀσφάλειαν, ἐκ μυρίων ἄλλων ἀγωγίμοις συμβέβηκε γίνεσθαι, δώρων γυναικός, ἀδοξίας τέκνων, ἔρωτος ἀπάτης, τοῖς δὲ εἰς ἀρετὴν ὥσπερ εἰς ἀκαθαίρετον καὶ ἐρυμνότατον τεῖχος ἀλογεῖν βλημάτων, ὧν αἱ ἐφεδρεῖαι τῶν παθῶν βάλλουσι καὶ τοξεύουσι. ταύτῃ τις πεφραγμένος τῇ
152δυνάμει μετὰ παρρησίας ἂν εἴποι, ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πρὸς τῶν τυχόντων ἁλίσκονται, „ἐγὼ δ’ ἐμαυτοῦ“ κατὰ τὸν τραγικόν „καὶ κλύειν ἐπίσταμαι, ἄρχειν θ’ ὁμοίως, τἀρετῇ σταθμώμενος τὰ πάντα.“
153λέγεται γοῦν ὁ Πριηνεὺς Βίας ἀπειλοῦντι Κροίσῳ μάλα καταφρονητικῶς ἀνταπειλῆσαι ἐπεσθίειν τῶν κρομμύων, αἰνιττόμενος τὸ κλαίειν, ἐπεὶ δάκρυα κινεῖ ἡ κρομμύων βρῶσις.
154οὕτως οἱ σοφοὶ βασιλικώτερον οὐδὲν ἀρετῆς νομίζοντες, ἣ τοῦ βίου παντὸς αὐτοῖς ταξιαρχεῖ, τὰς ἄλλων ἡγεμονίας ὡς ὑπηκόων οὐ δεδίασι. παρ’ ὃ τοὺς διχόνους καὶ δολεροὺς ἅπασιν ὀνομάζειν ἔθος ἀνελευθέρους τε καὶ δουλοπρεπεῖς.
155ὅθεν κἀκεῖνα εὖ πεφώνηται· „οὔποτε δουλείη κεφαλὴ εὐθεῖα πέφυκεν, ἀλλ’ αἰεὶ σκολιή, καὐχένα λοξὸν ἔχει.“ τὸ γὰρ πλάγιον καὶ ποικίλον καὶ ἀπατηλὸν ἦθος ἀγενέστατον, ὥσπερ εὐγενὲς τὸ εὐθὺ καὶ ἄπλαστον καὶ ἀνύπουλον, λόγων βουλεύμασι καὶ βουλευμάτων λόγοις συνᾳδόντων.
156ἄξιον δὲ καταγελᾶν τῶν ἐπειδὰν ἀπαλλαγῶσι δεσποτικῆς κτήσεως ἐλευθερωθῆναι νομιζόντων· οἰκέται μὲν γὰρ οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἂν εἶεν οἵ γε ἀφειμένοι, δοῦλοι δὲ καὶ μαστιγίαι πάντες, ὑπακούοντες οὐκ ἀνθρώπων — ἧττον γὰρ ἂν ἦν τὸ δεινόν —, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν ἀψύχοις ἀτιμοτάτων, ἀκράτου, λαχάνων, πεμμάτων, ὅσα ἄλλα σιτοπόνων τε καὶ ὀψαρτυτῶν περιεργίαι κατὰ γαστρὸς τῆς ταλαίνης δημιουργοῦσιν.
157ὁ γοῦν Διογένης ἰδών τινα τῶν λεγομένων ἀπελευθέρων ἁβρυνόμενον καὶ πολλοὺς αὐτῷ συνηδομένους, θαυμάσας τὸ ἄλογον καὶ ἄκριτον, „ὅμοιον“ εἶπεν „ὡς εἴ τις ἀνακηρύξειέ τινα τῶν οἰκετῶν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας εἶναι γραμματικὸν ἢ γεωμέτρην ἢ μουσικόν, οὐδ’ ὄναρ τῶν τεχνῶν ἐπῃσθημένον.“ ὡς γὰρ ἐπιστήμονας οὐ ποιεῖ τὸ κήρυγμα, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἐλευθέρους — ἐπεὶ μακάριον ἦν τι —, ἀλλὰ μόνον οὐκ οἰκέτας.
158Ἀνελόντες οὖν τὴν κενὴν δόξαν, ἧς ὁ πολὺς ὅμιλος ἀνθρώπων ἀπῃώρηται, καὶ ἀληθείας ἱερωτάτου κτήματος ἐρασθέντες μήτε τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀστοῖς πολιτείαν ἢ ἐλευθερίαν μήτε τοῖς οἰκότριψιν ἢ ἀργυρωνήτοις δουλείαν ἐπιφημίσωμεν, ἀλλὰ γένη καὶ δεσποτικὰ γράμματα καὶ συνόλως σώματα παρελθόντες ψυχῆς φύσιν ἐρευνῶμεν.
159εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας ἐλαύνεται ἢ ὑφ’ ἡδονῆς δελεάζεται ἢ φόβῳ ἐκκλίνει ἢ λύπῃ στέλλεται ἢ ὑπ’ ὀργῆς τραχηλίζεται, δουλοῖ μὲν αὑτήν, δοῦλον δὲ καὶ τὸν ἔχοντα μυρίων δεσποτῶν ἀπεργάζεται· εἰ δὲ φρονήσει μὲν ἀμαθίαν, σωφροσύνῃ δ’ ἀκολασίαν, δειλίαν δὲ ἀνδρείᾳ καὶ πλεονεξίαν δικαιοσύνῃ κατηγωνίσατο, τῷ ἀδουλώτῳ καὶ τὸ ἀρχικὸν προσείληφεν. ὅσαι δὲ μηδετέρας ἰδέας πω μετεσχήκασι,
160μήτε τῆς καταδουλουμένης μήτε δι’ ἧς ἐλευθερία βεβαιοῦται, γυμναὶ δέ εἰσιν ἔτι, καθάπερ αἱ τῶν κομιδῇ νηπίων, ταύτας τιθηνοκομητέον, ἐνστάζοντας τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀντὶ γάλακτος ἁπαλὰς τροφάς, τὰς διὰ τῶν ἐγκυκλίων ὑφηγήσεις, εἶτ’ αὖθις κραταιοτέρας ὧν φιλοσοφία δημιουργός, ἐξ ὧν ἀνδρωθεῖσαι καὶ εὐεκτήσασαι πρὸς τέλος αἴσιον, οὐ Ζηνώνειον μᾶλλον ἢ πυθόχρηστον, ἀφίξονται, τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν.
On the Contemplative Life, or on the Virtues of Suppliants
Sections 1–25
1Having mentioned the Essenes, who in all respects selected for their admiration and for their especial adoption the practical course of life, and who excel in all, or what perhaps may be a less unpopular and invidious thing to say, in most of its parts, I will now proceed, in the regular order of my subject, to speak of those who have embraced the speculative life, and I will say what appears to me to be desirable to be said on the subject, not drawing any fictitious statements from my own head for the sake of improving the appearance of that side of the question which nearly all poets and essayists are much accustomed to do in the scarcity of good actions to extol, but with the greatest simplicity adhering strictly to the truth itself, to which I know well that even the most eloquent men do not keep close in their speeches. Nevertheless we must make the endeavour and labour to attain to this virtue; for it is not right that the greatness of the virtue of the men should be a cause of silence to those who do not think it right that anything which is creditable should be suppressed in silence;
2but the deliberate intention of the philosopher is at once displayed from the appellation given to them; for with strict regard to etymology, they are called therapeutae and therapeutrides, either because they profess an art of medicine more excellent than that in general use in cities (for that only heals bodies, but the other heals souls which are under the mastery of terrible and almost incurable diseases, which pleasures and appetites, fears and griefs, and covetousness, and follies, and injustice, and all the rest of the innumerable multitude of other passions and vices, have inflicted upon them), or else because they have been instructed by nature and the sacred laws to serve the living God, who is superior to the good, and more simple than the one, and more ancient than the unit;
3with whom, however, who is there of those who profess piety that we can possibly compare? Can we compare those who honour the elements, earth, water, air, and fire? to whom different nations have given different names, calling fire Hephaestus, I imagine because of its kindling, and the air Hera, I imagine because of its being raised up, and raised aloft to a great height, and water Poseidon, probably because of its being drinkable, and the earth Demeter, because it appears to be the mother of all plants and of all animals.
4But these names are the inventions of sophists: but the elements are inanimate matter, and immovable by any power of their own, being subjected to the operator on them to receive from him every kind of shape or distinctive quality which he chooses to give them.
5But what shall we say of those men who worship the perfect things made of them, the sun, the moon, and the other stars, planets, or fixed-stars, or the whole heaven, or the universal world? And yet even they do not owe their existence to themselves, but to some creator whose knowledge has been most perfect, both in mind and degree.
6What, again, shall we say of the demi-gods? This is a matter which is perfectly ridiculous: for how can the same man be both mortal and immortal, even if we leave out of the question the fact that the origin of the birth of all these beings is liable to reproach, as being full of youthful intemperance, which its authors endeavour with great profanity to impute to blessed and divine natures, as if they, being madly in love with mortal women, had connected themselves with them; while we know gods to be free from all participation in and from all influence of passion, and completely happy.
7Again, what shall we say of those who worship carved works and images? the substances of which, stone and wood, were only a little while before perfectly destitute of shape, before the stone-cutters or wood-cutters hewed them out of the kindred stuff around them, while the remainder of the material, their near relation and brother as it were, is made into ewers, or foot-pans, and other common and dishonoured vessels, which are employed rather for uses of darkness than for such as will bear the light;
8for as for the customs of the Egyptians, it is not creditable even to mention them, for they have introduced irrational beasts, and those not merely such as are domestic and tame, but even the most ferocious of wild beasts to share the honours of the gods, taking some out of each of the elements beneath the moon, as the lion from among the animals which live on the earth, the crocodile from among those which live in the water, the kite from such as traverse the air, and the Egyptian iris.
9And though they actually see that these animals are born, and that they are in need of food, and that they are insatiable in voracity and full of all sorts of filth, and moreover poisonous and devourers of men, and liable to be destroyed by all kinds of diseases, and that in fact they are often destroyed not only by natural deaths, but also by violence, still they, civilised men, worship these untameable and ferocious beasts; though rational men, they worship irrational beasts; though they have a near relationship to the Deity, they worship creatures unworthy of being compared even to some of the beasts; though appointed as rulers and masters, they worship creatures which are by nature subjects and slaves.
10But since these men infect not only their fellow countrymen, but also all that come near them with folly, let them remain uncovered, being mutilated in that most indispensable of all the outward senses, namely, sight. I am speaking here not of the sight of the body, but of that of the soul, by which alone truth and falsehood are distinguished from one another.
11But the therapeutic sect of mankind, being continually taught to see without interruption, may well aim at obtaining a sight of the living God, and may pass by the sun, which is visible to the outward sense, and never leave this order which conducts to perfect happiness.
12But they who apply themselves to this kind of worship, not because they are influenced to do so by custom, nor by the advice or recommendation of any particular persons, but because they are carried away by a certain heavenly love, give way to enthusiasm, behaving like so many revellers in bacchanalian or corybantian mysteries, until they see the object which they have been earnestly desiring.
13Then, because of their anxious desire for an immortal and blessed existence, thinking that their mortal life has already come to an end, they leave their possessions to their sons or daughters, or perhaps to other relations, giving them up their inheritance with willing cheerfulness; and those who know no relations give their property to their companions or friends, for it followed of necessity that those who have acquired the wealth which sees, as if ready prepared for them, should be willing to surrender that wealth which is blind to those who themselves also are still blind in their minds.
14The Greeks celebrate Anaxagoras and Democritus, because they, being smitten with a desire for philosophy, allowed all their estates to be devoured by cattle. I myself admire the men who thus showed themselves superior to the attractions of money; but how much better were those who have not permitted cattle to devour their possessions, but have supplied the necessities of mankind, of their own relations and friends, and have made them rich though they were poor before? For surely that was inconsiderate conduct (that I may avoid saying that any action of men whom Greece has agreed to admire was a piece of insanity); but this is the act of sober men, and one which has been carefully elaborated by exceeding prudence.
15For what more can enemies do than ravage, and destroy, and cut down all the trees in the country of their antagonists, that they may be forced to submit by reason of the extent to which they are oppressed by want of necessaries? And yet Democritus did this to his own blood relations, inflicting artificial want and penury upon them, not perhaps from any hostile intention towards them, but because he did not foresee and provide for what was advantageous to others.
16How much better and more admirable are they who, without having any inferior eagerness for the attainment of philosophy, have nevertheless preferred magnanimity to carelessness, and, giving presents from their possessions instead of destroying them, so as to be able to benefit others and themselves also, have made others happy by imparting to them of the abundance of their wealth, and themselves by the study of philosophy? For an undue care for money and wealth causes great waste of time, and it is proper to economise time, since, according to the saying of the celebrated physician Hippocrates, life is short but art long.
17And this is what Homer appears to me to imply figuratively in the Iliad, at the beginning of the thirteenth book, by the following lines, — "The Mysian close-fighting bands, And dwellers on the Scythian lands, Content to seek their humble fare From milk of cow and milk of mare, The justest of mankind." As if great anxiety concerning the means of subsistence and the acquisition of money engendered injustice by reason of the inequality which it produced, while the contrary disposition and pursuit produced justice by reason of its equality, according to which it is that the wealth of nature is defined, and is superior to that which exists only in vain opinion.
18When, therefore, men abandon their property without being influenced by any predominant attraction, they flee without even turning their heads back again, deserting their brethren, their children, their wives, their parents, their numerous families, their affectionate bands of companions, their native lands in which they have been born and brought up, though long familiarity is a most attractive bond, and one very well able to allure any one.
19And they depart, not to another city as those do who entreat to be purchased from those who at present possess them, being either unfortunate or else worthless servants, and as such seeking a change of masters rather than endeavouring to procure freedom (for every city, even that which is under the happiest laws, is full of indescribable tumults, and disorders, and calamities, which no one would submit to who had been even for a moment under the influence of wisdom),
20but they take up their abode outside of walls, or gardens, or solitary lands, seeking for a desert place, not because of any ill-natured misanthropy to which they have learnt to devote themselves, but because of the associations with people of wholly dissimilar dispositions to which they would otherwise be compelled, and which they know to be unprofitable and mischievous.
21Now this class of persons may be met with in many places, for it was fitting that both Greece and the country of the barbarians should partake of whatever is perfectly good; and there is the greatest number of such men in Egypt, in every one of the districts, or nomi as they are called, and especially around Alexandria;
22and from all quarters those who are the best of these therapeutae proceed on their pilgrimage to some most suitable place as if it were their country, which is beyond the Mareotic lake, lying in a somewhat level plain a little raised above the rest, being suitable for their purpose by reason of its safety and also of the fine temperature of the air.
23For the houses built in the fields and the villages which surround it on all sides give it safety; and the admirable temperature of the air proceeds from the continual breezes which come from the lake which falls into the sea, and also from the sea itself in the neighbourhood, the breezes from the sea being light, and those which proceed from the lake which falls into the sea being heavy, the mixture of which produces a most healthy atmosphere.
24But the houses of these men thus congregated together are very plain, just giving shelter in respect of the two things most important to be provided against, the heat of the sun, and the cold from the open air; and they did not live near to one another as men do in cities, for immediate neighbourhood to others would be a troublesome and unpleasant thing to men who have conceived an admiration for, and have determined to devote themselves to, solitude; and, on the other hand, they did not live very far from one another on account of the fellowship which they desire to cultivate, and because of the desirableness of being able to assist one another if they should be attacked by robbers.
25And in every house there is a sacred shrine which is called the holy place, and the monastery in which they retire by themselves and perform all the mysteries of a holy life, bringing in nothing, neither meat, nor drink, nor anything else which is indispensable towards supplying the necessities of the body, but studying in that place the laws and the sacred oracles of God enunciated by the holy prophets, and hymns, and psalms, and all kinds of other things by reason of which knowledge and piety are increased and brought to perfection.
Sections 26–50
26Therefore they always retain an imperishable recollection of God, so that not even in their dreams is any other object ever presented to their eyes except the beauty of the divine virtues and of the divine powers. Therefore many persons speak in their sleep, divulging and publishing the celebrated doctrines of the sacred philosophy.
27And they are accustomed to pray twice every day, at morning and at evening; when the sun is rising entreating God that the happiness of the coming day may be real happiness, so that their minds may be filled with heavenly light, and when the sun is setting they pray that their soul, being entirely lightened and relieved of the burden of the outward senses, and of the appropriate object of these outward senses, may be able to trace out truth existing in its own consistory and council chamber.
28And the interval between morning and evening is by them devoted wholly to meditation on and to practise of virtue, for they take up the sacred scriptures and philosophise concerning them, investigating the allegories of their national philosophy, since they look upon their literal expressions as symbols of some secret meaning of nature, intended to be conveyed in those figurative expressions.
29They have also writings of ancient men, who having been the founders of one sect or another have left behind them many memorials of the allegorical system of writing and explanation, whom they take as a kind of model, and imitate the general fashion of their sect; so that they do not occupy themselves solely in contemplation, but they likewise compose psalms and hymns to God in every kind of metre and melody imaginable, which they of necessity arrange in more dignified rhythm.
30Therefore, during six days, each of these individuals, retiring into solitude by himself, philosophises by himself in one of the places called monasteries, never going outside the threshold of the outer court, and indeed never even looking out. But on the seventh day they all come together as if to meet in a sacred assembly, and they sit down in order according to their ages with all becoming gravity, keeping their hands inside their garments, having their right hand between their chest and their dress, and the left hand down by their side, close to their flank;
31and then the eldest of them who has the most profound learning in their doctrines, comes forward and speaks with steadfast look and with steadfast voice, with great powers of reasoning, and great prudence, not making an exhibition of his oratorical powers like the rhetoricians of old, or the sophists of the present day, but investigating with great pains, and explaining with minute accuracy the precise meaning of the laws, which sits, not indeed at the tips of their ears, but penetrates through their hearing into the soul, and remains there lastingly; and all the rest listen in silence to the praises which he bestows upon the law, showing their assent only by nods of the head, or the eager look of the eyes.
32And this common holy place to which they all come together on the seventh day is a twofold circuit, being separated partly into the apartment of the men, and partly into a chamber for the women, for women also, in accordance with the usual fashion there, form a part of the audience, having the same feelings of admiration as the men, and having adopted the same sect with equal deliberation and decision;
33and the wall which is between the houses rises from the ground three or four cubits upwards, like a battlement, and the upper portion rises upwards to the roof without any opening, on two accounts; first of all, in order that the modesty which is so becoming to the female sex may be preserved, and secondly, that the women may be easily able to comprehend what is said being seated within earshot, since there is then nothing which can possibly intercept the voice of him who is speaking.
34And these expounders of the law, having first of all laid down temperance as a sort of foundation for the soul to rest upon, proceed to build up other virtues on this foundation, and no one of them may take any meat or drink before the setting of the sun, since they judge that the work of philosophising is one which is worthy of the light, but that the care for the necessities of the body is suitable only to darkness, on which account they appropriate the day to the one occupation, and a brief portion of the night to the other;
35and some men, in whom there is implanted a more fervent desire of knowledge, can endure to cherish a recollection of their food for three days without even tasting it, and some men are so delighted, and enjoy themselves so exceedingly when regaled by wisdom which supplies them with her doctrines in all possible wealth and abundance, that they can even hold out twice as great a length of time, and will scarcely at the end of six days taste even necessary food, being accustomed, as they say that grasshoppers are, to feed on air, their song, as I imagine, making their scarcity tolerable to them.
36And they, looking upon the seventh day as one of perfect holiness and a most complete festival, have thought it worthy of a most especial honour, and on it, after taking due care of their soul, they tend their bodies also, giving them, just as they do to their cattle, a complete rest from their continual labours;
37and they eat nothing of a costly character, but plain bread and a seasoning of salt, which the more luxurious of them to further season with hyssop; and their drink is water from the spring; for they oppose those feelings which nature has made mistresses of the human race, namely, hunger and thirst, giving them nothing to flatter or humour them, but only such useful things as it is not possible to exist without. On this account they eat only so far as not to be hungry, and they drink just enough to escape from thirst, avoiding all satiety, as an enemy of and a plotter against both soul and body.
38And there are two kinds of covering, one raiment and the other a house: we have already spoken of their houses, that they are not decorated with any ornaments, but run up in a hurry, being only made to answer such purposes as are absolutely necessary; and in like manner their raiment is of the most ordinary description, just stout enough to ward off cold and heat, being a cloak of some shaggy hide for winter, and a thin mantle or linen shawl in the summer;
39for in short they practise entire simplicity, looking upon falsehood as the foundation of pride, but truth as the origin of simplicity, and upon truth and falsehood as standing in the light of fountains, for from falsehood proceeds every variety of evil and wickedness, and from truth there flows every imaginable abundance of good things both human and divine.
40I wish also to speak of their common assemblies, and their very cheerful meetings at convivial parties, setting them in opposition and contrast to the banquets of others, for others, when they drink strong wine, as if they had been drinking not wine but some agitating and maddening kind of liquor, or even the most formidable thing which can be imagined for driving a man out of his natural reason, rage about and tear things to pieces like so many ferocious dogs, and rise up and attack one another, biting and gnawing each other’s noses, and ears, and fingers, and other parts of their body, so as to give an accurate representation of the story related about the Cyclops and the companions of Ulysses, who ate, as the poet says, fragments of human flesh, and that more savagely than even he himself;
41for he was only avenging himself on those whom he conceived to be his enemies, but they were ill-treating their companions and friends, and sometimes even their actual relations, while having the salt and dinner-table before them, at a time of peace perpetrating actions inconsistent with peace, like those which are done by men in gymnastic contests, debasing the proper exercises of the body as coiners debase good money, and instead of athletes (ἀθληταί) becoming miserable men (ἅθλιοι), for that is the name which properly belongs to them.
42For that which those men who gain victories in the Olympic games, when perfectly sober in the arena, and having all the Greeks for spectators do by day, exerting all their skill for the purpose of gaining victory and the crown, these men with base designs do at convivial entertainments, getting drunk by night, in the hour of darkness, when soaked in wine, acting without either knowledge, or art, or skill, to the insult, and injury, and great disgrace of those who are subjected to their violence.
43And if no one were to come like an umpire into the middle of them, and part the combatants, and reconcile them, they would continue the contest with unlimited licence, striving to kill and murder one another, and being killed and murdered on the spot; for they do not suffer less than they inflict, though out of the delirious state into which they have worked themselves they do not feel what is done to them, since they have filled themselves with wine, not, as the comic poet says, to the injury of their neighbour, but to their own.
44Therefore those persons who a little while before came safe and sound to the banquet, and in friendship for one another, do presently afterwards depart in hostility and mutilated in their bodies. And some of these men stand in need of advocates and judges, and others require surgeons and physicians, and the help which may be received from them.
45Others again who seem to be a more moderate kind of feasters when they have drunk unmixed wine as if it were mandragora, boil over as it were, and lean on their left elbow, and turn their heads on one side with their breath redolent of their wine, till at last they sink into profound slumber, neither seeing nor hearing anything, as if they had but one single sense, and that the most slavish of all, namely, taste.
46And I know some persons who, when they are completely filled with wine, before they are wholly overpowered by it, begin to prepare a drinking party for the next day by a kind of subscription and picnic contribution, conceiving a great part of their present delight to consist in the hope of future drunkenness;
47and in this manner they exist to the very end of their lives, without a house and without a home, the enemies of their parents, and of their wives, and of their children, and the enemies of their country, and the worst enemies of all to themselves. For a debauched and profligate life is apt to lay snares for every one.
48And perhaps some people may be inclined to approve of the arrangement of such entertainments which at present prevails everywhere, from an admiration of, and a desire of imitating, the luxury and extravagance of the Italians which both Greeks and barbarians emulate, making all their preparations with a view to show rather than to real enjoyment,
49for they use couches called triclinia, and sofas all round the table made of tortoiseshell, and ivory, and other costly materials, most of which are inlaid with precious stones; and coverlets of purple embroidered with gold and silver thread; and others brocaded in flowers of every kind of hue and colour imaginable to allure the sight, and a vast array of drinking cups arrayed according to each separate description; for there are bowls, and vases, and beakers, and goblets, and all kinds of other vessels wrought with the most exquisite skill, their clean cups and others finished with the most elaborate refinement of skilful and ingenious men;
50and well-shaped slaves of the most exquisite beauty, ministering, as if they had come not more for the purpose of serving the guests than of delighting the eyes of the spectators by their mere appearance. Of these slaves, some, being still boys, pour out the wine; and others more fully grown pour water, being carefully washed and rubbed down, with their faces anointed and pencilled, and the hair of their heads admirably plaited and curled and wreathed in delicate knots;
Sections 51–75
51for they have very long hair, being either completely unshorn, or else having only the hair on their foreheads cut at the end so as to make them of an equal length all round, being accurately sloped away so as to represent a circular line, and being clothed in tunics of the most delicate texture, and of the purest white, reaching in front down to the lower part of the knee, and behind to a little below the calf of the leg, and drawing up each side with a gentle doubling of the fringe at the joinings of the tunics, raising undulations of the garment as it were at the sides, and widening them at the hollow part of the side.
52Others, again, are young men just beginning to show a beard on their youthful chins, having been, for a short time, the sport of the profligate debauchees, and being prepared with exceeding care and diligence for more painful services; being a kind of exhibition of the excessive opulence of the giver of the feast, or rather, to say the truth, of their thorough ignorance of all propriety, as those who are acquainted with them well know.
53Besides all these things, there is an infinite variety of sweet-meats, and delicacies, and confections, about which bakers and cooks and confectioners labour, considering not the taste, which is the point of real importance, so as to make the food palatable to that, but also the sight, so as to allure that by the delicacy of the look of their viands, they
54Accordingly, seven tables, and often more, are brought in, full of every kind of delicacy which earth, and sea, and rivers, and air produce, all procured with great pains, and in high condition, composed of terrestrial, and acquatic, and flying creatures, every one of which is different both in its mode of dressing and in its seasoning. And that no description of thing existing in nature may be omitted, at the last dishes are brought in full of fruits, besides those which are kept back for the more luxurious portion of the entertainment, and for what is called the dessert;
55and afterwards some of the dishes are carried away empty from the insatiable greediness of those at table, who, gorging themselves like cormorants, devour all the delicacies so completely that they gnaw even the bones, which some left half devoured after all that they contained has been torn to pieces and spoiled. And when they are completely tired with eating, having their bellies filled up to their very throats, but their desires still unsatisfied, being fatigued with eating they turn their heads round in every direction, scanning everything with their eyes and with their nostrils, examining the richness and the number of the dishes with the first, and the steam which is sent up by them with the second. Then, when they are thoroughly sated both with the sight and with the scent, these senses again prompt their owners to eat, praising in no moderate terms both the entertainment itself and the giver of it, for its costliness and magnificence.
56However, why need I dwell with prolixity on these matters, which are already condemned by the generality of more moderate men as inflaming the passions, the diminution of which is desirable? For any one in his senses would pray for the most unfortunate of all states, hunger and thirst, rather than for a most unlimited abundance of meat and drink at such banquets as these.
57Now of the banquets among the Greeks the two most celebrated and most remarkable are those at which Socrates also was present, the one in the house of Callias, when, after Autolycus had gained the crown of victory, he gave a feast in honour of the event, and the other in the house of Agathon, which was thought worthy of being commemorated by men who were imbued with the true spirit of philosophy both in their dispositions and in their discourses, Plato and Xenophon, for they recorded them as events worthy to be had in perpetual recollection, looking upon it that future generations would take them as models for a well managed arrangement of future banquets;
58but nevertheless even these, if compared with the banquets of the men of our time who have embraced the contemplative system of life, will appear ridiculous. Each description, indeed, has its own pleasures, but that recorded by Xenophon is the one the delights of which are most in accordance with human nature, for female harp-players, and dancers, and conjurors, and jugglers, and men who do ridiculous things, who pride themselves much on their powers of jesting and of amusing others, and many other species of more cheerful relaxation, are brought forward at it.
59But the entertainment recorded by Plato is almost entirely connected with love; not that of men madly desirous or fond of women, or of women furiously in love with men, for these desires are accomplished in accordance with a law of nature, but with that love which is felt by men for one another, differing only in respect of age; for if there is anything in the account of that banquet elegantly said in praise of genuine love and heavenly Venus, it is introduced merely for the sake of making a neat speech;
60for the greater part of the book is occupied by common, vulgar, promiscuous love, which takes away from the soul courage, that which is the most serviceable of all virtues both in war and in peace, and which engenders in it instead the female disease, and renders men men-women, though they ought rather to be carefully trained in all the practises likely to give men valour.
61And having corrupted the age of boys, and having metamorphosed them and removed them into the classification and character of women, it has injured their lovers also in the most important particulars, their bodies, their souls, and their properties; for it follows of necessity that the mind of a lover of boys must be kept on the stretch towards the objects of his affection, and must have no acuteness of vision for any other object, but must be blinded by its desire as to all other objects private or common, and must so be wasted away, more especially if it fails in its objects. Moreover, the man’s property must be diminished on two accounts, both from the owner’s neglect and from his expenses for the beloved object.
62There is also another greater evil which affects the whole people, and which grows up alongside of the other, for men who give into such passions produce solitude in cities, and a scarcity of the best kind of men, and barrenness, and unproductiveness, inasmuch as they are imitating those farmers who are unskilful in agriculture, and who, instead of the deep-soiled champaign country, sow briny marshes, or stony and rugged districts, which are not calculated to produce crops of any kind, and which only destroy the seed which is put into them.
63I pass over in silence the different fabulous fictions, and the stories of persons with two bodies, who having originally been stuck to one another by amatory influences, are subsequently separated like portions which have been brought together and are disjoined again, the harmony having been dissolved by which they were held together; for all these things are very attractive, being able by the novelty of their imagination to allure the ears, but they are despised by the disciples of Moses, who in the abundance of their wisdom have learnt from their earliest infancy to love truth, and also continue to the end of their lives impossible to be deceived.
64But since the entertainments of the greatest celebrity are full of such trifling and folly, bearing conviction in themselves, if any one should think fit not to regard vague opinion and the character which has been commonly handed down concerning them as feasts which have gone off with the most eminent success, I will oppose to them the entertainments of those persons who have devoted their whole life and themselves to the knowledge and contemplation of the affairs of nature in accordance with the most sacred admonitions and precepts of the prophet Moses.
65In the first place, these men assemble at the end of seven weeks, venerating not only the simple week of seven days, but also its multiplied power, for they know it to be pure and always virgin; and it is a prelude and a kind of forefeast of the greatest feast, which is assigned to the number fifty, the most holy and natural of numbers, being compounded of the power of the right-angled triangle, which is the principle of the origination and condition of the whole.
66Therefore when they come together clothed in white garments, and joyful with the most exceeding gravity, when some one of the ephemereutae (for that is the appellation which they are accustomed to give to those who are employed in such ministrations), before they sit down to meat standing in order in a row, and raising their eyes and their hands to heaven, the one because they have learnt to fix their attention on what is worth looking at, and the other because they are free from the reproach of all impure gain, being never polluted under any pretence whatever by any description of criminality which can arise from any means taken to procure advantage, they pray to God that the entertainment may be acceptable, and welcome, and pleasing;
67and after having offered up these prayers the elders sit down to meat, still observing the order in which they were previously arranged, for they do not look on those as elders who are advanced in years and very ancient, but in some cases they esteem those as very young men, if they have attached themselves to this sect only lately, but those whom they call elders are those who from their earliest infancy have grown up and arrived at maturity in the speculative portion of philosophy, which is the most beautiful and most divine part of it.
68And the women also share in this feast, the greater part of whom, though old, are virgins in respect of their purity (not indeed through necessity, as some of the priestesses among the Greeks are, who have been compelled to preserve their chastity more than they would have done of their own accord), but out of an admiration for and love of wisdom, with which they are desirous to pass their lives, on account of which they are indifferent to the pleasures of the body, desiring not a mortal but an immortal offspring, which the soul that is attached to God is alone able to produce by itself and from itself, the Father having sown in it rays of light appreciable only by the intellect, by means of which it will be able to perceive the doctrines of wisdom.
69And the order in which they sit down to meat is a divided one, the men sitting on the right hand and the women apart from them on the left; and in case any one by chance suspects that cushions, if not very costly ones, still at all events of a tolerably soft substance, are prepared for men who are well born and well bred, and contemplators of philosophy, he must know that they have nothing but rugs of the coarsest materials, cheap mats of the most ordinary kind of the papyrus of the land, piled up on the ground and projecting a little near the elbow, so that the feasters may lean upon them, for they relax in a slight degree the Lacedaemonian rigour of life, and at all times and in all places they practise a liberal, gentlemanlike kind of frugality, hating the allurements of pleasure with all their might.
70And they do not use the ministrations of slaves, looking upon the possession of servants or slaves to be a thing absolutely and wholly contrary to nature, for nature has created all men free, but the injustice and covetousness of some men who prefer inequality, that cause of all evil, having subdued some, has given to the more powerful authority over those who are weaker.
71Accordingly in this sacred entertainment there is, as I have said, no slave, but free men minister to the guests, performing the offices of servants, not under compulsion, nor in obedience to any imperious commands, but of their own voluntary free will, with all eagerness and promptitude anticipating all orders,
72for they are not any chance free men who are appointed to perform these duties, but young men who are selected from their order with all possible care on account of their excellence, acting as virtuous and well-born youths ought to act who are eager to attain to the perfection of virtue, and who, like legitimate sons, with affectionate rivalry minister to their fathers and mothers, thinking their common parents more closely connected with them than those who are related by blood, since in truth to men of right principles there is nothing more nearly akin than virtue; and they come in to perform their service ungirdled, and with their tunics let down, in order that nothing which bears any resemblance to a slavish appearance may be introduced into this festival.
73I know well that some persons will laugh when they hear this, but they who laugh will be those who do things worthy of weeping and lamentation. And in those days wine is not introduced, but only the clearest water; cold water for the generality, and hot water for those old men who are accustomed to a luxurious life. And the table, too, bears nothing which has blood, but there is placed upon it bread for food and salt for seasoning, to which also hyssop is sometimes added as an extra sauce for the sake of those who are delicate in their eating, for just as right reason commands the priest to offer up sober sacrifices,
74so also these men are commanded to live sober lives, for wine is the medicine of folly, and costly seasonings and sauces excite desire, which is the most insatiable of all beasts.
75These, then, are the first circumstances of the feast; but after the guests have sat down to the table in the order which I have been describing, and when those who minister to them are all standing around in order, ready to wait upon them, and when there is nothing to drink, some one will say ... but even more so than before, so that no one ventures to mutter, or even to breathe at all hard, and then some one looks out some passage in the sacred scriptures, or explains some difficulty which is proposed by some one else, without any thoughts of display on his own part, for he is not aiming at reputation for cleverness and eloquence, but is only desirous to see some points more accurately, and is content when he has thus seen them himself not to bear ill will to others, who, even if they did not perceive the truth with equal acuteness, have at all events an equal desire of learning.
Sections 76–90
76And he, indeed, follows a slower method of instruction, dwelling on and lingering over his explanations with repetitions, in order to imprint his conceptions deep in the minds of his hearers, for as the understanding of his hearers is not able to keep up with the interpretation of one who goes on fluently, without stopping to take breath, it gets behind-hand, and fails to comprehend what is said;
77but the hearers, fixing their eyes and attention upon the speaker, remain in one and the same position listening attentively, indicating their attention and comprehension by their nods and looks, and the praise which they are inclined to bestow on the speaker by the cheerfulness and gentle manner in which they follow him with their eyes and with the fore-finger of the right hand. And the young men who are standing around attend to this explanation no less than the guests themselves who are sitting at meat.
78And these explanations of the sacred scriptures are delivered by mystic expressions in allegories, for the whole of the law appears to these men to resemble a living animal, and its express commandments seem to be the body, and the invisible meaning concealed under and lying beneath the plain words resembles the soul, in which the rational soul begins most excellently to contemplate what belongs to itself, as in a mirror, beholding in these very words the exceeding beauty of the sentiments, and unfolding and explaining the symbols, and bringing the secret meaning naked to the light to all who are able by the light of a slight intimation to perceive what is unseen by what is visible.
79When, therefore, the president appears to have spoken at sufficient length, and to have carried out his intentions adequately, so that his explanation has gone on felicitously and fluently through his own acuteness, and the hearing of the others has been profitable, applause arises from them all as of men rejoicing together at what they have seen and heard;
80and then some one rising up sings a hymn which has been made in honour of God, either such as he has composed himself, or some ancient one of some old poet, for they have left behind them many poems and songs in trimetre iambics, and in psalms of thanksgiving and in hymns, and songs at the time of libation, and at the altar, and in regular order, and in choruses, admirably measured out in various and well diversified strophes. And after him then others also arise in their ranks, in becoming order, while every one else listens in decent silence, except when it is proper for them to take up the burden of the song, and to join in at the end; for then they all, both men and women, join in the hymn.
81And when each individual has finished his psalm, then the young men bring in the table which was mentioned a little while ago, on which was placed that most holy food, the leavened bread, with a seasoning of salt, with which hyssop is mingled, out of reverence for the sacred table, which lies thus in the holy outer temple; for on this table are placed loaves and salt without seasoning, and the bread is unleavened, and the salt unmixed with anything else,
82for it was becoming that the simplest and purest things should be allotted to the most excellent portion of the priests, as a reward for their ministrations, and that the others should admire similar things, but should abstain from the loaves, in order that those who are the more excellent persons may have the precedence.
83And after the feast they celebrate the sacred festival during the whole night; and this nocturnal festival is celebrated in the following manner: they all stand up together, and in the middle of the entertainment two choruses are formed at first, the one of men and the other of women, and for each chorus there is a leader and chief selected, who is the most honourable and most excellent of the band.
84Then they sing hymns which have been composed in honour of God in many metres and tunes, at one time all singing together, and at another moving their hands and dancing in corresponding harmony, and uttering in an inspired manner songs of thanksgiving, and at another time regular odes, and performing all necessary strophes and antistrophes.
85Then, when each chorus of the men and each chorus of the women has feasted separately by itself, like persons in the bacchanalian revels, drinking the pure wine of the love of God, they join together, and the two become one chorus, an imitation of that one which, in old time, was established by the Red Sea, on account of the wondrous works which were displayed there;
86for, by the commandment of God, the sea became to one party the cause of safety, and to the other that of utter destruction; for it being burst asunder, and dragged back by a violent reflux, and being built up on each side as if there were a solid wall, the space in the midst was widened, and cut into a level and dry road, along which the people passed over to the opposite land, being conducted onwards to higher ground; then, when the sea returned and ran back to its former channel, and was poured out from both sides, on what had just before been dry ground, those of the enemy who pursued were overwhelmed and perished.
87When the Israelites saw and experienced this great miracle, which was an event beyond all description, beyond all imagination, and beyond all hope, both men and women together, under the influence of divine inspiration, becoming all one chorus, sang hymns of thanksgiving to God the Saviour, Moses the prophet leading the men, and Miriam the prophetess leading the women.
88Now the chorus of male and female worshippers being formed, as far as possible on this model, makes a most humorous concert, and a truly musical symphony, the shrill voices of the women mingling with the deep-toned voices of the men. The ideas were beautiful, the expressions beautiful, and the chorus-singers were beautiful; and the end of ideas, and expressions, and chorus-singers, was piety;
89therefore, being intoxicated all night till the morning with this beautiful intoxication, without feeling their heads heavy or closing their eyes for sleep, but being even more awake than when they came to the feast, as to their eyes and their whole bodies, and standing there till morning, when they saw the sun rising they raised their hands to heaven, imploring tranquillity and truth, and acuteness of understanding. And after their prayers they each retired to their own separate abodes, with the intention of again practising the usual philosophy to which they had been wont to devote themselves.
90This then is what I have to say of those who are called therapeutae, who have devoted themselves to the contemplation of nature, and who have lived in it and in the soul alone, being citizens of heaven and of the world, and very acceptable to the Father and Creator of the universe because of their virtue, which has procured them his love as their most appropriate reward, which far surpasses all the gifts of fortune, and conducts them to the very summit and perfection of happiness.
Sections 1–25
1Ἐσσαίων πέρι διαλεχθείς, οἳ τὸν πρακτικὸν ἐζήλωσαν καὶ διεπόνησαν βίον ἐν ἅπασιν ἢ — τὸ γοῦν φορητότερον εἰπεῖν — τοῖς πλείστοις μέρεσι διενεγκόντες, αὐτίκα καὶ περὶ τῶν θεωρίαν ἀσπασαμένων ἀκολουθίᾳ τῆς πραγματείας ἑπόμενος τὰ προσήκοντα λέξω, μηδὲν οἴκοθεν ἕνεκα τοῦ βελτιῶσαι προστιθείς, ὃ δρᾶν ἔθος ἐν σπάνει καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἅπασι τοῖς ποιηταῖς καὶ λογογράφοις, ἀλλ’ ἀτεχνῶς αὐτῆς περιεχόμενος τῆς ἀληθείας, πρὸς ἣν οἶδ’ ὅτι καὶ ὁ δεινότατος εἰπεῖν ἀπαγορεύσει. διαθλητέον δὲ ὅμως καὶ διαγωνιστέον· οὐ γὰρ δεῖ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀρετῆς αἴτιον ἀφωνίας γενέσθαι τοῖς μηδὲν καλὸν ἡσυχάζεσθαι δικαιοῦσιν.
2ἡ δὲ προαίρεσις τῶν φιλοσόφων εὐθὺς ἐμφαίνεται διὰ τῆς προσρήσεως· θεραπευταὶ γὰρ καὶ θεραπευτρίδες ἐτύμως καλοῦνται, ἤτοι παρόσον ἰατρικὴν ἐπαγγέλλονται κρείσσονα τῆς κατὰ πόλεις — ἡ μὲν γὰρ σώματα θεραπεύει μόνον, ἐκείνη δὲ καὶ ψυχὰς νόσοις κεκρατημένας χαλεπαῖς τε καὶ δυσιάτοις, ἃς ἐγκατέσκηψαν ἡδοναὶ καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι καὶ λῦπαι καὶ φόβοι πλεονεξίαι τε καὶ ἀφροσύναι καὶ ἀδικίαι καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων παθῶν καὶ κακιῶν ἀνήνυτον πλῆθος — ἢ παρόσον ἐκ φύσεως καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων ἐπαιδεύθησαν θεραπεύειν τὸ ὄν, ὃ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ κρεῖττόν ἐστι καὶ ἑνὸς εἰλικρινέστερον καὶ μονάδος ἀρχεγονώτερον. οἷς τίνας συγκρίνειν ἄξιον τῶν ἐπαγγελλομένων εὐσέβειαν;
3ἆρά γε τοὺς τὰ στοιχεῖα τιμῶντας, γῆν, ὕδωρ, ἀέρα, πῦρ; οἷς καὶ ἐπωνυμίας ἔθεντο ἑτέρας ἕτεροι, τὸ μὲν πῦρ Ἥφαιστον παρὰ τὴν ἔξαψιν, οἶμαι, καλοῦντες, Ἥραν δὲ τὸν ἀέρα παρὰ τὸ αἴρεσθαι καὶ μετεωρίζεσθαι πρὸς ὕψος, τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ Ποσειδῶνα τάχα που διὰ τὸ ποτόν, τὴν δὲ γῆν Δήμητραν, παρόσον μήτηρ εἶναι δοκεῖ πάντων φυτῶν τε καὶ ζῴων.
4ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ὀνόματα σοφιστῶν ἐστιν εὑρήματα, τὰ δὲ στοιχεῖα ἄψυχος ὕλη καὶ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἀκίνητος, ὑποβεβλημένη τῷ τεχνίτῃ πρὸς ἁπάσας σχημάτων καὶ ποιοτήτων ἰδέας.
5ἀλλὰ τοὺς τὰ ἀποτελέσματα, ἥλιον, σελήνην ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀστέρας πλάνητας ἢ ἀπλανεῖς ἢ τὸν σύμπαντα οὐρανόν τε καὶ κόσμον; ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐξ ἑαυτῶν γέγονεν, ἀλλ’ ὑπό τινος δημιουργοῦ τελειοτάτου τὴν ἐπιστήμην. ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἡμιθέους;
6ἦ τοῦτό γε καὶ χλεύης ἄξιον· πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὁ αὐτὸς ἀθάνατός τε καὶ θνητὸς εἴη; δίχα τοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς τούτων γενέσεως ἐπίληπτον εἶναι, μειρακιώδους ἀκρασίας ἀνάπλεων, ἣν τολμῶσιν οὐκ εὐαγῶς προσάπτειν ταῖς μακαρίαις καὶ θείαις δυνάμεσιν, εἰ γυναιξὶ θνηταῖς ἐπιμανέντες ὡμίλησαν οἱ παντὸς πάθους ἀμέτοχοι καὶ τρισευδαίμονες.
7ἀλλὰ τοὺς τὰ ξόανα καὶ ἀγάλματα; ὧν αἱ οὐσίαι λίθοι καὶ ξύλα, τὰ μέχρι πρὸ μικροῦ τελείως ἄμορφα, λιθοτόμων καὶ δρυοτόμων τῆς συμφυΐας αὐτὰ διακοψάντων, ὧν τὰ ἀδελφὰ μέρη καὶ συγγενῆ λουτροφόροι γεγόνασι καὶ ποδόνιπτρα καὶ ἄλλα ἄττα τῶν ἀτιμοτέρων, ἃ πρὸς τὰς ἐν σκότῳ χρείας ὑπηρετεῖ μᾶλλον ἢ τὰς ἐν φωτί.
8τῶν μὲν γὰρ παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις οὐδὲ μεμνῆσθαι καλόν, οἳ ζῷα ἄλογα καὶ οὐχ ἥμερα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ θηρίων τὰ ἀγριώτατα παραγηόχασιν εἰς θεῶν τιμὰς ἐξ ἑκάστου τῶν κάτω σελήνης, χερσαίων μὲν λέοντα, ἐνύδρων δὲ τὸν ἐγχώριον κροκόδειλον, ἀεροπόρων δὲ ἴκτινον καὶ τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν ἶβιν.
9καὶ ταῦτα ὁρῶντες γεννώμενα καὶ τροφῆς χρείαν ἔχοντα καὶ περὶ ἐδωδὴν ἄπληστα καὶ μεστὰ περιττωμάτων ἰοβόλα τε καὶ ἀνθρωποβόρα καὶ νόσοις ἁλωτὰ παντοίαις καὶ οὐ μόνον θανάτῳ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ βιαίῳ πολλάκις διαφθειρόμενα προσκυνοῦσιν, οἱ ἥμεροι τὰ ἀνήμερα καὶ ἀτίθασα καὶ οἱ λογικοὶ τὰ ἄλογα καὶ οἱ συγγένειαν ἔχοντες πρὸς τὸ θεῖον τὰ μηδ’ ἂν Θερσίτῃσι συγκριθέντα, οἱ ἄρχοντες καὶ δεσπόται τὰ ὑπήκοα φύσει καὶ δοῦλα.
10Ἀλλ’ οὗτοι μέν, ἐπειδήπερ οὐ τοὺς ὁμοφύλους μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πλησιάζοντας ἀναπιμπλᾶσι φλυαρίας, ἀθεράπευτοι διατελείτωσαν ὄψιν, τὴν ἀναγκαιοτάτην τῶν αἰσθήσεων, πεπηρωμένοι· λέγω δὲ οὐ τὴν σώματος, ἀλλὰ τὴν ψυχῆς, ᾗ τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος μόνῃ γνωρίζεται.
11τὸ δὲ θεραπευτικὸν γένος βλέπειν ἀεὶ προδιδασκόμενον τῆς τοῦ ὄντος θέας ἐφιέσθω καὶ τὸν αἰσθητὸν ἥλιον ὑπερβαινέτω καὶ μηδέποτε τὴν τάξιν ταύτην λειπέτω πρὸς τελείαν ἄγουσαν εὐδαιμονίαν.
12οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ θεραπείαν ἰόντες οὔτε ἐξ ἔθους οὔτε ἐκ παραινέσεως ἢ παρακλήσεώς τινων, ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἔρωτος ἁρπασθέντες οὐρανίου, καθάπερ οἱ βακχευόμενοι καὶ κορυβαντιῶντες ἐνθουσιάζουσι, μέχρις ἂν τὸ ποθούμενον ἴδωσιν.
13εἶτα διὰ τὸν τῆς ἀθανάτου καὶ μακαρίας ζωῆς ἵμερον τετελευτηκέναι νομίζοντες ἤδη τὸν θνητὸν βίον ἀπολείπουσι τὰς οὐσίας υἱοῖς ἢ θυγατράσιν εἴτε καὶ ἄλλοις συγγενέσιν, ἑκουσίῳ γνώμῃ προκληρονομούμενοι, οἷς δὲ μὴ συγγενεῖς εἰσιν, ἑταίροις καὶ φίλοις· ἔδει γὰρ τοὺς τὸν βλέποντα πλοῦτον ἐξ ἑτοίμου λαβόντας τὸν τυφλὸν παραχωρῆσαι τοῖς ἔτι τὰς διανοίας τυφλώττουσιν.
14Ἀναξαγόραν καὶ Δημόκριτον Ἕλληνες ᾄδουσιν, ὅτι φιλοσοφίας ἱμέρῳ πληχθέντες μηλοβότους εἴασαν γενέσθαι τὰς οὐσίας· ἄγαμαι τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ αὐτὸς γενομένους χρημάτων κρείττονας. ἀλλὰ πόσῳ βελτίονες οἱ μὴ θρέμμασιν ἐμβόσκεσθαι τὰς κτήσεις ἀνέντες, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀνθρώπων ἐνδείας, συγγενῶν ἢ φίλων, ἐπανορθωσάμενοι καὶ ἐξ ἀπόρων εὐπόρους ἀποφήναντες; ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἀπερίσκεπτον — ἵνα μὴ μανιῶδες ἐπ’ ἀνδρῶν, οὓς ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἐθαύμασεν, εἴπω τὸ ἔργον —, τοῦτο δὲ νηφάλιον καὶ μετὰ φρονήσεως ἠκριβωμένον περιττῆς.
15οἱ πολέμιοι τί πλέον δρῶσιν ἢ κείρουσι καὶ δενδροτομοῦσι τὴν τῶν ἀντιπάλων χώραν, ἵνα σπάνει τῶν ἀναγκαίων πιεσθέντες ἐνδῶσι; τοῦτο οἱ περὶ Δημόκριτον τοῖς ἀφ’ αἵματος εἰργάσαντο χειροποίητον ἔνδειαν καὶ πενίαν αὐτοῖς κατασκευάσαντες, οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς ἴσως, ἀλλὰ τῷ μὴ προϊδέσθαι καὶ περιαθρῆσαι τὸ τοῖς ἄλλοις συμφέρον.
16πόσῳ δὴ κρείττους οὗτοι καὶ θαυμασιώτεροι, χρησάμενοι μὲν οὐκ ἐλάττοσι ταῖς πρὸς φιλοσοφίαν ὁρμαῖς, μεγαλόνοιαν δὲ ὀλιγωρίας προτιμήσαντες καὶ χαρισάμενοι τὰς οὐσίας, ἀλλὰ μὴ διαφθείραντες, ἵνα καὶ ἑτέρους καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ὠφελήσωσι, τοὺς μὲν ἐν ἀφθόνοις περιουσίαις, ἑαυτοὺς δὲ ἐν τῷ φιλοσοφεῖν; αἱ γὰρ χρημάτων καὶ κτημάτων ἐπιμέλειαι τοὺς χρόνους ἀναλίσκουσι· χρόνου δὲ φείδεσθαι καλόν, ἐπειδὴ κατὰ τὸν ἰατρὸν Ἱπποκράτην „ὁ μὲν βίος βραχύς, ἡ δὲ τέχνη μακρή.“
17τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ καὶ Ὅμηρος αἰνίξασθαι ἐν Ἰλιάδι κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς τρισκαιδεκάτης ῥαψῳδίας διὰ τούτων τῶν ἐπῶν· „Μυσῶν τ’ ἀγχεμάχων καὶ ἀγαυῶν Ἱππημολγῶν, γλακτοφάγων ἀβίων τε, δικαιοτάτων ἀνθρώπων,“ ὡς τῆς μὲν περὶ βίον σπουδῆς καὶ χρηματισμὸν ἀδικίαν γεννώσης διὰ τὸ ἄνισον, δικαιοσύνην δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας προαιρέσεως ἕνεκα ἰσότητος, καθ’ ἣν ὁ τῆς φύσεως πλοῦτος ὥρισται καὶ παρευημερεῖ τὸν ἐν ταῖς κεναῖς δόξαις. ὅταν οὖν ἐκστῶσι τῶν οὐσιῶν,
18ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς ἔτι δελεαζόμενοι φεύγουσιν ἀμεταστρεπτὶ καταλιπόντες ἀδελφούς, τέκνα, γυναῖκας, γονεῖς, πολυανθρώπους συγγενείας, φιλικὰς ἑταιρείας, τὰς πατρίδας, ἐν αἷς ἐγεννήθησαν καὶ ἐτράφησαν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ σύνηθες ὁλκὸν καὶ δελεάσαι δυνατώτατον.
19μετοικίζονται δὲ οὐκ εἰς ἑτέραν πόλιν, ὥσπερ οἱ πρᾶσιν αἰτούμενοι παρὰ τῶν κεκτημένων ἀτυχεῖς ἢ κακόδουλοι δεσποτῶν ὑπαλλαγήν, οὐκ ἐλευθερίαν, αὑτοῖς ἐκπορίζοντες — πᾶσα γὰρ πόλις, καὶ ἡ εὐνομωτάτη, γέμει θορύβων καὶ ταραχῶν ἀμυθήτων, ἃς οὐκ ἂν ὑπομείναι τις ἅπαξ ὑπὸ σοφίας ἀχθείς —,
20ἀλλὰ τειχῶν ἔξω ποιοῦνται τὰς διατριβὰς ἐν κήποις ἢ μοναγρίαις ἐρημίαν μεταδιώκοντες, οὐ διά τινα ὠμὴν ἐπιτετηδευμένην μισανθρωπίαν, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀνομοίων τὸ ἦθος ἐπιμιξίας ἀλυσιτελεῖς καὶ βλαβερὰς εἰδότες.
21Πολλαχοῦ μὲν οὖν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐστὶ τὸ γένος — ἔδει γὰρ ἀγαθοῦ τελείου μετασχεῖν καὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν βάρβαρον —, πλεονάζει δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων νόμων καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.
22οἱ δὲ πανταχόθεν ἄριστοι καθάπερ εἰς πατρίδα [θεραπευτῶν] ἀποικίαν στέλλονται πρός τι χωρίον ἐπιτηδειότατον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὑπὲρ λίμνης Μαρείας κείμενον ἐπὶ γεωλόφου χθαμαλωτέρου, σφόδρα εὐκαίρως, ἀσφαλείας τε ἕνεκα καὶ ἀέρος εὐκρασίας.
23τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀσφάλειαν αἱ ἐν κύκλῳ παρέχουσιν ἐπαύλεις τε καὶ κῶμαι, τὴν δὲ περὶ τὸν ἀέρα εὐκρασίαν αἱ ἔκ τε τῆς λίμνης ἀνεστομωμένης εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καὶ τοῦ πελάγους ἐγγὺς ὄντος ἀναδιδόμεναι συνεχεῖς αὖραι, λεπταὶ μὲν αἱ ἐκ τοῦ πελάγους, παχεῖαι δὲ αἱ ἀπὸ τῆς λίμνης, ὧν ἡ μῖξις ὑγιεινοτάτην κατάστασιν ἀπεργάζεται.
24αἱ δὲ οἰκίαι τῶν συνεληλυθότων σφόδρα μὲν εὐτελεῖς εἰσι, πρὸς δύο τὰ ἀναγκαιότατα σκέπην παρέχουσαι, πρός τε τὸν ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμὸν καὶ τὸν ἀπ’ ἀέρος κρυμόν· οὔτε δὲ ἐγγύς, ὥσπερ αἱ ἐν τοῖς ἄστεσιν, — ὀχληρὸν γὰρ καὶ δυσάρεστον τοῖς ἐρημίαν ἐζηλωκόσι καὶ μεταδιώκουσιν αἱ γειτνιάσεις — οὔτε πόρρω, δι’ ἣν ἀσπάζονται κοινωνίαν καὶ ἵνα, εἰ λῃστῶν γένοιτο ἔφοδος, ἀλλήλοις ἐπιβοηθῶσιν.
25ἐν ἑκάστῃ δέ ἐστιν οἴκημα ἱερόν, ὃ καλεῖται σεμνεῖον καὶ μοναστήριον, ἐν ᾧ μονούμενοι τὰ τοῦ σεμνοῦ βίου μυστήρια τελοῦνται, μηδὲν εἰσκομίζοντες, μὴ ποτόν, μὴ σιτίον, μηδέ τι τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα πρὸς τὰς τοῦ σώματος χρείας ἀναγκαῖα, ἀλλὰ νόμους καὶ λόγια θεσπισθέντα διὰ προφητῶν καὶ ὕμνους καὶ τὰ ἄλλα οἷς ἐπιστήμη καὶ εὐσέβεια συναύξονται καὶ τελειοῦνται.
Sections 26–50
26ἀεὶ μὲν οὖν ἄληστον ἔχουσι τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ μνήμην, ὡς καὶ δι’ ὀνειράτων μηδὲν ἕτερον ἢ τὰ κάλλη τῶν θείων ἀρετῶν καὶ δυνάμεων φαντασιοῦσθαι· πολλοὶ γοῦν καὶ ἐκλαλοῦσιν ἐν ὕπνοις ὀνειροπολούμενοι τὰ τῆς ἱερᾶς φιλοσοφίας ἀοίδιμα δόγματα.
27δὶς δὲ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εἰώθασιν εὔχεσθαι, περὶ τὴν ἕω καὶ περὶ τὴν ἑσπέραν, ἡλίου μὲν ἀνίσχοντος εὐημερίαν αἰτούμενοι τὴν ὄντως εὐημερίαν, φωτὸς οὐρανίου τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἀναπλησθῆναι, δυομένου δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ τῶν αἰσθήσεων καὶ αἰσθητῶν ὄχλου παντελῶς ἐπικουφισθεῖσαν, ἐν τῷ ἑαυτῆς συνεδρίῳ καὶ βουλευτηρίῳ γενομένην, ἀλήθειαν ἰχνηλατεῖν.
28τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἑωθινοῦ μέχρις ἑσπέρας διάστημα σύμπαν αὐτοῖς ἐστιν ἄσκησις· ἐντυγχάνοντες γὰρ τοῖς ἱεροῖς γράμμασι φιλοσοφοῦσι τὴν πάτριον φιλοσοφίαν ἀλληγοροῦντες, ἐπειδὴ σύμβολα τὰ τῆς ῥητῆς ἑρμηνείας νομίζουσιν ἀποκεκρυμμένης φύσεως ἐν ὑπονοίαις δηλουμένης.
29ἔστι δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ συγγράμματα παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν, οἳ τῆς αἱρέσεως ἀρχηγέται γενόμενοι πολλὰ μνημεῖα τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀλληγορουμένοις ἰδέας ἀπέλιπον, οἷς καθάπερ τισὶν ἀρχετύποις χρώμενοι μιμοῦνται τῆς προαιρέσεως τὸν τρόπον· ὥστε οὐ θεωροῦσι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιοῦσιν ᾄσματα καὶ ὕμνους εἰς τὸν θεὸν διὰ παντοίων μέτρων καὶ μελῶν, ἃ ῥυθμοῖς σεμνοτέροις ἀναγκαίως χαράττουσι.
30τὰς μὲν οὖν ἓξ ἡμέρας χωρὶς ἕκαστοι μονούμενοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς ἐν τοῖς λεχθεῖσι μοναστηρίοις φιλοσοφοῦσι, τὴν αὔλειον οὐχ ὑπερβαίνοντες, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀπόπτου θεωροῦντες· ταῖς δὲ ἑβδόμαις συνέρχονται καθάπερ εἰς κοινὸν σύλλογον καὶ καθ’ ἡλικίαν ἑξῆς καθέζονται μετὰ τοῦ πρέποντος σχήματος, εἴσω τὰς χεῖρας ἔχοντες, τὴν μὲν δεξιὰν μεταξὺ στέρνου καὶ γενείου, τὴν δὲ εὐώνυμον ὑπεσταλμένην παρὰ τῇ λαγόνι.
31παρελθὼν δὲ ὁ πρεσβύτατος καὶ τῶν δογμάτων ἐμπειρότατος διαλέγεται, καθεστῶτι μὲν τῷ βλέμματι, καθεστώσῃ δὲ τῇ φωνῇ, μετὰ λογισμοῦ καὶ φρονήσεως, οὐ δεινότητα λόγων ὥσπερ οἱ ῥήτορες ἢ οἱ νῦν σοφισταὶ παρεπιδεικνύμενος, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς νοήμασι διηρευνηκὼς καὶ διερμηνεύων ἀκρίβειαν, ἥτις οὐκ ἄκροις ὠσὶν ἐφιζάνει, ἀλλὰ δι’ ἀκοῆς ἐπὶ ψυχὴν ἔρχεται καὶ βεβαίως ἐπιμένει. καθ’ ἡσυχίαν δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες ἀκροῶνται, τὸν ἔπαινον νεύμασιν ὄψεως ἢ κεφαλῆς παραδηλοῦντες αὐτὸ μόνον.
32τὸ δὲ κοινὸν τοῦτο σεμνεῖον, εἰς ὃ ταῖς ἑβδόμαις συνέρχονται, διπλοῦς ἐστι περίβολος, ὁ μὲν εἰς ἀνδρῶνα, ὁ δὲ εἰς γυναικωνῖτιν ἀποκριθείς· καὶ γὰρ καὶ γυναῖκες ἐξ ἔθους συνακροῶνται τὸν αὐτὸν ζῆλον καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν προαίρεσιν ἔχουσαι.
33ὁ δὲ μεταξὺ τῶν οἴκων τοῖχος τὸ μὲν ἐξ ἐδάφους ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἢ τέσσαρας πήχεις εἰς τὸ ἄνω συνῳκοδόμηται θωρακίου τρόπον, τὸ δὲ ἄχρι τέγους ἀνάγειον ἀχανὲς ἀνεῖται, δυοῖν ἕνεκα, τοῦ τε τὴν πρέπουσαν αἰδῶ τῇ γυναικείᾳ φύσει διατηρεῖσθαι καὶ τοῦ τὴν ἀντίληψιν ἔχειν εὐμαρῆ καθεζομένας ἐν ἐπηκόῳ,
34μηδενὸς τὴν τοῦ διαλεγομένου φωνὴν ἐμποδίζοντος. ἐγκράτειαν δὲ ὥσπερ τινὰ θεμέλιον προκαταβαλλόμενοι τῆς ψυχῆς τὰς ἄλλας ἐποικοδομοῦσιν ἀρετάς. σιτίον ἢ ποτὸν οὐδεὶς ἂν αὐτῶν προσενέγκαιτο πρὸ ἡλίου δύσεως, ἐπεὶ τὸ μὲν φιλοσοφεῖν ἄξιον φωτὸς κρίνουσιν εἶναι, σκότους δὲ τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἀνάγκας, ὅθεν τῷ μὲν ἡμέραν, ταῖς δὲ νυκτὸς βραχύ τι μέρος ἔνειμαν.
35ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὑπομιμνῄσκονται τροφῆς, οἷς πλείων ὁ πόθος ἐπιστήμης ἐνίδρυται· τινὲς δὲ οὕτως ἐνευφραίνονται καὶ τρυφῶσιν ὑπὸ σοφίας ἑστιώμενοι πλουσίως καὶ ἀφθόνως τὰ δόγματα χορηγούσης, ὡς καὶ πρὸς διπλασίονα χρόνον ἀντέχειν καὶ μόλις δι’ ἓξ ἡμερῶν ἀπογεύεσθαι τροφῆς ἀναγκαίας, ἐθισθέντες ὥσπερ φασὶ τὸ τῶν τεττίγων γένος ἀέρι τρέφεσθαι, τῆς ᾠδῆς, ὥς γε οἶμαι, τὴν ἔνδειαν ἐξευμαριζούσης.
36τὴν δὲ ἑβδόμην πανίερόν τινα καὶ πανέορτον εἶναι νομίζοντες ἐξαιρέτου γέρως ἠξιώκασιν, ἐν ᾗ μετὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ τὸ σῶμα λιπαίνουσιν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὰ θρέμματα, τῶν συνεχῶν πόνων ἀνιέντες.
37σιτοῦνται δὲ πολυτελὲς οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ ἄρτον εὐτελῆ, καὶ ὄψον ἅλες, οὓς οἱ ἁβροδίαιτοι παραρτύουσιν ὑσσώπῳ, ποτὸν δὲ ὕδωρ ναματιαῖον αὐτοῖς ἐστιν· ἃς γὰρ ἡ φύσις ἐπέστησε τῷ θνητῷ γένει δεσποίνας, πεῖνάν τε καὶ δίψαν, ἀπομειλίσσονται, τῶν εἰς κολακείαν ἐπιφέροντες οὐδέν, ἀλλ’ αὐτὰ τὰ χρήσιμα, ὧν ἄνευ ζῆν οὐκ ἔστι. διὰ τοῦτο ἐσθίουσι μέν, ὥστε μὴ πεινῆν, πίνουσι δέ, ὥστε μὴ διψῆν, πλησμονὴν ὡς ἐχθρόν τε καὶ ἐπίβουλον ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος ἐκτρεπόμενοι.
38ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ σκέπης διττὸν εἶδος, τὸ μὲν ἐσθής, τὸ δὲ οἰκία, περὶ μὲν οἰκίας εἴρηται πρότερον, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀκαλλώπιστος καὶ αὐτοσχέδιος, πρὸς τὸ χρειῶδες αὐτὸ μόνον εἰργασμένη· καὶ ἐσθὴς δὲ ὁμοίως εὐτελεστάτη, πρὸς ἀλέξημα κρυμοῦ τε καὶ θάλπους, χλαῖνα μὲν ἀπὸ λασίου δορᾶς παχεῖα χειμῶνος, ἐξωμὶς δὲ θέρους ἢ ὀθόνη.
39συνόλως γὰρ ἀσκοῦσιν ἀτυφίαν, εἰδότες τῦφον μὲν τοῦ ψεύδους ἀρχήν, ἀτυφίαν δὲ ἀληθείας, ἑκάτερον δὲ πηγῆς λόγον ἔχον· ῥέουσι γὰρ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ψεύδους αἱ πολύτροποι τῶν κακῶν ἰδέαι, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας αἱ περιουσίαι τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνθρωπίνων τε καὶ θείων.
40Βούλομαι δὲ καὶ τὰς κοινὰς συνόδους αὐτῶν καὶ ἱλαρωτέρας ἐν συμποσίοις διαγωγὰς εἰπεῖν, ἀντιτάξας τὰ τῶν ἄλλων συμπόσια. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὅταν ἄκρατον ἐμφορήσωνται, καθάπερ οὐκ οἶνον πιόντες ἀλλὰ παρακινηματικόν τι καὶ μανιῶδες καὶ εἴ τι χαλεπώτερον ἐπ’ ἐκστάσει λογισμοῦ φυσικόν, ἀράσσουσι καὶ λυττῶσι τρόπον κυνῶν ἀτιθάσων καὶ ἐπανιστάμενοι δάκνουσιν ἀλλήλους καὶ ἀποτρώγουσι ῥῖνας, ὦτα, δακτύλους, ἕτερα ἄττα μέρη τοῦ σώματος, ὡς τὸν ἐπὶ Κύκλωπος καὶ τῶν Ὀδυσσέως ἑταίρων μῦθον ἀποδεδειχέναι τούτους ἀληθῆ, „ψωμούς“, ᾗ φησιν ὁ ποιητής, ἐπεσθίοντας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ὠμότερον ἢ ἐκεῖνος.
41ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἐχθροὺς ὑποτοπήσας ἠμύνετο, οἱ δὲ συνήθεις καὶ φίλους, ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ συγγενεῖς, ἐφ’ ἁλῶν καὶ τραπέζης, ἄσπονδα ἐν σπονδαῖς ἐργασάμενοι τῶν ἐν τοῖς γυμνικοῖς ἀγῶσιν ὅμοια καὶ παρακόπτοντες ὥσπερ νόμισμα δόκιμον ἄσκησιν, οἱ ἀντὶ ἀθλητῶν ἄθλιοι· τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐπιφημιστέον.
42ἃ γὰρ νήφοντες ἐν σταδίοις ἐκεῖνοι θεαταῖς χρώμενοι τοῖς Πανέλλησι μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἕνεκα νίκης καὶ στεφάνων [Ὀλυμπιονῖκαι] σὺν τέχνῃ δρῶσιν, οὗτοι κιβδηλεύοντες ἐπὶ συμποσίων νύκτωρ ἐν σκότῳ καὶ μεθύοντες, ἐμπαροινοῦντες, ἀνεπιστημόνως καὶ κακοτέχνως ἐπ’ ἀτιμίᾳ καὶ ὕβρει καὶ αἰκίᾳ χαλεπῇ τῶν ὑπομενόντων ἐνεργοῦσιν.
43εἰ δὲ μηδεὶς οἷα βραβευτὴς παρελθὼν μέσος διαλύσειε, μετὰ πλείονος ἐξουσίας καταπαλαίουσι, φονῶντες ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ θανατῶντες· πάσχουσι γὰρ οὐκ ἐλάττονα ὧν διατιθέασιν, ὅπερ οὐκ ἴσασι, παραπαίοντες οἱ τὸν οἶνον οὐχ, ὡς ὁ κωμικός φησιν, ἐπὶ κακῷ τῶν πλησίον αὐτὸ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ἰδίῳ πίνειν ὑπομένοντες.
44τοιγαροῦν οἱ πρὸ μικροῦ παρελθόντες εἰς τὰ συμπόσια σῷοι καὶ φίλοι μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐξίασιν ἐχθροὶ καὶ τὰ σώματα ἠκρωτηριασμένοι· καὶ οἱ μὲν συνηγόρων καὶ δικαστῶν, οἱ δὲ καταπλαστῶν καὶ ἰατρῶν καὶ τῆς ὑπὸ τούτων δέονται βοηθείας.
45ἕτεροι δὲ τῶν μετριωτέρων δοκούντων εἶναι συμποτῶν ὥσπερ μανδραγόραν τὸν ἄκρατον πιόντες ὑπερβεβλύκασι καὶ τὸν εὐώνυμον ἀγκῶνα προβαλόντες καὶ τὸν αὐχένα ἐγκάρσιον ἐπιστρέψαντες, ἐνερευγόμενοι ταῖς κύλιξιν, ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ πιέζονται. μηδὲν μήτε ἰδόντες μήτε ἀκούσαντες, ὡς μίαν μόνην ἔχοντες αἴσθησιν, τὴν ἀνδραποδωδεστάτην γεῦσιν.
46οἶδα δέ τινας, [οἳ] ἐπειδὰν ἀκροθώρακες γένωνται, πρὶν τελέως βαπτισθῆναι, τὸν εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν πότον ἐξ ἐπιδόσεως καὶ συμβολῶν προευτρεπιζομένους, μέρος ὑπολαμβάνοντας τῆς ἐν χερσὶν εὐφροσύνης εἶναι τὴν περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ μέλλον μέθης ἐλπίδα.
47τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον διαζῶντες ἄοικοι καὶ ἀνέστιοι διατελοῦσιν, ἐχθροὶ μὲν γονέων καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων, ἐχθροὶ δὲ καὶ τῆς πατρίδος, πολέμιοι δὲ καὶ ἑαυτῶν· ὑγρὸς γὰρ καὶ ἄσωτος βίος ἅπασιν ἐπίβουλος.
48Ἴσως δ’ ἄν τις ἀποδέξαιτο τὴν ἐπιπολάζουσαν νυνὶ τῶν συμποσίων πανταχοῦ διάθεσιν κατὰ πόθον τῆς Ἰταλικῆς πολυτελείας καὶ τρυφῆς, ἣν ἐζήλωσαν Ἕλληνές τε καὶ βάρβαροι πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς εὐωχίαν ποιούμενοι τὰς παρασκευάς.
49τρίκλινά τε καὶ πολύκλινα χελώνης ἢ ἐλέφαντος κατεσκευασμένα καὶ τιμαλφεστέρας ὕλης, ὧν τὰ πλεῖστα λιθοκόλλητα· στρωμναὶ ἁλουργεῖς ἐνυφασμένου χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀνθοβαφεῖς ἕτεραι παντοίων χρωμάτων πρὸς τὸ τῆς ὄψεως ἐπαγωγόν· ἐκπωμάτων πλῆθος ἐκτεταγμένων καθ’ ἕκαστον εἶδος, ῥυτὰ γὰρ καὶ φιάλαι καὶ κύλικες καὶ ἕτερα πολυειδῆ τεχνικώτατα θηρίκλεια καὶ τορείαις ἐπιστημονικῶν ἀνδρῶν ἠκριβωμένα.
50διακονικὰ ἀνδράποδα εὐμορφότατα καὶ περικαλλέστατα, ὡς ἀφιγμένα οὐχ ὑπηρεσίας ἕνεκα μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ φανέντα τὴν τῶν θεωμένων ὄψιν ἡδῦναι· τούτων οἱ μὲν παῖδες ἔτι ὄντες οἰνοχοοῦσιν, ὑδροφοροῦσι δὲ βούπαιδες λελουμένοι καὶ λελειασμένοι, οἳ τά τε πρόσωπα ἐντρίβονται καὶ ὑπογράφονται καὶ τὰς τῆς κεφαλῆς τρίχας εὖ πως διαπλέκονται σφηκούμενοι·
Sections 51–75
51βαθυχαῖται γάρ εἰσιν ἢ μὴ κειρόμενοι τὸ παράπαν ἢ τὰς προμετωπιδίους αὐτὸ μόνον ἐξ ἄκρων εἰς ἐπανίσωσιν καὶ γραμμῆς κυκλοτεροῦς ἠκριβωμένον σχῆμα· χιτῶνάς τε ἀραχνοϋφεῖς καὶ ἐκλεύκους ἐπαναζωσάμενοι, τὰ μὲν ἐμπρόσθια κατωτέρω τῶν ὑπὸ γόνου, τὰ δὲ κατόπιν μικρὸν ὑπὸ τοῖς γονατίοις, ἑκάτερον δὲ μέρος οὐλοτέραις ταῖς σειραίαις ἐπιδιπλώσεσι κατὰ τὴν τῶν χιτωνίσκων συμβολὴν συστέλλοντες ἐκ πλαγίων κόλπους ἀπαιωροῦσιν, εὐρύνοντες τὰ κοῖλα τῶν πλευρῶν.
52ἐφεδρεύουσι δ’ ἄλλοι, μειράκια ἢ πρωτογένεια, τοὺς ἰούλους ἄρτι ἀνθοῦντες, ἀθύρματα πρὸ μικροῦ παιδεραστῶν γεγονότες, ἠσκημένοι σφόδρα περιέργως πρὸς τὰς βαρυτέρας ὑπηρεσίας, ἐπίδειξις ἑστιατόρων εὐπορίας, ὡς ἴσασιν οἱ χρώμενοι, ὡς δὲ ἔχει τὸ ἀληθές, ἀπειροκαλίας.
53πρὸς δὲ τούτοις αἱ πεμμάτων καὶ ὄψων καὶ ἡδυσμάτων ποικιλίαι, περὶ ἃ σιτοπόνοι καὶ ὀψαρτυταὶ πονοῦνται, φροντίζοντες οὐ γεῦσιν, ὅπερ ἀναγκαῖον ἦν, ἡδῦναι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὄψιν τῇ καθαριότητι. * * * τοὺς αὐχένας ἐν κύκλῳ περιάγοντες τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ τοῖς μυκτῆρσι περιλιχνεύουσι, τοῖς μὲν τὰς εὐσαρκίας καὶ τὸ πλῆθος, τοῖς δὲ τὴν ἀναδιδομένην κνῖσαν. εἶτα ὅταν ἀμφοτέρων, ὄψεών τε καὶ ὀσμῶν, γένωνται διακορεῖς, ἐσθίειν κελεύουσιν, ἐπαινέσαντες οὐκ ὀλίγα τὴν παρασκευὴν καὶ τὸν ἑστιάτορα τῆς πολυτελείας.
54ἑπτὰ γοῦν καὶ πλείους εἰσκομίζονται τράπεζαι, πλήρεις ἁπάντων ὅσα γῆ τε καὶ θάλαττα καὶ ποταμοὶ καὶ ἀὴρ φέρουσιν ἔκλογα πάντα καὶ εὔσαρκα, χερσαίων, ἐνύδρων, ἀεροπόρων, ὧν ἑκάστη διαλλάσσει καὶ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς καὶ ταῖς παραρτύσεσιν. ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ μηδὲν εἶδος ἀπολειφθῆναι τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει, τελευταῖαι τῶν ἀκροδρύων εἰσκομίζονται γέμουσαι, δίχα τῶν εἰς τοὺς κώμους καὶ τὰς λεγομένας ἐπιδειπνίδας.
55εἶτα αἱ μὲν ἐκκομίζονται κεναὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν παρόντων ἀπληστίαν, οἳ τρόπον αἰθυιῶν ἐμφορούμενοι κατοψοφαγοῦσιν οὕτως, ὡς καὶ τῶν ὀστέων ἐπεντραγεῖν, τὰς δὲ λωβήσαντες καὶ σπαράξαντες ἡμιβρώτους ἐῶσιν. ὅταν δὲ τελέως ἀπαγορεύσωσι, τὰς μὲν γαστέρας ἄχρι φαρύγγων πεπληρωμένοι, κενοὶ δὲ πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας, ἀπειρηκότες πρὸς τὰς ἐδωδάς, * * * ἀλλὰ τί ταῦτα προσῆκε μηκύνειν,
56ἃ παρὰ πολλοῖς ἤδη τῶν μετριωτέρων καταγινώσκεται προσαναρρηγνύντα τὰς ἐπιθυμίας, ὧν ἡ μείωσις ὠφέλιμον; εὔξαιτο γὰρ ἄν τις τὰ ἀπευκταιότατα, πεῖνάν τε καὶ δίψαν, μᾶλλον ἢ τὴν ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις εὐωχίαις ἄφθονον σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν περιουσίαν.
57Τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι συμποσίων τὰ περιβόητα καὶ σημειωδέστατα δύο ταῦτά ἐστιν, οἷς καὶ Σωκράτης παρετύγχανε· τὸ μὲν ἐν Καλλίου, ἡνίκα στεφανωθέντος Αὐτολύκου τὰ ἐπινίκια εἱστία, τὸ δὲ ἐν Ἀγάθωνος, ἃ καὶ μνήμης ἠξίωσαν ἄνδρες τά τε ἤθη καὶ τοὺς λόγους φιλόσοφοι, Ξενοφῶν τε καὶ Πλάτων· ἀνεγράψαντο γὰρ ὡς ἀξιομνημόνευτα, οἷς ὑπετόπασαν χρήσεσθαι παραδείγμασι τοὺς ἔπειτα τῆς ἐν συμποσίοις ἐμμελοῦς διαγωγῆς.
58ἀλλ’ ὅμως καὶ ταῦτα συγκρινόμενα τοῖς τῶν ἡμετέρων, οἳ τὸν θεωρητικὸν ἠσπάσαντο βίον, γέλως ἀναφανεῖται. ἡδονὰς μὲν οὖν ἔχει ἑκάτερον, ἀνθρωπικώτερον δέ ἐστι τὸ Ξενοφῶντος· αὐλητρίδες τε καὶ ὀρχησταὶ καὶ θαυματοποιοὶ καὶ ποιηταὶ γελοίων ἐπὶ τῷ σκῶψαι καὶ χαριεντίσασθαι μέγα φρονοῦντές εἰσί τινες καὶ ἄλλα τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἱλαρωτέραις ἀνέσεσι.
59τὸ δὲ Πλατωνικὸν ὅλον σχεδόν ἐστι περὶ ἔρωτος, οὐκ ἀνδρῶν γυναιξὶν ἐπιμανέντων ἢ γυναικῶν ἀνδράσιν αὐτὸ μόνον — ὑποτελοῦσι γὰρ αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι αὗται νόμοις φύσεως —, ἀλλὰ ἀνδρῶν ἄρρεσιν ἡλικίᾳ μόνον διαφέρουσι· καὶ γὰρ εἴ τι περὶ ἔρωτος καὶ Ἀφροδίτης οὐρανίου κεκομψεῦσθαι δοκεῖ, χάριν ἀστεϊσμοῦ παρείληπται.
60τὸ γὰρ πλεῖστον αὐτοῦ μέρος ὁ κοινὸς καὶ πάνδημος ἔρως διείληφεν, ἀνδρείαν μέν, τὴν βιωφελεστάτην ἀρετὴν κατὰ πόλεμον καὶ κατ’ εἰρήνην, ἀφαιρούμενος, θήλειαν δὲ νόσον ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐναπεργαζόμενος καὶ ἀνδρογύνους κατασκευάζων, οὓς ἐχρῆν πᾶσι τοῖς πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἐπιτηδεύμασι συγκροτεῖσθαι.
61λυμηνάμενος δὲ τὴν παιδικὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ εἰς ἐρωμένης τάξιν καὶ διάθεσιν ἀγαγὼν ἐζημίωσε καὶ τοὺς ἐραστὰς περὶ τὰ ἀναγκαιότατα, σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν καὶ οὐσίαν· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τοῦ παιδεραστοῦ τὸν μὲν νοῦν τετάσθαι πρὸς τὰ παιδικά, πρὸς ταῦτα μόνον ὀξυδορκοῦντα, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἴδιά τε καὶ κοινὰ τυφλούμενον, τὸ δὲ σῶμα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, καὶ μάλιστα εἰ ἀποτυγχάνοιτο, συντήκεσθαι, τὴν δὲ οὐσίαν ἐλαττοῦσθαι διχόθεν, ἔκ τε ἀμελείας καὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν ἐρώμενον ἀναλωμάτων.
62παραφύεται δὲ καὶ μεῖζον ἄλλο πάνδημον κακόν· ἐρημίαν γὰρ πόλεων καὶ σπάνιν τοῦ ἀρίστου γένους ἀνθρώπων καὶ στείρωσιν καὶ ἀγονίαν τεχνάζονται, οἳ μιμοῦνται τοὺς ἀνεπιστήμονας τῆς γεωργίας, σπείροντες ἀντὶ τῆς βαθυγείου πεδιάδος ὑφάλμους ἀρούρας ἢ λιθώδη καὶ ἀπόκροτα χωρία, ἃ πρὸς τῷ μηδὲν πεφυκέναι βλαστάνειν καὶ τὰ καταβληθέντα φθείρει σπέρματα.
63σιωπῶ τὰ τῶν μύθων πλάσματα καὶ τοὺς δισωμάτους, οἳ κατ’ ἀρχὰς προσφύντες ἀλλήλοις ἑνωτικαῖς δυνάμεσιν αὖθις οἷα μέρη συνεληλυθότα διεζεύχθησαν, τῆς ἁρμονίας ὑφ’ ἧς συνείχοντο λυθείσης· εὐπαράγωγα γὰρ ταῦτα πάντα, δυνάμενα τῇ καινότητι τῆς ἐπινοίας τὰ ὦτα δελεάζειν· ὧν ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος οἱ Μωυσέως γνώριμοι, μεμαθηκότες ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἐρᾶν ἀληθείας, καταφρονοῦσιν ἀνεξαπάτητοι διατελοῦντες.
64Ἀλλ’ ἐπειδὴ τὰ διωνομασμένα συμπόσια τοιαύτης μεστὰ φλυαρίας ἐστίν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχοντα τὸν ἔλεγχον, εἴ τις μὴ πρὸς δόξας καὶ τὴν διαδοθεῖσαν περὶ αὐτῶν ὡς δὴ πάνυ κατωρθωμένων φήμην ἐθελήσειεν ἀφορᾶν, ἀντιτάξω τὰ τῶν ἀνατεθεικότων τὸν ἴδιον βίον καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ θεωρίᾳ τῶν τῆς φύσεως πραγμάτων κατὰ τὰς τοῦ προφήτου Μωυσέως ἱερωτάτας ὑφηγήσεις.
65οὗτοι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀθροίζονται δι’ ἑπτὰ ἑβδομάδων, οὐ μόνον τὴν ἁπλῆν ἑβδομάδα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τεθηπότες· ἁγνὴν γὰρ καὶ ἀειπάρθενον αὐτὴν ἴσασιν. ἔστι δὲ προέορτος μεγίστης ἑορτῆς, ἣν πεντηκοντὰς ἔλαχεν, ἁγιώτατος καὶ φυσικώτατος ἀριθμῶν, ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ὀρθογωνίου τριγώνου δυνάμεως, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ τῆς τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως, συσταθείς.
66ἐπειδὰν οὖν συνέλθωσι λευχειμονοῦντες φαιδροὶ μετὰ τῆς ἀνωτάτω σεμνότητος, ὑποσημαίνοντός τινος τῶν ἐφημερευτῶν — οὕτω γὰρ ὀνομάζειν ἔθος τοὺς ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις ὑπηρεσίαις —, πρὸ τῆς κατακλίσεως στάντες ἑξῆς κατὰ στοῖχον ἐν κόσμῳ καὶ τάς τε ὄψεις καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀνατείναντες, τὰς μὲν ἐπειδὴ τὰ θέας ἄξια καθορᾶν ἐπαιδεύθησαν, τὰς δὲ ὅτι καθαραὶ λημμάτων εἰσὶν ὑπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς προφάσεως τῶν εἰς πορισμὸν μιαινόμεναι, προσεύχονται τῷ θεῷ θυμήρη γενέσθαι καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ἀπαντῆσαι τὴν εὐωχίαν.
67μετὰ δὲ τὰς εὐχὰς οἱ πρεσβύτεροι κατακλίνονται ταῖς εἰσκρίσεσιν ἀκολουθοῦντες· πρεσβυτέρους δὲ οὐ τοὺς πολυετεῖς καὶ πολιοὺς νομίζουσιν [ἀλλ’ ἔτι κομιδῇ νέους παῖδας], ἐὰν ὀψὲ τῆς προαιρέσεως ἐρασθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἐνηβήσαντας καὶ ἐνακμάσαντας τῷ θεωρητικῷ μέρει φιλοσοφίας, ὃ δὴ κάλλιστον καὶ θειότατόν ἐστι.
68συνεστιῶνται δὲ καὶ γυναῖκες, ὧν πλεῖσται γηραιαὶ παρθένοι, τὴν ἁγνείαν οὐκ ἀνάγκῃ, καθάπερ ἔνιαι τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησιν ἱερειῶν, διαφυλάξασαι μᾶλλον ἢ καθ’ ἑκούσιον γνώμην, διὰ ζῆλον καὶ πόθον σοφίας, ᾗ συμβιοῦν σπουδάσασαι τῶν περὶ σῶμα ἡδονῶν ἠλόγησαν, οὐ θνητῶν ἐκγόνων ἀλλ’ ἀθανάτων ὀρεχθεῖσαι, ἃ μόνη τίκτειν ἀφ’ ἑαυτῆς οἵα τέ ἐστιν ἡ θεοφιλὴς ψυχή, σπείραντος εἰς αὐτὴν ἀκτῖνας νοητὰς
69τοῦ πατρός, αἷς δυνήσεται θεωρεῖν τὰ σοφίας δόγματα. διανενέμηται δὲ ἡ κατάκλισις χωρὶς μὲν ἀνδράσιν ἐπὶ δεξιά, χωρὶς δὲ γυναιξὶν ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα. μή πού τις ὑπολαμβάνει στρωμνάς, εἰ καὶ οὐ πολυτελεῖς, ἀλλ’ οὖν μαλακωτέρας ἀνθρώποις εὐγενέσι καὶ ἀστείοις καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἀσκηταῖς εὐτρεπίσθαι; στιβάδες γάρ εἰσιν εἰκαιοτέρας ὕλης, ἐφ’ ὧν εὐτελῆ πάνυ χαμαίστρωτα παπύρου τῆς ἐγχωρίου, μικρὸν ὑπερέχοντα κατὰ τοὺς ἀγκῶνας, ἵνα ἐπερείδοιντο· τὴν μὲν γὰρ Λακωνικὴν σκληραγωγίαν ὑπανιᾶσιν, ἀεὶ δὲ καὶ πανταχοῦ τὴν ἐλευθέριον εὐκολίαν ἐπιτηδεύουσιν, ἀνὰ κράτος τοῖς ἡδονῆς φίλτροις ἀπεχθόμενοι.
70διακονοῦνται δὲ οὐχ ὑπ’ ἀνδραπόδων, ἡγούμενοι συνόλως τὴν θεραπόντων κτῆσιν εἶναι παρὰ φύσιν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐλευθέρους ἅπαντας γεγέννηκεν, αἱ δέ τινων ἀδικίαι καὶ πλεονεξίαι ζηλωσάντων τὴν ἀρχέκακον ἀνισότητα καταζεύξασαι τὸ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις κράτος τοῖς δυνατωτέροις ἀνῆψαν.
71ἐν δὴ τῷ ἱερῷ τούτῳ συμποσίῳ δοῦλος μὲν ὡς ἔφην οὐδείς, ἐλεύθεροι δὲ ὑπηρετοῦσι, τὰς διακονικὰς χρείας ἐπιτελοῦντες οὐ πρὸς βίαν οὐδὲ προστάξεις ἀναμένοντες, ἀλλ’ ἐθελουσίῳ γνώμῃ φθάνοντες μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ προθυμίας τὰς ἐπικελεύσεις.
72οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ τυχόντες ἐλεύθεροι τάττονται πρὸς ταῖς ὑπουργίαις ταύταις, ἀλλ’ οἱ νέοι τῶν ἐν τῷ συστήματι μετὰ πάσης ἐπιμελείας ἀριστίνδην ἐπικριθέντες, ὃν χρὴ τρόπον ἀστείους καὶ εὐγενεῖς πρὸς ἄκραν ἀρετὴν ἐπειγομένους· οἳ καθάπερ υἱοὶ γνήσιοι φιλοτίμως ἄσμενοι πατράσι καὶ μητράσιν ὑπουργοῦσι, κοινοὺς αὑτῶν γονεῖς νομίζοντες οἰκειοτέρους τῶν ἀφ’ αἵματος, εἴ γε καλοκἀγαθίας οὐδὲν οἰκειότερόν ἐστι τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν· ἄζωστοι δὲ καὶ καθειμένοι τοὺς χιτωνίσκους εἰσίασιν ὑπηρετήσοντες, ἕνεκα τοῦ μηδὲν εἴδωλον ἐπιφέρεσθαι δουλοπρεποῦς σχήματος.
73εἰς τοῦτο τὸ συμπόσιον — οἶδ’ ὅτι γελάσονταί τινες ἀκούσαντες, γελάσονται δὲ οἱ κλαυθμῶν καὶ θρήνων ἄξια δρῶντες — οἶνος ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις οὐκ εἰσκομίζεται, ἀλλὰ διαυγέστατον ὕδωρ, ψυχρὸν μὲν τοῖς πολλοῖς, θερμὸν δὲ τῶν πρεσβυτάτων τοῖς ἁβροδιαίτοις· καὶ τράπεζα καθαρὰ τῶν ἐναίμων, ἐφ’ ἧς ἄρτοι μὲν τροφή, προσόψημα δὲ ἅλες, οἷς ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ ὕσσωπος ἥδυσμα παραρτύεται διὰ τοὺς τρυφῶντας.
74νηφάλια γὰρ ὡς τοῖς ἱερεῦσι θύειν καὶ τούτοις βιοῦν ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος ὑφηγεῖται· οἶνος μὲν γὰρ ἀφροσύνης φάρμακον, ὄψα δὲ πολυτελῆ τὸ θρεμμάτων ἀπληστότατον διερεθίζει, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν.
75καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τοιαῦτα. μετὰ δὲ τὸ κατακλιθῆναι μὲν τοὺς συμπότας ἐν αἷς ἐδήλωσα τάξεσι, στῆναι δὲ τοὺς διακόνους ἐν κόσμῳ πρὸς ὑπηρεσίαν ἑτοίμους, ὁ πρόεδρος αὐτῶν, πολλῆς ἁπάντων ἡσυχίας γενομένης — πότε δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν; εἴποι τις ἄν· ἀλλ’ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον, ὡς μηδὲ γρύξαι τινὰ τολμᾶν ἢ ἀναπνεῦσαι βιαιότερον —, ζητεῖ τι τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν ἢ καὶ ὑπ’ ἄλλου προταθὲν ἐπιλύεται, φροντίζων μὲν οὐδὲν ἐπιδείξεως — οὐ γὰρ τῆς ἐπὶ δεινότητι λόγων εὐκλείας ὀρέγεται —, θεάσασθαι δέ τινα ποθῶν ἀκριβέστερον καὶ θεασάμενος μὴ φθονῆσαι τοῖς εἰ καὶ μὴ ὁμοίως ὀξυδορκοῦσι, τὸν γοῦν τοῦ μαθεῖν ἵμερον παραπλήσιον ἔχουσι.
Sections 76–90
76καὶ ὁ μὲν σχολαιοτέρᾳ χρῆται τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, διαμέλλων καὶ βραδύνων ταῖς ἐπαναλήψεσιν, ἐγχαράττων ταῖς ψυχαῖς τὰ νοήματα — τῇ γὰρ ἑρμηνείᾳ τοῦ εὐτρόχως καὶ ἀπνευστὶ συνείροντος ὁ τῶν ἀκροωμένων νοῦς συνομαρτεῖν ἀδυνατῶν ὑστερίζει καὶ ἀπολείπεται τῆς καταλήψεως τῶν λεγομένων —·
77οἱ δὲ ἀνωρθιακότες τὰ ὦτα καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνατετακότες εἰς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ μιᾶς καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς σχέσεως ἐπιμένοντες ἀκροῶνται, τὸ μὲν συνιέναι καὶ κατειληφέναι νεύματι καὶ βλέμματι διασημαίνοντες, τὸν δὲ ἔπαινον τοῦ λέγοντος ἱλαρότητι καὶ τῇ σχέδην περιαγωγῇ τοῦ προσώπου, τὴν δὲ διαπόρησιν ἠρεμαιοτέρᾳ κινήσει τῆς κεφαλῆς καὶ ἄκρῳ δακτύλῳ τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρός· οὐχ ἧττον δὲ τῶν κατακεκλιμένων οἱ παρεστῶτες νέοι προσέχουσιν.
78αἱ δὲ ἐξηγήσεις τῶν ἱερῶν γραμμάτων γίνονται δι’ ὑπονοιῶν ἐν ἀλληγορίαις· ἅπασα γὰρ ἡ νομοθεσία δοκεῖ τοῖς ἀνδράσι τούτοις ἐοικέναι ζῴῳ καὶ σῶμα μὲν ἔχειν τὰς ῥητὰς διατάξεις, ψυχὴν δὲ τὸν ἐναποκείμενον ταῖς λέξεσιν ἀόρατον νοῦν, ἐν ᾧ ἤρξατο ἡ λογικὴ ψυχὴ διαφερόντως τὰ οἰκεῖα θεωρεῖν, ὥσπερ διὰ κατόπτρου τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐξαίσια κάλλη νοημάτων ἐμφαινόμενα κατιδοῦσα καὶ τὰ μὲν σύμβολα διαπτύξασα καὶ διακαλύψασα, γυμνὰ δὲ εἰς φῶς προαγαγοῦσα τὰ ἐνθύμια τοῖς δυναμένοις ἐκ μικρᾶς ὑπομνήσεως τὰ ἀφανῆ διὰ τῶν φανερῶν θεωρεῖν.
79ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἱκανῶς ὁ πρόεδρος διειλέχθαι δοκῇ καὶ κατὰ προαίρεσιν ἀπηντηκέναι τῷ μὲν ἡ διάλεξις εὐσκόπως ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, τοῖς δὲ ἡ ἀκρόασις, κρότος ἐξ ἁπάντων ὡς ἂν συνηδομένων εἰς τὸ ἔτι ἑψόμενον γίνεται.
80καὶ ἔπειτα ὁ μὲν ἀναστὰς ὕμνον ᾄδει πεποιημένον εἰς τὸν θεόν, ἢ καινὸν αὐτὸς πεποιηκὼς ἢ ἀρχαῖόν τινα τῶν πάλαι ποιητῶν — μέτρα γὰρ καὶ μέλη καταλελοίπασι πολλὰ ἐπῶν τριμέτρων, προσοδίων ὕμνων, παρασπονδείων, παραβωμίων, στασίμων χορικῶν στροφαῖς πολυστρόφοις εὖ διαμεμετρημένων —, μεθ’ ὃν καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι κατὰ τάξεις ἐν κόσμῳ προσήκοντι, πάντων κατὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἀκροωμένων, πλὴν ὁπότε τὰ ἀκροτελεύτια καὶ ἐφύμνια ᾄδειν δέοι· τότε γὰρ ἐξηχοῦσι πάντες τε καὶ πᾶσαι.
81ὅταν δὲ ἕκαστος διαπεράνηται τὸν ὕμνον, οἱ νέοι τὴν πρὸ μικροῦ λεχθεῖσαν τράπεζαν εἰσκομίζουσιν, ἐφ’ ἧς τὸ παναγέστατον σιτίον, ἄρτος ἐζυμωμένος μετὰ προσοψήματος ἁλῶν, οἷς ὕσσωπος ἀναμέμικται, δι’ αἰδῶ τῆς ἀνακειμένης ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ προνάῳ ἱερᾶς τραπέζης· ἐπὶ γὰρ ταύτης εἰσὶν ἄρτοι καὶ ἅλες ἄνευ ἡδυσμάτων, ἄζυμοι μὲν οἱ ἄρτοι, ἀμιγεῖς δὲ οἱ ἅλες.
82προσῆκον γὰρ ἦν τὰ μὲν ἁπλούστατα καὶ εἰλικρινέστατα τῇ κρατίστῃ τῶν ἱερέων ἀπονεμηθῆναι μερίδι λειτουργίας ἆθλον, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους τὰ μὲν ὅμοια ζηλοῦν, ἀπέχεσθαι δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα ἔχωσι προνομίαν οἱ κρείττονες.
83Μετὰ δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον τὴν ἱερὰν ἄγουσι παννυχίδα. ἄγεται δὲ ἡ παννυχὶς τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· ἀνίστανται πάντες ἀθρόοι, καὶ κατὰ μέσον τὸ συμπόσιον δύο γίνονται τὸ πρῶτον χοροί, ὁ μὲν ἀνδρῶν, ὁ δὲ γυναικῶν· ἡγεμὼν δὲ καὶ ἔξαρχος αἱρεῖται καθ’ ἑκάτερον ἐντιμότατός τε καὶ ἐμμελέστατος.
84εἶτα ᾄδουσι πεποιημένους ὕμνους εἰς τὸν θεὸν πολλοῖς μέτροις καὶ μέλεσι, τῇ μὲν συνηχοῦντες, τῇ δὲ καὶ ἀντιφώνοις ἁρμονίαις ἐπιχειρονομοῦντες καὶ ἐπορχούμενοι, καὶ ἐπιθειάζοντες τοτὲ μὲν τὰ προσόδια, τοτὲ δὲ τὰ στάσιμα, στροφάς τε τὰς ἐν χορείᾳ καὶ ἀντιστροφὰς ποιούμενοι.
85εἶτα ὅταν ἑκάτερος τῶν χορῶν ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ἑστιαθῇ, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς βακχείαις ἀκράτου σπάσαντες τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς, ἀναμίγνυνται καὶ γίνονται χορὸς εἷς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν, μίμημα τοῦ πάλαι συστάντος κατὰ τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν ἕνεκα τῶν θαυματουργηθέντων ἐκεῖ.
86τὸ γὰρ πέλαγος προστάξει θεοῦ τοῖς μὲν σωτηρίας αἴτιον τοῖς δὲ πανωλεθρίας γίνεται· ῥαγέντος μὲν γὰρ καὶ βιαίοις ἀνακοπαῖς ὑποσυρέντος καὶ ἑκατέρωθεν ἐξ ἐναντίας οἷα τειχῶν παγέντων, τὸ μεθόριον διάστημα εἰς λεωφόρον ὁδὸν καὶ ξηρὰν πᾶσαν ἀνατμηθὲν εὐρύνετο, δι’ ἧς ὁ λεὼς ἐπέζευσεν ἄχρι τῆς ἀντιπέραν ἠπείρου πρὸς τὰ μετέωρα παραπεμφθείς· ἐπιδραμόντος δὲ ταῖς παλιρροίαις καὶ τοῦ μὲν ἔνθεν τοῦ δὲ ἔνθεν εἰς τὸ χερσωθὲν ἔδαφος ἀναχυθέντος, οἱ ἐπακολουθήσαντες τῶν πολεμίων κατακλυσθέντες διαφθείρονται.
87τοῦτο δὲ ἰδόντες καὶ παθόντες, ὃ λόγου καὶ ἐννοίας καὶ ἐλπίδος μεῖζον ἔργον ἦν, ἐνθουσιῶντές τε ἄνδρες ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναῖκες, εἷς γενόμενοι χορός, τοὺς εὐχαριστηρίους ὕμνους εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα θεὸν ᾖδον, ἐξάρχοντος τοῖς μὲν ἀνδράσι Μωυσέως τοῦ προφήτου, ταῖς δὲ γυναιξὶ Μαριὰμ τῆς προφήτιδος.
88τούτῳ μάλιστα ἀπεικονισθεὶς ὁ τῶν θεραπευτῶν καὶ θεραπευτρίδων, μέλεσιν ἀντήχοις καὶ ἀντιφώνοις πρὸς βαρὺν ἦχον τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὁ γυναικῶν ὀξὺς ἀνακιρνάμενος, ἐναρμόνιον συμφωνίαν ἀποτελεῖ καὶ μουσικὴν ὄντως· πάγκαλα μὲν τὰ νοήματα, πάγκαλοι δὲ αἱ λέξεις, σεμνοὶ δὲ οἱ χορευταί· τὸ δὲ τέλος καὶ τῶν νοημάτων καὶ τῶν λέξεων καὶ τῶν χορευτῶν εὐσέβεια.
89μεθυσθέντες οὖν ἄχρι πρωΐας τὴν καλὴν ταύτην μέθην, οὐ καρηβαροῦντες ἢ καταμύοντες, ἀλλὰ διεγηγερμένοι μᾶλλον ἢ ὅτε παρεγένοντο εἰς τὸ συμπόσιον, τάς τε ὄψεις καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα πρὸς τὴν ἕω στάντες, ἐπὰν θεάσωνται τὸν ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα, τὰς χεῖρας ἀνατείναντες εἰς οὐρανὸν εὐημερίαν καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἐπεύχονται καὶ ὀξυωπίαν λογισμοῦ· καὶ μετὰ τὰς εὐχὰς εἰς τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος σεμνεῖα ἀναχωροῦσι, πάλιν τὴν συνήθη φιλοσοφίαν ἐμπορευσόμενοι καὶ γεωργήσοντες.
90θεραπευτῶν μὲν δὴ πέρι τοσαῦτα θεωρίαν ἀσπασαμένων φύσεως καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ψυχῇ μόνῃ βιωσάντων, οὐρανοῦ μὲν καὶ κόσμου πολιτῶν, τῷ δὲ πατρὶ καὶ ποιητῇ τῶν ὅλων γνησίως συσταθέντων ὑπ’ ἀρετῆς, ἥτις θεοῦ φιλίαν αὐτοῖς προυξένησεν οἰκειότατον γέρας καλοκἀγαθίας προσθεῖσα, πάσης ἄμεινον εὐτυχίας, ἐπ’ αὐτὴν ἀκρότητα φθάνον εὐδαιμονίας.
On the Incorruptibility of the World
Contents — 6 sections
Sections 1–25
1In every uncertain and important business it is proper to invoke God, because he is the good Creator of the world, and because nothing is uncertain with him who is possessed of the most accurate knowledge of all things. But of all times it is most necessary to invoke him when one is preparing to discuss the incorruptibility of the world; for neither among the things which are visible to the outward senses is there anything more admirably complete than the world, nor among things appreciable by the intellect is there anything more perfect than God. But the mind is at all times the governor of the outward sense, and that which is appreciable by the intellect is at all times superior to that which is visible to the outward senses, but those persons in whom there is implanted a vigorous and earnest love of truth willingly undergo the trouble of making inquiries relative to the subordinate things, from that which is superior to and the ruler over them.
2If then, we, who have been practised and trained in all the doctrines of prudence, and temperance, and virtue, have discarded all the stains of the passions and diseases, perhaps God would not disdain to give to souls completely purified and cleansed, so as to appear in his image, a knowledge of heavenly things either by means of dreams, or of oracles, or of signs, or of wonders. But since we have on us the marks of folly, and injustice, and of all other vices strongly stamped upon us and difficult to be effaced, we must be content even if we are only able by them to discover some faint copy and imitation of the truth.
3It is right, therefore, for those who are investigating the question whether the world is perishable, since the two words, "corruption," and "the world," will be in continual use, first of all to investigate the precise meaning of both expressions, in order that we may know what is now signified, and what has been ordained. And we must enumerate, not indeed everything which is signified by those words, but so much as is useful for the purpose of our present instruction.
4The world, therefore, is spoken of in its primary sense as a single system, consisting of the heaven and the stars in the circumference of the earth, and all the animals and plants which are upon it; and in another sense it is spoken of merely as the heaven. And Anaxagoras, having a regard to this fact, once made answer to a certain person who asked of him what the reason was why he generally endeavoured to pass the night in the open air, that he did so for the sake of beholding the world, by which expression he meant the motions and revolutions of the stars. And in its third meaning, as the Stoics affirm, it is a certain admirably-arranged essence, extending to the period of conflagration, either beautifully adorned or unadorned, the periods of the motion of which are called time. But at present the subject of our consideration is the world, taken in the first sense of the word, which being one only, consists of the heaven, and of the earth, and of all that is therein.
5And the term corruption is used to signify a change for the worse; it is also used to signify the utter destruction of that which exists, a destruction so complete as to have no existence at all; for as nothing is generated out of nothing, so neither can anything which exists be destroyed so as to become non-existence. For it is impossible that anything should be generated of that which has no existence anywhere, as equally so that what does exist should be so utterly destroyed as never to be mentioned or heard of again. And indeed in this spirit the tragedian says:— "Nought that e’er has been Completely dies, but things combined Before another union find; Quitting their former company, And so again in other forms are seen."
6Nor is it so very silly a thing to doubt whether the world is destroyed so as to pass into a state of non-existence, but rather whether it is subjected to a change from a new arrangement, being dissolved as to all the manifold forms of its elements and combinations so as to assume one and the same appearance, or whether, like a thing broken and dashed to pieces, it is subjected to a complete confusion of its different fragments.
7And there are three different opinions on the subject which we are at present discussing. Since some persons affirm that the world is eternal, and uncreated, and not liable to any destruction; while others, on the contrary, say that it has been created and is destructible. There are also others who take a portion of each of these two opinions, agreeing with the last-mentioned sect that it has been created, but with the former class that it is indestructible; and thus they have left behind them a mixed opinion, thinking that it is at the same time created and imperishable.
8However, Democritus and Epicurus, and the principal number of the Stoic philosophers, affirm both the creation and the destructibility of the world, though they do not all speak in similar senses; for some give a sketch of many worlds, the generation of which they attribute to the concourse and combination of atoms, and their destruction they impute to the dissolution and breaking up of the combined particles. But the Stoics speak of one world only, and affirm that God is the cause of its creation, but that the cause of its corruption is no longer God, but the power of invincible, unwearied fire, which pervades all existing things, in the long periods of time dissolving everything into itself, while from it again a regeneration of the world takes place through the providence of the Creator.
9And according to these men there may be one world spoken of as eternal and another as destructible, destructible in reference to its present arrangement, and eternal as to the conflagration which takes place, since it is rendered immortal by regenerations and periodical revolutions which never cease.
10But Aristotle, with a knowledge as to which I know not to what degree I may call it holy and pious, affirmed that the world was uncreated and indestructible, and he accused those who maintained a contrary opinion of terrible impiety, for thinking that so great a visible God was in no respect different from things made with hands, though he contains within himself the sun, and the moon, and all the rest of the planets and fixed stars, and, in fact, the whole of the divine nature;
11and he said in a cavilling and reproachful tone, that formerly he had feared for his house lest it should be overthrown by violent gales, or extraordinary storms, or by lapse of time, or through the want of the proper care requisite to preserve it, but that now he had a much greater fear hanging over him in consequence of those men who by their reasonings went to destroy the whole world.
12But some say that it was not Aristotle who invented this doctrine, but some of the Pythagoreans; but I have met with a work of Ocellus, a Lucanian by birth, entitled, "A Treatise on the Nature of the Universe," in which he has not only asserted that the world is indestructible, but he has even endeavoured to prove it so by demonstrative proofs.
13But some say that the world has been proved by Plato in the Timaeus to be both uncreated and indestructible, in the account of that divine assembly in which the younger gods are addressed by the eldest and the governor of them all in the following terms; "O ye gods of gods, those works of which I am the father and the creator are indissoluble as long as I choose that they shall be so. Now everything which has been bound together is capable of being dissolved, but it is the part of an evil ruler to dissolve that which has been well combined and arranged, and which is in good condition. Wherefore, since you also have been created, you are not of necessity immortal or utterly indissoluble; nevertheless you shall not be dissolved, nor shall you be exposed to the fate of death, inasmuch as you have my will to keep you united, which is a still greater and more powerful bond than those by which you were bound together when you were first created."
14But some persons interpret Plato’s words sophistically, and think that he affirms that the world was created, not inasmuch as it has had a beginning of creation, but inasmuch as if it had been created it could not possibly have existed in any other manner than that in which it actually does exist as has been described, or else because it is in its creation and change that the parts are seen.
15But the forementioned opinion is better and truer, not only because throughout the whole treatise he affirms that the Creator of the gods is also the father and creator and maker of everything, and that the world is a most beautiful work of his and his offspring, being an imitation visible to the outward senses of an archetypal model appreciable only by the intellect, comprehending in itself as many objects of the outward senses as the model does objects of the intellect, since it is a most perfect impression of a most perfect model, and is addressed to the outward sense as the other is to the intellect.
16But also because Aristotle bears witness to this fact in the case of Plato, who, from his great reverence for philosophy, would never have spoken falsely, and also because no one can possibly be more to be credited in the case of a teacher than his pupil, especially when the pupil is such a man as this who did not apply himself to instruction lightly with an indifference easily satisfied, but who even endeavoured to surpass all the discoveries of former men, and did actually devise some novelties and enrich every part of philosophy with some most important discoveries.
17But some persons think that the father of the Platonic theory was the poet Hesiod, as they conceive that the world is spoken of by him as created and indestructible; as created, when he says, — "First did Chaos rule Then the broad-chested earth was brought to light, Foundation firm and lasting for whatever Exists among mankind;" and as indestructible, because he has given no hint of its dissolution or destruction.
18Now Chaos was conceived by Aristotle to be a place, because it is absolutely necessary that a place to receive them must be in existence before bodies. But some of the Stoics think that it is water, imagining that its name has been derived from effusion. But however that may be, it is exceedingly plain that the world is spoken of by Hesiod as having been created:
19and a very long time before him Moses, the lawgiver of the Jews, had said in his sacred volumes that the world was both created and indestructible, and the number of the books is five. The first of which he entitled Genesis, in which he begins in the following manner: "in the beginning God created the heaven and the earth; and the earth was invisible and without form." Then proceeding onwards he relates in the following verses, that days and nights, and seasons, and years, and the sun and moon, which showed the nature of the measurement of time, were created, which, having received an immortal portion in common with the whole heaven, continue for ever indestructible.
20But we must place those arguments first which make out the world to be uncreated and indestructible, because of our respect for that which is visible, employing an appropriate commencement. To all things which are liable to destruction there are two causes of that destruction, one being internal and the other external; therefore you may find iron, and brass, and all other substances of that kind destroyed by themselves when rust, like a creeping disease, overruns and devours them; and by external causes when, if a house or a city is burnt, they also are consumed in the conflagration, being melted by the violent impetuosity of the fire. A similar end also befalls animals, partly when they are sick of diseases arising internally, and partly when they are destroyed by external causes, being sacrificed, or stoned, or burnt, or when they endure an unclean death by hanging.
21And if the world also is destroyed, then it must of necessity be so either by some external cause, or else by some one of the powers which exist within itself; and both these alternatives are impossible, for there is nothing whatever outside of the world, since all things are brought together in order to make it complete and full, for it is in this way that it will be one, and whole, and free from old age; it will be one, because if anything were left outside of it, then another world might be created resembling that which exists now; and whole, because the whole of its essence is expended on itself; and exempt from old age and from all disease, since those bodies which are liable to be destroyed by disease or old age are violently overthrown by external causes, such as heat, and cold, and other contrary qualities, no power of which is able to escape so as to surround and attack the world, all those being entirely enclosed within, without any part whatever being separated from the rest. But if indeed there is any external thing it must by all means be a vacuum, or else a nature absolutely impossible, which it would be impossible should either suffer or do anything.
22And again, it will also not be dissolved by any cause existing within itself; first of all because, if it were, then the part would be greater and more powerful than the whole, which is the greatest possible absurdity, for the world, enjoying an unsurpassable power, influences all its parts, and is not itself influenced or moved by any one of them; in the second place because, since there are two causes of corruption, the one being internal and the other external, those things which are competent to admit the one must also by all means be liable to the other;
23and a proof of this may be found in oxen, and horses, and men, and other animals of similar kinds, because it is their nature to be destroyed by the sword, or to be liable to die by disease; for it is difficult, or I might rather say impossible, to find anything which, being by nature at the mercy of some external cause perceptible by the intellect, will still not be liable to corruption ... by itself when the world was not.
24Since, therefore, the arrangement of the world is such as I have endeavoured to describe it, so that there is no part whatever left out, so as for any force to be applied, it has now been proved that the world will not be destroyed by any external thing, because in fact nothing whatever external has been left at all; nor will it be destroyed by anything in itself on account of the proof which has already been considered and stated, according to which that which was obnoxious to the power of one of those causes was also naturally susceptible of the influence of the other.
25And there are testimonies also in the Timaeus to the fact of the world being exempt from disease and not liable to destruction, such as these: "Accordingly, of the four elements the constitution of the world receives each in all its integrity; for he who compounded it made it to consist of the whole of fire, and the whole of water, and the whole of air, and the whole of earth, not leaving any portion or any power of any one of them outside, from the following intentions:—
Sections 26–50
26in the first place, in order that the whole might be as far as possible a perfect animal made up of perfect parts. And besides all these things, he ordained that it should be one, inasmuch as there is nothing left out of which another similar world could be composed. Moreover, he willed that it should be exempt from old age, and free from all disease, considering that those things which in the body are hot or cold, or which have mighty powers, if standing all around and falling upon it unseasonably, would be likely to dissolve it, and, by introducing diseases and old age, cause it to decay and perish. For this cause, and because of this reason, God made the whole universe to consist of entire and perfect elements, and exempt from old age and free from disease."
27Let this be taken as a testimony delivered by Plato to the imperishable nature of the world. Its uncreated character follows from the truth of natural philosophy; for dissolution must of necessity attend everything which is born, and incorruptibility must inevitably belong to everything which is unborn; since the poet who wrote the following iambic verse, "All that is born must surely die," appears to have spoken very correctly when he asserted this connection of destructibility with birth.
28The argument may be stated in a different way as follows. All compound things which are destroyed are dissolved into the elements of which they were compounded; accordingly, dissolution is nothing else but a return of everything to its original constituent parts; just as, on the contrary, composition is that which compels the things combined to come together in a manner contrary to their nature; and indeed, this appears to be the most exact truth;
29for men are composed of the four elements which together make up the whole of the universe, the heaven, the earth, the air, and fire, borrowing a few parts of each in a manner at first sight hardly consistent with nature. But the things which are thus combined together are necessarily deprived of a motion in accordance with nature; for instance, warmth is deprived of its upward motion, and coldness of its downward tendency, the earthy and somewhat weighty substance being lightened and assuming the higher place, which the most earth-like of our own parts, the head, has obtained in us.
30But of all bonds, that is the worst which is forged by violence, and which, being violent, is also short-lived; for it is speedily broken by those who are bound in it, since they become restive from their desire for a motion in accordance with nature, to which they hasten; for as the tragic poet says, — "And for things sprung from earth, they must Return unto their parent dust, While those from heavenly seed which rise Are borne uplifted to the skies. Nought that has once existed dies, Though often what has been combined Before, we separated find, Invested with another form."
31And this law and ordinance is established with reference to everything which is destroyed, that wherever composite things are existing in combination they are thrown into disorder instead of into the order in accordance with nature, which they previously enjoyed, and they are removed to situations opposite to those in which they were previously placed, so that they seem in a manner to be sojourners; and when they are dissolved again, then they return to the appropriate parts allotted to them by nature.
32But since the world has no participation in that irregularity which exists in the things which I have just been mentioning, let us stop awhile and consider this point. If the world were liable to corruption and destruction, it follows of necessity that all its parts would at present be arranged in a position not in accordance with nature: but it is impious even to imagine such a thing as this; for all the parts of the world have received the most excellent position possible, and an arrangement of the purest symmetry and harmony; so that each individual part, being content with its place as a native country to it, does not seek any change for the better.
33On this account it is that the most central position of all has been assigned to the earth, to which all things belonging to it adhere, and to which they descend again even if you throw them into the air: and this is a proof that their place is in accordance with nature; for wherever anything is borne without any violence, and where it then remains firm and stationary, that is clearly its natural place. And then, in the second place, water was poured over the earth, and air and fire have gone from the central to the upper part, air having received for its portion the region which is on the borders between air and fire, and fire having received the highest place of all: on which account, if you light a torch and press it down towards the ground, nevertheless the flame will still turn in a contrary direction, and lightening itself in accordance with the natural motion of fire, will rise upwards:
34if, then, motion contrary to nature is the cause of corruptibility and destruction in the case of other animals, but if in the case of the world every one of its parts is arranged in complete accordance with nature, having had appropriate positions allotted to each of them, then surely the world must most justly be pronounced incorruptible and imperishable.
35Moreover this point is manifest to every one, that every nature is desirous to keep and preserve, and if it were possible to make immortal, everything of which it is the nature; the nature of trees, for instance, desires to preserve trees, and the nature of animals desires to preserve each individual animal.
36But particular nature is of necessity unable to conduct what it belongs to to eternity; for want, or heat, or cold, or innumerable other ordinary circumstances, when they affect particular things, shake them and dissolve the bond which previously held them together, and at last break them to pieces; but if nothing resembling any of these things were lying in wait outside, then in that case nature itself, as far as it is possible, would preserve everything both great and small free from old age.
37It follows therefore of necessity, that the nature of the world must desire the durability of the universe; for it is not worse than particular natures, so that it should run away and desert its proper duties, and attempt to produce disease instead of health, and corruption and destruction instead of complete safety, since, "High over all she lifts her beauteous face, And towers above her nymphs with heavenly grace, Fair as they all appear." But if this be true, then the world cannot be capable of destruction. Why so? Because the nature which holds it together is itself invincible by reason of its exceeding strength and power, by which it gets the mastery over every thing else which might be likely to injure it;
38wherefore Plato has well said: —"For nothing ever departed from it, nor did anything ever come to it from any quarter; for that was not possible; for there was nothing in existence which could come; for since it supplies itself with nutriment out of its own consumption, it also does everything and suffers everything in itself and by itself, and is compounded with the most consummate art. For he who created it thought that it would be better if wholly self-sufficient, than if in continual need of accessories from other quarters."
39However, this argument also is a most demonstrative one, on which I know that vast numbers of philosophers pride themselves as one most accurately worked out, and altogether irresistible; for they inquire what reason there is for God’s destroying the world. For if he destroys it at all he must do so either with the intention of never making a world again, or with the object of creating a second fresh one;
40now the former idea is inconsistent with the character of God; for it is proper to change disorder into order, and not order into disorder; in the second place, it is so because it would give rise to repentance, which is an affliction and a disease of the soul. For he ought either never to have created a world at all, or else, if he judged that it was a fitting employment for him, he ought to have been pleased with it after it was made.
41But the second reason deserves no superficial examination; for if he were intending to make another world instead of that which exists at present, then of necessity this second world that would be made, in that case, would be either worse than, or similar to, or better than the first; everyone of which ideas is inadmissible; for if the new world is to be worse than the former, then the maker must be also worse: but all the works of God are without blemish, beyond all reproach and wholly faultless, inasmuch as they are wrought with the most consummate skill and knowledge; for as the proverb says; — "For e’en a woman’s wisdom’s not so coarse As to despise the good and choose the worse." But it is consistent with the character of, and becoming to God to give form to what is shapeless, and to invest what is most ugly with admirable beauty.
42Again, if the new world is to be exactly like the old one, then the maker is only wasting his labour, and differs in no respect from infant children who, very often while playing on the sea shore raise up little mounds of sand, and then pull them down again with their hands and destroy them; for it would have been much better than making another world exactly like the former, neither to take anything from, nor to add anything to, nor to change either for the better or for the worse, what existed originally, but to let it remain just as it was.
43If, on the other hand, he is about to make a world better than the former one, then the maker too must be better than the maker of the former world, so that when he made the former world he was inferior both in his skill and in his intellect, which it is impious even to imagine, for God is at all times equal and similar to himself, being neither capable of any relaxation which can make him worse, nor of any extension which can make him better. Men, indeed, do admit of such inequalities in either direction, being naturally liable to alter either for the better or for the worse, and continually admitting of increase, and advance, and improvement, and everything contrary to these states;
44and besides this, the works of us who are but mortal men may very appropriately be perishable, but the works of the immortal must in all consistency and reason be likewise imperishable, for it is natural that what is made should resemble the nature of the maker.
45And, indeed, this I imagine is evident to every one, that if the earth were to be destroyed, then all land animals of every kind must also perish with it; and if the water were destroyed, all aquatic animals must perish; and in like manner if the air and fire were to be destroyed, all the animals which traverse the air or which are born in the fire must come to an end at the same time.
46Therefore, on the same principle, if the heaven is destroyed, the sun and moon will also be destroyed, and all the other planets likewise will be destroyed, and all the fixed stars, and all that host of gods visible to the outward senses which was formerly considered so happy; and to imagine this is nothing else than to fancy the gods themselves in a process of destruction, for this is equivalent to considering men immortal. And yet in a comparison between different objects devoid of honour, if you were to consider the matter, you would find it more consistent with probability to look on men as immortal than to believe that the gods are perishable, since it might happen through the grace of God, for it is not improbable that a mortal might receive immortality, but it is impossible for gods to lose their immortality even if the sophistries of mankind should run on to ever such a degree of wicked insanity.
47And, moreover, those persons who allege conflagrations and regenerations of the world, think and confess that the stars are gods, which nevertheless they are not ashamed to destroy as far as their arguments go; for they are bound to prove them to be either red hot pieces of iron, as some do affirm, who argue about the whole of the heaven as if it were a prison, talking utter nonsense, or else to look upon them as divine and godlike natures, and then to attribute to them that immortality which belongs to gods. But as it is, they have wandered so far from true doctrine, that without being aware of it they have attributed corruptibility and perishableness to providence (and that is the soul of the world) by the inconsistent principles which they advocate.
48Therefore Chrysippus, the most celebrated philosopher of that sect, in his treatise about Increase, utters some such prodigious assertions as these, and after he has prefaced his doctrines with the assertion that it is impossible for two makers of a species to exist in the same substance, he proceeds, "Let it be granted for the sake of argument and speculation that there is one person entire and sound, and another wanting one foot from his birth, and that the sound man is called Dion and the cripple Theon, and afterwards that Dion also loses one of his feet, then if the question were asked which had been spoiled, it would be more natural to say this of Theon;" but this is the assertion of one who delights in paradox rather than in truth,
49for how could it be said that he who had suffered no mutilation whatever, namely Theon, was taken off, and that Dion, who had lost a foot, was not injured? Very appropriately, he will reply, for Dion, who had had his foot cut off, falls back upon the original imperfection of Theon, and there cannot be two specific differences in the same subject, therefore it follows of necessity that Dion must remain, and that Theon must be taken off— "So are we slain by arrows winged With our own feathers," as the tragic poet says. For any one, copying the form of this argument and adapting it to the entire world, may prove in the clearest manner that providence itself is liable to corruption.
50Consider the matter thus: let the world be the subject of our argument, as Dion was just now, for it is perfect, and let the soul of the world take the place of Theon, who was imperfect, since a part is less than the whole; and as the foot was cut off from Dion, so also let everything which resembles a body be cut off from the world;
Sections 51–75
51therefore it is necessary to say that the world has not been destroyed though its body has been taken away, just as Dion was not destroyed by having his foot cut off, but the soul of the world it is that has perished, like Theon, who suffered no artificial mutilation, for the world also receded to a lesser substance when all of it that resembled a body was taken away. And the soul was destroyed because there could not be two specific differences affecting the same subject. But it is impiety to say that providence perishes, and since it is imperishable it follows of necessity that the world also must be imperishable.
52However, time also affords a very great argument in favour of the eternity of the world, for if time is uncreated, then it follows of necessity that the world also must be uncreated. Why so? Because, as the great Plato says, it is days, and nights, and months, and the periods of years which have shown time, and it is surely impossible that time can exist without the motion of the sun, and the rotary progress of the whole heaven. So that it has been defined very felicitously by those who are in the habit of giving definitions of things, that time is the interval of the motion of the world, and since this is a sound definition, then the world must be co-eval with time and also the cause of its existence.
53And it is the most absurd of all ideas to fancy that there ever was a time when the world did not exist, for its nature is without any beginning and without any end, since these very expressions, "there was," "when," "formerly," all indicate time; and keeping to this view, then, according to the theory of the conflagration ...... he at a late period of his life entertained doubts and withheld any positive opinion; for it does not belong to youth, but to old age, to see clearly things of solemn importance which it is desirable to understand, and especially as to matters which it is not the outer sense, which is irrational and deceitful, that determines, but the pure and unalloyed intellect. For that which has no existence is not put in motion, but it has been shown already that time is an interval of the motion of the world. It follows, therefore, of necessity, that each of these things must have subsisted from all eternity, without receiving any beginning of generation, and being in consequence not liable to any corruption.
54Perhaps some quibbling Stoic will say that time is admitted to be an interval of the motion of the world, but not of that world only which is arranged and adorned by itself, but also of that one which is conceived of in connection with the conflagration which has been spoken of; to whom we must reply, —"My good man, you, misapplying words, call what is disorderliness and a want of arrangement order (κόσμος), for if this thing which we see is correctly and appropriately called the world (κόσμος), being arranged and adorned (κεκοσμημένος) as we see it by man, by the perfection of his skill, then any one would be surely correct in calling the change which is wrought in it by fire a want of order."
55But Critolaus, a man who devoted himself very much to literature, and a lover of the Peripatetic philosophy, agreeing with the doctrine of the eternity of the world, used the following arguments to prove it: "If the world was created, then it follows of necessity that the earth was created also; and if the earth was created, then beyond all question the human race was so too. But man was not created, since he subsists of an everlasting race, as shall be proved, therefore the world is eternal."
56But I must now proceed to examine the argument which I postponed just now, if indeed things that are so evident stand in need of any demonstration; but, indeed, proofs are necessary on account of the inventors of fables who, filling all life with their falsehoods, have utterly driven truth out of the land, and have not merely banished it from cities and houses, but have even deprived each separate individual of that most valuable possession, and, for the purpose of alluring his sight, have invented metres and rhythm as a bait and a snare, by which they cajole the ears of fools, just as ugly and shapeless courtesans allure the eyes by necklaces and spurious ornaments in the absence of all genuine beauty,
57for they say that the generation of mankind by means of one another is a more recent work of nature, but that the more original and ancient mode of their birth is out of the earth, since she both is and is considered the mother of all men. And they say that those men who are celebrated among the Greeks as having sprung from seed were produced and grew up as trees do now, being perfect and completely armed sons of the earth.
58But that this is a mere fiction of fable it is easy to see from many circumstances. For the very moment that the first man was born there was a necessity for his receiving growth in accordance with the previously defined measures and numbers of time, for nature has arranged the different ages as certain steps along which man in a manner ascends and descends; he ascends while he is growing, and he descends at the period when he is lessening; and the boundary of the uppermost steps is the prime of life at which when a man has arrived he no longer makes any further advance; but as runners who run the diaulos turn back again upon the same path which they have already travelled, so too does man retrace his steps, giving back in the weakness of old age what he has received from vigorous youth;
59but to fancy that any one has ever been born absolutely perfect is the part of those who are ignorant of the laws of nature, which are unchangeable ordinances. For our minds, being vitiated by the contagion of the mortal body which is united to them, are very naturally liable to changes and alterations, but the works of the nature of the universe are unalterable, since she has dominion over all things, and by means of the stability of whatever desires she has once established she preserves the definitions which have been originally fixed in an unchangeable state.
60If then she had originally thought it proper that men should be born perfect, now also man would still be born in a perfect state, without ever being an infant, or a boy, or a youth, but he would at once be a man, and perhaps he would be altogether exempt from old age and from death, for that thing which has no increase must also of necessity be exempt from all diminution, for up to the prime of a man’s life all his changes tend towards increase, but from that period up to old age and death they exist with a gradual diminution; and it is natural to suppose that he who has no share in the former must also be free from the subsequent changes.
61And what is there that can hinder men from shooting up now out of the ground like plants, as they say that they did in former times? For the earth has not yet grown old so as to appear to have become barren by reason of the lapse of time, but it remains in the same condition as before, being always young, because it is a fourth part of the universe, and for the sake of ensuring the duration of the universe it is bound not to decay, because its kindred elements, water, air, and fire, all remain for ever exempt from old age.
62And there is a visible proof of the uninterrupted and everlasting vigour of the earth in the plants which spring from it, for being purified, either by the overflowing of rivers, as they say that Egypt is, or by annual rains, by such irrigation it refreshes and recruits its exhausted powers, and then, having rested for a while, it recovers its natural powers to the full extent of its original vigour, and then it begins again with a repetition of the production of similar things to those which it produced before to supply abundant food to every description of animal.
63In reference to which fact it appears to me that the poets were very felicitous in the appellation which they gave to the earth when they called it Pandora, inasmuch as it gives all things, both such as are required for use and such as serve to pleasure and to enjoyment, and that not to some only but to all animals which enjoy life. Accordingly, if any one, when the spring was in its prime, should be borne on wings and raised aloft, and look down from his height upon the mountain and champaign country, and see the one abounding in rich grass, and verdant, producing herbage, and fodder, and barley, and wheat, and innumerable other kinds of crops such as are grown from seed which the husbandmen have strewn, and which the season of the year affords of its own accord, and the other overshadowed with branches and leaves by which the trees are adorned, and very full of fruits (not only such as are suitable for food, but also of such as are able to heal suffering, for the fruit of the olive relieves the fatigue of the body, and that of the vine, when drunk in moderation, relaxes the excessive pains of the soul),
64and rich also in the fragrant airs which are borne around from flowers, and the indescribable peculiarities of the various flowers which are diversified by divine skill. And then, if he turns aside his eyes from those trees which admit of cultivation, and beholds in their turn poplars, and cedars, and pines, and ashes, and the lofty oaks, and the dense and unceasing masses of all the other wild trees which overshadow the most numerous and the greatest of the mountains, and the greater part of the border country wherever there is any deep soil, he will then know that the vigour of the earth, which is always young, is unremitting, unsubdued, and unwearied.
65So that since it is in no degree deprived of any portion of its former strength, if it had ever done so before, it would be bringing forth men now also, for two most forcible reasons, one in order that it might not quit the classification belonging to it, especially in the sowing and production of that most excellent of all the creatures which dwell upon the earth, the ruler of all, man, and secondly for the sake of giving assistance to women, who after they have conceived are for about ten months weighed down with the most severe pains, and when they are about to bring forth do very often die in the very pains of labour.
66Is it not then altogether a terrible piece of stupidity to imagine that the earth contains any womb calculated for the production of men? for the womb is the place which vivifies the animal, being as some one has called it the workshop of nature, in which it fashions nothing but animals; but it is not a portion of the earth, but of a female animal, carefully fashioned so as to be adapted for the production of living creatures, since otherwise it would be necessary for us to attribute breasts to the earth as to a woman, when it produces men and they are born, so that when first born they may have appropriate food. But there is no river nor fountain in the whole habitable world which is said ever to have produced milk instead of water;
67and in addition to this, as it is necessary that a child just born must be fed on milk, so also must he avail himself of the protection of clothing on account of the injury which ensues from cold or heat to children while they are being reared, on which account nurses and mothers, to whom the care of infants when just born is of necessity committed, wrap them up in swaddling clothes; but if they were produced out of the earth, how would it be possible that, being left completely naked, they would not be at once destroyed either by the coldness of the air on the one hand, or the burning heat of the sun on the other? for when great cold or great heat gets the mastery, it produces diseases and corruptions.
68But after the inventors of fables once began to neglect the truth they then ventured to add to their monstrous stories the fiction that those men who sprung from seed were born also in complete armour; for what smith, or what new Vulcan, was there under the earth so skilful as in a moment to prepare so many suits of armour? and what experience had creatures just born to enable them to use their weapons? for man is a very peaceful animal, nature having given to him reason as his especial honour, by means of which he charms and tames the savage passions. It would have been much better instead of arms to give him a herald’s wand, a symbol of agreement and peace suitable to a reasonable nature, in order that he might so proclaim peace instead of war to all men everywhere.
69We have now then discussed at sufficient length the nonsense in opposition to truth which is uttered by those who build up falsehood and fables. But we must be well assured that men have from all eternity sprung from other men in constant succession, the man implanting the seed in the woman as in a field, and the woman receiving the seed so as to preserve it, and nature by her unseen operations fashioning everything, and each separate part of the body and of the soul, and giving to the whole race of mankind that which each individual separately is unable to receive, namely, the principle of immortality; for though the individual members are continually perishing, yet the race remains undying as a truly divine work. But if man, who is but a small portion of the universe, is eternal, then certainly the world itself must have been uncreated so as to be imperishable.
70But Critolaus, in arguing in support of his opinion, brought forward an argument of this kind, —"That which is the cause to man of his being in health is itself free from disease, and, in like manner, the cause of his keeping awake must itself be sleepless; and if this is the case, that which is the cause of his existing for ever must itself also be everlasting." Now the cause of man’s existing for ever is the world, since it is so to all other things whatever; therefore the world also is immortal.
71Nevertheless, this point also is worthy of one consideration: that everything which is born must by all means at the beginning be imperfect, but as time advances he must increase till he arrives at complete perfection, so that if the world was born it was at one time (that I may use the expressions appropriate to the ages of men) a mere infant, and subsequently increasing in periods of years and lapse of time, it at last and with great difficulty arrived at perfection, for of necessity the period at which that which of all things has the longest existence must be late.
72But if any one fancies that the world has ever really been subjected to such changes as these, it is time that he should learn that he has been under the influence of incurable madness, for it is plain that if that is the case not only will its bodily appearance be increased, but its mind also will receive growth, since they who attribute liability to perish to it conceive it to be a rational creature.
73Therefore, just like a man, it will be devoid of reason at the commencement of its existence, but endowed with reason at the age when it is in its prime, which it is impious not only to say, but even to think, for how can we imagine the most perfect visible circumference which surrounds us, and which contains within itself so many individual inhabitants, is not always perfect both in soul and body, being exempt from all those evils in which everything which has been born and which is perishable is implicated?
74And in addition to this he says, that there are three causes of death to living animals, besides the external causes which may affect them, namely, disease, old age, and want, by no one of which is the world liable to be attacked or subdued, for that it is composed of entire elements, since there is no part of them which is left out or which remains at liberty, so that any violence can be offered to it, and it also is superior to those powers from which diseases arise; and they yielding keep the world free from all disease, and free from old age, and in a state of the most perfect self-sufficiency as to all its requirements, and without need of anything, since there is nothing wanting to it which can possibly contribute to its durability, and wholly exempt from all successions and alternations of fulness and emptiness, which animals being subject to by reason of their unregulated insatiability, bring upon themselves death instead of life, or, to speak more accurately, a life which is more pitiable than any destruction.
75Moreover, if we saw that there was no such thing as any eternal nature to be seen, those who assert the liability of the world to destruction would not appear to be so guilty of disparaging the world without any excuse, since they would have no example whatever of anything being everlasting; but since fate, according to the doctrine of those who have investigated the principles of natural philosophy most accurately, is a thing without any beginning and without any end, connecting all the causes of everything, as to leave no break and no interruption, why may we not in like manner also affirm of the nature of the world that it subsists for a great length of time, being, as it were, an arrangement of what is otherwise in no order, a harmony of what is otherwise wholly destitute of such harmony, an agreement of what is otherwise without agreement, a union of things previously separated, a condition of stocks and stones, a nature of things growing from seed and of trees, a life of all animals, the mind and reason of men, and the most perfect virtue of virtuous men? But if the nature of the world is uncreated and indestructible, then it is plain that the world is held together and powerfully preserved by an everlasting indissoluble chain.
Sections 76–100
76But some of those who used to hold a different opinion, being overpowered by truth, have changed their doctrine; for beauty has a power which is very attractive, and the truth is beyond all things beautiful, as falsehood on the contrary is enormously ugly; therefore Boethus, and Posidonius, and Panaetius, men of great learning in the Stoic doctrines, as if seized with a sudden inspiration, abandoning all the stories about conflagrations and regeneration, have come over to the more divine doctrine of the incorruptibility of the world;
77and it is said also that Diogenes, when he was very young, agreed entirely with those authors ...
78But Boethus adduces the most convincing arguments, which we shall proceed to mention immediately; for if, says he, the world was created and is liable to destruction, then something will be made out of nothing, which appears to be most absurd even to the Stoics. Why so? Because it is not possible to discover any cause of destruction either within or without, which will destroy the world. For on the outside there is nothing except perhaps a vacuum, inasmuch as all the elements in their integrity are collected and contained within it, and within there is no imperfection so great as to be the cause of dissolution to so great a thing. Again, if it is destroyed without any cause, then it is plain that from something which has no existence will arise the engendering of destruction, which is an idea quite inadmissible by reason;
79and, indeed, they say that there are altogether three generic manners of corruption, one which arises from division, another which proceeds from a destruction of the distinctive quality which holds the thing together, and the third from confusion; therefore the things which consist of a union of separate members, such as flocks of goats, herds of oxen, choruses, armies; or, again, bodies which are compounded of limbs joined together, are dissolved by disjunction and separation. But wax, when stamped with a new impression, or softened before being remodelled so as to present a new and different appearance, is corrupted by a destruction of the distinctive quality which previously held it together. Other things are corrupted by confusion, as the medicine which the physicians call tetrapharmacon, for the powers of the drugs brought together and combined were destroyed in such a manner as to produce one perfect medicine of especial virtue.
80By which, then, of these modes of corruption is it becoming to say that the world is destroyed? By that which is caused by separation? No, for it is not compounded of separate members so that its different parts can be dispersed, nor of portions joined together so that they can be dissolved; nor is it united together in a similar manner to our own bodies, for they have the seeds of decay in themselves, and they are subject to influence of a great variety of things by which they are at times injured; but the power of the world is invincible, since by its great superiority to other things it has dominion over everything.
81Is it then destroyed by a complete destruction of its distinctive qualities? This again is impossible, for there remains, as the adversaries affirm, a quality of arrangement which by the process of conflagration is only diminished to a lesser substance ... Is it destroyed then by confusion? Away with such an idea,
82for in that case it would be necessary to confess that the corruption of a body can be reduced to a state of non-existence. Why so? Because if each of the particular elements were destroyed separately, it would be possible for it to become changed into another; but if they are altogether destroyed at one and the same moment by confusion, then it would be necessary to imagine what is absolutely impossible.
83Again, besides these arguments, if all things, say they, were destroyed by fire, then what will God have to do during all that time, except absolutely nothing? And is it not reasonable to say so? For at present, he overlooks and presides over everything, and regulates everything like a genuine father, and if one is to say the truth, he guides and directs everything, sitting as it were by the side of the sun, and moon, and the other planets, and fixed stars, and also by the air, and the other parts of the world, and he co-operates with them in everything which can conduce to the durability of the universe and to its blameless management, in accordance with right reason.
84But if everything is destroyed, then he will have an existence which will be rendered absolutely miserable, by inactivity and irremediable want of employment; than which what idea can be more absurd? I hesitate to add, what it would be impious to say, that death will ensue to God if absolute inactivity falls to his lot; for if you take away the perpetual motion of the soul, then you will beyond all question also destroy the soul itself. And the soul of the world, in the opinion of those who maintain the opposite doctrine, is God.
85Is it not however worth while to examine this question, in what manner there can be a regeneration of all those things which have been destroyed by fire, and resolved into fire? for when their substance has been wholly destroyed by the fire, it follows of necessity that the fire itself must also be extinguished as no longer having any nourishment. Therefore, as long as it remained the seminal principle of arrangement was likewise preserved, but when it is destroyed that principle is destroyed with it. But it would be impious, and an impiety of double dye, not only to attribute destruction to the world, but also to take away the possibility of its regeneration; as if God delighted in disorder, and irregularity, and all kinds of evil things.
86But we must examine this question more accurately, in the following manner. There are three species in fire; the coal, and the flame, and the light. Now coal is the fire in its earthy substance, which, like a sort of spiritual habit, couches and lies hid in a sort of cavern, pervading it all to its very extremities. And the flame is that part which, being raised on high, is lifted up from its fuel. And the light is that which is emitted from the flame, so as to co-operate with the eyes, in order to enable them to comprehend what is seen. And the flame occupies the middle position between the coal and the light; for when it is extinguished it ends in coal, and when it is kindled it excites the light, which, being deprived of its burning power, blazes.
87If therefore, we affirm that the world is dissolved by conflagration, it would not be coal, because, in that case there will be a great deal of the earthy substance left behind, in which also fire must necessarily be contained. But we must agree, that none of the other bodies subsist any longer, but that earth, and water, and air, are all dissolved into unmixed fire.
88Nor, again, would it become flame; for that can only exist in connexion with nourishment; and, if nothing is left behind, being deprived of all nourishment it will immediately be extinguished. It follows from all this, that it cannot become light either; for light by itself has no substance at all, but flows from the things before mentioned, coal and flame, not in a great degree from the coal, but very much from the flame; for it is diffused over a very great space indeed. But if, as has been already proved, those things had no existence from the conflagration of all things, then there could not be any light either. For the abundant, and vast, and extensive brilliancy of mid-day, when the sun proceeds under the earth, is at once caused to disappear by night, especially if it be a moonless night. Therefore the world is not destroyed by fire, but is indestructible. And if it should be destroyed by fire, there could not be another created.
89On which account some of the Stoics also, being gifted with a more acute discernment, and perceiving that they would infallibly be convicted, thought it well to be beforehand in preparing assistance as it were for a defunct proposition. But what they prepared was of no use; for, since fire is the cause of all motion, and since motion is the beginning of generation, for it is impossible that anything whatever should be generated without motion, they said that before the new world began to be formed, when it was beginning to be fashioned, the whole fire would not be extinguished in that conflagration; that they affirmed that some would still remain, but yet only a small portion. For they were exceedingly cautious, lest if it should be wholly extinguished, the consequence would be that everything would remain motionless and devoid of ornament, inasmuch as the cause of motion would no longer be in any existence.
90But all these ideas are the invention of quibblers, who employ all their artifices in opposition to the truth. Why so? Because it is impossible, as has been proved already, that the world, after it has been destroyed by conflagration, should become similar to coal, inasmuch as there is a vast quantity of earthy substance left in which the fire must of necessity lie in ambush. And perhaps too the conflagration could not prevail in every quarter, if the heaviest and most invincible of the elements, namely the earth, still remains, without being dissolved; but it must of necessity change, either into flame or into light: into flame, as Cleanthes thought; into light, as Chrysippus conceived.
91But if it becomes flame, then, when it approaches extinction, it will be extinguished all at once, and not partially or gradually. For the nutriment exists along with it; on which account, while there is a great deal of it, it increases and is diffused; but when it is stunted it becomes less. And any one might conjecture the truth of what takes place from what he sees happen among us. A lamp, when any one pours oil upon it, gives forth a most brilliant flame; but when any one ceases to supply it with that nutriment, and leaves only a small portion in the lamp, then the lamp is at once extinguished, and does not give out the smallest portion of flame.
92If again this is not the case, but if the world becomes light, then again it changes altogether. Why so? Because it has no substance or character of its own, but is generated from flame, and when this is wholly and completely extinguished in all its parts, it follows of necessity that the light also must be extinguished, and that not partially, but altogether. For what flame is to nourishment, that also is light to flame.
93As therefore the flame is extinguished concurrently with the want of nourishment, so also is the light simultaneously with the flame, so that it is actually impossible for the world to be capable of regeneration, if there is no seminal principle lurking and kindled within it, but if all things are expended and destroyed, some by fire, and some by want. From all which arguments it is plain that the world is for ever uncreated and imperishable.
94Nevertheless, as Chrysippus says, some suppose that fire resolves all the arrangement of the universe when the elements are separated into itself, so that it becomes the seed of the world which is about to be made; and suppose in consequence that, of all the ideas which he and his sect have entertained on the subject, none are falsified. Granting, in the first place, that generation proceeds from seed, and that all dissolution is a resolving back into seed; in the second place, because it is argued by natural philosophers that the world is a rational nature, inasmuch as it is not only possessed of life, but is also endowed with intellect, and moreover even with wisdom; by these arguments he establishes the contrary proposition to that which he intends, namely, that it will never be destroyed.
95But the proofs are ready at hand to those who do not fear to join in the investigation. Therefore the world resembles either a plant or an animal. But whether it is a plant or whether it is an animal, still, if it be destroyed by conflagration, it will never be itself its own seed. And the circumstances which take place among ourselves bear witness that nothing, whether greater or less, when destroyed, has ever been separated in such a manner as to engender seed.
96Do you not see how many materials of plants susceptible of cultivation there are, and how many kinds of wild plants too are diffused over every portion of the earth? Every one of these trees, as long as the trunk is in good health, together with its fruit, produces also a seed to propagate its species; but becoming destroyed after a lapse of time, and being wholly withered, roots and all, it never becomes resolved into a ripened seed.
97And so too in the same manner the different kinds of animals, which it is not easy even to enumerate by reason of their multitude, as long as they survive and flourish vigorously, produce a seed, which is calculated to propagate their species; but when they are dead there is no longer any seed. For it would be absurd for a man when he is alive to employ only the eighth part of his soul, which is called the generative power, for the propagation of a being like himself, but after he is dead to exert the whole of himself for the same purpose; for death can never be more energetic or efficacious than life.
98And besides, there is no single existing thing which is brought to perfection by seed alone without its appropriate nourishment. For seed resembles the beginning, and the beginning by itself does not make perfect; for beware of imagining that the ear of corn blossoms and ripens solely from the seed, which is cast by the husbandman on the ploughed field; for in truth, dryness and moisture, the twofold moisture which is derived from the earth, co-operate in the greatest degree towards its growth. And so the creature which is fashioned in the womb is not permitted by nature to be brought to life and perfection by the seed alone, but also by the nourishment shed upon it from without, which the woman who has conceived supplies.
99Why then do I say this? Because in the case of such a conflagration as that of which I have been speaking, the seed alone will be left, there being no nutriment remaining, since everything which was to have supplied nutriment will have been resolved into fire; so that the world, which would be to be formed, according to the principle of regeneration, will have a lame and imperfect form and character, since that which is chiefly required to co-operate towards its perfection, on which, as on a staff, the seminal origin ought to, and naturally does, lean, is destroyed; but this would be absurd, as is shown, and made manifest from the clearest evidence.
100Again, all those things which derive their origin from seed are of a greater magnitude than the seed which gives them their existence, and are seen to fill a more extended space; for very often trees, whose tops reach to heaven itself, shoot up out of a very small grain of seed; and the fattest and tallest animals grow from a very small quantity of moisture, which is laid as their foundation; but there happens that which was mentioned a little while ago, that these, at the time nearest to their birth are very little, but that subsequently they keep on increasing in size till they arrive at complete perfection.
Sections 101–125
101But in the case of the universe the exact contrary will take place, for here the seed will both be greater and will also fill a larger space; and the ultimate perfection at which the thing formed arrives will be smaller, and will appear in a smaller space; and the world, originally derived from a seed, will not progress from a very small thing towards increase, but, on the other hand, will be diminished from a greater magnitude to a smaller;
102and it is easy to see the truth of what is here said. Every body, when it is resolved into fire, is dissolved, and melted, and diffused; and when the flame which is in it is extinguished, it is then contracted and shrunk up to nothing; but there is no need of arguments to prove a thing which is so clear, as if it were obscure; and, indeed, the world, if consumed by fire, will become greater, inasmuch as all its essence will then be dissolved into the thinnest air; and it appears to me that the Stoics have foreseen this, and on that account have, in their arguments, assumed that a vacuum of infinite extent will be left abandoned on the outside of the world; that so, since it is fated to be subjected to a certain diffusion of boundless extent, it may not be in want of a place which may be capable of receiving that diffusion.
103When therefore it has been extended and increased to such a degree, as to be very nearly equal to the infinite extent of the vacuum by the boundless and illimitable extension of its own diffusion, it then, according to them, is itself the principle of seed to itself; but when, according to a perfect regeneration of the parts, its entire substance ...... being contracted in the extinction of the fire into dense air; but when the air again is contracted, and when it settles down into water, then again the water is still further condensed, so as to be changed into earth, which is the best of all the elements. But all these arguments are beyond the ordinary ideas of those who are able to consider and argue upon the consequences of these things.
104However, besides what has been here said, any one may use this argument also in corroboration of his opinion, which will certainly convince all those who are not determined to be obstinate beyond all bounds; of those things which in pairs are exactly contrary to one another it is impossible that one thing should be, and that the other should not be; for since there is white it follows as a matter of absolute necessity that there must also be black, and since there is a great there must likewise be a little; since there is an odd there must inevitably be an even; since there is a sweet there must be a bitter; since there is day there must be night; and so on in an infinite number of similar cases; but if a conflagration should take place, then something would ensue which is impossible; for then, of things in a pair, the one will happen and the other will not.
105Come, now, let us consider the matter thus: if everything is resolved into fire, there is then something light, and rare, and warm; for all these are the especial properties of fire; but there can be nothing heavy, or cold, or thick, which are the opposites of the qualities which I have just enumerated. How then can any one more completely overturn the idea of the universal disorder which would be involved in such a conflagration than by showing that those things which by a law of nature must exist together, are by this process separated from their natural conjunction? And the separation has extended to such a degree, that those who maintain this doctrine attribute eternal durability to the one and deny any existence at all to the other.
106Again, there is this assertion made by some of those who diligently employ themselves in investigating truth which appears to me to be a sufficiently felicitous one; if the world is destroyed it will either be destroyed by some other efficient cause, or by God; now there is certainly nothing else whatever from which it can receive its destruction, for there is nothing whatever which it does not surround and contain; but that which is surrounded and confined within something else is manifestly inferior in power to that which surrounds and confines it, by which it is therefore mastered; on the other hand, to say that it is destroyed by God is the most impious of all possible assertions; for God is the cause not of disorder, and irregularity, and destruction, but of order, and beautiful regularity, and life, and of every good thing, as is confessed by all those whose opinions are based on truth.
107But a person may very likely wonder at those who talk about conflagrations and regenerations, not only on account of the arguments which I have just been adducing, by which they are convicted of maintaining erroneous opinions, but also above all other reasons for this one; for since there are four elements of which the world consists, namely, earth, water, air, and fire, why is it that they are to separate fire from all the others, and to affirm that all the others are dissolved into that one? For some one may say, if it is necessary that they should all be resolved into one, why should they not be resolved into air, or water, or earth? For these elements also contain powers of great magnitude; but yet no one has ever said that the world was to pass away into air, or into water, or into earth; so that it would be equally natural to deny that it is resolved into fire.
108Moreover, it would have become them, perceiving the beautiful equality which exists in the world, to fear and to feel too great awe to venture to condemn so divine a thing to death; for there is a most admirable system of compensation existing in the four elements which arrange and dispense their vicissitudes by the rules of equality, and the definitions of justice;
109for as the seasons of the year, in their proper alternations of revolutions, go through their regular cycle, completing their periodical changes without any cessation; in the same manner suppose that the elements of the world in the course of their continual interchanges with one another (though it is a most paradoxical assertion), when they appear to be perishing are in reality being made immortal, passing over the same course again and again, so as to have their existence infinitely protracted.
110Therefore the steep road begins with the earth; for when it is wasted away it endures a change to water, and the water when it has evaporated is changed into air, and the air when rarefied is changed into fire; but the downward road descends from the head, when the fire in consequence of the conflagration which ensues settles down into air, and again when the air being closely pressed settles down into water, and when the water by its copious effusion is condensed so as to be changed into earth.
111Heraclitus therefore spoke very correctly when he said that, "Water was the death of the soul, and earth the death of water." For thinking that the breath was the soul, he indicates, by this figurative and enigmatical expression, that the end of air is the production of water, and again that the end of water is the production of earth; and when he speaks of death he does not mean utter destruction, but a change into some other element;
112that equalised proportion of the elements which is attempered by itself being thus preserved eternal and uninjured, as is not only probable but absolutely inevitable; since what is unequal is essentially unjust, and injustice is the offspring of wickedness, and wickedness is banished from the abode of immortality. But the world is of a divine magnitude, and has been shown to be the abode of those gods which are visible to the outward senses; and to affirm that this world is destroyed is the part of those who do not see the connection of nature and the united consequence and coherence of things.
113But some of those persons who have fancied that the world is everlasting, inventing a variety of new arguments, employ also such a system of reasoning as this to establish their point: they affirm that there are four principal manners in which corruption is brought about, addition, taking away, transposition, and alteration; accordingly, the number two is by the addition of the unit corrupted so as to become the number three, and no longer remains the number two; and the number four by the taking away of the unit is corrupted so as to become the number three; again, by transposition the letter Z becomes the letter H when the parallel lines which were previously horizontal = are placed perpendicularly II, and when the line which did before pass upwards I, so as to connect the two is now made horizontal, and still extended between them so as to join them. And by alteration the word οἶνος, wine, becomes ὄξος, vinegar.
114But of the manner of corruption thus mentioned there is not one which is in the least degree whatever applicable to the world, since otherwise what could we say? Could we affirm that anything is added to the world so as to cause its destruction? But there is nothing whatever outside of the world which is not a portion of it as the whole, for everything is surrounded, and contained, and mastered by it. Again, can we say that anything is taken from the world so as to have that effect? In the first place that which would be taken away would again be a world of smaller dimensions than the existing one, and in the second place it is impossible that any body could be separated from the composite fabric of the whole world so as to be completely dispersed.
115Again, are we to say that the constituent parts of the world are transposed? But at all events they remain in their original positions without any change of place, for never at any time shall the whole earth be raised up above the water, nor the water above the air, nor the air above the fire. But those things which are by nature heavy, namely the earth and the water, will have the middle place, the earth supporting everything like a solid foundation, and the water being above it; and the air and the fire, which are by nature light, will have the higher position, but not equally, for the air is the vehicle of the fire; and that which is carried by anything is of necessity above that which carries it.
116Once more: we must not imagine that the world is destroyed by alteration, for the change of any elements is equipollent, and that which is equipollent is the cause of unvarying steadiness, and of untroubled durability, inasmuch as it neither seeks any advantage itself, and is not subject to the inroads of other things which seek advantages at its expense; so that this retribution and compensation of these powers is equalized by the rules of proportion, being the produce of health and endless preservation, by all which considerations the world is demonstrated to be eternal.
117Theophrastus, moreover, says that those men who attribute a beginning and destructibility to the world are deceived by four particulars of the greatest importance, the inequalities of the earth, the retreat of the sea, the dissolution of each of the parts of the universe, and the destruction of different terrestrial animals in their kinds;
118and he proceeds to establish the first point thus: if the earth had never had any beginning of its creation, then there would have been no portion of it rising above the rest so as to be conspicuous, but all the mountains would have been level, and all the pieces of rising ground would have been even with the plain. For as there are such vast showers falling from heaven throughout all ages, it would be natural that of any places which were originally raised on high some would be broken down and washed away by torrents, and others would subside of their own accord and so become lowered, and that every place everywhere would be smoothed;
119but now, as things are, the constant inequalities which exist, and the vast heights of many mountains, reaching up even to the sky, are so many proofs that the earth is not eternal. For otherwise, as I have said before, all the earth would long since have been rendered level from one extremity to the other by the vast rains which would have fallen from the eternal commencement of time; for it is the character of the nature of water, and especially of such as descends in a heavy fall from lofty places, to push some things away by force, and to cut out and hollow other places by its continual dropping, and in this manner to operate on the hard, rugged, stony ground not less than men digging.
120And again, the sea, as they affirm, is already somewhat diminished, and for proof of this fact we can appeal to the most celebrated islands, Rhodes and Delos, for these were in ancient times invisible, being overwhelmed by and sunk under the sea, but by lapse of time, as the sea gradually diminished, they by slow degrees rose above it and came into sight, as the histories which are written concerning them record.
121And they used to call Delos Anaphe, confirming the account here given by both names, since when it appeared above the waters it became evident, having been formerly invisible and unseen. on which account Pindar says respecting Delos— "Hail, island raised by God, Chosen abode Of fair Latona’s son with golden hair. Hail, ocean’s youngest child, The last immoveable domain That o’er his bosom smiled. Upraised from beneath the billowy main Mortals may call you Delos, but the choir That dwells upon Olympus’ height, Their chosen bards inspire To praise thee as earth’s brightest, holiest light." For Pindar has here called Delos the daughter of the ocean, intending by this enigmatical expression to convey the idea which I have mentioned.
122And in addition to these arguments they adduce the facts that many great and deep bays and gulfs of vast seas have been dried up, and have become land, and have so turned out no insignificant addition to the adjacent country when sown and planted, and on that soil there is still left plenty of proof of such spots having formerly been sea, in the pebbles, and shells, and other things which are commonly washed up on the sea-shore being found in them.
123But if the sea is gradually being diminished then the earth also will be diminished; and in long revolutions of years every one of the elements will be entirely consumed and destroyed; and the whole air will be consumed, being diminished by little and little; and all things will be absorbed and dissolved into the one substance of fire.
124And for the purpose of establishing the third alternative of this question they use the following argument: beyond all question that thing is destroyed all the parts of which are liable to destruction; but all the parts of the world are liable to destruction, therefore the world also is liable to destruction.
125But we must now proceed to consider the question which we postponed till the present time. What sort of a part of the earth is that, that we may begin from this, whether it is greater or less, that is not dissolved by time? Do not the very hardest and strongest stones become hard and decayed through the weakness of their conformation (and this conformation is a sort of course of a highly strained spirit, a bond not indissoluble, but only very difficult to unloose), in consequence of which they are broken up and made fluid, so that they are dissolved first of all into a thin dust, and afterwards are wholly wasted away and destroyed? Again, if the water were never agitated by the winds, but were left immoveable for ever, would it not from inaction and tranquillity become dead? at all events it is changed by such stagnation, and becomes very foetid and foul-smelling, like an animal deprived of life.
Sections 126–150
126And so also the corruptions of the air are plain to everyone, for it is the nature of the atmosphere to become sick and to decay, and, as one may say, in a manner to die; since what else is it which a man, who is not aiming at selecting plausible language, but only at truth, would call a plague except a death of the atmosphere, which diffuses its own disease and suffering to the destruction of everything which is endowed with life?
127And why need I speak at great length concerning fire? for if it is deprived of nourishment it is immediately extinguished, becoming, as the poets say, tame by its own natural qualities, on which account it depends upon, and is raised up by the duration of the fuel which is supplied and kindled, but when that is expended the fire also disappears.
128And they say that the dragons in India are exposed to the same kind of fate, for that they crawl upon the greatest of all beasts, namely elephants, and creep over their backs and the whole of their bellies, and then, if they can find a vein, they divide that and drink the blood, sucking it insatiably, with a strong breath and a vigorous noise. Meantime the elephants, though greatly drained, and though becoming gradually exhausted, hold out for some time, leaping about in their perplexity, and lashing their sides with their trunks in the hope of being able to shake off the dragons. After a time, as the vital principle is continually becoming more and more exhausted, they are no longer able to leap about, but stand trembling and quivering, and after a little more time their legs become too weak to support them, and they are thrown down and die for want of blood. And when they are fallen down those animals which were the causes of their death die with them in the following manner:
129since the dragons have no longer any nourishment, they attempt to loosen the bonds with which they twined themselves round the elephants, wishing now to get released from them, but they are pressed down by the weight of the elephants and crushed, and much more so when the animal has become a lifeless, hard, and stone-like substance; for though they wriggle about and try every expedient in order to effect their release from the power of the animal which weighs them down, and by which they are entangled, though they have long practised themselves in every variety of wile, amid all kinds of difficulties and distresses, they at last become too weak to resist, like men who have been starved to death, or who have been caught by a wall which has suddenly fallen down upon them, and not being able even to lift up their heads they die of suffocation. If then, each of the separate parts of the world awaits utter destruction, it is plain that the world which is compounded of these can not be itself exempt from destruction.
130We must now consider with accuracy the fourth and remaining argument. Thus they argue: if the world were eternal then the animals also would be eternal, and much more the human race, in proportion as that is more excellent than the other animals; but, on the contrary, those who take delight in investigating the mysteries of nature consider that man has only been created in the late ages of the world; for it is likely, or I should rather say it is inevitably true, that the arts co-exist with man, so as to be exactly co-eval with him, not only because methodical proceedings are appropriate to a rational nature, but also because it is not possible to live without them;
131let us therefore examine the dates of each of these, disregarding the fables invented by the tragedians about the gods; but if man is not eternal then neither is any other animal, so that then neither are the places which receive them, the earth, or the water, or the air; from all which considerations it is plain that this world is liable to destruction.
132But it is necessary to encounter such quibbling arguments as these, lest some persons of too little experience should yield to and be led away by them; and we must begin our refutation of them from the same point from which the Sophists begin their deceit. They say, "There could no longer be any inequalities existing on the earth, if the world were eternal." Why not, my most excellent friends? For other persons will come up and say that the natures of trees are in no respect different from mountains; but just as they at certain seasons lose their leaves, and again at certain seasons recover their verdure again; on which account there is admirable truth in those lines of the poet:— "Like leaves on trees the race of man is found, Now green in youth, now withering on the ground; Another race the following spring supplies; They fall successive and successive rise." And so in like manner some portions of the mountains are broken off, and others grow in their stead:
133but after a long lapse of time the additional growth becomes conspicuous because the trees having a more rapid nature, display their increase with great rapidity; but mountains have a slower character, on which account it happens that the additions which take place in their case are not perceptible by the outward senses except after a long time.
134And these men appear to be ignorant of the manner in which they are produced, since if they had not been, perhaps they would have been silent out of shame; but still there is no reason why we should not teach them; but there is nothing new in what is now said, neither are they our words but the ancient sayings of wise men, by whom nothing which was necessary for knowledge has been left uninvestigated;
135when the fiery principle which is contained beneath, in the earth, is thrust upwards by the natural power of fire, it proceeds to its own appropriate place; and if it meets with any respite or relaxation, though ever so slight, it draws up with it a large portion of the earthy substance, as much as it can; and when it has emerged from the earth it proceeds more slowly; but the earthy substance being compelled to follow it for a long time, being at last raised to an immense height, is contracted at the top, and at last comes to end on a sharp point imitating the general appearance of the flame of fire;
136for there arises then a most violent contention between two things which are natural adversaries, the lightest and the heaviest of things, each of them pressing onwards to reach its own place, and each striving against the violent efforts of the other; accordingly the fire, which is drawing up the earth with it, is compelled to sink down by its descending power; and the earth naturally inclining to the lowest point is nevertheless to a certain degree made light, and lifted up by the upward tendencies of fire, and so is raised on high, and being at last overpowered by the more influential power which lightens it is thrust upwards towards the natural seat of fire, and established on high.
137Why then need we wonder if the mountains are not entirely washed away by the impetuosity of the rains, when so great a power, which keeps them together, and by which they are raised up, is very firmly and steadfastly connected with them? For if they were released from the bond which holds them together, it would be natural for them to be entirely dissolved and to be dispersed by the water; but since they are bound together by this power of fire, they resist the impetuosity of the rains more surely. These things, then, may be said by us with respect to the argument that the inequalities of the surface of the earth are no proof of the world having been created and being liable to destruction;
138but with respect to that argument which was endeavoured to be established by the diminution of the sea, we may reasonably adduce this statement in opposition to it: "Do not look only at the islands which have risen up out of the sea, nor at any portions of land which, having been formerly buried by the waters, have in subsequent times become dry land; for obstinate contention is very unfavourable to the consideration of natural philosophy, which considers the search after truth to be the chief object of rational desire; but look rather at the contrary effects: consider how many districts on the main-land, not only such as were near the coast, but even such as were completely in-land, have been swallowed up by the waters; and consider how great a portion of land has become sea and is now sailed over by innumerable ships."
139Are you ignorant of the celebrated account which is given of that most sacred Sicilian strait, which in old times joined Sicily to the continent of Italy? and where vast seas on each side being excited by violent storms met together, coming from opposite directions, the land between them was overwhelmed and broken away; from which circumstance the city built in the neighbourhood was called Rhegium, and the result was quite different from what any one would have expected; for the seas which had formerly been separated now flowed together and were united in one expanse; and the land which had previously united was now separated into two portions by the strait which intersected it, in consequence of which Sicily, which had previously formed a part of the mainland, was now compelled to be an island.
140And it is said that many other cities also have disappeared, having been swallowed up by the sea which overwhelmed them; since they speak of three in Peloponnesus— "Aegira and fair Bura’s walls, And Helica’s lofty halls, And many a once renowned town, With wreck and seaweed overgrown," as having been formerly prosperous, but now overwhelmed by the violent influx of the sea.
141And the island of Atalantes which was greater than Africa and Asia, as Plato says in the Timaeus, in one day and night was overwhelmed beneath the sea in consequence of an extraordinary earthquake and inundation and suddenly disappeared, becoming sea, not indeed navigable, but full of gulfs and eddies.
142Therefore that imaginary and fictitious diminution of the sea has no connection with the destruction or durability of the world; for in fact it appears to recede indeed from some parts, but to rise higher in others; and it would have been proper rather not to look at only one of these results but at both together, and so to form one’s opinion, since in all the disputed questions which arise in human life, a wise and honest judge will not deliver his opinion before he has heard the arguments of the advocates on both sides.
143And as for the third argument, it is convicted by itself, as being derived only from an unsound system of questioning proceeding from the assertions originally made; for in truth it does not necessarily follow that a thing, all the parts of which are liable to corruption, is likewise perishable itself; but this is only inevitably true of that thing of which all the parts are perishable when taken collectively and together in the same place and at the same time, since in the case of a person who has the tip of his finger cut off, he is not disabled from living, but if he had the whole collection of all his parts and limbs cut off at once, he would die immediately.
144Therefore in the same manner, if all the elements of the world together were all to disappear at one and the same moment, then it would be necessary to admit that the world was liable to corruption and destruction; but if each of these elements separately only changes its nature so as to assimilate to that of its nature, it is then rendered immortal rather than destroyed, according to the philosophical statement of the tragic "Nought that has once existed dies, Though often what has been combined Before, we separated find, Invested with another form."
145For it is the greatest folly imaginable to estimate the antiquity of the human race from the state of art; for if any one were to follow the absurdity of such a system of reasoning as this, he will prove the world to be very young indeed, and to have been made scarcely a thousand years, since all those men whom we have heard of traditionally as the discoverers in different branches of science do not go back to a greater number of years than that which I have mentioned.
146But if we must speak of the arts as co-eval with the race of mankind, then we must speak, drawing our arguments from natural history, and not inconsiderately or carelessly. And what is this history? The destruction of the things on the earth, not all together, but of the greatest number of them, is attributed to two principal causes, the indescribable violence and power of fire and water. And they say that each of these elements attacks them in its turn, after very long periods of revolving years.
147When, therefore, a conflagration seizes upon things, a stream of ethereal fire being poured down from above is frequently diffused over them, overrunning many districts of the habitable world; and when a deluge draws down the whole of the rainy nature of water, the regular rivers and torrents overflowing, and not only that, but even far exceeding the ordinary measure of a common flood, and breaking down their banks with their violence, or else overleaping them, and rising to an enormous height, from which they swell and are diffused over all the adjacent champaign country, and the land is in the first instance divided into huge lakes, as the water is continually settling down into the more hollow parts, and afterwards flows still higher, and inundates the isthmuses which separate the lakes, till at last everything presents the appearance of one vast sea from the union of so many waters.
148And then it happens that, through the violence of these powers contending against one another in turn, the inhabitants of the places exposed to it are destroyed; those who dwell on the mountains and higher ground, and in ill-watered districts, being destroyed by fire, as not having a sufficiency of water, which is the natural weapon with which to repel fire, and those, on the other hand, being destroyed by water who live on the banks of rivers or lakes, or on the shores of the sea, for evils like to attack those who are nearest first, or indeed solely.
149Accordingly, when the greater part of mankind is destroyed in the manners above mentioned, besides an infinity of other ways of less power and importance, it follows of necessity that the arts also must fail, for it cannot be possible to discuss science by itself without some one to reduce it to method and practise. But when those common pestilences relax their fury, and when the human race begins again to recover vigour and to flourish, descending from those who have not been previously destroyed by the evils which pressed upon them, then the arts also begin again to exist, not indeed as they were at first, but in thinner numbers from the diminution of the numbers of those who practise them.
150I have now then set forth to the best of my ability what I have been able to learn or to understand concerning the indestructibility of the world, and in the subsequent treatises I shall proceed to show what may be said against each of the arguments here stated.
Contents — 6 sections
Sections 1–25
1Ἐπὶ μὲν παντὸς ἀδήλου καὶ σπουδαίου πράγματος θεὸν καλεῖν ἄξιον, διότι ἀγαθός ἐστι γεννητὴς καὶ οὐδὲν ἄδηλον παρ’ αὐτῷ τὴν τῶν ὅλων ἀκριβεστάτην ἐπιστήμην εἰληχότι, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀφθαρσίας τοῦ κόσμου λόγον ἀναγκαιότατον· οὔτε γὰρ ἐν αἰσθητοῖς παντελέστερόν τι τοῦ κόσμου οὔτε ἐν νοητοῖς θεοῦ τελεώτερον, αἰεὶ δ’ αἰσθήσεως ἡγεμὼν νοῦς καὶ νοητὸν αἰσθητοῦ, τὰ δὲ τῶν ὑπηκόων παρ’ ἡγεμόνος τε καὶ ἐπιστάτου νόμος φιλοπευστεῖν, οἷς ἐμπέφυκε πόθος ἀληθείας πλείων.
2εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐνασκηθέντες τοῖς φρονήσεως καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς δόγμασιν ἀπερρυψάμεθα τὰς ἐκ παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων κηλῖδας, οὐκ ἂν ἴσως ἀπηξίωσεν ὁ θεὸς ἄκρως κεκαθαρμέναις καὶ φαιδρυναμέναις αὐγοειδῶς ψυχαῖς ἐπιστήμην τῶν οὐρανίων ἢ δι’ ὀνειράτων ἢ διὰ χρησμῶν ἢ διὰ σημείων ἢ τεράτων ὑφηγεῖσθαι· ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς ἀφροσύνης καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων κακιῶν ἀναμαξάμενοι [στοχασμοὺς καὶ] τύπους δυσεκπλύτους ἔχομεν, ἀγαπᾶν χρή, κἂν εἰκόσι στοχασμοῖς δι’ αὑτῶν μίμημά τι τῆς ἀληθείας ἀνευρίσκωμεν.
3Ἄξιον οὖν τοὺς ζητοῦντας εἰ ἄφθαρτος ὁ κόσμος, ἐπειδὴ καὶ „φθορὰ“ καὶ „κόσμος“ τῶν πολλαχῶς λεγομένων ἐστὶν ἑκάτερον, πρῶτον ἐρευνῆσαι περὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων, ἵνα καθ’ ὃ σημαινόμενον νυνὶ [καὶ] τέτακται διαγνῶμεν· ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὅσα δηλοῦται πάντα καταριθμητέον, ἀλλ’ ὅσα πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν διδασκαλίαν χρήσιμα.
4λέγεται τοίνυν ὁ κόσμος καθ’ ἓν μὲν [πρῶτον] σύστημα ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἄστρων κατὰ περιοχὴν καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐπ’ αὐτῆς ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν, καθ’ ἕτερον δὲ μόνος οὐρανός, εἰς ὃν ἀπιδὼν Ἀναξαγόρας πρὸς τὸν πυθόμενον, ἧς ἕνεκα αἰτίας ταλαιπωρεῖται διανυκτερεύων ὕπαιθρος, ἀπεκρίνατο ’τοῦ τὸν κόσμον θεάσασθαι,’ τὰς χορείας καὶ περιφορὰς τῶν ἀστέρων αἰνιττόμενος, κατὰ δὲ τρίτον, ὡς δοκεῖ τοῖς Στωικοῖς, διῆκον ἄχρι τῆς ἐκπυρώσεως, οὐσία τις ἢ διακεκοσμημένη ἢ ἀδιακόσμητος, οὗ τῆς κινήσεώς φασιν εἶναι τὸν χρόνον διάστημα. νῦν δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ σκέψις περὶ κόσμου τοῦ κατὰ τὸ πρῶτον σημαινόμενον, ὃς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ζῴων συνέστηκε.
5λέγεται μέντοι καὶ φθορὰ ἥ τε πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον μεταβολὴ [λέγεται δὲ] καὶ ἡ ἐκ τοῦ ὄντος ἀναίρεσις παντελής, ἣν καὶ ἀνύπαρκτον ἀναγκαῖον λέγειν· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος οὐδὲν γίνεται, οὐδ’ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν φθείρεται· „ἔκ τε γὰρ οὐδάμ’ ἐόντος ἀμήχανόν ἐστι γενέσθαι [τι] καί τ’ ἐὸν ἐξαπολέσθαι ἀνήνυστον καὶ ἄπυστον.“ καὶ ὁ τραγικός· „θνῄσκει δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν γιγνομένων, διακρινόμενον δ’ ἄλλο πρὸς ἄλλο μορφὴν ἑτέραν ἀπέδειξεν." οὐδέν γε οὕτως ἐστὶν εὔηθες ὡς τὸ ἀπορεῖν,
6εἰ ὁ κόσμος εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν φθείρεται, ἀλλ’ εἰ δέχεται τὴν ἐκ τῆς διακοσμήσεως μεταβολήν, τὰς ποικίλας μορφὰς στοιχείων τε καὶ συγκριμάτων εἰς μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἰδέαν ἀναλυθεὶς ἢ ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς θλάσμασι καὶ τοῖς κατάγμασι δεξάμενος παντελῆ σύγχυσιν.
7Τριτταὶ δὲ περὶ τοῦ ζητουμένου γεγόνασι δόξαι, τῶν μὲν ἀίδιον τὸν κόσμον φαμένων, ἀγένητόν τε καὶ ἀνώλεθρον, τῶν δὲ ἐξ ἐναντίας γενητόν τε καὶ φθαρτόν· εἰσὶ δ’ οἳ παρ’ ἑκατέρων ἐκλαβόντες, τὸ μὲν γενητὸν παρὰ τῶν ὑστέρων παρὰ δὲ τῶν προτέρων τὸ ἄφθαρτον, μικτὴν δόξαν ἀπέλιπον, γενητὸν καὶ ἄφθαρτον οἰηθέντες αὐτὸν εἶναι.
8Δημόκριτος μὲν οὖν καὶ Ἐπίκουρος καὶ ὁ πολὺς ὅμιλος τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς φιλοσόφων γένεσιν καὶ φθορὰν ἀπολείπουσι τοῦ κόσμου, πλὴν οὐχ ὁμοίως· οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλοὺς κόσμους ὑπογράφουσιν, ὧν τὴν μὲν γένεσιν ἀλληλοτυπίαις καὶ ἐπιπλοκαῖς ἀτόμων ἀνατιθέασι, τὴν δὲ φθορὰν ἀντικοπαῖς καὶ προσράξεσι τῶν γεγονότων· οἱ δὲ Στωικοὶ κόσμον μὲν ἕνα, γενέσεως δ’ αὐτοῦ θεὸν αἴτιον, φθορᾶς δὲ μηκέτι θεόν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι πυρὸς ἀκαμάτου δύναμιν χρόνων μακραῖς περιόδοις ἀναλύουσαν τὰ πάντα εἰς ἑαυτήν, ἐξ ἧς πάλιν ἀναγέννησιν κόσμου συνίστασθαι προμηθείᾳ τοῦ τεχνίτου.
9δύναται δὲ κατὰ τούτους ὁ μέν τις κόσμος ἀίδιος, ὁ δέ τις φθαρτὸς λέγεσθαι, φθαρτὸς μὲν ὁ κατὰ τὴν διακόσμησιν, ἀίδιος δὲ ὁ κατὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν παλιγγενεσίαις καὶ περιόδοις ἀθανατιζόμενος οὐδέποτε ληγούσαις.
10Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ μήποτ’ εὐσεβῶς καὶ ὁσίως ἐνιστάμενος ἀγένητον καὶ ἄφθαρτον ἔφη τὸν κόσμον εἶναι, δεινὴν δὲ ἀθεότητα κατεγίνωσκε τῶν τἀναντία διεξιόντων, οἳ τῶν χειροκμήτων οὐδὲν ᾠήθησαν διαφέρειν τοσοῦτον ὁρατὸν θεόν, ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὸ ἄλλο τῶν πλανήτων καὶ ἀπλανῶν ὡς ἀληθῶς περιέχοντα πάνθειον·
11ἔλεγέ τε, ὡς ἔστιν ἀκούειν, κατακερτομῶν, ὅτι πάλαι μὲν ἐδεδίει περὶ τῆς οἰκίας, μὴ βιαίοις πνεύμασιν ἢ χειμῶσιν ἐξαισίοις ἢ χρόνῳ ἢ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ τῆς ἁρμοττούσης ἐπιμελείας ἀνατραπῇ, νυνὶ δὲ φόβον ἐπικρέμασθαι μείζονα πρὸς τῶν τὸν ἅπαντα κόσμον τῷ λόγῳ καθαιρούντων.
12ἔνιοι δ’ οὐκ Ἀριστοτέλην τῆς δόξης εὑρετὴν λέγουσιν ἀλλὰ τῶν Πυθαγορείων τινάς. ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ Ὀκέλλου συγγράμματι, Λευκανοῦ γένος, ἐπιγραφομένῳ ’Περὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς φύσεως’ ἐνέτυχον, ἐν ᾧ ἀγένητόν τε καὶ ἄφθαρτον οὐκ ἀπεφαίνετο μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ δι’ ἀποδείξεων κατεσκεύαζε τὸν κόσμον εἶναι.
13γενητὸν δὲ καὶ ἄφθαρτόν φασιν ὑπὸ Πλάτωνος ἐν Τιμαίῳ δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τῆς θεοπρεποῦς ἐκκλησίας, ἐν ᾗ λέγεται πρὸς τοὺς νεωτέρους θεοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πρεσβυτάτου καὶ ἡγεμόνος· „θεοὶ θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ δημιουργὸς πατήρ τε ἔργων, ἄλυτα ἐμοῦ γε μὴ θέλοντος. τὸ μὲν οὖν δὴ δεθὲν πᾶν λυτόν, τό γε μὴν καλῶς ἁρμοσθὲν καὶ ἔχον εὖ λύειν ἐθέλειν κακοῦ. δι’ ἃ καὶ ἐπείπερ γεγένησθε, ἀθάνατοι μὲν οὔκ ἐστε οὐδ’ ἄλυτοι τὸ πάμπαν, οὔτι γε μὴν λυθήσεσθέ γε, οὐδὲ τεύξεσθε θανάτου μοίρας, τῆς ἐμῆς βουλήσεως μείζονος ἔτι δεσμοῦ καὶ κυριωτέρου λαχόντες ἐκείνων, οἷς ὅτε ἐγίγνεσθε συνεδεῖσθε.“
14τινὲς δὲ οἴονται σοφιζόμενοι κατὰ Πλάτωνα γενητὸν λέγεσθαι τὸν κόσμον οὐ τῷ λαβεῖν γενέσεως ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ τῷ, εἴπερ ἐγίγνετο, μὴ ἂν ἑτέρως ἢ τὸν εἰρημένον συστῆναι τρόπον, ἢ διὰ τὸ ἐν γενέσει καὶ μεταβολῇ τὰ μέρη θεωρεῖσθαι.
15βέλτιον δὲ καὶ ἀληθέστερον ὑπονοεῖν τὸ πρότερον, οὐ μόνον ὅτι διὰ παντὸς τοῦ συγγράμματος πατέρα μὲν καὶ ποιητὴν καὶ δημιουργὸν τὸν θεοπλάστην ἐκεῖνον καλεῖ, ἔργον δὲ καὶ ἔγγονον τουτονὶ τὸν κόσμον, ἀπ’ ἀρχετύπου καὶ νοητοῦ παραδείγματος μίμημα αἰσθητόν, πάνθ’ ὅσα ἐν ἐκείνῳ νοητὰ περιέχοντα αἰσθητὰ ἐν αὑτῷ, τελειοτάτου πρὸς νοῦν τελειότατον ἐκμαγεῖον πρὸς αἴσθησιν,
16ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ Πλάτωνος, διὰ τὴν τῆς φιλοσοφίας αἰδῶ μηδὲν ἂν ψευσάμενος, καὶ διότι πιστότερος οὐδεὶς ὑφηγητῇ γνωρίμου μαρτυρεῖν καὶ μάλιστα τοιούτου, ὃς οὐ πάρεργον ἔθετο παιδείαν ἁψικόρῳ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ, προσυπερβαλεῖν δὲ σπουδάσας τὰς τῶν παλαιῶν εὑρέσεις ἔνια τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων εἰς ἕκαστον φιλοσοφίας μέρος καινοτομήσας προσεξεύρετο.
17πατέρα δὲ τοῦ Πλατωνείου δόγματος ἔνιοι νομίζουσι τὸν ποιητὴν Ἡσίοδον, γενητὸν καὶ ἄφθαρτον. οἰόμενοι τὸν κόσμον ὑπ’ ἐκείνου λέγεσθαι, γενητὸν μέν, ὅτι φησὶν „ἤτοι μὲν πρώτιστα χάος γένετ’, αὐτὰρ ἔπειτα γαῖ’ εὐρύστερνος, πάντων ἕδος ἀσφαλὲς αἰεί,“
18ἄφθαρτον δέ, ὅτι διάλυσιν καὶ φθορὰν οὐ μεμήνυκεν αὐτοῦ. χάος δὲ ὁ μὲν Ἀριστοτέλης τόπον οἴεται εἶναι, ὅτι τὸ δεξόμενον ἀνάγκη προϋποκεῖσθαι σώματι, τῶν δὲ Στωικῶν ἔνιοι τὸ ὕδωρ παρὰ τὴν χύσιν τοὔνομα πεποιῆσθαι νομίζοντες. ὁποτέρως δ’ ἂν ἔχοι, τὸ γενητὸν εἶναι τὸν
19κόσμον ἐναργέστατα παρ’ Ἡσιόδῳ μεμήνυται. μακροῖς δὲ χρόνοις πρότερον ὁ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νομοθέτης Μωϋσῆς γενητὸν καὶ ἄφθαρτον ἔφη τὸν κόσμον ἐν ἱεραῖς βίβλοις· εἰσὶ δὲ πέντε, ὧν τὴν πρώτην ἐπέγραψε Γένεσιν, ἐν ᾗ ἄρχεται τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον· „Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν· ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος“ (Gen. 1,1.2.), εἶτα προελθὼν ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα μηνύει πάλιν, ὅτι ἡμέραι καὶ νύκτες καὶ ὧραι καὶ ἐνιαυτοὶ σελήνη τε καὶ ἥλιος, οἳ χρόνου μετρήσεως φύσιν ἔδειξαν, μετὰ τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ μοίρας ἀθανάτου λαχόντες διατελοῦσιν ἄφθαρτοι (cf. Gen. 1,14. 8,22).
20Τοὺς δὲ ἀγένητον καὶ ἄφθαρτον κατασκευάζοντας λόγους ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τὸν ὁρατὸν θεὸν αἰδοῦς προτέρους τακτέον οἰκείαν ἀρχὴν λαβόντας. ἅπασι τοῖς φθορὰν ἐνδεχομένοις αἰτίαι διτταὶ τῆς ἀπωλείας, ἡ μὲν ἐντός, ἡ δὲ ἐκτός, προϋπόκεινται· σίδηρον γοῦν καὶ χαλκὸν καὶ τὰς τοιουτοτρόπους οὐσίας εὕροις ἂν ἀφανιζομένας ἐξ ἑαυτῶν μέν, ὅταν ἑρπηνώδους νοσήματος τρόπον ἰὸς ἐπιδραμὼν διαφάγῃ, πρὸς δὲ τῶν ἐκτός, ὅταν ἐμπιπραμένης οἰκίας ἢ πόλεως συναναφλεχθεῖσαι τῇ πυρὸς βιαίῳ ῥιπῇ διαλυθῶσιν· ὁμοιοτρόπως δὲ καὶ ζῴοις ἐπιγίνεται τελευτὴ νοσήσασι μὲν ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, ὑπὸ δὲ τῶν ἐκτὸς σφαττομένοις ἢ καταλευομένοις ἢ ἐμπιπραμένοις ἢ θάνατον οὐ καθαρὸν τὸν δι’ ἀγχόνης ὑπομένουσιν.
21εἰ δὴ φθείρεται καὶ κόσμος, ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἤτοι ὑπό τινος τῶν ἐκτὸς ἢ πρός τινος τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διαφθαρήσεται δυνάμεων· ἀμήχανον δ’ ἑκάτερον· ἐκτὸς μὲν γὰρ οὐδέν ἐστι τοῦ κόσμου, πάντων εἰς τὴν συμπλήρωσιν αὐτοῦ συνερανισθέντων· οὕτως γὰρ εἷς τε ἔσται καὶ ὅλος καὶ ἀγήρως, εἷς μὲν διὰ τὸ ἀπολειφθέντων τινῶν ἕτερον ἂν τῷ νῦν ὄντι γενέσθαι ὅμοιον, ὅλος δὲ ἕνεκα τοῦ σύμπασαν τὴν οὐσίαν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐξανηλῶσθαι, ἀγήρως δὲ καὶ ἄνοσος, ἐπειδὴ τὰ νόσοις καὶ γήρᾳ σώματα ἁλωτὰ θερμότησι καὶ ψύξεσι καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐναντιότησι προσεμπιπτούσαις ἔξωθεν ἰσχυρῶς ἀνατρέπεται, ὧν οὐδεμία δύναμις ἀποδρᾶσα κυκλοῦται καὶ ἐπιτίθεται, πασῶν, μηδενὸς ἀποστατοῦντος μέρους, ὁλοκλήρων ἐγκατειλημμένων εἴσω. εἰ δ’ ἄρα τί ἐστιν ἐκτός, πάντως ἂν εἴη κενόν, ἡ ἀπαθὴς
22φύσις, ἣν ἀδύνατον παθεῖν τι ἢ δρᾶσαι. καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ ὑπό τινος αἰτίας διαλυθήσεται τῶν ἐντὸς αὐτοῦ· πρῶτον μέν, ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ὅλου τὸ μέρος καὶ μεῖζον ἔσται καὶ κραταιότερον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἀτοπώτατον· ὁ γὰρ κόσμος ἀνυπερβλήτῳ κράτει χρώμενος ἄγει τὰ πάντα μέρη, πρὸς μηδενὸς αὐτῶν ἀγόμενος· ἔπειτα δέ, ὅτι διττῶν οὐσῶν φθορᾶς αἰτιῶν, τῆς μὲν ἐντὸς τῆς δὲ ἐκτός, ἃ τὴν ἑτέραν οἷά τε ὑπομένειν. δεκτικὰ καὶ τῆς ἑτέρας ἐστὶ πάντως.
23σημεῖον δέ· βοῦς καὶ ἵππος καὶ ἄνθρωπος καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια ζῷα, διότι πέφυκεν ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπὸ σιδήρου, καὶ νόσῳ τελευτήσει· χαλεπὸν γὰρ μᾶλλον δὲ ἀδύνατον εὑρεῖν, ὅ τι τὴν ἔξωθεν αἰτίαν πεφυκὸς ὑπομένειν τῆς φθορᾶς ἄδεκτον ἔσται κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς τῆς ἔνδοθεν.
24ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ὑπ’ οὐδενὸς τῶν ἐκτὸς φθαρησόμενος ἐδείχθη ὁ κόσμος, τῷ μηδὲν ἔξω καταλελεῖφθαι πάντως, οὐδ’ ὑπό τινος τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, διὰ τὴν προεπιλογισθεῖσαν ἀπόδειξιν, καθ’ ἣν τὸ ἁλωτὸν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ τῶν αἰτιῶν καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν ἐπεφύκει δέχεσθαι.
25μαρτύρια δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐν Τιμαίῳ περὶ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον ἄνοσον εἶναι καὶ μὴ φθαρησόμενον τάδε· „τῶν δὲ δὴ τεττάρων ἓν ὅλον ἕκαστον εἴληφεν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις· ἐκ γὰρ πυρὸς παντὸς ὕδατός τε καὶ ἀέρος καὶ γῆς συνέστησεν αὐτὸν ὁ συνιστάς, μέρος οὐδὲν οὐδενὸς οὐδὲ δύναμιν ἔξωθεν ὑπολιπών, τάδε διανοηθείς·
Sections 26–50
26πρῶτον μέν, ἵνα ὅλον ὅτι μάλιστα ζῷον, τέλειον ἐκ τελείων μερῶν, εἴη· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἕν, ἅτε οὐχ ὑπολελειμμένων ἐξ ὧν ἄλλο τοιοῦτον γένοιτ’ ἄν· ἔτι δέ, ἵνα ἀγήρων καὶ ἄνοσον ᾖ, κατανοῶν ὡς συστάτῳ σώματι θερμὰ καὶ ψυχρὰ καὶ πάνθ’ ὅσα δυνάμεις ἰσχυρὰς ἔχει περιιστάμενα ἔξωθεν καὶ προσπίπτοντα ἀκαίρως λυπεῖ καὶ νόσους καὶ γῆρας ἐπάγοντα φθίνειν ποιεῖ. διὰ τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὸν λογισμὸν τόνδε θεὸς ὅλον ἐξ ὅλων ἁπάντων τέλειον καὶ ἀγήρων καὶ ἄνοσον αὐτὸν ἐτεκτήνατο.“
27τοῦτο μὲν δὴ παρὰ Πλάτωνος πρὸς τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν τοῦ κόσμου μαρτύριον εἰλήφθω, τὸ δ’ ἀγένητον παρὰ τῆς φυσικῆς ἀκολουθίας· ἕπεται μὲν γὰρ τῷ γενομένῳ διάλυσις, ἀφθαρσία δὲ τῷ ἀγενήτῳ· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ τὸ τρίμετρον ἐκεῖνο ποιήσας „τό τοι γενόμενον κατθανεῖν ὀφείλεται" δοκεῖ μὴ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ, συνεὶς ἀκολουθίαν τῶν αἰτιῶν τῆς γενέσεως καὶ τῆς φθορᾶς, * * * ὧδ’ ἔχει.
28Ἑτέρως δέ ἐστι τοιόνδε· πάνθ’ ὅσα τῶν συνθέτων φθείρεται, διάλυσιν εἰς τὰ ἐξ ὧν συνετέθη λαμβάνει· διάλυσις δ’ οὐδὲν ἦν ἄρα ἢ πρὸς τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἑκάστων ἐπάνοδος, ὥστε κατὰ τοὐναντίον ἡ σύνθεσις εἰς τὸ παρὰ φύσιν τὰ συνελθόντα βεβίασται. καὶ δὴ τάδ’ οὕτως ἔοικεν ἀψευδέστατα ἔχειν.
29ἄνθρωποι γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν τεττάρων στοιχείων, ἃ δὴ ὅλα τοῦ παντός ἐστιν οὐρανοῦ, γῆς, ὕδατος, ἀέρος τε καὶ πυρός, βραχέα τὰ μέρη δανεισάμενοι συνεκράθημεν· τὰ δ’ ἀνακραθέντα τῆς κατὰ φύσιν θέσεως ἐστέρηται, θερμότητος μὲν τῆς ἀνωφοίτου κατωσθείσης, τῆς δὲ γεώδους καὶ βάρος ἐχούσης οὐσίας ἐπελαφρισθείσης καὶ τὸν ἄνω τόπον ἀντιλαβούσης,
30ὃν τὸ γεωδέστατον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἐπέσχηκε κεφαλή. δεσμῶν δὲ φαυλότατος ὃν ἔσφιγξε βία, βαιὸς καὶ ὀλιγοχρόνιος· ῥήγνυται γὰρ θᾶττον ὑπὸ τῶν δεθέντων, ἅτε ἀπαυχενιζόντων διὰ πόθον [ὑπὸ] τῆς κατὰ φύσιν κινήσεως, πρὸς ἣν σπεύδοντα μετανίσταται· κατὰ γὰρ τὸν τραγικὸν „χωρεῖ δ’ ὀπίσω τὰ μὲν ἐκ γαίας φύντ’ εἰς γαῖαν τὰ δ’ ἀπ’ αἰθερίου βλαστόντα γονῆς εἰς οὐράνιον πόλον ἦλθε πάλιν· θνῄσκει δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν γιγνομένων, διακρινόμενον δ’ ἄλλο πρὸς ἄλλο μορφὴν ἰδίαν ἀπέδειξεν.“ τοῖς μὲν δὴ φθειρομένοις ἅπασι νόμος ἀναγέγραπται καὶ θεσμὸς οὗτος,
31ὁπότε μὲν ὑφέστηκε τὰ συνεληλυθότα ἐν τῇ κράσει, πρὸ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν τάξεως ἀταξίας ἀντιμετειληφέναι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους τόπους μετανίστασθαι, ὡς τρόπον τινὰ ξενιτεύειν δοκεῖν, ὁπότε δὲ διαλύοιτο, πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν τῆς φύσεως λῆξιν ἀνακάμπτειν.
32ὁ δὲ κόσμος ἀμέτοχος τῆς ἐν τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν ἀταξίας ἐστίν. ἐπεί, φέρε, θεασώμεθα· φθειρομένου τὰ μέρη νυνὶ μὲν ἀνάγκη τετάχθαι τὴν παρὰ φύσιν ἕκαστα χώραν· τοῦτο δὲ ὑπονοεῖν οὐκ εὐαγές· ἀρίστην γὰρ θέσιν καὶ τάξιν ἐναρμόνιον τὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη πάντα εἴληχεν, ὡς ἕκαστον καθάπερ πατρίδι φιλοχωροῦν μὴ ζητεῖν ἀμείνω μεταβολήν.
33διὰ τοῦτο γῇ μὲν ὁ μεσαίτατος ἀπενεμήθη τόπος, ἐφ’ ἣν πάντα τὰ γεώδη, κἂν ἀναρρίψῃς, καταφέρεται— τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ σημεῖον χώρας τῆς κατὰ φύσιν· ἔνθα γὰρ μὴ ὑπὸ βίας ὁτιοῦν ἐνεχθὲν ἵσταται καὶ ἠρεμεῖ, τὸν οἰκεῖον εἴληχε χῶρον —· ὕδωρ δὲ ἐπὶ γῆν ἀνακέχυται [δεύτερον], ἀὴρ δὲ καὶ πῦρ ἀπὸ τοῦ μέσου πρὸς τὸν ἄνω κεχώρηκεν, ἀὴρ μὲν τὸν μεθόριον ὕδατος καὶ πυρὸς κληρωσάμενος τόπον, πῦρ δὲ τὸν ἀνωτάτω· διὸ κἂν ἀναψάμενος δᾷδα πρὸς γῆν καταφέρῃς, ἡ φλὸξ οὐδὲν ἧττον ἀντιβιάσεται καὶ πρὸς τὴν φυσικὴν τοῦ πυρὸς κίνησιν ἐπικουφίσασα αὑτὴν ἀναδραμεῖται.
34εἰ δὴ φθορᾶς μὲν αἴτιον ἡ παρὰ φύσιν τάξις τῶν ἄλλων [ἔχει] ζῴων, ἐν δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ κατὰ φύσιν ἕκαστα τῶν μερῶν διατέτακται τὰς οἰκείας διακληρωσάμενα χώρας, ἐνδίκως ἂν λέγοιτο ὁ κόσμος ἄφθαρτος.
35Ἔτι τοίνυν ἐκεῖνο παντί τῳ δῆλον, ὅτι φύσις ἑκάστη διατηρεῖν καὶ διασῴζειν, εἰ δ’ οἷόν τε εἴη, καὶ ἀθανατίζειν ἕκαστα ὧν φύσις ἐστὶν ἐσπούδακεν, ἡ μὲν ἐν τοῖς δένδρεσι τὰ δένδρα, ἡ δ’ ἐν τοῖς ζῴοις τῶν ζῴων ἕκαστον.
36ἐξασθενεῖ δὲ ἡ ἐπὶ μέρους ἀναγκαίως ἄγειν πρὸς ἀιδιότητα· ἢ γὰρ ἔνδεια ἢ φλογμὸς ἢ κρυμὸς ἢ μυρία ἄλλα τῶν εἰωθότων ἐπισυνίστασθαι κατασκήψαντα διέσεισε καὶ διέλυσε τὸν συνέχοντα δεσμὸν καὶ τέλος κατέρρηξε· τοιοῦτον δ’ εἰ μηδὲν ἐφήδρευεν ἔξω, κἂν ὅσον ἐφ’ ἑαυτῇ πάντα μικρά τε αὖ καὶ μεγάλα ἀγήρω διεφύλαττεν.
37ἀναγκαῖον οὖν καὶ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου φύσιν γλίχεσθαι τῆς τοῦ ὅλου διαμονῆς· οὐ γὰρ δὴ τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους ἐστὶ χείρων, ὡς ἀποδιδράσκουσα καὶ λιποτακτοῦσα νόσον ἀνθ’ ὑγιείας καὶ φθορὰν ἀντὶ σωτηρίας παντελοῦς ἐπιχειρεῖν τεχνάζειν, ἐπειδὴ "πασάων ὑπὲρ ἥ γε κάρη ἔχει ἠδὲ μέτωπα, ῥεῖά τ’ ἀριγνώτη πέλεται, καλαὶ δέ τε πᾶσαι.“ ἀλλ’ εἰ τοῦτ’ ἀληθές ἐστι, φθορὰν ὁ κόσμος οὐ δέξεται. διὰ τί; ὅτι ἡ συνέχουσα φύσις αὐτὸν ἀήττητός ἐστι κατὰ πολλὴν ἰσχύος ῥώμην, τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα βλάπτειν ἔμελλεν ἁπαξαπάντων ἐπικρατοῦσα.
38διὸ καὶ Πλάτων εὖ „ἀπῄει τε γὰρ“ φησίν „οὐδὲν οὐδὲ προσῄει αὐτῷ ποθεν· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἦν. αὐτὸ γὰρ ἑαυτῷ τροφὴν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φθίσιν παρέχον καὶ πάντ’ ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ ὑφ’ ἑαυτοῦ πάσχον καὶ δρῶν ἐκ τέχνης γέγονεν· ἡγήσατο γὰρ αὐτὸ ὁ συνθεὶς αὔταρκες ὂν ἄμεινον ἔσεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ προσδεὲς ἄλλων.“
39Ἀποδεικτικώτατός γε μὴν κἀκεῖνος ὁ λόγος ἐστίν, ἐφ’ ᾧ μυρίους οἶδα σεμνυνομένους ὡς ἠκριβωμένῳ καὶ πάνυ ἀνεξελέγκτῳ. πυνθάνονται γάρ· τίνος ἕνεκα τὸν κόσμον φθερεῖ ὁ θεός; ἤτοι γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηκέτι κοσμοποιῆσαι ἢ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἕτερον κατασκευάσαι.
40τὸ μὲν δὴ πρότερον ἀλλότριον θεοῦ· πρὸς τάξιν γὰρ ἀταξίαν μεταβάλλειν δέον, οὐ πρὸς ἀταξίαν τάξιν· εἶτα δ’ ὅτι καὶ μετάνοιαν πάθος καὶ νόσημα δέξεται ψυχῆς· ἔδει γὰρ ἢ μὴ κοσμοποιῆσαι τὸ παράπαν ἢ κρίνοντα πρέπον αὑτῷ τὸ ἔργον χαίρειν τῷ γενομένῳ.
41τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ἄξιον οὐ βραχείας ἐρεύνης. εἰ γὰρ ἕτερον ἀντὶ τοῦ νῦν ὄντος κατασκευάσει, πάντως ὁ γενόμενος ἢ χείρων ἢ ὅμοιος ἢ κρείττων ἀποτελεσθήσεται· ὧν ἕκαστον ἐπίληπτον. εἰ μὲν γὰρ χείρων ὁ κόσμος, χείρων καὶ ὁ δημιουργός. ἀμώμητα δὲ καὶ ἀνεξέλεγκτα καὶ ἀνεπανόρθωτα τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τελειοτάτῃ τέχνῃ καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ δημιουργηθέντα· „οὐδὲ“ γὰρ „γυνὴ“ φασί „τοσσόνδε νόου ἐπιδεύεται ἐσθλοῦ, ὥστε χερείον’ ἑλέσθαι ἀμεινοτέρων παρεόντων.“ ἐμπρεπὲς δὲ θεῷ τὰ ἄμορφα μορφοῦν καὶ τοῖς αἰσχίστοις περιτιθέναι θαυμαστὰ κάλλη.
42εἰ δ’ ὅμοιος, ματαιοπόνος ὁ τεχνίτης, οὐδὲν κομιδῇ νηπίων παίδων διαφέρων, οἳ πολλάκις παρ’ αἰγιαλοῖς ἀθύροντες ψάμμου γεωλόφους ἀνιστᾶσι κἄπειθ’ ὑφαιροῦντες ταῖς χερσὶ πάλιν ἐρείπουσι· πολὺ γὰρ ἄμεινον τοῦ κατασκευάζειν ὅμοιον μηδὲν μήτε ἀφαιροῦντα μήτε προστιθέντα μηδ’ αὖ πρὸς τὸ ἄμεινον ἢ χεῖρον μεταβάλλοντα τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἅπαξ γενόμενον κατὰ χώραν ἐᾶν.
43εἰ δὲ κρείττονα δημιουργήσει, γενήσεται τότε κρείττων καὶ ὁ δημιουργός, ὥσθ’ ἡνίκα τὸν πρότερον κατεσκεύαζε καὶ τὴν τέχνην καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἦν ἀτελέστερος, ὅπερ οὐδὲ θέμις ὑπονοεῖν ἐστιν· ἴσος γὰρ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ καὶ ὅμοιος ὁ θεός, μήτε ἄνεσιν πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον μήτ’ ἐπίτασιν πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον δεχόμενος. ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς τοιαύτας ἀνωμαλίας ἄνθρωποι κεχωρήκασι, πρὸς ἑκάτερον τό τε εὖ καὶ τὸ χεῖρον πεφυκότες μεταβάλλειν, αὐξήσεσι καὶ προκοπαῖς καὶ βελτιώσεσι καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐναντίοις εἰωθότες χρῆσθαι.
44πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὰ μὲν τῶν θνητῶν ἔργα ἡμῶν φθαρτὰ δεόντως ἂν γένοιτο, τὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀθανάτου κατὰ τὸν εἰκότα λόγον ἄφθαρτα δήπου· τῇ γὰρ φύσει τῶν τεχνιτῶν εὔλογον τὰ δημιουργηθέντα ἐξομοιοῦσθαι.
45Καὶ μὴν ἅπαντί τῳ κἀκεῖνο δῆλον, ὅτι φθειρομένης μὲν τῆς γῆς ἀνάγκη καὶ τὰ χερσαῖα τῶν ζῴων καθ’ ὅλον τὸ γένος ἀπόλλυσθαι. φθειρομένου δὲ ὕδατος τὰ ἔνυδρα, καὶ ἀέρος μέντοι καὶ πυρὸς τὰ ἀεροπόρα καὶ πυρίγονα.
46κατ’ ἀνάλογον οὖν εἰ φθείρεται ὁ οὐρανός, φθαρήσεται μὲν ἥλιος καὶ σελήνη, φθαρήσονται δ’ οἱ λοιποὶ πλάνητες, φθαρήσονται δ’ οἱ ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρες, ὁ τοσοῦτος αἰσθητῶν θεῶν εὐδαίμων τὸ πάλαι νομισθεὶς στρατός. ὃ δὴ [εἰ] γένοιτ’ ἂν οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ θεοὺς φθειρομένους ὑπονοεῖν· ἴσον γάρ ἐστι τῷ καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἀθανάτους ὑπονοεῖν. καίτοι τις ἐν ἀτίμων συγκρίσει τοῦτ’ ἂν εὕροι σκοπῶν εὐλογώτερον ἐκείνου· χάριτι μὲν γὰρ θεοῦ θνητὸν ἀθανασίας μεταλαχεῖν εἰκός ἐστιν, ἀφθαρσίαν δὲ θεοὺς ἀποβαλεῖν ἀδύνατον, κἂν αἱ ἀνθρώπων σοφίαι κακομανῶσι.
47καὶ μὴν οἵ γε τὰς ἐκπυρώσεις καὶ τὰς παλιγγενεσίας εἰσηγούμενοι τοῦ κόσμου νομίζουσι καὶ ὁμολογοῦσι τοὺς ἀστέρας θεοὺς εἶναι, οὓς τῷ λόγῳ διαφθείρειν οὐκ ἐρυθριῶσιν. ἔδει γὰρ ἢ μύδρους διαπύρους ἀποφήνασθαι, καθάπερ ἔνιοι τῶν οἷα περὶ δεσμωτηρίου φλυαρούντων τοῦ σύμπαντος οὐρανοῦ, ἢ θείας ἢ δαιμονίας φύσεις νομίζοντας τὴν ἁρμόττουσαν θεοῖς ἀφθαρσίαν προσομολογῆσαι. νυνὶ δὲ τοσοῦτον δόξης ἀληθοῦς διήμαρτον, ὥστε λελήθασιν αὑτοὺς καὶ τῇ προνοίᾳ — ψυχὴ δ’ ἐστὶ τοῦ κόσμου — φθορὰν ἐπιφέροντες ἐξ ὧν ἀνακόλουθα φιλοσοφοῦσι.
48Χρύσιππος γοῦν ὁ δοκιμώτατος τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς Περὶ αὐξανομένου τερατεύεταί τι τοιοῦτον· προκατασκευάσας ὅτι "δύο ἰδίως ποιὰ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας ἀμήχανον συστῆναι“, φησίν· „ἔστω θεωρίας ἕνεκα τὸν μέν τινα ὁλόκληρον, τὸν δὲ χωρὶς ἐπινοεῖσθαι τοῦ ἑτέρου ποδός, καλεῖσθαι δὲ τὸν μὲν ὁλόκληρον Δίωνα, τὸν δὲ ἀτελῆ Θέωνα, κἄπειτα ἀποτέμνεσθαι Δίωνος τὸν ἕτερον τοῖν ποδοῖν“. ζητουμένου δή, πότερος ἔφθαρται, τὸν Θέωνα φάσκειν οἰκειότερον εἶναι. τοῦτο δὲ παραδοξολογοῦντος μᾶλλόν ἐστιν ἢ ἀληθεύοντος.
49πῶς γὰρ ὁ μὲν οὐδὲν ἀκρωτηριασθεὶς μέρος, ὁ Θέων, ἀνήρπασται, ὁ δ’ ἀποκοπεὶς τὸν πόδα Δίων οὐχὶ διέφθαρται; „δεόντως“ φησίν· „ἀναδεδράμηκε γὰρ ὁ ἐκτμηθεὶς τὸν πόδα Δίων ἐπὶ τὴν ἀτελῆ τοῦ Θέωνος οὐσίαν, καὶ δύο ἰδίως ποιὰ περὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑποκείμενον οὐ δύνατ’ εἶναι. τοιγαροῦν τὸν μὲν Δίωνα μένειν ἀναγκαῖον, τὸν δὲ Θέωνα διεφθάρθαι.“ „τὰ δ’ οὐχ ὑπ’ ἄλλων ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὑτῶν πτεροῖς ἁλισκόμενα“ φησὶν ὁ τραγικός· ἀπομαξάμενος γάρ τις τὸν τύπον τοῦ λόγου καὶ ἐφαρμόσας τῷ παντὶ κόσμῳ δείξει σαφέστατα καὶ αὐτὴν φθειρομένην τὴν πρόνοιαν.
50σκόπει δ’ ὧδε· ὑποκείσθω τὸ μὲν ὡσανεὶ Δίων ὁ κόσμος — τέλειος γάρ —, τὸ δὲ ὡσανεὶ Θέων ἡ τοῦ κόσμου ψυχή, διότι τοῦ ὅλου τὸ μέρος ἔλαττον, καὶ ἀφαιρείσθω, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ Δίωνος ὁ πούς, οὕτως καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου ὅσον αὐτοῦ σωματοειδές.
Sections 51–75
51οὐκοῦν ἀνάγκη λέγειν ὅτι ὁ μὲν κόσμος οὐκ ἔφθαρται ὁ τὸ σῶμα ἀφαιρεθείς, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ὁ ἀποκοπεὶς τὸν πόδα Δίων, ἀλλ’ ἡ τοῦ κόσμου ψυχή, ὥσπερ Θέων ὁ μηδὲν παθών. ὁ μὲν γὰρ κόσμος ἐπ’ ἐλάττονα οὐσίαν ἀνέδραμεν, ἀφαιρεθέντος αὐτῷ τοῦ σωματοειδοῦς, ἐφθάρη δ’ ἡ ψυχὴ διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι δύο ἰδίως ποιὰ εἶναι περὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑποκείμενον. ἔκθεσμον δὲ τὸ λέγειν φθείρεσθαι τὴν πρόνοιαν· ἀφθάρτου δὲ ὑπαρχούσης, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸν κόσμον ἄφθαρτον εἶναι.
52Μεγίστην μέντοι παρέχεται πίστιν εἰς ἀιδιότητα καὶ ὁ χρόνος. εἰ γὰρ ἀγένητος ὁὁ χρόνος, ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ ὁὁ κόσμος ἀγένητος. διὰ τί; ὅτι, ᾗ φησιν ὁ μέγας Πλάτων, ἡμέραι καὶ νύκτες μῆνές τε καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν περίοδοι χρόνον ἔδειξαν. ἀμήχανον δέ τι τούτων συστῆναι δίχα ἡλίου κινήσεως καὶ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς οὐρανοῦ περιφορᾶς· ὥστ’ εὐθυβόλως ἀποδεδόσθαι πρὸς τῶν εἰωθότων τὰ πράγματα ὁρίζεσθαι χρόνον διάστημα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κινήσεως. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦθ’ ὑγιές ἐστι, γίνεται ὁ κόσμος ἰσῆλιξ τοῦ χρόνου καὶ αἴτιος.
53πάντων δ’ ἀτοπώτατον ὑπονοεῖν, ὅτι ἦν ποτε κόσμος, ἡνίκα οὐκ ἦν χρόνος· ἄναρχος γὰρ καὶ ἀτελεύτητος ἡ τούτου φύσις, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα, τὸ ἦν, τὸ ποτέ, τὸ ἡνίκα, χρόνον συνεμφαίνει. τούτῳ δ’ ἀκόλουθον τὸ μηδὲ χρόνον ὑποστῆναι καθ’ ἑαυτόν, ἡνίκα κόσμος οὐκ ἦν· τὸ γὰρ μὴ ὑπάρχον οὐδὲ κινεῖται· διάστημα δὲ κοσμικῆς κινήσεως ἐδείχθη ὁ χρόνος ὤν. ἀνάγκη τοίνυν ἑκάτερον ἐξ ἀιδίου ὑφεστάναι γενέσεως ἀρχὴν μὴ λαβόντα· τὰ δ’ ἀίδια φθορᾶς ἀνεπίδεκτα.
54τάχα τις εὑρεσιλογῶν Στωικὸς ἐρεῖ, τὸν χρόνον ἀποδεδόσθαι διάστημα τῆς τοῦ κόσμου κινήσεως οὐχὶ τοῦ νυνὶ διακεκοσμημένου μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν ὑπονοουμένου. πρὸς ὃν λεκτέον· τὴν ἀκοσμίαν, ὦ γενναῖε, μετατιθεὶς τὰ ὀνόματα κόσμον καλεῖς· εἰ γὰρ οὗτος ὃν ὁρῶμεν ἐτύμως καὶ προσφυέστατα κόσμος κέκληται, διατεταγμένος καὶ διακεκοσμημένος ἀνεπανορθώτου τέχνης ἀκρότητι, τὴν πρὸς τὸ πῦρ αὐτοῦ μεταβολὴν δεόντως ἄν τις ἀκοσμίαν ὀνομάσαι.
55Κριτόλαος δέ τις τῶν κεχορευκότων Μούσαις, τῆς Περιπατητικῆς ἐραστὴς φιλοσοφίας, τῷ περὶ τῆς ἀιδιότητος κόσμου δόγματι συνειπὼν ἐχρήσατο τοιαύταις πίστεσιν· εἰ γέγονεν ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὴν γῆν γεγονέναι· εἰ δὲ ἡ γῆ γενητή, πάντως καὶ τὸ ἀνθρώπων γένος· ἄνθρωπος δὲ ἀγένητον, ἐξ ἀιδίου τοῦ γένους ὑφεστῶτος, ὥσπερ ἐπιδειχθήσεται·
56ἀίδιος ἄρα καὶ ὁ κόσμος. τὸ δὲ ὑπερτεθὲν ἤδη κατασκευαστέον, εἰ δεῖ καὶ ἀποδείξεως τοῖς οὕτως ἐμφανέσι· δεῖ δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἕνεκα τῶν μυθοπλαστῶν, οἳ ψευσμάτων ἀναπλήσαντες τὸν βίον ἀλήθειαν ὑπερόριον πεφυγαδεύκασιν, οὐ μόνον πόλεις καὶ οἴκους ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕνα ἕκαστον τοῦ ἀρίστου κτήματος χηρεύειν βιασάμενοι καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῆς φράσεως ὁλκὸν μέτρα καὶ ῥυθμοὺς δέλεαρ εἰς ἐνέδραν ἐπινοήσαντες, οἷς ἀφρόνων ὦτα καταγοητεύουσι, καθάπερ ὀφθαλμοὺς αἱ ἄμορφοι καὶ εἰδεχθεῖς ἑταῖραι περιάπτοις καὶ νόθῳ κόσμῳ χηρείᾳ γνησίου.
57λέγουσι γὰρ ὅτι ἡ ἐξ ἀλλήλων γένεσις ἀνθρώπων νεώτερον φύσεως ἔργον, ἀρχεγονώτερον δὲ καὶ πρεσβύτερον ἡ ἐκ γῆς, ἐπειδὴ πάντων μήτηρ ἐστί τε καὶ νενόμισται· τοὺς δὲ ᾀδομένους παρ’ Ἕλλησι Σπαρτοὺς ἐκφῦναι.
58καθάπερ νῦν τὰ δένδρα, τελείους καὶ ἐνόπλους γῆς παῖδας. ὅτι δὲ μύθου πλάσμα τοῦτ’ ἐστί, συνιδεῖν ἐκ πολλῶν ῥᾴδιον. αὐτίκα τῷ πρώτῳ γενομένῳ ἔδει καθ’ ὡρισμένα μέτρα καὶ ἀριθμοὺς χρόνων αὐξήσεως· βαθμοὺς γάρ τινας ἡ φύσις τὰς ἡλικίας ἐγέννησε, δι’ ὧν τρόπον τινὰ ἀναβαίνει καὶ κάτεισιν ἄνθρωπος, ἀναβαίνει μὲν αὐξόμενος, κατέρχεται δ’ ἐν ταῖς μειώσεσιν· ὅρος δ’ ὁ τῶν ἀνωτάτω βαθμῶν ἀκμή, πρὸς ὃν φθάσας τις οὐκέτι πρόεισιν, ἀλλ’, ὥσπερ οἱ διαυλοδρομοῦντες ἀνακάμπτουσι τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδόν, ὅσα παρ’ ἰσχυούσης νεότητος ἔλαβεν, ἀποδίδωσιν ἀσθενεῖ γήρᾳ.
59τὸ δὲ γεννηθῆναί τινας οἴεσθαι τελείους ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἠγνοηκότων ἐστὶ νόμους φύσεως, θεσμοὺς ἀκινήτους. αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἡμέτεραι γνῶμαι προσαναματτόμεναι τὸ πλημμελὲς ἐκ τοῦ συνεζευγμένου θνητοῦ τροπὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς εἰκότως ἐνδέχονται, ἄτρεπτα δὲ τὰ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἐστὶ φύσεως, ἅτε πάντων ἐπικρατούσης καὶ διὰ βεβαιότητα τῶν ἅπαξ γνωσθέντων τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς παγέντας ὅρους ἀκινήτους διαφυλαττούσης.
60εἴπερ οὖν ἁρμόττον ἐνόμιζεν ἀποτίκτεσθαι τελείους, καὶ νῦν ἂν ἐτελειογονεῖτο ἄνθρωπος, μὴ βρέφος, μὴ παῖς, μὴ μειράκιον γινόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἀνὴρ εὐθὺς ὤν, ἴσως δὲ καὶ πρὸς ἅπαν ἀγήρως καὶ ἀθάνατος· ᾧ γὰρ μὴ αὔξησις, μηδὲ μείωσις πρόσεστιν· αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄχρι τῆς ἀνδρὸς ἡλικίας μεταβολαὶ κατ’ αὔξησιν, αἱ δ’ ἀπὸ ταύτης ἄχρι γήρως καὶ τελευτῆς κατὰ μείωσιν συνίστανται· τῷ δὲ μὴ κοινωνοῦντι τῶν προτέρων καὶ τὰς ἑπομένας εὔλογον μὴ ἐπιγίγνεσθαι.
61τί δ’ ἐμποδὼν ἦν ἀνθρώπους καθάπερ φασὶ πρότερον καὶ νῦν βλαστάνειν; οὕτως καὶ ἡ γῆ γεγήρακεν, ὡς διὰ χρόνου μῆκος ἐστειρῶσθαι δοκεῖν; ἀλλ’ ἐν ὁμοίῳ μένει νεάζουσα ἀεί, διότι τετάρτη μοῖρα τοῦ παντός ἐστι καὶ ἕνεκα τῆς τοῦ ὅλου διαμονῆς ὀφείλει μὴ φθίνειν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰ ἀδελφὰ στοιχεῖα αὐτῆς ὕδωρ ἀήρ τε καὶ πῦρ ἀγήρω διατελεῖ.
62πίστις δὲ ἐναργὴς τῆς ἀδιαστάτου καὶ ἀιδίου περὶ γῆν ἀκμῆς τὰ φυόμενα· καθαρθεῖσα γὰρ ἢ ποταμῶν ἀναχύσεσιν, ὥσπερ φασὶν Αἴγυπτον, ἢ τοῖς ἐτησίοις ὄμβροις τὸν ἐκ τῆς φορᾶς κάματον ὑπανίεται καὶ χαλᾶται, κἄπειτα διαναπαυσαμένη τὴν οἰκείαν δύναμιν ἀνακτᾶται μέχρι παντελοῦς ῥώμης, εἶτ’ ἄρχεται πάλιν τῆς τῶν ὁμοίων γενέσεως τροφὰς ἀφθόνους
63ἁπάσαις ζῴων ἰδέαις ἀναδιδοῦσα. παρ’ ὅ μοι δοκοῦσιν οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ ποιηταὶ Πανδώραν αὐτὴν ὀνομάσαι, πάντα δωρουμένην [καὶ] τὰ πρὸς ὠφέλειαν καὶ ἡδονῆς ἀπόλαυσιν οὐ τισὶν ἀλλὰ πᾶσιν ὅσα ψυχῆς μεμοίραται. εἰ γοῦν τις ἔαρος ἀκμάσαντος πτερωθεὶς ἀρθείη μετάρσιος καὶ κατίδοι τήν τε ὀρεινὴν καὶ πεδιάδα, τὴν μὲν εὔχορτον καὶ χλοηφόρον πόας καὶ χιλὸν κριθάς τε καὶ πυροὺς καὶ μυρίας ἄλλας σπαρτῶν φύσεις ἀναδιδοῦσαν, ἅς τε γεωργοὶ κατεβάλοντο καὶ ἃς ἀπαυτοματίζουσα ἡ τοῦ ἔτους ὥρα παρέχεται, τὴν δὲ κλάδοις καὶ φυλλάσι κατάσκιον, οἷς ἐπικοσμεῖται τὰ δένδρα, καὶ καρπῶν περιπληθεστάτην, οὐχὶ τῶν πρὸς ἐδωδὴν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷς πόνους ἀκεῖσθαι συμβέβηκεν — ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἐλαίας καρπὸς σώματος κάματον ἰᾶται, ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀμπέλου ποθεὶς μετρίως ἐπιχαλᾷ τὰς σφοδρὰς ὀδύνας ψυχῆς —,
64ἔτι δὲ τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθέων ἀναφερομένας εὐωδεστάτας αὔρας καὶ τὰς τῶν χρωμάτων ἀμυθήτους ἰδιότητας τέχνῃ δαιμονίῳ πεποικιλμένας, τὴν δ’ ὄψιν ἀποκλίνας ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμέρων ἐν μέρει πάλιν αἰγείρους, κέδρους, πεύκας, ἐλάτας, δρυῶν ὕψη περιμηκέστατα, τὰς ἄλλας τῶν ἀγρίων συνεχεῖς καὶ βαθείας ὕλας περιαθρήσειεν, αἳ τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα τῶν ὀρῶν καὶ τὴν πολλὴν ὅση βαθύγειος τῆς ὑπορείου συσκιάζουσι, γνώσεται τὴν ἀνένδοτον καὶ ἀκάματον τῆς γῆς ἀεὶ νεαζούσης ἀκμήν·
65ὥστ’ οὐδὲν ἐλαττωθεῖσα τῆς παλαιᾶς ἰσχύος καὶ νῦν ἄν, εἴ γε τὸ πρότερον, ἔτικτεν ἀνθρώπους, ὑπὲρ δυοῖν τοῖν ἀναγκαιοτάτοιν, ἑνὸς μὲν τοῦ μὴ λιποτακτεῖν τάξιν οἰκείαν καὶ μάλιστα ἐν σπορᾷ καὶ γενέσει τοῦ χερσαίων ἁπάντων ἀρίστου καὶ ἡγεμόνος ἀνθρώπου, δευτέρου δὲ γυναικῶν ἐπικουρίας, αἳ κύουσαι μὲν βαρυτάτοις ἄχθεσι δέκα που μῆνας πιέζονται, μέλλουσαι δ’ ἀποτίκτειν πολλάκις ὠδῖσιν αὐταῖς ἐναποθνῄσκουσιν.
66ὅλως τοῦτ’ οὐκ εὐήθεια δεινὴ μήτραν ὑπολαμβάνειν γῆν ἐγκεκολπίσθαι πρὸς ἀνθρώπων σποράν; τὸ γὰρ ζῳογονοῦν χωρίον ἐστὶ μήτρα, „φύσεως“, ὡς εἶπέ τις, „ἐργαστήριον“, ἐν ᾧ ζῷα μόνον διαπλάττεται· τὸ δὲ οὐ γῆς μέρος ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ ζῴου θήλεος, δημιουργηθὲν εἰς γένεσιν· ἐπεὶ καὶ μαζοὺς καθάπερ γυναικὶ γῇ φατέον ἡνίκα ἠνθρωπογόνει προσγενέσθαι, τροφὴν ἵν’ ἔχωσιν οἰκείαν οἱ πρῶτον ἀποκυηθέντες· ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ ποταμός, οὐ πηγή τις οὐδαμοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀνθ’ ὕδατος μνημονεύεταί ποτε ὀμβρῆσαι γάλα.
67πρὸς δὲ δὴ τούτοις, ὥσπερ γαλακτοτροφεῖσθαι χρὴ τὸ ἀρτίγονον, οὕτως καὶ τῇ δι’ ἀμπεχόνης σκέπῃ χρῆσθαι διὰ τὰς ἀπὸ κρυμοῦ καὶ θάλπους ἐγγινομένας τοῖς σώμασι ζημίας, οὗ χάριν μαῖαι καὶ μητέρες, αἷς ἀναγκαία φροντὶς εἰσέρχεται τῶν γεννωμένων, κατασπαργανοῦσι τὰ βρέφη. τοὺς δὲ γηγενεῖς φύντας πῶς οὐκ ἄν τις εὐθὺς διέφθειρε γυμνοὺς ἐαθέντας ἢ ἀέρος κατάψυξις ἢ ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμός; κρυμοὶ γὰρ καὶ θάλπη κρατήσαντα νόσους καὶ φθορὰς ἀπεργάζονται.
68ἐπειδὴ δ’ ἅπαξ ἤρξαντο ἀλογεῖν ἀληθείας οἱ μυθοπλάσται, τοὺς Σπαρτοὺς ἐκείνους καὶ ἐνόπλους ἐτερατεύσαντο ἐκφῦναι. τίς γὰρ ἦν κατὰ γῆς χαλκουργὸς ἢ τοσοῦτος Ἥφαιστος, ὡς αὐτίκα παντευχίας εὐτρεπίζεσθαι; τίς δὲ τοῖς πρώτοις γενομένοις εἰς ὅπλισιν οἰκειότης; ἡμερώτατον γὰρ ζῷον ὁ ἄνθρωπος, λόγον δωρησαμένης φύσεως αὐτῷ γέρας, ᾧ καὶ τὰ ἐξηγριωμένα πάθη κατεπᾴδεται καὶ τιθασεύεται. πολὺ βέλτιον ἦν ἀνθ’ ὅπλων κηρύκεια ἀναδῦναι, συμβατηρίων σπονδῶν σύμβολα, λογικῇ φύσει, ὅπως εἰρήνην πρὸ πολέμου πᾶσι τοῖς
69πανταχοῦ καταγγέλλῃ. τὰ μὲν οὖν τῶν ἐπιτειχιζόντων ψευδολογίαν κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας φλυαρήματα μετρίως ἐξελήλεγκται. χρὴ δ’ εὖ εἰδέναι, ὅτι ἐξ ἀιδίου κατὰ διαδοχὰς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων βλαστάνουσιν ἄνθρωποι, σπείροντος μὲν εἰς μήτραν ἀνδρὸς ὡς εἰς ἄρουραν, γυναικὸς δ’ ὑποδεχομένης τὰ σπέρματα σωτηρίως, τῆς δὲ φύσεως ἀοράτως ἕκαστα καὶ τῶν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς διαπλαττούσης μερῶν καὶ ὅπερ οὐκ ἴσχυσε λαβεῖν ἡμῶν ἕκαστος τοῦθ’ ἅπαντι τῷ γένει δωρησαμένης, τὸ ἀθάνατον· μένει γὰρ εἰς ἀεί, φθειρομένων τῶν ἐν εἴδει, τεράστιον ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ θεῖον ἔργον. εἰ δ’ ἀίδιον ἄνθρωπος, βραχεῖα μοῖρα τοῦ παντός, ἀγένητος δήπου καὶ ὁ κόσμος, ὥστε ἄφθαρτος.
70Ἐπαγωνιζόμενος δ’ ὁ Κριτόλαος ἐχρῆτο καὶ τοιούτῳ λόγῳ· τὸ αἴτιον αὑτῷ τοῦ ὑγιαίνειν ἄνοσόν ἐστιν· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ αἴτιον αὑτῷ τοῦ ἀγρυπνεῖν ἄγρυπνόν ἐστιν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, καὶ τὸ αἴτιον αὑτῷ τοῦ ὑπάρχειν ἀίδιόν ἐστιν· αἴτιος δ’ ὁ κόσμος αὑτῷ τοῦ ὑπάρχειν, εἴ γε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν· ἀίδιος ἄρα ὁ κόσμος ἐστίν.
71Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο σκοπεῖν ἄξιον, ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γενόμενον ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν δεῖ πάντως ἀτελὲς εἶναι, χρόνου δὲ προϊόντος αὔξεσθαι μέχρι παντελοῦς τελειώσεως· ὥστε, εἰ γέγονεν ὁ κόσμος, ἦν μέν ποθ’, ἵνα κἀγὼ χρήσωμαι τοῖς ἡλικιῶν ὀνόμασι, κομιδῇ νήπιος, ἐπιβαίνων δ’ αὖθις ἐνιαυτῶν περιόδοις καὶ μήκεσι χρόνων ὀψὲ καὶ μόλις ἐτελειώθη· τοῦ γὰρ μακροβιωτάτου βραδεῖα ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀκμή.
72τὸν δὲ κόσμον εἴ τις νομίζει χρήσασθαί ποτε ταῖς τοιαύταις μεταβολαῖς, ἀθεραπεύτῳ μανία κεκρατημένος μὴ ἀγνοείτω· δῆλον γὰρ ὡς οὐ μόνον αὐτοῦ τὸ σωματοειδὲς αὐξηθήσεται, λήψεται δὲ καὶ ὁ νοῦς ἐπίδοσιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ οἱ φθείροντες αὐτὸν λογικὸν εἶναι ὑπονοοῦσιν.
73οὐκοῦν ἀνθρώπου τρόπον ἐν ἀρχῇ μὲν τῆς γενέσεως ἄλογος ἔσται, περὶ δὲ τὴν ἀκμάζουσαν ἡλικίαν λογικός· ἅπερ οὐ μόνον λέγειν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπονοεῖν ἀσεβές· τὸν γὰρ τελειότατον ὁρατῶν θεῶν περίβολον καὶ τοὺς ἐν μέρει περιέχοντα κληρούχους πῶς οὐκ ἄξιον ὑπολαμβάνειν ἀεὶ τέλειον κατά τε σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, ἀμέτοχον κηρῶν, αἷς τὸ γενητὸν καὶ φθαρτὸν πᾶν συνέζευκται;
74Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φησὶ τριττὰς αἰτίας δίχα τῶν ἔξωθεν ὑποβεβλῆσθαι ζῴοις τελευτῆς, νόσον, γῆρας, ἔνδειαν, ὧν οὐδεμιᾷ τὸν κόσμον ἁλωτὸν εἶναι· πεπηγέναι τε γὰρ ἐξ ὅλων τῶν στοιχείων, ὡς ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ὑπολειφθέντος καὶ ἀπελευθεριάζοντος μέρους βιασθῆναι, κατακρατεῖν τε τῶν δυνάμεων, ἐξ ὧν αἱ ἀσθένειαι, τὰς δ’ ὑπεικούσας ἄνοσον καὶ ἀγήρων αὐτὸν διαφυλάττειν, αὐταρκέστατόν τε αὐτὸν αὑτῷ καὶ ἀνεπιδεᾶ παντὸς γεγονέναι, μηδενὸς τῶν εἰς διαμονὴν ὑστερίζοντα, τὰς κενώσεως καὶ πληρώσεως ἐν μέρει διαδοχὰς ἀπωσάμενον, αἷς διὰ τὴν ἄμουσον ἀπληστίαν τὰ ζῷα χρῆσθαι, θάνατον ἀντὶ ζωῆς μνώμενα ἤ, τό γε ἀσφαλέστερον εἰπεῖν, οἰκτρότερον βίον ἀπωλείας.
75Ἔτι τοίνυν, εἰ μὲν μηδεμία φύσις ἀίδιος ἑωρᾶτο, ἧττον ἂν ἐδόκουν οἱ φθορὰν εἰσηγούμενοι τοῦ κόσμου, μηδὲν γὰρ ἔχοντες παράδειγμα ἀιδιότητος, [ἐδόκουν οἱ φθορὰν εἰσηγούμενοι τοῦ κόσμου ἂν] εὐπροφάσιστα ἀδικεῖν. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἱμαρμένη κατὰ τοὺς ἄριστα φυσιολογοῦντας ἄναρχος καὶ ἀτελεύτητός ἐστιν, εἴρουσα τὰς ἑκάστων ἀνελλιπῶς καὶ ἀδιαστάτως αἰτίας, τί δήποτ’ οὐχὶ καὶ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου φύσιν λεκτέον εἶναι μακραίωνα, τὴν τάξιν τῶν ἀτάκτων, τὴν ἁρμονίαν τῶν ἀναρμόστων, τὴν συμφωνίαν τῶν ἀσυμφώνων, τὴν ἕνωσιν τῶν διεστηκότων, τὴν ξύλων μὲν καὶ λίθων ἕξιν, σπαρτῶν δὲ καὶ δένδρων φύσιν, ψυχὴν δὲ ζῴων ἁπάντων, ἀνθρώπων δὲ νοῦν καὶ λόγον, ἀρετὴν δὲ σπουδαίων τελειοτάτην; εἰ δ’ ἡ τοῦ κόσμου φύσις ἀγένητός τε καὶ ἄφθαρτος, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ὁ κόσμος, αἰωνίῳ συνεχόμενος καὶ διακρατούμενος δεσμῷ.
Sections 76–100
76Νικηθέντες δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τῶν ἀντιδοξούντων ἔνιοι μετεβάλοντο· προσκλητικὴν γὰρ ἔχει δύναμιν τὸ κάλλος, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς δαιμονίως ἐστὶ καλόν, ὡς τὸ ψεῦδος ἐκτόπως αἰσχρόν. Βοηθὸς γοῦν ὁ Σιδώνιος καὶ Παναίτιος, ἄνδρες ἐν τοῖς Στωικοῖς δόγμασιν ἰσχυκότες, ἅτε θεόληπτοι, τὰς ἐκπυρώσεις καὶ παλιγγενεσίας καταλιπόντες πρὸς ὁσιώτερον δόγμα τὸ τῆς ἀφθαρσίας τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς ηὐτομόλησαν.
77λέγεται δὲ καὶ Διογένης ἡνίκα νέος ἦν συνεπιγραψάμενος τῷ δόγματι τῆς ἐκπυρώσεως ὀψὲ τῆς ἡλικίας ἐνδοιάσας ἐπισχεῖν· οὐ γὰρ νεότητος ἀλλὰ γήρως τὰ σεμνὰ καὶ περιμάχητα διιδεῖν, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅσα μὴ δικάζει ἡ ἄλογος καὶ ἀπατηλὸς αἴσθησις ἀλλ’ ὁ καθαρώτατος καὶ ἀκραιφνέστατος νοῦς.
78ἀποδείξεσι δ’ οἱ περὶ τὸν Βοηθὸν κέχρηνται πιθανωτάταις, ἃς αὐτίκα λέξομεν· εἰ, φασί, γενητὸς καὶ φθαρτὸς ὁ κόσμος, ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τι γενήσεται, ὅπερ καὶ τοῖς Στωικοῖς ἀτοπώτατον εἶναι δοκεῖ. διὰ τί; ὅτι οὐδεμίαν φθοροποιὸν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν ἔστιν, οὔτ’ ἐντὸς οὔτ’ ἐκτός, ἣ τὸν κόσμον ἀνελεῖ· ἐκτὸς μὲν γὰρ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὅτι μὴ τάχα που κενόν, τῶν στοιχείων ἀποκριθέντων εἰς αὐτὸν ὁλοκλήρων, εἴσω δ’ οὐδὲν νόσημα τοιοῦτον, ὃ γένοιτ’ ἂν αἴτιον θεῷ τοσούτῳ διαλύσεως. εἰ δ’ ἀναιτίως φθείρεται, δῆλον ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος ἔσται ἡ γένεσις τῆς φθορᾶς, ὅπερ οὐδ’ ἡ διάνοια παραδέξεται.
79Καὶ μήν φασιν, ὅτι γενικοὶ τρόποι φθορᾶς εἰσι τρεῖς· ὅ τε κατὰ διαίρεσιν καὶ ὁ κατὰ ἀναίρεσιν τῆς ἐπεχούσης ποιότητος καὶ ὁ κατὰ σύγχυσιν. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐκ διεστηκότων, αἰπόλια, βουκόλια, χοροί, στρατεύματα, ἢ πάλιν ἐκ συναπτομένων σώματα παγέντα διαστάσει καὶ διαιρέσει λύεται· κατὰ δὲ ἀναίρεσιν τῆς ἐπεχούσης ποιότητος ὁ μετασχηματιζόμενος κηρὸς ἢ καταλεαινόμενος, ἵνα μηδὲ ἑτεροειδῆ τινα παράσχῃ τύπον μορφῆς· κατὰ δὲ σύγχυσιν, ὡς ἡ παρὰ ἰατροῖς τετραφάρμακος· αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν συνενεχθέντων ἠφανίσθησαν εἰς ἐξαιρέτου μιᾶς γένεσιν ἀποτελεσθείσης.
80ποίῳ δὴ τούτων ἄξιον τὸν κόσμον φθείρεσθαι φάναι; τῷ κατὰ διαίρεσιν; ἀλλ’ οὔτε ἐκ διεστηκότων ἐστίν, ὡς τὰ μέρη σκεδασθῆναι, οὔτε ἐκ συναπτομένων, ὡς διαλυθῆναι, οὔτε τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἥνωται σώμασι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπικήρως τε ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ἔχει καὶ δυναστεύεται πρὸς μυρίων ὑφ’ ὧν βλάπτεται, τοῦ δ’ ἀήττητος ἡ ῥώμη πολλῇ τινι περιουσίᾳ πάντων κατακρατοῦσα.
81ἀλλ’ ἀναιρέσει παντελεῖ τῆς ποιότητος; ἀλλ’ ἀμήχανον τοῦτό γε· μένει γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς τἀναντία αἱρουμένους ἡ τῆς διακοσμήσεως ποιότης ἐπ’ ἐλάττονος οὐσίας τῆς τοῦ Διὸς σταλεῖσα κατὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν. ἀλλὰ τῷ κατὰ σύγχυσιν;
82ἄπαγε, δεήσει γὰρ πάλιν εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν γίνεσθαι τὴν φθορὰν παραδέχεσθαι. τοῦ χάριν; ὅτι εἰ μὲν ἕκαστον ἐν μέρει τῶν στοιχείων ἐφθείρετο, μεταβολὴν ἐδύνατο τὴν εἰς ἕτερον δέχεσθαι, πάντων δὲ συλλήβδην ἀθρόων κατὰ σύγχυσιν ἀναιρουμένων, ἀναγκαῖον ὑπονοεῖν τὸ ἀδύνατον.
83Ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις, ἐὰν ἐκπυρωθῇ, φασί, τὰ πάντα, τί κατ’ ἐκεῖνον ὁ θεὸς πράξει τὸν χρόνον; ἦ τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν; καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· νυνὶ μὲν γὰρ ἕκαστα ἐφορᾷ καὶ πάντων οἷα γνήσιος πατὴρ ἐπιτροπεύει καί, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἡνιόχου καὶ κυβερνήτου τρόπον ἡνιοχεῖ καὶ πηδαλιουχεῖ τὰ σύμπαντα, ἡλίῳ τε καὶ σελήνῃ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πλάνησι καὶ ἀπλανέσιν ἔτι δ’ ἀέρι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις μέρεσι τοῦ κόσμου παριστάμενος καὶ συνδρῶν ὅσα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὅλου διαμονὴν καὶ τὴν κατ’ ὀρθὸν λόγον ἀνυπαίτιον διοίκησιν.
84πάντων δ’ ἀναιρεθέντων, ὑπ’ ἀργίας καὶ ἀπραξίας δεινῆς ἀβιώτῳ βίῳ χρήσεται· οὗ τί γένοιτ’ ἂν ἀτοπώτερον; ὀκνῶ λέγειν, ὃ μηδὲ θέμις ὑπονοεῖν, ὅτι ἀκολουθήσει θεῷ θάνατος, εἴ γε καὶ ἠρεμία· τὸ γὰρ ἀεικίνητον ἐὰν ἀνέλῃς ψυχῆς, καὶ αὐτὴν πάντως συνανελεῖς· ψυχὴ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου· κατὰ τοὺς ἀντιδοξοῦντας ὁ θεός.
85Ἐκεῖνο δ’ οὐκ ἀνάξιον διαπορῆσαι, τίνα τρόπον ἔσται παλιγγενεσία, πάντων εἰς πῦρ ἀναλυθέντων· ἐξαναλωθείσης γὰρ τῆς οὐσίας ὑπὸ πυρός, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐκέτ’ ἔχον τροφὴν ἀποσβεσθῆναι. μένοντος μὲν οὖν, ὁ σπερματικὸς τῆς διακοσμήσεως ἐσῴζετ’ ἂν λόγος, ἀναιρεθέντος δὲ συνανῄρηται. τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ἔκθεσμον καὶ ἀσέβημα ἤδη διπλοῦν, μὴ μόνον φθορὰν τοῦ κόσμου κατηγορεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ παλιγγενεσίαν ἀναιρεῖν, ὥσπερ ἐν ἀκοσμίᾳ καὶ ἀπραξίᾳ καὶ τοῖς πλημμελέσι πᾶσι χαίροντος θεοῦ.
86τὸν δὲ λόγον ἀκριβέστερον ὧδε διερευνητέον· πυρὸς τριττὸν εἶδος· τὸ μὲν ἄνθραξ, τὸ δὲ φλόξ, τὸ δὲ αὐγή. ἄνθραξ μὲν οὖν ἐστι πῦρ ἐν οὐσίᾳ γεώδει, ὃ τρόπον ἕξεως πνευματικῆς πεφώλευκε καὶ ἐλλοχᾷ δι’ ὅλης ἄχρι περάτων τεταμένον· φλὸξ δέ ἐστιν ὅπερ ἐκ τροφῆς αἴρεται μετεωριζόμενον· αὐγὴ δὲ τὸ ἀποστελλόμενον ἐκ φλογός, συνεργὸν ὀφθαλμοῖς εἰς τὴν τῶν ὁρατῶν ἀντίληψιν. μέσην δὲ χώραν αὐγῆς τε καὶ ἄνθρακος εἴληχε φλόξ· σβεσθεῖσα μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἄνθρακα τελευτᾷ, ζωπυρουμένη δ’ ἔχει φέγγος, ὃ τὴν καυστικὴν ἀφῃρημένον δύναμιν ἀστράπτει.
87εἰ κατὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν οὖν τὸν κόσμον ἀναλύεσθαι φαῖμεν, ἄνθραξ μὲν οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο, διότι παμπληθὲς ὑπολείψεται τοῦ γεώδους, ᾧ τὸ πῦρ ἐγκατειλῆφθαι συμβέβηκεν, ἀρέσκει δὲ μηδὲν τότε τῶν ἄλλων ὑφεστάναι σωμάτων, ἀλλὰ γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀέρα εἰς ἄκρατον πῦρ ἀναλελύσθαι.
88καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ φλόξ· ἅμμα γὰρ τροφῆς ἐστι, μηδενὸς δὲ καταλειφθέντος, ἀτροφήσασα αὐτίκα ἀποσβεσθήσεται. τούτοις ἕπεται τὸ μηδ’ αὐγὴν ἀποτελεῖσθαι· καθ’ ἑαυτὴν γὰρ ὑπόστασιν οὐκ ἔχει, ῥεῖ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν προτέρων, ἄνθρακος καὶ φλογός, ἀφ’ οὗ μὲν ἐλάττων, πολλὴ δ’ ἀπὸ φλογός· χεῖται γὰρ ἐπὶ μήκιστον· ἐκείνων δ’, ὡς ἐδείχθη, κατὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν οὐκ ὄντων, οὐδ’ ἂν αὐγὴ γένοιτο· καὶ γὰρ ἡ μεθημερινὴ πολλὴ καὶ βαθεῖα αὐγή, τὸν ὑπὸ γῆς ἡλίου δρόμον ἰόντος, εὐθὺς ἀφανίζεται νυκτὶ καὶ μάλιστα ἀσελήνῳ. οὐ τοίνυν ἐκπυροῦται ὁ κόσμος, ἀλλ’ ἔστιν ἄφθαρτος· εἰ δ’ ἐκπυρωθήσεται, ἕτερος οὐκ ἂν γένοιτο.
89Διὸ καί τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Στοᾶς ὀξυδερκέστερον ἐκ μακροῦ θεασάμενοι τὸν ἐπιφερόμενον ἔλεγχον ἠξίωσαν ὥσπερ θανατῶντι κεφαλαίῳ βοηθήματα προευτρεπίζεσθαι· τὰ δ’ οὐδὲν ἦν ὄφελος. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ αἴτιον κινήσεώς ἐστι τὸ πῦρ, κίνησις δὲ γενέσεως ἀρχή, γενέσθαι δ’ ἄνευ κινήσεως ὁτιοῦν ἀδύνατον, ἔφασαν ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν, ἐπειδὰν ὁ νέος κόσμος μέλλῃ δημιουργεῖσθαι, σύμπαν μὲν τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται, ποσὴ δέ τις αὐτοῦ μοῖρα ὑπολείπεται· πάνυ γὰρ ηὐλαβήθησαν, μὴ σβεσθέντος ἀθρόου μείνῃ τὰ πάντα ἡσυχάσαντα ἀδιακόσμητα, τοῦ τῆς κινήσεως αἰτίου μηκέτ’ ὄντος.
90εὑρεσιλογούντων δὲ πλάσματα ταῦτ’ ἐστὶ καὶ κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας τεχναζόντων. τί δήποτε; ὅτι τὸν κόσμον ἐκπυρωθέντα γενέσθαι μὲν ἄνθρακι παραπλήσιον ἀμήχανον, ὡς δέδεικται, γεώδους πολλῆς ἂν ὑπολειφθείσης οὐσίας, ᾗ δεήσει τὸ πῦρ ἐλλοχᾶν, ἴσως δ’ οὐδ’ ἐκπυρώσεως τότε κρατούσης, εἴ γε μένει τὸ στοιχείων βαρύτατον καὶ δυσαναλωτότατον ἔτι, γῆ μὴ διαλυθεῖσα, μεταβάλλειν δὲ ἢ εἰς φλόγα ἢ εἰς αὐγὴν ἀναγκαῖον, εἰς μὲν φλόγα, ὡς ᾤετο Κλεάνθης, εἰς δ’ αὐγήν, ὡς ὁ Χρύσιππος.
91ἀλλ’ εἴ γε φλὸξ γίνεται, τραπομένη πρὸς σβέσιν ἅπαξ οὐκ ἐκ μέρους ἀλλ’ ἀθρόα σβεσθήσεται· συνυπάρχει γὰρ τῇ τροφῇ· διὸ πολλῆς μὲν οὔσης ἐπιδίδωσι καὶ χεῖται, στελλομένης δὲ μειοῦται. τεκμηριώσαιτο δ’ ἄν τις ἀπὸ τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν τὸ γινόμενον· ὁ λύχνος, ἕως μέν τις ἔλαιον ἄρδει, περιφεγγεστάτην δίδωσι φλόγα, ἐπειδὰν δ’ ἐπίσχῃ, δαπανήσας ὅσον τῆς τροφῆς λείψανον αὐτίκα κατεσβέσθη, μηδὲν μέρος ταμιευσάμενος τῆς φλογός.
92εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο ἀλλ’ αὐγὴ γίνεται, πάλιν ἀθρόα μεταβάλλει. διὰ τί; ὅτι ὑπόστασιν ἰδίαν οὐκ ἔχει, γεννᾶται δ’ ἐκ φλογός, ἧς ὅλης δι’ ὅλων σβέσιν λαμβανούσης, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὴν αὐγὴν μὴ κατὰ μέρος ἀλλ’ ἀθρόαν ἀναιρεῖσθαι· ὃ γὰρ πρὸς τροφὴν φλόξ, τοῦτο αὐγὴ πρὸς φλόγα· καθάπερ οὖν τροφῇ συναναιρεῖται φλόξ, καὶ αὐγὴ φλογί.
93ὥστ’ ἀμήχανον παλιγγενεσίαν τὸν κόσμον λαβεῖν, μηδενὸς ἐντυφομένου σπερματικοῦ λόγου, πάντων δὲ δαπανηθέντων, τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ὑπὸ πυρός, αὐτοῦ δ’ ὑπ’ ἐνδείας. ἐξ ὧν ἐστι δῆλον, ὅτι ἀγένητος καὶ ἄφθαρτος ὢν διατελεῖ.
94Φέρε δ’ οὖν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Χρύσιππος, τὸ ἀναστοιχειῶσαν τὴν διακόσμησιν εἰς αὑτὸ πῦρ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀποτελεῖσθαι κόσμου σπέρμα εἶναι καὶ ὧν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ πεφιλοσόφηκε μηδὲν ἐψεῦσθαι, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι καὶ ἐκ σπέρματος ἡ γένεσις καὶ εἰς σπέρμα ἡ ἀνάλυσις, ἔπειτα δ’ ὅτι φυσιολογεῖται ὁ κόσμος καὶ φύσις λογική, οὐ μόνον ἔμψυχος ὢν ἀλλὰ καὶ νοερός, πρὸς δὲ καὶ φρόνιμος, ἐκ τούτων τοὐναντίον οὗ βούλεται κατασκευάζεται, τὸ μηδέποτε φθαρήσεσθαι.
95αἱ δὲ πίστεις προχειρόταται τοῖς συνεξετάζειν μὴ ἀποκνοῦσιν. οὐκοῦν ὁ κόσμος ἢ φυτόν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἢ ζῷον· ἀλλ’ εἴτε φυτόν ἐστιν εἴτε καὶ ζῷον, κατὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν φθαρεὶς οὐδέποτε αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ γενήσεται σπέρμα. μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τὰ παρ’ ἡμῖν, ὧν οὐδὲν οὐκ ἔλαττον οὐ μεῖζόν ποτε φθαρὲν εἰς σπέρματος ἀπεκρίθη γένεσιν.
96οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅσαι μὲν ἡμέρων φυτῶν ὗλαι, ὅσαι δὲ ἀγρίων κατὰ πᾶν μέρος τῆς γῆς ἀνακέχυνται; τούτων τῶν δένδρων ἕκαστον, ἄχρι μὲν ὑγιαίνει τὸ στέλεχος, ἅμα τῷ καρπῷ καὶ τὸ ὄχευμα τίκτει, μήκει δὲ χρόνων ἀφαυανθὲν ἢ καὶ ἄλλως αὐταῖς ῥίζαις φθαρὲν οὐδέποτε τὴν ἀνάλυσιν εἰς σπέρμα ἔλαβεν.
97τὸν αὐτὸν μέντοι τρόπον καὶ τὰ γένη τῶν ζῴων, ἃ μηδὲ εἰπεῖν διὰ πλῆθος ῥᾴδιον, ἄχρι μὲν περίεστι καὶ ἡβᾷ, σπέρμα προΐεται γόνιμον, τελευτήσαντα δ’ οὐδαμῆ οὐδαμῶς γίνεται σπέρμα· καὶ γὰρ εὔηθες ἄνθρωπον ζῶντα μὲν ὀγδόῳ μέρει ψυχῆς, ὃ καλεῖται γόνιμον, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὁμοίου σπορὰν χρῆσθαι, τελευτήσαντα δὲ ὅλῳ ἑαυτῷ· θάνατος γὰρ οὔτι ζωῆς ἀνυσιμώτερος.
98ἄλλως τε τῶν ὄντων οὐδὲν ἐκ μόνου σπέρματος δίχα τῆς οἰκείας τροφῆς ἀποτελεῖται· σπέρμα γὰρ ἔοικεν ἀρχῇ, ἀρχὴ δὲ καθ’ αὑτὴν οὐ τελειογονεῖ. μὴ γὰρ αὖ νομίσῃς τὸν στάχυν ἐκ μόνου τοῦ καταβληθέντος ὑπὸ γεωργῶν εἰς τὰς ἀρούρας βλαστάνειν πυροῦ, τὸ δὲ πλεῖστον εἰς αὔξησιν αὐτοῦ συνεργεῖν ὑγράν τε καὶ ξηρὰν διττὴν ἐκ γῆς τροφήν· καὶ τὰ ἐν μήτραις μέντοι διαπλαττόμενα πέφυκεν οὐκ ἐκ μόνου ζῳογονεῖσθαι σπέρματος ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἔξωθεν ἀρδομένης τροφῆς, ἣν ἡ κύουσα προσφέρεται.
99πρὸς δὴ τί ταῦτα λέγω; ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἐκπύρωσιν σπέρμα μόνον ὑπολειφθήσεται, τροφῆς μὴ ὑπαρχούσης, ἁπάντων ὅσα τρέφειν ἔμελλεν εἰς πῦρ ἀναλυθέντων, ὥσθ’ ὁ κατὰ τὴν παλιγγενεσίαν ἀποτελούμενος κόσμος χωλὴν καὶ ἀτελῆ γένεσιν ἕξει, τοῦ μάλιστα πρὸς τελείωσιν συνεργοῦντος, ᾧ καθάπερ βάκτρῳ τινὶ τὴν σπερματικὴν ἀρχὴν ἐφιδρύεσθαι συμβέβηκεν, ἐφθαρμένου. τοῦτο δ’ ἦν ἄτοπον ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐλεγχόμενον τῆς ἐναργείας.
100ἔτι τοίνυν ὅσα λαμβάνει τὴν γένεσιν ἐκ σπέρματος, μείζονα τὸν ὄγκον ἐστὶ τοῦ πεποιηκότος καὶ ἐν τόπῳ μείζονι θεωρεῖται· δένδρα γοῦν οὐρανομήκη πολλάκις ἀναβλαστάνει ἐκ βραχυτάτης κέγχρου καὶ ζῷα πιότατα καὶ περιμηκέστατα ἐξ ὀλίγου τοῦ προεθέντος ὑγροῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ μικρῷ πρότερον εἰρημένον συμβαίνει, κατὰ μὲν τὸν γειτνιῶντα τῇ γενέσει χρόνον βραχύτερα τὰ γεννηθέντα εἶναι, μεγεθύνεσθαι δ’ αὖθις ἄχρι παντελοῦς τελειώσεως.
Sections 101–125
101ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ παντὸς γενήσεται τοὐναντίον· τὸ μὲν γὰρ σπέρμα καὶ μεῖζον ἔσται καὶ πλείονα τόπον ἐφέξει, τὸ δ’ ἀποτέλεσμα βραχύτερον καὶ ἐν ἐλάττονι φανεῖται τόπῳ, καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἐκ σπέρματος συνιστάμενος οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ἐπιδώσει πρὸς αὔξησιν, ἀλλ’ ἔμπαλιν ἐξ ὄγκου μείζονος εἰς ἐλάττονα συναιρεθήσεται.
102τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον ῥᾴδιον συνιδεῖν· ἅπαν σῶμα ἀναλυόμενον εἰς πῦρ ἀναλύεταί τε καὶ χεῖται, σβεννυμένης δὲ τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ φλογός, στέλλεται καὶ συνάγεται· πίστεων δὲ τοῖς οὕτως ἐμφανέσι πρὸς μαρτυρίαν ὡς ἀδηλουμένοις οὐδεμία χρεία. καὶ μὴν ὁ κόσμος ὁ πυρωθεὶς γενήσεται μείζων, ἅτε συμπάσης τῆς οὐσίας εἰς τὸν λεπτότατον ἀναλυθείσης αἰθέρα. ὅ μοι δοκοῦσι καὶ οἱ Στωικοὶ προϊδόμενοι κενὸν ἄπειρον ἐκτὸς τοῦ κόσμου τῷ λόγῳ καταλιπεῖν, ἵν’, ἐπειδὴ χύσιν ἀπέραντόν τινα ἔμελλε λήψεσθαι, μὴ ἀπορῇ τοῦ δεξομένου χωρίου τὴν ἀνάχυσιν.
103ὅτε μὲν οὖν εἰς τοσοῦτον ἐπιδέδωκε καὶ συνηύξηται, ὡς μονονουχὶ τῇ ἀορίστῳ τοῦ κενοῦ φύσει τῷ τῆς ἐλάσεως ἀπειρομεγέθει συνδραμεῖν, σπέρματος ἔχει καὶ τοῦτο λόγον, ὅτε δὲ κατὰ τὴν παλιγγενεσίαν ἐκ τελείων τῶν μερῶν τῆς συμπάσης οὐσίας * * *, στελλομένου μὲν κατὰ τὴν σβέσιν τοῦ πυρὸς εἰς παχὺν ἀέρα, στελλομένου δ’ ἀέρος εἰς ὕδωρ καὶ συνίζοντος, παχυνομένου δ’ ἔτι μᾶλλον ὕδατος κατὰ τὴν εἰς γῆν, τὸ πυκνότατον τῶν στοιχείων, μεταβολήν. ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα παρὰ τὰς κοινὰς ἐννοίας τῶν δυναμένων ἀκολουθίαν πραγμάτων ἐκλογίζεσθαι.
104Δίχα τοίνυν τῶν εἰρημένων κἀκείνῳ χρήσαιτ’ ἄν τις εἰς πίστιν, ὃ καὶ τοὺς μὴ πέρα τοῦ μετρίου φιλονεικεῖν αἱρουμένους ἐπισπάσεται. τῶν ἐν ταῖς συζυγίαις ἐναντίων ἀμήχανον τὸ μὲν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ μή· λευκοῦ γὰρ ὄντος ἀνάγκη καὶ μέλαν ὑπάρχειν καὶ μεγάλου βραχὺ καὶ περιττοῦ ἄρτιον καὶ γλυκέος πικρὸν καὶ ἡμέρας νύκτα καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ὁμοιότροπα. γενομένης δ’ ἐκπυρώσεως, ἀδύνατόν τι συμβήσεται· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἕτερον ὑπάρξει τῶν ἐν ταῖς συζυγίαις. τὸ δὲ ἕτερον οὐκ ἔσται. φέρε δ’ οὑτωσὶ θεασώμεθα·
105πάντων εἰς πῦρ ἀναλυθέντων, κοῦφον μὲν ἔσται τι καὶ μανὸν καὶ θερμόν — ἴδια γὰρ πυρὸς ταῦτα —, βαρὺ δ’ οὐδὲν ἢ πυκνὸν ἢ ψυχρόν, τὰ τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν ἐναντία. πῶς οὖν ἄν τις ἐπιδείξαι μᾶλλον τὴν πεπλεγμένην ἐκ τῆς ἐκπυρώσεως ἀκοσμίαν ἢ τὰ φύσει συνυπάρχοντα δεικνὺς ἀπαρτώμενα τῆς συζυγίας; ἡ δ’ ἀλλοτρίωσις ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον κεχώρηκεν, ὡς τοῖς μὲν ἀιδιότητα προσομολογεῖν, τοῖς δὲ τὸ ἀνύπαρκτον.
106Ἔτι τοίνυν κἀκεῖνό μοι δοκεῖ μὴ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τοῖς ἰχνηλατοῦσι τἀληθὲς εἰρῆσθαι· φθειρόμενος ὁ κόσμος ἤτοι ὑπό τινος ἑτέρας φθαρήσεται αἰτίας ἢ ὑπὸ θεοῦ. ὑπ’ ἄλλου μὲν οὐδενὸς τὸ παράπαν δέξεται διάλυσιν· οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὃ μὴ περιέχει· τὸ δὲ περιεχόμενον καὶ κατακρατούμενον ἀσθενέστερον δήπου τοῦ περιέχοντος, ὑφ’ οὗ καὶ κατακρατεῖται. ὑπὸ δὲ θεοῦ φθείρεσθαι λέγειν αὐτὸν πάντων ἀνοσιώτατον· ὁ γὰρ θεὸς οὐκ ἀταξίας καὶ ἀκοσμίας καὶ φθορᾶς ἀλλὰ τάξεως καὶ εὐκοσμίας καὶ ζωῆς καὶ παντὸς αἴτιος ἀνωμολόγηται τοῦ ἀρίστου παρὰ τοῖς τἀληθῆ δοξάζουσι.
107Θαυμάσαι δ’ ἄν τις τοὺς τὰς ἐκπυρώσεις καὶ παλιγγενεσίας θρυλοῦντας οὐ μόνον ἕνεκα τῶν εἰρημένων, οἷς ἀπελέγχονται ψευδοδοξοῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ δι’ ἐκεῖνο μάλιστα. τεττάρων γὰρ ὄντων στοιχείων, ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος συνέστηκε, γῆς, ὕδατος, ἀέρος, πυρός, τίνος ἕνεκα πάντων ἀποκληρωσάμενοι τὸ πῦρ τὰ ἄλλα φασὶν εἰς τοῦτο μόνον ἀναλυθήσεσθαι; δέον γάρ, εἴποι τις ἄν, — πῶς οὔκ; — εἰς ἀέρα ἢ ὕδωρ ἢ γῆν· ὑπερβάλλουσαι γὰρ καὶ ἐν τούτοις εἰσὶ δυνάμεις. ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐξαεροῦσθαι ἢ ἐξυδατοῦσθαι ἢ ἀπογεοῦσθαι τὸν κόσμον εἶπεν, ὥστ’ εἰκὸς ἦν μηδὲ ἐκπυροῦσθαι φάναι.
108Χρὴ μέντοι καὶ τὴν ἐνυπάρχουσαν ἰσονομίαν τῷ κόσμῳ κατανοήσαντας ἢ δεῖσαι ἢ αἰδεσθῆναι τοσούτου θεοῦ κατηγορεῖν θάνατον· ὑπερβάλλουσα γάρ τις τῶν τεττάρων ἀντέκτισις δυνάμεων ἰσότητος κανόσι καὶ δικαιοσύνης ὅροις σταθμωμένων τὰς ἀμοιβάς.
109καθάπερ γὰρ αἱ ἐτήσιοι ὧραι κύκλον ἀμείβουσιν ἀλλήλας ἀντιπαραδεχόμεναι πρὸς τὰς ἐνιαυτῶν οὐδέποτε ληγόντων περιόδους, [εἰς] τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον [τίθησι] καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ταῖς εἰς ἄλληλα μεταβολαῖς, τὸ παραδοξότατον. θνῄσκειν δοκοῦντα ἀθανατίζεται δολιχεύοντα ἀεὶ καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἄνω καὶ κάτω συνεχῶς ἀμείβοντα.
110ἡ μὲν οὖν προσάντης ὁδὸς ἀπὸ γῆς ἄρχεται· τηκομένη γὰρ εἰς ὕδωρ [μετα]λαμβάνει τὴν μεταβολήν, τὸ δ’ ὕδωρ ἐξατμιζόμενον εἰς ἀέρα, ὁ δ’ ἀὴρ λεπτυνόμενος εἰς πῦρ· ἡ δὲ κατάντης ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς, συνίζοντος μὲν πυρὸς κατὰ τὴν σβέσιν εἰς ἀέρα, συνίζοντος δ’ ὁπότε συνθλίβοιτο εἰς ὕδωρ ἀέρος, ὕδατος δὲ [τὴν πολλὴν ἀνάχυσιν] κατὰ τὴν εἰς γῆν πυκνουμένου μεταβολήν.
111εὖ καὶ ὁ Ἡράκλειτος ἐν οἷς φησι· „ψυχῇσι θάνατος ὕδωρ γενέσθαι, ὕδατι θάνατος γῆν γενέσθαι“· ψυχὴν γὰρ οἰόμενος εἶναι τὸ πνεῦμα τὴν μὲν ἀέρος τελευτὴν γένεσιν ὕδατος, τὴν δὲ ὕδατος γῆς πάλιν γένεσιν αἰνίττεται, θάνατον οὐ τὴν εἰς ἅπαν ἀναίρεσιν ὀνομάζων, ἀλλὰ τὴν εἰς ἕτερον στοιχεῖον μεταβολήν.
112ἀπαραβάτου δὴ καὶ συνεχοῦς τῆς αὐτοκρατοῦς ἰσονομίας ταύτης ἀεὶ φυλαττομένης, ὥσπερ οὐκ εἰκὸς μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀναγκαῖον, ἐπεὶ τὸ μὲν ἄνισον ἄδικον, τὸ δ’ ἄδικον κακίας ἔγγονον, κακία δ’ ἐξ οἴκου τῆς ἀθανασίας πεφυγάδευται, θεῖον δέ τι διὰ τὸ μέγεθος ὁ κόσμος καὶ οἶκος θεῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀποδέδεικται, τὸ δὴ φάσκειν ὅτι φθείρεται μὴ συνορώντων ἐστὶ φύσεως εἱρμὸν καὶ πραγμάτων συνηρτημένην ἀκολουθίαν.
113Προσφιλοτεχνοῦντες δέ τινες τῶν ἀίδιον ὑπολαμβανόντων τὸν κόσμον εἶναι καὶ τοιούτῳ πρὸς κατασκευὴν λόγῳ χρῶνται· φθορᾶς τέτταρας εἶναι τρόπους τοὺς ἀνωτάτω συμβέβηκε, πρόσθεσιν ἀφαίρεσιν μετάθεσιν ἀλλοίωσιν. δυὰς μὲν οὖν προσθέσει μονάδος εἰς τριάδα φθείρεται μηκέτι μένουσα δυάς, τετρὰς δ’ ἀφαιρέσει μονάδος εἰς τριάδα, μεταθέσει δὲ τὸ Ι στοιχεῖον εἰς Η, ὅταν αἱ μὲν ἐγκάρσιοι παράλληλοι πρὸς ὀρθὰς διαναστῶσιν, ἡ δὲ πρὸς ὀρθὰς ἐπεζευγμένη πλαγιασθεῖσα συνάψῃ τὰς παρ’ ἑκάτερα, κατ’ ἀλλοίωσιν δὲ μεταβάλλων οἶνος εἰς ὄξος.
114τῶν δὲ κατειλεγμένων τρόπων οὐδεὶς ἐφάπτεται τοῦ κόσμου τὸ παράπαν. ἐπεὶ καὶ τί φῶμεν; προστίθεσθαί τι τῷ κόσμῳ πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν; ἀλλ’ οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐκτός, ὃ μὴ μέρος γέγονεν αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὅλου· περιέχεται γὰρ καὶ κατακρατεῖται. ἀλλ’ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι; πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ἀφαιρεθὲν πάλιν κόσμος ἔσται, τοῦ νῦν βραχύτερος· ἔπειτα δ’ ἀμήχανον ἔξω τι σῶμα τοῦ ὅλου διαρτηθὲν τῆς συμφυίας σκεδασθῆναι.
115ἀλλὰ τὰ μέρη μετατίθεσθαι; μενεῖ μὲν οὖν ἐν ὁμοίῳ τοὺς τόπους οὐκ ἐναλλάττοντα· οὐ γὰρ ἐποχήσεταί ποτε οὔτε ὕδατι πᾶσα γῆ οὔθ’ ὕδωρ ἀέρι οὔτε ἀὴρ πυρί, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν φύσει βαρέα, γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ, τὸν μέσον ἐφέξει τόπον, γῆς μὲν θεμελίου τρόπον ὑπερειδούσης, ὕδατος δ’ ἐπιπολάζοντος, ἀὴρ δὲ καὶ πῦρ, τὰ φύσει κοῦφα, τὸν ἄνω, πλὴν οὐχ ὁμοίως· ἀὴρ γὰρ πυρὸς ὄχημα γέγονε, τὸ δ’ ἐποχούμενον ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑπερφέρεται.
116καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ κατ’ ἀλλοίωσιν φθείρεσθαι νομιστέον· ἰσοκρατὴς γὰρ ἡ τῶν στοιχείων μεταβολή, τὸ δ’ ἰσοκρατὲς ἀκλινοῦς βεβαιότητος καὶ ἀσαλεύτου μονῆς αἴτιον. ἅτε μήτε πλεονεκτοῦν μήτε πλεονεκτούμενον· ὥσθ’ ἡ ἀντίδοσις καὶ ἡ ἀντέκτισις τῶν δυνάμεων ἀναλογίας ἐξισουμένη κανόσιν ὑγιείας καὶ ἀτελευτήτου σωτηρίας δημιουργός. ἐξ ὧν ἀίδιος ὁ κόσμος ἀποδείκνυται.
117Θεόφραστος μέντοι φησὶ τοὺς γένεσιν καὶ φθορὰν τοῦ κόσμου κατηγοροῦντας ὑπὸ τεττάρων ἀπατηθῆναι τῶν μεγίστων, γῆς ἀνωμαλίας, θαλάττης ἀναχωρήσεως, ἑκάστου τῶν τοῦ ὅλου μερῶν διαλύσεως, χερσαίων φθορᾶς κατὰ γένη ζῴων.
118κατασκευάζειν δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὕτως· εἰ μὴ γενέσεως ἀρχὴν ἔλαβεν ἡ γῆ, μέρος ὑπανεστὸς οὐδὲν ἂν ἔτι αὐτῆς ἑωρᾶτο, χθαμαλὰ δ’ ἤδη τὰ ὄρη πάντα ἐγεγένητο καὶ οἱ γεώλοφοι πάντες ἰσόπεδοι τῇ πεδιάδι· τοσούτων γὰρ καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν ὄμβρων ἐξ ἀιδίου φερομένων, εἰκὸς ἦν τῶν διηρμένων πρὸς ὕψος τὰ μὲν χειμάρροις ἀπερρῆχθαι, τὰ δ’ ὑπονοστήσαντα κεχαλάσθαι, πάντα δὲ διὰ πάντων ἤδη λελειάνθαι.
119νυνὶ δὲ συνεχεῖς ἀνωμαλίαι καὶ παμπόλλων ὁρῶν αἱ πρὸς αἰθέριον ὕψος ὑπερβολαὶ μηνύματ’ ἐστὶ τοῦ τὴν γῆν μὴ ἀίδιον εἶναι. πάλαι γάρ, ὡς ἔφην, ἐν ἀπείρῳ χρόνῳ ταῖς ἐπομβρίαις ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα πᾶς’ ἂν λεωφόρος ἐγεγένητο· πέφυκε γὰρ ἡ ὕδατος φύσις καὶ μάλιστα ἀπὸ ὑψηλοτάτων καταράττουσα τὰ μὲν ἐξωθεῖν τῇ βίᾳ, τὰ δὲ τῷ συνεχεῖ τῶν ψεκάδων κολάπτουσα κοιλαίνειν ὑπεργάζεσθαί τε τὴν σκληρόγεω καὶ λιθωδεστάτην ὀρυκτήρων οὐκ ἔλαττον.
120Καὶ μὴν ἥ γε θάλασσα, φασίν, ἤδη μεμείωται. μάρτυρες δ’ αἱ νήσων εὐδοκιμώταται Ῥόδος τε καὶ Δῆλος· αὗται γὰρ τὸ μὲν παλαιὸν ἠφανισμέναι κατὰ τῆς θαλάττης ἐδεδύκεσαν ἐπικλυζόμεναι, χρόνῳ δ’ ὕστερον ἐλαττουμένης ἠρέμα, κατ’ ὀλίγον ἀνίσχουσαι διεφάνησαν, ὡς αἱ περὶ αὐτῶν ἀναγραφεῖσαι μηνύουσιν ἱστορίαι.
121τὴν δὲ Δῆλον καὶ Ἀνάφην ὠνόμασαν δι’ ἀμφοτέρων ὀνομάτων πιστούμενοι τὸ λεγόμενον, ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀναφανεῖσα δήλη ἐγένετο, ἀδηλουμένη καὶ ἀφανὴς οὖσα τὸ πάλαι. διὸ καὶ Πίνδαρος ἐπὶ τῆς Δήλου φησί· "Χαῖρ’, ὦ θεοδμάτα, λιπαροπλοκάμου παίδεσσι Λατοῦς ἱμεροέστατον ἔρνος, πόντου θύγατερ, χθονὸς εὐρείας ἀκίνητον τέρας, ἅν τε βροτοὶ Δᾶλον κικλῄσκουσιν, μάκαρες δ’ ἐν Ὀλύμπῳ τηλέφαντον κυανέας χθονὸς ἄστρον.“ θυγατέρα γὰρ πόντου τὴν Δῆλον εἴρηκε τὸ λεχθὲν αἰνιττόμενος.
122πρὸς δὲ τούτοις μεγάλων πελαγῶν μεγάλους κόλπους καὶ βαθεῖς ἀναξηρανθέντας ἠπειρῶσθαι καὶ γεγενῆσθαι τῆς παρακειμένης χώρας μοῖραν οὐ λυπρὰν σπειρομένους καὶ φυτευομένους, οἷς σημεῖ’ ἄττα τῆς παλαιᾶς ἐναπολελεῖφθαι θαλαττώσεως ψηφῖδάς τε καὶ κόγχας καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα πρὸς αἰγιαλοὺς εἴωθεν ἀποβράττεσθαι.
123εἰ δὴ μειοῦται ἡ θάλαττα, μειωθήσεται μὲν καὶ ἡ γῆ, μακραῖς δ’ ἐνιαυτῶν περιόδοις καὶ εἰς ἅπαν ἑκάτερον στοιχεῖον ἀναλωθήσεται, δαπανηθήσεται δὲ καὶ ὁ σύμπας ἀὴρ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ἐλαττούμενος, ἀποκριθήσεται δὲ τὰ πάντα εἰς μίαν οὐσίαν τὴν πυρός.
124Πρὸς δὲ τὴν τοῦ τρίτου κεφαλαίου κατασκευὴν χρῶνται λόγῳ τοιῷδε· φθείρεται πάντως ἐκεῖνο, οὗ πάντα τὰ μέρη φθαρτά ἐστι, τοῦ δὲ κόσμου πάντα τὰ μέρη φθαρτά ἐστι, φθαρτὸς ἄρα ὁ κόσμος ἐστίν.
125ὃ δ’ ὑπερεθέμεθα, νῦν ἐπισκεπτέον. ποῖον μέρος τῆς γῆς, ἵνα ἀπὸ ταύτης ἀρξώμεθα, μεῖζον ἢ ἔλαττον, οὐ χρόνῳ διαλύεται; λίθων οἱ κραταιότατοι ἆρ’ οὐ μυδῶσι καὶ σήπονται καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἕξεως ἀσθένειαν — ἡ δ’ ἐστὶ πνευματικὸς τόνος, δεσμὸς οὐκ ἄρρηκτος ἀλλὰ μόνον δυσδιάλυτος — θρυπτόμενοι καὶ ῥέοντες εἰς λεπτὴν τὸ πρῶτον ἀναλύονται κόνιν, εἶθ’ ὕστερον δαπανηθέντες ἐξαναλοῦνται; τί δ’, εἰ μὴ πρὸς ἀνέμων ῥιπίζοιτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ἀκίνητον ἐαθὲν οὐχ ὑφ’ ἡσυχίας νεκροῦται; μεταβάλλει γοῦν καὶ δυσωδέστατον γίνεται, οἷα ψυχὴν ἀφῃρημένον ζῷον.
Sections 126–150
126ἥ γε μὴν ἀέρος φθορὰ παντί τῳ δῆλον· νοσεῖν γὰρ καὶ φθίνειν καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἀποθνῄσκειν πέφυκεν. ἐπεὶ τί ἄν τις μὴ στοχασάμενος ὀνομάτων εὐπρεπείας ἀλλὰ τἀληθοῦς εἴποι λοιμὸν εἶναι πλὴν ἀέρος θάνατον τὸ οἰκεῖον πάθος ἀναχέοντος ἐπὶ φθορᾷ πάντων ὅσα ψυχῆς μεμοίραται;
127τί χρὴ μακρηγορεῖν περὶ πυρός; ἀτροφῆσαν γὰρ αὐτίκα σβέννυται, χωλόν, ᾗ φασιν οἱ ποιηταί, γεγονὸς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ· διὸ σκηριπτόμενον ὀρθοῦται κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἀναφθείσης ὕλης μονήν, ἐξαναλωθείσης δ’ ἀφανίζεται.
128τὸ παραπλήσιον μέντοι καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰνδικὴν δράκοντάς φασι πάσχειν· ἀνέρποντας γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ζῴων, ἐλέφαντας, περὶ νῶτα καὶ νηδὺν ἅπασαν εἱλεῖσθαι, φλέβα δ’ ἣν ἂν τύχῃ διελόντας ἐμπίνειν τοῦ αἵματος, ἀπλήστως ἐπισπωμένους βιαίῳ πνεύματι καὶ συντόνῳ ῥοίζῳ· μέχρι μὲν οὖν τινος ἐξαναλουμένους ἐκείνους ἀντέχειν ὑπ’ ἀμηχανίας ἀνασκιρτῶντας καὶ τῇ προνομαίᾳ τὴν πλευρὰν τύπτοντας ὡς καθιξομένους τῶν δρακόντων, εἶτα ἀεὶ κενουμένου τοῦ ζωτικοῦ, πηδᾶν μὲν μηκέτι δύνασθαι, κραδαινομένους δ’ ἑστάναι, μικρὸν δ’ ὕστερον καὶ τῶν σκελῶν ἐξασθενησάντων, κατασεισθέντας ὑπὸ λιφαιμίας ἀποψύχειν, πεσόντας δὲ τοὺς αἰτίους τοῦ θανάτου συναπολλύναι τρόπῳ τοιῷδε·
129μηκέτ’ ἔχοντες τροφὴν οἱ δράκοντες ὃν περιέθεσαν δεσμὸν ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἐκλύειν ἀπαλλαγὴν ἤδη ποθοῦντες, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ βάρους τῶν ἐλεφάντων θλιβόμενοι πιέζονται, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐπειδὰν τύχῃ στέριφον καὶ λιθῶδες τὸ ἔδαφος· ἰλυσπώμενοι γὰρ καὶ πάντα ποιοῦντες εἰς διάλυσιν, ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ πιέσαντος βίας πεδηθέντες, ἑαυτοὺς πολυτρόπως ἐν ἀμηχάνοις καὶ ἀπόροις γυμνάσαντες ἐξασθενοῦσι καὶ καθάπερ οἱ καταλευσθέντες ἢ τείχους αἰφνίδιον ἐπενεχθέντος προκαταληφθέντες, οὐδ’ ὅσον ἀνακύψαι δυνάμενοι. πνιγῇ τελευτῶσιν. εἰ δὴ τῶν μερῶν ἕκαστον τοῦ κόσμου φθορὰν ὑπομένει, δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν παγεὶς κόσμος ἄφθαρτος οὐκ ἔσται.
130Τὸν δὲ τέταρτον καὶ λοιπὸν λόγον ἀκριβωτέον ὧδε, φασίν· εἰ ὁ κόσμος ἀίδιος ἦν, ἦν ἂν καὶ τὰ ζῷα ἀίδια καὶπολύ γε μᾶλλον τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, ὅσῳ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἄμεινον. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὀψίγονον φανῆναι τοῖς βουλομένοις ἐρευνᾶν τὰ φύσεως· εἰκὸς γὰρ μᾶλλον δ’ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνθρώποις συνυπάρξαι τὰς τέχνας ὡς ἂν ἰσήλικας, οὐ μόνον ὅτι λογικῇ φύσει τὸ ἐμμέθοδον οἰκεῖον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ζῆν ἄνευ τούτων οὐκ ἔστιν.
131ἴδωμεν οὖν τοὺς ἑκάστων χρόνους ἀλογήσαντες τῶν ἐπιτραγῳδουμένων θεοῖς μύθων * * * εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀίδιος ἄνθρωπος, οὐδ’ ἄλλο τι ζῷον, ὥστ’ οὐδ’ αἱ δεδεγμέναι ταῦτα χῶραι, γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀήρ· ἐξ ὧν τὸ φθαρτὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον δῆλόν ἐστιν.
132Ἀναγκαῖον δὲ πρὸς τὴν τοσαύτην εὑρεσιλογίαν ἀπαντῆσαι, μή τις τῶν ἀπειροτέρων ἐνδοὺς ὑπαχθῇ· καὶ ἀρκτέον γε τῆς ἀντιρρήσεως ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ τῆς ἀπάτης οἱ σοφισταί. τὰς ἀνωμαλίας οὐκέτ’ ἐχρῆν εἶναι τῆς γῆς, εἴπερ ἀίδιος ἦν ὁ κόσμος; διὰ τί, ὦ γενναῖοι; φήσουσι γὰρ ἕτεροι παρελθόντες, ὅτι δένδρων οὐδὲν αἱ φύσεις τῶν ὀρῶν διαφέρουσιν, ἀλλὰ καθάπερ ἐκεῖνα καιροῖς μέν τισι φυλλορροεῖ καιροῖς δὲ πάλιν ἀνηβᾷ — διὸ καὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν εὖ εἴρηται „φύλλα τὰ μέν τ’ ἄνεμος χαμάδις χέει, ἄλλα δέ θ’ ὕλη τηλεθόωσα φύει, ἔαρος δ’ ἐπιγίγνεται ὥρη“ —, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τῶν ὀρῶν τὰ μὲν ἀποθραύεται μέρη, τὰ δὲ προσφύεται.
133μακροῖς δὲ χρόνοις ἡ πρόσφυσις καθίσταται γνώριμος, διότι τὰ μὲν δένδρα ὠκυτέρᾳ χρώμενα τῇ φύσει θᾶττον καταλαμβανομένην ἔχει τὴν ἐπίδοσιν, τὰ δ’ ὄρη βραδυτέρᾳ, διὸ καὶ τὰς ἐκφύσεις αὐτῶν αἰσθητὰς ὅτι μὴ χρόνῳ μακρῷ μόλις εἶναι συμβέβηκεν.
134ἐοίκασί γε τὸν τρόπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτῶν ἀγνοεῖν, ἐπεὶ κἂν ἴσως αἰδεσθέντες ἡσύχασαν. φθόνος δ’ οὐδεὶς ἀναδιδάσκειν· ἔστι δ’ οὔτε νέον τὸ λεγόμενον οὔτε ῥήμαθ’ ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ παλαιὰ σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν, οἷς οὐδὲν ἀδιερεύνητον τῶν εἰς ἐπιστήμην ἀναγκαίων ἀπολέλειπται.
135ὅταν τὸ κατακεκλεισμένον ἐν τῇ γῇ πυρῶδες ἄνω τῇ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐλαύνηται φυσικῇ δυνάμει, πρὸς τὸν οἰκεῖον τόπον στείχει, κἄν τινος λάβηται βραχείας ἀναπνοῆς, ἄνω μὲν συνανασπᾷ πολλὴν τῆς γεώδους οὐσίας, ὅσην ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, ἔξω δ’ ἐπιγενόμενον φέρεται βραδύτερον, [ἢ] καὶ μέχρι πολλοῦ συμπαρελθεῖν βιασθεῖσα, πρὸς μήκιστον ἀρθεῖσα ὕψος, στέλλεται κορυφουμένη καὶ πρὸς ὀξεῖαν ἀποτελευτᾷ κορυφὴν τὸ πυρὸς σχῆμα μιμουμένη.
136γίνεται γὰρ τοῦ κουφοτάτου καὶ βαρυτάτου τότε, τῶν φύσει ἀντιπάλων, ἀναγκαία συρραξάντων διαμάχη, πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἑκατέρου χώραν ἐπειγομένου καὶ πρὸς τὸ βιαζόμενον ἀντιτείνοντος· τὸ μὲν δὴ πῦρ συνανέλκον γῆν ὑπὸ τοῦ περὶ αὐτὴν νευστικοῦ βρίθειν ἀναγκάζεται, ἡ δὲ γῆ κατωτάτω ταλαντεύουσα τῷ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀνωφοίτῳ συνεπελαφρισθεῖσα μετέωρος ἐξαίρεται καὶ κρατηθεῖσα μόλις ὑπὸ δυνατωτέρας τῆς ἐπικουφιζούσης ἰσχύος ἄνω πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς ἕδραν ὠθεῖται κἀνίσταται.
137τί οὖν θαυμαστόν, εἰ μὴ τὰ ὄρη ταῖς τῶν ὑετῶν φοραῖς ἐξανήλωται, τῆς συνεχούσης αὐτὰ δυνάμεως, ὑφ’ ἧς καὶ διανίσταται, μάλα παγίως καὶ κραταιῶς ἐνειλημμένης; λυθέντος γὰρ δεσμοῦ τοῦ συνέχοντος, εἰκὸς ἦν διαλυθῆναι καὶ πρὸς ὕδατος σκεδασθῆναι, δυνάμει δὲ σφιγγόμενα τῇ τοῦ πυρὸς στεγανώτερον πρὸς τὰς τῶν ὑετῶν φορὰς ἀντέχει. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν λελέχθω περὶ τοῦ τὴν ἀνωμαλίαν τῆς γῆς πίστιν οὐκ εἶναι γενέσεως καὶ φθορᾶς κόσμου.
138Πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς μειώσεως τῆς θαλάττης ἐπιχειρηθὲν ἐκεῖνο δεόντως ἂν λέγοιτο· μὴ τὰς ἀνασχούσας νήσους αὐτὸ μόνον ἀεὶ μηδ’ εἴ τινες ἀποτομαὶ κατακλυζόμεναι τὸ πάλαι χρόνοις αὖθις ἠπειρώθησαν σκοπεῖτε — φυσιολογίας γὰρ ἀντίπαλον φιλονεικία τριπόθητον ἡγουμένης ἀλήθειαν ἰχνηλατεῖν —, ἀλλὰ πολυπραγμονεῖτε καὶ τοὐναντίον, ὅσαι μὲν ἐν ἠπείροις οὐ παράλιοι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ μεσόγειοι μοῖραι κατεπόθησαν, ὅση δὲ χέρσος θαλαττωθεῖσα μυριοφόροις ναυσὶν ἐμπλεῖται.
139ἢ τὴν περὶ τὸν ἱερώτατον Σικελικὸν πορθμὸν ᾀδομένην ἱστορίαν ἀγνοεῖτε; ἦν μὲν γὰρ τὸ παλαιὸν ἠπείρῳ Ἰταλίᾳ Σικελία συνάπτουσα, μεγάλων δὲ τῶν παρ’ ἑκάτερα πελαγῶν βιαίοις πνεύμασιν ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐπιδραμόντων, ἡ μεθόριος ἐπεκλύσθη καὶ ἀνερράγη, παρ’ ἣν καὶ πόλις ἐπώνυμος τοῦ πάθους Ῥήγιον κτισθεῖσα ὠνομάσθη. καὶ τοὐναντίον οὗ προσεδόκησεν ἄν τις ἀπέβη· συνεζεύχθη μὲν γὰρ τὰ τέως διεστῶτα πελάγη κατὰ τὴν σύρρυσιν ἑνωθέντα, ἡ δὲ ἡνωμένη γῆ τῷ μεθορίῳ πορθμῷ διεζεύχθη, παρ’ ὃν ἤπειρος οὖσα Σικελία νῆσος ἐβιάσθη γενέσθαι.
140πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἄλλας λόγος τῆς θαλάττης ὑπερσχούσης ἠφανίσθαι πόλεις καταποθείσας, ἐπεὶ καὶ κατὰ Πελοπόννησόν φασι τρεῖς "Αἴγειραν Βοῦράν τε καὶ ὑψηλὴν Ἑλίκειαν, τείχεσιν ἣ τάχ’ ἔμελλε περὶ βρύα μυρία φύσειν“, εὐδαίμονας τὸ πάλαι γενομένας πολλῇ τοῦ πελάγους ἐπικλυσθῆναι φορᾷ.
141ἡ δὲ Ἀτλαντὶς νῆσος, „ἅμα Λιβύης καὶ Ἀσίας μείζων“, ᾗ φησιν ἐν Τιμαίῳ Πλάτων, ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ καὶ νυκτὶ „σεισμῶν ἐξαισίων καὶ κατακλυσμῶν γενομένων δῦσα κατὰ τῆς θαλάττης ἐξαίφνης ἠφανίσθη“, γενομένη πέλαγος, οὐ πλωτόν, ἀλλὰ βαραθρῶδες.
142οὐδὲν οὖν εἰς τὸ φθείρεσθαι τὸν κόσμον ἡ πλασθεῖσα τῷ λόγῳ μείωσις τῆς θαλάττης συνεργεῖ· φαίνεται γὰρ ὧν μὲν ἐξαναχωροῦσα, τὰ δ’ ἐπικλύζουσα. ἐχρῆν δὲ μὴ θάτερον τῶν γινομένων ἀλλὰ συνάμφω θεωροῦντας ἐπικρίνειν, ἐπεὶ κἀν τοῖς περὶ βίον ἀμφισβητήμασιν ὁ νόμιμος δικαστής, πρὶν [παρὰ] τῶν ἀντιδίκων ἀκοῦσαι, γνώμην οὐκ ἀποφανεῖται.
143Καὶ μὴν ὁ τρίτος λόγος ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ διελέγχεται, μὴ ὑγιῶς ἐρωτηθεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς εὐθὺς ἐν ἀρχῇ φάσεως. οὐ γὰρ δήπουθεν οὗ πάντα τὰ μέρη φθείρεται φθαρτόν ἐστιν ἐκεῖνο, ἀλλ’ οὗ πάντα τὰ μέρη ἅμα καὶ ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ ἀθρόα κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄκρον ἀποκοπείς τις δάκτυλον ζῆν οὐ κεκώλυται, εἰ δὲ τὴν κοινωνίαν τῶν μερῶν καὶ μελῶν πᾶσαν, αὐτίκα τελευτήσει.
144τὸν αὐτὸν οὖν τρόπον, εἰ μὲν συλλήβδην ἁπαξάπαντα τὰ στοιχεῖα ὑφ’ ἕνα καιρὸν ἠφανίζετο, φάσκειν ἐνδέχεσθαι τὸν κόσμον φθορὰν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον· εἰ δ’ ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ γείτονος μεταβάλλει φύσιν, ἀθανατίζεται μᾶλλον ἢ φθείρεται κατὰ τὸ φιλοσοφηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ τραγικοῦ „θνῄσκει δ’ οὐδὲν τῶν γιγνομένων, διακρινόμενον δ’ ἄλλο πρὸς ἄλλο μορφὴν ἑτέραν ἀπέδειξεν.“
145Παντελής γε μὴν εὐήθεια τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπὸ τῶν τεχνῶν ἐξετάζεσθαι· τῇ γὰρ περὶ τὸν λόγον ἀτοπίᾳ τις ἀκολουθήσας νέον τὸν κόσμον ἀποφανεῖ κομιδῇ μόλις πρὸ χιλίων παγέντα ἐνιαυτῶν, ἐπεὶ καὶ οὓς παρειλήφαμεν τῶν ἐπιστημῶν εὑρετὰς τὸν λεχθέντα τῶν ἐνιαυτῶν ἀριθμὸν οὐχ ὑπερβάλλουσιν.
146εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ λεκτέον τὰς τέχνας ἰσήλικας ἀνθρώπων γένει, μεθ’ ἱστορίας φυσικῆς ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπερισκέπτως καὶ ῥᾳθύμως λεκτέον. ἡ δ’ ἱστορία τίς; φθοραὶ τῶν κατὰ γῆν, οὐκ ἀθρόων ἁπάντων ἀλλὰ τῶν πλείστων, δυσὶ ταῖς μεγίσταις αἰτίαις ἀνατίθενται, πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος ἀλέκτοις φοραῖς· κατασκήπτειν δ’ ἑκατέραν ἐν μέρει φασὶν ἐν πάνυ μακραῖς ἐνιαυτῶν περιόδοις.
147ὅταν μὲν οὖν ἔμπρησις καταλαμβάνῃ, ῥεῦμα αἰθερίου πυρὸς ἄνωθεν ἐκχεόμενον πολλαχῇ σκεδάννυσθαι, μεγάλα κλίματα τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐπιτρέχον· ὅταν δὲ κατακλυσμός, ἅπασαν τὴν ὕδατος [κατομβρίαν] κατασύρειν φύσιν, αὐθιγενῶν καὶ χειμάρρων ποταμῶν οὐ πλημμυρούντων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καθεστὸς προσυπερβαλλόντων τῆς ἐπιβάσεως καὶ τὰς ὄχθας ἢ τῇ βίᾳ παραρρηγνύντων ἢ ὑπερπηδώντων ἀναβάσει τῇ πρὸς μήκιστον ὕψος· ὅθεν ὑπερβλύσαντας εἰς τὴν παρακειμένην ἀναχεῖσθαι πεδιάδα, τὴν δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς μεγάλας λίμνας διανέμεσθαι, πρὸς τὰ κοιλότερα ἀεὶ τοῦ ὕδατος συνίζοντος, αὖθις δ’ ἐπιρρέοντος καὶ τοὺς μεθορίους ἰσθμοὺς κατακλύζοντος, οἷς διεκρίνοντο αἱ λίμναι, εἰς μέγεθος ἀχανοῦς πελάγους κατὰ τὴν πολλῶν ἕνωσιν ἀποκρίνεσθαι.
148πρὸς δὲ μαχομένων δυνάμεων ἐν μέρει τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἐναντίοις οἰκοῦντας τόποις ἀπόλλυσθαι, πυρὶ μὲν τοὺς ἐν ὄρεσι καὶ γεωλόφοις καὶ δυσύδροις χωρίοις, ἅτ’ οὐκ ἔχοντας φύσει πυρὸς ἀμυντήριον ἄφθονον ὕδωρ, ἔμπαλιν δ’ ὕδατι τοὺς παρὰ ποταμοῖς ἢ λίμναις ἢ θαλάττῃ· γειτόνων γὰρ ἅπτεσθαι φιλεῖ τὰ κακὰ πρώτων ἢ καὶ μόνων.
149κατὰ δὴ τοὺς λεχθέντας τρόπους δίχα μυρίων ἄλλων βραχυτέρων φθειρομένου τοῦ πλείστου μέρους ἀνθρώπων, ἐπιλείπειν ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ τὰς τέχνας· δίχα γὰρ τοῦ μεθοδεύοντος οὐκ εἶναι καθ’ αὑτὴν ἰδεῖν ἐπιστήμην. ἐπειδὰν δὲ αἱ μὲν κοιναὶ νόσοι χαλάσωσιν, ἄρξηται δὲ ἀνηβᾶν καὶ βλαστάνειν τὸ γένος ἐκ τῶν μὴ προκαταληφθέντων τοῖς ἐπιβρίσασι δεινοῖς, ἄρχεσθαι καὶ τὰς τέχνας πάλιν συνίστασθαι, οὐ τότε πρῶτον γενομένας, ἀλλὰ τῇ μειώσει τῶν ἐχόντων ὑποσπανισθείσας.
150Ἃ μὲν οὖν περὶ ἀφθαρσίας τοῦ κόσμου παρειλήφαμεν, εἴρηται κατὰ δύναμιν. τὰς δὲ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἐναντιώσεις ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα δηλωτέον.
Against Flaccus
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1Flaccus Avillius succeeded Sejanus in his hatred of and hostile designs against the Jewish nation. He was not, indeed, able to injure the whole people by open and direct means as he had been, inasmuch as he had less power for such a purpose, but he inflicted the most intolerable evils on all who came within his reach. Moreover, though in appearance he only attacked a portion of the nation, in point of fact he directed his aims against all whom he could find anywhere, proceeding more by art than by force; for those men who, though of tyrannical natures and dispositions, have not strength enough to accomplish their designs openly, seek to compass them by manoeuvres.
2This Flaccus being chosen by Tiberius Caesar as one of his intimate companions, after the death of Severus, who had been lieutenant-governor in Egypt, was appointed viceroy of Alexandria and the country round about, being a man who at the beginning, as far as appearance went, had given innumerable instances of his excellence, for he was a man of prudence and diligence, and great acuteness of perception, very energetic in executing what he had determined on, very eloquent as a speaker, and skilful too at discerning what was suppressed as well as at understanding what was said.
3Accordingly in a short time he became perfectly acquainted with the affairs of Egypt, and they are of a very various and diversified character, so that they are not easily comprehended even by those who from their earliest infancy have made them their study. The scribes were a superfluous body when he had made such advances towards the knowledge of all things, whether important or trivial, by his extended experience, that he not only surpassed them, but from his great accuracy was qualified instead of a pupil to become the instructor of those who had hitherto been the teachers of all other persons.
4However, all those things in which he displayed an admirable system and great wisdom concerning the accounts and the general arrangement of the revenues of the land, though they were serious matters and of the last importance, were nevertheless not such as gave any proofs of a soul fit for the task of governing; but those things which exhibited a more brilliant and royal disposition he also displayed with great freedom. For instance, he bore himself with considerable dignity, and pride and pomp are advantageous things for a ruler; and he decided all suits of importance in conjunction with the magistrates, he pulled down the overproud, he forbade promiscuous mobs of men from all quarters to assemble together, and prohibited all associations and meetings which were continually feasting together under pretence of sacrifices, making a drunken mockery of public business, treating with great vigour and severity all who resisted his commands.
5Then when he had filled the whole city and country with his wise legislation, he proceeded in turn to regulate the military affairs of the land, issuing commands, arranging matters, training the troops of every kind, infantry, cavalry, and light-armed, teaching the commanders not to deprive the soldiers of their pay, and so drive them to acts of piracy and rapine, and teaching each individual soldier not to proceed to any actions unauthorised by his military service, remembering that he was appointed with the especial object of preserving peace.
6Perhaps some one may say here: "Do you then, my good man, you who have determined to accuse this man, bring no accusation whatever against him, but on the contrary, weave long panegyrics in his honour? Are you not doting and mad?" "I am not mad, my friend, nor am I a downright fool, so as to be unable to see the consequences or connexion of things.
7I praise Flaccus, not because it is right to praise an enemy, but in order to make his wickedness more conspicuous; for pardon is given to a man who does wrong from ignorance of what is right; but he who does wrong knowingly has no excuse, being already condemned by the tribunal of his own conscience."
8For having received a government which was intended to last six years, for the first five years, while Tiberius Caesar was alive, he both preserved peace and also governed the country generally with such vigour and energy that he was superior to all the governors who had gone before him.
9But in the last year, after Tiberius was dead, and when Caius had succeeded him as emperor, he began to relax in and to be indifferent about everything, whether it was that he was overwhelmed with most heavy grief because of Tiberius (for it was evident to everyone that he grieved exceedingly as if for a near relation, both by his continued depression of spirits and his incessant weeping, pouring forth tears without end as if from an inexhaustible fountain), or whether it was because he was disaffected to his successor, because he preferred devoting himself to the party of the real rather than to that of the adopted children, or whether it was because he had been one of those who had joined in the conspiracy against the mother of Caius, having joined against her at the time when the accusations were brought against her, on account of which she was put to death, and having escaped through fear of the consequence of proceeding against him.
10However, for a time he still paid some attention to the affairs of the state, not wholly abandoning the administration of his government; but when he heard that the grandson of Tiberius and his partner in the government had been put to death at the command of Caius, he was smitten with intolerable anguish, and threw himself on the ground, and lay there speechless, being utterly deprived of his senses, for indeed his mind had long since been enervated by grief.
11For as long as that child lived he did not despair of some sparks still remaining of his own safety, but now that he was dead, he considered that all his own hopes had likewise died with him, even if a slight breeze of assistance might still be left, such as his friendship with Macro, who had unbounded influence with Caius in his authority; and who, as it is said, had very greatly contributed to his obtaining the supreme power, and in a still higher degree to his personal safety,
12since Tiberius had frequently thought of putting Caius out of the way, as a wicked man and one who was in no respects calculated by nature for the exercise of authority, being influenced also partly by his apprehensions for his grandson; for he feared lest, when he himself was dead, his death too would be added to the funerals of his family. But Macro had constantly bade him discard these apprehensions from his mind, and had praised Caius, as a man of a simple, and honest, and sociable character; and as one who was very much attached to his cousin, so that he would willingly yield the supreme authority to him alone, and the first rank in everything.
13And Tiberius, being deceived by all these representations, without being aware of what he was doing, left behind him a most irreconcileable enemy, to himself, and his grandson, and his whole family, and to Macro, who was his chief adviser and comforter, and to all mankind;
14for when Macro saw that Caius was forsaking the way of virtue and yielding to his unbridled passions, following them wherever they led him and against whatever objects they led him, he admonished and reproved him, looking upon him as the same Caius who, while Tiberius was alive, was mild-tempered and docile; but to his misery he suffered most terrible punishment for his exceeding good-will, being put to death with his wife, and children, and all his family, as a grievous and troublesome object to his new sovereign.
15For whenever he saw him at a distance coming towards him, he used to speak in this manner to those who were with him: "Let us not smile; let us look sad: here comes the censor and monitor; the all-wise man, he who is beginning now to be the schoolmaster of a full-grown man, and of an emperor, after time itself has separated him from and discarded the tutors of his earliest infancy."
16When, therefore, Flaccus learnt that he too was put to death, he utterly abandoned all other hope for the future, and was no longer able to apply himself to public affairs as he had done before, being enervated and wholly broken down in spirit.
17But when a magistrate begins to despair of his power of exerting authority, it follows inevitably, that his subjects must quickly become disobedient, especially those who are naturally, at every trivial or common occurrence, inclined to show insubordination, and, among people of such a disposition, the Egyptian nation is preeminent, being constantly in the habit of exciting great seditions from very small sparks.
18And being placed in a situation of great and perplexing difficulty he began to rage, and simultaneously, with the change of his disposition for the worse, he also altered everything which had existed before, beginning with his nearest friends and his most habitual customs; for he began to suspect and to drive from him those who were well affected to him, and who were most sincerely his friends, and he reconciled himself to those who were originally his declared enemies, and he used them as advisers under all circumstances;
19but they, for they persisted in their ill-will, being reconciled with him only in words and in appearance, but in their actions and in their hearts they bore him incurable enmity, and though only pretending a genuine friendship towards him, like actors in a theatre, they drew him over wholly to their side; and so the governor became a subject, and the subjects became the governor, advancing the most unprofitable opinions, and immediately confirming and insisting upon them;
20for they became executors of all the plans which they had devised, treating him like a mute person on the stage, as one who was only, by way of making up the show, inscribed with the title of authority, being themselves a lot of Dionysiuses, demagogues, and of Lampos, a pack of cavillers and word-splitters; and of Isidoruses, sowers of sedition, busy-bodies, devisers of evil, troublers of the state; for this is the name which has, at last, been given to them.
21All these men, having devised a most grievous design against the Jews, proceeded to put it in execution, and coming privately to Flaccus said to him,
22"All your hope from the child of Tiberius Nero has now perished, and that which was your second best prospect, your companion Macro, is gone too, and you have no chance of favour with the emperor, therefore we must find another advocate, by whom Caius may be made propitious to us,
23and that advocate is the city of Alexandria, which all the family of Augustus has honoured from the very beginning, and our present master above all the rest; and it will be a sufficient mediator in our behalf, if it can obtain one boon from you, and you cannot confer a greater benefit upon it than by abandoning and denouncing all the Jews."
24Now though upon this he ought to have rejected and driven away the speakers as workers of revolution and common enemies, he agrees on the contrary to what they say, and at first he made his designs against the Jews less evident, only abstaining from listening to causes brought before his tribunal with impartiality and equity, and inclining more to one side than to the other, and not allowing to both sides an equal freedom of speech; but whenever any Jew came before him he showed his aversion to him, and departed from his habitual affability in their case; but afterwards he exhibited his hostility to them in a more conspicuous manner.
25Moreover, some occurrences of the following description increased that folly and insolence of his which was derived from instruction rather than from nature. Caius Caesar gave Agrippa, the grandson of Herod the king, the third part of his paternal inheritance as a sovereignty, which Philip the tetrarch, who was his uncle on his father’s side, had previously enjoyed.
Sections 26–50
26And when he was about to set out to take possession of his kingdom, Caius advised him to avoid the voyage from Brundusium to Syria, which was a long and troublesome one, and rather to take the shorter one by Alexandria, and to wait for the periodical winds; for he said that the merchant vessels which set forth from that harbour were fast sailers, and that the pilots were most experienced men, who guided their ships like skilful coachmen guide their horses, keeping them straight in the proper course. And he took his advice, looking upon him both as his master and also as a giver of good counsel.
27Accordingly, going down to Dicaearchia, and seeing some Alexandrian vessels in the harbour, looking all ready and fit to put to sea, he embarked with his followers, and had a fair voyage, and so a few days afterwards he arrived at his journey’s end, unforeseen and unexpected, having commanded the captains of his vessels (for he came in sight of Pharos about twilight in the evening) to furl their sails, and to keep a short distance out of sight in the open sea, until it became late in the evening and dark, and then at night he entered the port, that when he disembarked he might find all the citizens buried in sleep, and so, without any one seeing him, he might arrive at the house of the man who was to be his entertainer.
28With so much modesty then did this man arrive, wishing if it were possible to enter without being perceived by any one in the city. For he had not come to see Alexandria, since he had sojourned in it before, when he was preparing to take his voyage to Rome to see Tiberius, but he desired at this time to take the quickest road, so as to arrive at his destination with the smallest possible delay.
29But the men of Alexandria being ready to burst with envy and ill-will (for the Egyptian disposition is by nature a most jealous and envious one and inclined to look on the good fortune of others as adversity to itself), and being at the same time filled with an ancient and what I may in a manner call an innate enmity towards the Jews, were indignant at any one’s becoming a king of the Jews, no less than if each individual among them had been deprived of an ancestral kingdom of his own inheritance.
30And then again his friends and companions came and stirred up the miserable Flaccus, inviting, and exciting, and stimulating him to feel the same envy with themselves; saying, "The arrival of this man to take upon him his government is equivalent to a deposition of yourself. He is invested with a greater dignity of honour and glory than you. He attracts all eyes towards himself when they see the array of sentinels and body-guards around him adorned with silvered and gilded arms.
31For ought he to have come into the presence of another governor, when it was in his power to have sailed over the sea, and so to have arrived in safety at his own government? For, indeed, if Caius did advise or rather command him to do so, he ought rather with earnest solicitations to have deprecated any visit to this country, in order that the real governor of it might not be brought into disrepute and appear to have his authority lessened by being apparently disregarded."
32When he heard this he was more indignant than before, and in public indeed he pretended to be his companion and his friend, because of his fear of the man who directed his course, but secretly he bore him much ill-will, and told every one how he hated him, and abused him behind his back, and insulted him indirectly, since he did not dare to do so openly;
33for he encouraged the idle and lazy mob of the city (and the mob of Alexandria is one accustomed to great license of speech, and one which delights above measure in calumny and evil-speaking), to abuse the king, either beginning to revile him in his own person, or else exhorting and exciting others to do so by the agency of persons who were accustomed to serve him in business of this kind.
34And they, having had the cue given them, spent all their days reviling the king in the public schools, and stringing together all sorts of gibes to turn him into ridicule. And at times they employed poets who compose farces, and managers of puppet shows, displaying their natural aptitude for every kind of disgraceful employment, though they were very slow at learning anything that was creditable, but very acute, and quick, and ready at learning anything of an opposite nature.
35For why did he not show his indignation, why did he not commit them to prison, why did he not chastise them for their insolent and disloyal evil speaking? And even if he had not been a king but only one of the household of Caesar, ought he not to have had some privileges and especial honours? The fact is that all these circumstances are an undeniable evidence that Flaccus was a participator in all this abuse; for he who might have punished it with the most extreme severity, and entirely checked it, and who yet took no steps to restrain it, was clearly convicted of having permitted and encouraged it; but whenever an ungoverned multitude begins a course of evil doing it never desists, but proceeds from one wickedness to another, continually doing some monstrous thing.
36There was a certain madman named Carabbas, afflicted not with a wild, savage, and dangerous madness (for that comes on in fits without being expected either by the patient or by bystanders), but with an intermittent and more gentle kind; this man spent all his days and nights naked in the roads, minding neither cold nor heat, the sport of idle children and wanton youths;
37and they, driving the poor wretch as far as the public gymnasium, and setting him up there on high that he might be seen by everybody, flattened out a leaf of papyrus and put it on his head instead of a diadem, and clothed the rest of his body with a common door mat instead of a cloak, and instead of a sceptre they put in his hand a small stick of the native papyrus which they found lying by the way side and gave to him;
38and when, like actors in theatrical spectacles, he had received all the insignia of royal authority, and had been dressed and adorned like a king, the young men bearing sticks on their shoulders stood on each side of him instead of spear-bearers, in imitation of the body-guards of the king, and then others came up, some as if to salute him, and others making as though they wished to plead their causes before him, and others pretending to wish to consult with him about the affairs of the state.
39Then from the multitude of those who were standing around there arose a wonderful shout of men calling out Maris; and this is the name by which it is said that they call the kings among the Syrians; for they knew that Agrippa was by birth a Syrian, and also that he was possessed of a great district of Syria of which he was the sovereign;
40when Flaccus heard, or rather when he saw this, he would have done right if he had apprehended the maniac and put him in prison, that he might not give to those who reviled him any opportunity or excuse for insulting their superiors, and if he had chastised those who dressed him up for having dared both openly and disguisedly, both with words and actions, to insult a king and a friend of Caesar, and one who had been honoured by the Roman senate with imperial authority; but he not only did not punish them, but he did not think fit even to check them, but gave complete license and impunity to all those who designed ill, and who were disposed to show their enmity and spite to the king, pretending not to see what he did see, and not to hear what he did hear.
41And when the multitude perceived this, I do not mean the ordinary and well-regulated population of the city, but the mob which, out of its restlessness and love of an unquiet and disorderly life, was always filling every place with tumult and confusion, and who, because of their habitual idleness and laziness, were full of treachery and revolutionary plans, they, flocking to the theatre the first thing in the morning, having already purchased Flaccus for a miserable price, which he with his mad desire for glory and with his slavish disposition, condescended to take to the injury not only of himself, but also of the safety of the commonwealth, all cried out, as if at a signal given, to erect images in the synagogues,
42proposing a most novel and unprecedented violation of the law. And though they knew this (for they are very shrewd in their wickedness), they adopted a deep design, putting forth the name of Caesar as a screen, to whom it would be impiety to attribute the deeds of the guilty;
43what then did the governor of the country do? Knowing that the city had two classes of inhabitants, our own nation and the people of the country, and that the whole of Egypt was inhabited in the same manner, and that Jews who inhabited Alexandria and the rest of the country from the Catabathmos on the side of Libya to the boundaries of Ethiopia were not less than a million of men; and that the attempts which were being made were directed against the whole nation, and that it was a most mischievous thing to distress the ancient hereditary customs of the land; he, disregarding all these considerations, permitted the mob to proceed with the erection of the statues, though he might have given them a vast number of admonitory precepts instead of any such permission, either commanding them as their governor, or advising them as their friend.
44But he, for he was eagerly co-operating in all that was being done amiss, thought fit to use his superior power to face the seditious tumult with fresh additions of evil, and as far as it depended on him, one may almost say that he filled the whole of the inhabited world with civil wars;
45for it was sufficiently evident that the report about the destruction of the synagogues, which took its rise in Alexandria would be immediately spread over all the districts of Egypt, and would extend from that country to the east and to the oriental nations, and from the borders of the land in the other direction, and from the Mareotic district which is the frontier of Libya, towards the setting of the sun and the western nations. For no one country can contain the whole Jewish nation, by reason of its populousness;
46on which account they frequent all the most prosperous and fertile countries of Europe and Asia, whether islands or continents, looking indeed upon the holy city as their metropolis in which is erected the sacred temple of the most high God, but accounting those regions which have been occupied by their fathers, and grandfathers, and great grandfathers, and still more remote ancestors, in which they have been born and brought up, as their country; and there are even some regions to which they came the very moment that they were originally settled, sending a colony of their people to do a pleasure to the founders of the colony.
47And there was reason to fear lest all the populace in every country, taking what was done in Egypt as a model and as an excuse, might insult those Jews who were their fellow citizens, by introducing new regulations with respect to their synagogues and their national customs;
48but the Jews, for they were not inclined to remain quiet under everything, although naturally entirely disposed towards peace, not only because contests for natural customs do among all men appear more important than those which are only for the sake of life, but also because they alone of all the people under the sun, if they were deprived of their houses of prayer, would at the same time be deprived of all means of showing their piety towards their benefactors, which they would have looked upon as worse than ten thousand deaths, inasmuch as if their synagogues were destroyed they would no longer have any sacred places in which they could declare their gratitude, might have reasonably said to those who opposed them:
49You, without being aware of it, are taking away honour from your lords instead of conferring any on them. Our houses of prayer are manifestly incitements to all the Jews in every part of the habitable world to display their piety and loyalty towards the house of Augustus; and if they are destroyed from among us, what other place, or what other manner of showing that honour, will be left to us?
50For if we were to neglect the opportunity of adhering to our national customs when it is afforded to us, we should deserve to meet with the severest punishment, as not giving any proper or adequate return for the benefits which we have received; but if, while it is in our power to do so, we, in conformity with our own laws which Augustus himself is in the habit of confirming, obey in everything, then I do not see what great, or even what small offence can be laid to our charge; unless any one were to impute to us that we do not transgress the laws of deliberate purpose, and that we do not intentionally take care to depart from our national customs, which practises, even if they at first attack others, do often in the end visit those who are guilty of them.
Sections 51–75
51But Flaccus, saying nothing that he ought to have said, and everything which he ought not to have said, has sinned against us in this manner; but those men whom he has studied to gratify, what has been their design? Have they had the feelings of men wishing to do honour to Caesar? Was there then a scarcity of temples in the city, the greatest and most important parts of which are all allotted to one or other of the gods, in which they might have erected any statues they pleased?
52We have been describing the evidence of hostile and unfriendly men, who seek to injure us with such artifice, that even when injuring us they may not appear to have been acting iniquitously, and yet that we who are injured by them cannot resist with safety to ourselves; for, my good men, it does not contribute to the honour of the emperor to abrogate the laws, to disturb the national customs of a people, to insult those who live in the same country, and to teach those who dwell in other cities to disregard unanimity and tranquillity.
53Since, therefore, the attempt which was being made to violate the law appeared to him to be prospering, while he was destroying the synagogues, and not leaving even their name, he proceeded onwards to another exploit, namely, the utter destruction of our constitution, that when all those things to which alone our life was anchored were cut away, namely, our national customs and our lawful political rights and social privileges, we might be exposed to the very extremity of calamity, without having any stay left to which we could cling for safety,
54for a few days afterwards he issued a notice in which he called us all foreigners and aliens, without giving us an opportunity of being heard in our own defence, but condemning us without a trial; and what command can be more full of tyranny than this? He himself being everything—accuser, enemy, witness, judge, and executioner, added then to the two former appellations a third also, allowing any one who was inclined to proceed to exterminate the Jews as prisoners of war.
55So when the people had received this license, what did they do? There are five districts in the city, named after the first five letters of the written alphabet, of these two are called the quarters of the Jews, because the chief portion of the Jews lives in them. There are also a few scattered Jews, but only a very few, living in some of the other districts. What then did they do? They drove the Jews entirely out of four quarters, and crammed them all into a very small portion of one;
56and by reason of their numbers they were dispersed over the sea-shore, and desert places, and among the tombs, being deprived of all their property; while the populace, overrunning their desolate houses, turned to plunder, and divided the booty among themselves as if they had obtained it in war. And as no one hindered them, they broke open even the workshops of the Jews, which were all shut up because of their mourning for Drusilla, and carried off all that they found there, and bore it openly through the middle of the market-place as if they had only been making use of their own property.
57And the cessation of business to which they were compelled to submit was even a worse evil than the plunder to which they were exposed, as the consequence was that those who had lent money lost what they had lent, and as no one was permitted, neither farmer, nor captain of a ship, nor merchant, nor artisan, to employ himself in his usual manner, so that poverty was brought on them from two sides at once, both from rapine, as when license was thus given to plunder them they were stripped of everything in one day, and also from the circumstance of their no longer being able to earn money by their customary occupations.
58And though these were evils sufficiently intolerable, yet nevertheless they appear actually trifling when compared with those which were subsequently inflicted on them, for poverty indeed is a bitter evil, especially when it is caused by the machinations of one’s enemies, still it is less than insult and personal ill treatment even of the slightest character.
59But now the evils which were heaped upon our people were so excessive and inordinate, that if a person were desirous to use appropriate language, he would never call them insults or assaults, but, as it appears to me, he would actually be wholly at a loss for suitable expressions, on account of the enormity of the cruelties now newly invented against them, so that if the treatment which men experience from enemies who have subdued them in war, however implacable they may be by nature, were to be compared with that to which the Jews were subjected, it would appear most merciful.
60Enemies, indeed, plunder their conquered foes of their money, and lead away multitudes in captivity, having incurred the same risk of losing all that they had if they themselves had been defeated. Not but that in all such cases there are very many persons for whom their relations and friends put down a ransom, and who are thus emancipated from captivity, inasmuch as though their enemies could not be worked upon by compassion, they could by love of money. But what is the use of going on in this way, some one will say, for as long as men escape from danger it signifies but little in what way their preservation is brought to pass?
61Moreover, it has often happened that enemies have granted to those who have fallen in battle the honour of funeral rites, those who were gentle and humane burying them at their own expense, and those who have carried on their enmity even against the dead giving up their bodies to their friends under a truce, in order that they might not be deprived of the last honour of all, the customary ceremonies of sepulture.
62This, then, is the conduct of enemies in time of war; let us now see what was done by those who a little while before had been friends in time of peace. For after plundering them of everything, and driving them from their homes, and expelling them by main force from most of the quarters of the city, our people, as if they were blockaded and hemmed in by a circle of besieging enemies, being oppressed by a terrible scarcity and want of necessary things, and seeing their wives and their children dying before their eyes by an unnatural famine
63(for every other place was full of prosperity and abundance, as the river had irrigated the corn lands plentifully with its inundations, and as all the champaign country, which is devoted to the purposes of bearing wheat, was this year supplying a most abundant over-crop of corn with very unusual fertility),
64being no longer able to support their want, some, though they had never been used to do so before, came to the houses of their friends and relations to beg them to contribute such food as was absolutely necessary as a charity; others, who from their high and free-born spirit could not endure the condition of beggars, as being a slavish state unbecoming the dignity of a freeman, came down into the market with no other object than, miserable men that they were, to buy food for their families and for themselves.
65And then, being immediately seized by those who had excited the seditious multitude against them, they were treacherously put to death, and then were dragged along and trampled under foot by the whole city, and completely destroyed, without the least portion of them being left which could possibly receive burial;
66and in this way their enemies, who in their savage madness had become transformed into the nature of wild beasts, slew them and thousands of others with all kinds of agony and tortures, and newly invented cruelties, for wherever they met with or caught sight of a Jew, they stoned him, or beat him with sticks, not at once delivering their blows upon mortal parts, lest they should die speedily, and so speedily escape from the sufferings which it was their design to inflict upon them.
67Some persons even, going still greater and greater lengths in the iniquity and license of their barbarity, disdained all blunter weapons, and took up the most efficacious arms of all, fire and iron, and slew many with the sword, and destroyed not a few with flames.
68And the most merciless of all their persecutors in some instances burnt whole families, husbands with their wives, and infant children with their parents, in the middle of the city, sparing neither age nor youth, nor the innocent helplessness of infants. And when they had a scarcity of fuel, they collected faggots of green wood, and slew them by the smoke rather than by fire, contriving a still more miserable and protracted death for those unhappy people, so that their bodies lay about promiscuously in every direction half burnt, a grievous and most miserable sight.
69And if some of those who were employed in the collection of sticks were too slow, they took their own furniture, of which they had plundered them, to burn their persons, robbing them of their most costly articles, and burning with them things of the greatest use and value, which they used as fuel instead of ordinary timber.
70Many men too, who were alive, they bound by one foot, fastening them round the ankle, and thus they dragged them along and bruised them, leaping on them, designing to inflict the most barbarous of deaths upon them,
71and then when they were dead they raged no less against them with interminable hostility, and inflicted still heavier insults on their persons, dragging them, I had almost said, through all the alleys and lanes of the city, until the corpse, being lacerated in all its skin, and flesh, and muscles from the inequality and roughness of the ground, all the previously united portions of his composition being torn asunder and separated from one another, was actually torn to pieces.
72And those who did these things, mimicked the sufferers, like people employed in the representation of theatrical farces; but the relations and friends of those who were the real victims, merely because they sympathized with the misery of their relations, were led away to prison, were scourged, were tortured, and after all the ill treatment which their living bodies could endure, found the cross the end of all, and the punishment from which they could not escape.
73But after Flaccus had broken through every right, and trampled upon every principle of justice, and had left no portion of the Jews free from the extreme severity of his designing malice, in the boundlessness of his wickedness he contrived a monstrous and unprecedented attack upon them, being ever an inventor of new acts of iniquity,
74for he arrested thirty-eight members of our council of elders, which our saviour and benefactor, Augustus, elected to manage the affairs of the Jewish nation after the death of the king of our own nation, having sent written commands to that effect to Manius Maximus when he was about to take upon himself for the second time the government of Egypt and of the country, he arrested them, I say, in their own houses, and commanded them to be thrown into prison, and arranged a splendid procession to send through the middle of the market-place a body of old men prisoners, with their hands bound, some with thongs and others with iron chains, whom he led in this plight into the theatre, a most miserable spectacle, and one wholly unsuited to the times.
75And then he commanded them all to stand in front of their enemies, who were sitting down, to make their disgrace the more conspicuous, and ordered them all to be stripped of their clothes and scourged with stripes, in a way that only the most wicked of malefactors are usually treated, and they were flogged with such severity that some of them the moment they were carried out died of their wounds, while others were rendered so ill for a long time that their recovery was despaired of.
Sections 76–100
76And the enormity of this cruelty is proved by many other circumstances, and it will be further proved most evidently and undeniably by the circumstance which I am about to mention. Three of the members of this council of elders, Euodius, and Trypho, and Audro, had been stripped of all their property, being plundered of everything that was in their houses at one onset, and he was well aware that they had been exposed to this treatment, for it had been related to him when he had in the first instance sent for our rulers, under pretence of wishing to promote a reconciliation between them and the rest of the city;
77but nevertheless, though he well knew that they had been deprived of all their property, he scourged them in the very sight of those who had plundered them, that thus they might endure the twofold misery of poverty and personal ill treatment, and that their persecutors might reap the double pleasure of enjoying riches which did in no respect belong to them, and also of feasting their eyes to satiety on the disgrace of those whom they had plundered.
78Now, though I desire to mention a circumstance which took place at that time, I am in doubt whether to do so or not, lest if it should be looked upon as unimportant, it may appear to take off from the enormity of these great iniquities; but even if it is unimportant in itself, it is nevertheless an indication of no trifling wickedness of disposition. There are different kinds of scourges used in the city, distinguished with reference to the deserts or crimes of those who are about to be scourged. Accordingly, it is usual for the Egyptians of the country themselves to be scourged with a different kind of scourge, and by a different class of executioners, but for the Alexandrians in the city to be scourged with rods by the Alexandrian lictors,
79and this custom had been preserved, in the case also of our own people, by all the predecessors of Flaccus, and by Flaccus himself in the earlier periods of his government; for it is possible, it really is possible, even in ignominy, to find some slight circumstance of honour, and even in ill treatment to find something which is, to some extent, a relaxation, when any one allows the nature of things to be examined into by itself, and to be confined to its own indispensable requirements, without adding from his own ingenuity any additional cruelty or treachery, to separate and take from it all that is mingled with it of a milder character.
80How then can it be looked upon as anything but most infamous, that when Alexandrian Jews, of the lowest rank, had always been previously beaten with the rods, suited to freemen and citizens, if ever they were convicted of having done anything worthy of stripes, yet now the very rulers of the nation, the council of the elders, who derived their very titles from the honour in which they were held and the offices which they filled, should, in this respect, be treated with more indignity than their own servants, like the lowest of the Egyptian rustics, even when found guilty of the very worst of crimes?
81I omit to mention, that even if they had committed the most countless iniquities, nevertheless the governor ought, out of respect for the season, to have delayed their punishment; for with all rulers, who govern any state on constitutional principles, and who do not seek to acquire a character for audacity, but who do really honour their benefactors, it is the custom to punish no one, even of those who have been lawfully condemned, until the famous festival and assembly, in honour of the birth-day of the illustrious emperor, has passed.
82But he committed this violation of the laws at the very season of this festival, and punished men who had done no wrong; though certainly, if he ever determined to punish them, he ought to have done so at a subsequent time; but he hastened, and would admit of no delay, by reason of his eagerness to please the multitude who was opposed to them, thinking that in this way he should be able, more easily, to gain them over to the objects which he had in view.
83I have known instances before now of men who had been crucified when this festival and holiday was at hand, being taken down and given up to their relations, in order to receive the honours of sepulture, and to enjoy such observances as are due to the dead; for it used to be considered, that even the dead ought to derive some enjoyment from the natal festival of a good emperor, and also that the sacred character of the festival ought to be regarded.
84But this man did not order men who had already perished on crosses to be taken down, but he commanded living men to be crucified, men to whom the very time itself gave, if not entire forgiveness, still, at all events, a brief and temporary respite from punishment; and he did this after they had been beaten by scourgings in the middle of the theatre; and after he had tortured them with fire and sword;
85and the spectacle of their sufferings was divided; for the first part of the exhibition lasted from the morning to the third or fourth hour, in which the Jews were scourged, were hung up, were tortured on the wheel, were condemned, and were dragged to execution through the middle of the orchestra; and after this beautiful exhibition came the dancers, and the buffoons, and the flute-players, and all the other diversions of the theatrical contests.
86And why do I dwell on these things? for a second mode of barbarity was afterwards devised against us, because the governor wished to excite the whole multitude of the army against us, in accordance with the contrivance of some foreign informer. Now the information which was laid against the nation was, that the Jews had entire suits of armour in their houses; therefore, having sent for a centurion, in whom he placed the greatest confidence, by name Castor, he ordered him to take with him the boldest soldier of his own band, to go with haste, and, without saying a word to any one, to enter the houses of the Jews, and to search them, and see whether there was any store of arms laid up in them;
87and he ran with great speed to perform the commands which had been given him. But they, having no suspicion of his intentions, stood at first speechless with astonishment, their wives and their children clinging to them, and shedding abundance of tears, because of their fear of being carried into captivity, for they were in continual expectation of that, looking upon it as all that was wanting to complete their total misery.
88But when they heard from some of those who were sent to make the search an inquiry as to where they had laid up their arms, they breathed awhile, and opening all their secret recesses displayed everything which they had,
89being partly delighted and partly grieving; delighted at the opportunity of repelling the false accusation which was thus brought against them by its own character, but indignant, in the first place, because calumnies of such a nature, when concocted and urged against them by their enemies, were believed beforehand; and, secondly, because their wives, who were shut up, and who did not actually come forth out of their inner chambers, and their virgins, who were kept in the strictest privacy, shunning the eyes of men, even of those who were their nearest relations, out of modesty, were now alarmed by being displayed to the public gaze, not only of persons who were no relations to them, but even of common soldiers.
90Nevertheless, though a most rigorous examination took place, how great a quantity of defensive and offensive armour do you think was found? Helmets, and breast-plates, and shields, and daggers, and javelins, and weapons of every description, were brought out and piled up in heaps; and also how great a variety of missile weapons, javelins, slings, bows, and darts? Absolutely not a single thing of the kind; scarcely even knives sufficient for the daily use of the cooks to prepare and dress the food.
91From which circumstance, the simplicity of their daily manner of life was plainly seen: as they made no pretence to magnificence or delicate luxury; the nature of which things is to engender satiety, and satiety is apt to engender insolence, which is the beginning of all evils.
92And indeed it was not a long time before that, that the arms had been taken away from the Egyptians throughout the whole country by a man of the name of Bassus, to whom Flaccus had committed this employment. But at that time one might have beheld a great fleet of ships sailing down and anchoring in the harbours afforded by the mouths of the river, full of arms of every possible description, and numerous beasts of burden loaded with bags made of skins sewn together and hanging like panniers on each side so as to balance better, and also almost all the waggons belonging to the camp filled with weapons of every sort, which were brought in rows so as to be all seen at once, and arranged together in order. And the distance between the harbour and the armoury in the king’s palace in which the arms were commanded to be deposited was about ten stadia;
93it was then very proper to investigate the houses of the men who had amassed such quantities of arms; for as they had often actually revolted, they were naturally liable to be suspected of designing revolutionary measures, and it was quite fitting that, in imitation of the sacred games, those who had superintended the collection of the arms should keep a new triennial festival in Egypt, in order that they might not again be collected without any one being aware of it, or else that at all events only a few might be collected instead of a great number, from the people not having time enough to assemble any great number.
94But why were we to be exposed to any treatment of the sort? For when were we ever suspected of any tendency to revolt? And when did we bear any other than a most peaceful character among all men? And the habits in which we daily and habitually indulge, are they not irreproachable, tending to the lawful tranquillity and stability of the state? In fact, if the Jews had had arms in their houses, would they have submitted to be stripped of above four hundred dwellings, out of which they were turned and forcibly expelled by those who plundered them of all their properties? Why then was not this search made in the houses of those people who had arms, if not of their own private property, at all events such as they had carried off from others?
95The truth is, as I have said already, the whole business was a deliberate contrivance designed by the cruelty of Flaccus and of the multitude, in which even women were included; for they were dragged away as captives, not only in the market-place, but even in the middle of the theatre, and dragged upon the stage on any false accusation that might be brought against them with the most painful and intolerable insults;
96and then, when it was found that they were of another race, they were dismissed; for they apprehended many women as Jewesses who were not so, from want of making any careful or accurate investigation. And if they appeared to belong to our nation, then those who, instead of spectators, became tyrants and masters, laid cruel commands on them, bringing them swine’s flesh, and enjoining them to eat it. Accordingly, all who were wrought on by fear of punishment to eat it were released without suffering any ill treatment; but those who were more obstinate were given up to the tormentors to suffer intolerable tortures, which is the clearest of all possible proofs that they had committed no offence whatever beyond what I have mentioned.
97But it was not out of his own head alone, but also because of the commands and in consequence of the situation of the emperor that he sought and devised means to injure and oppress us; for after we had decreed by our votes and carried out by our actions all the honours to the emperor Caius, which were either within our power or allowable by our laws, we brought the decree to him, entreating him that, as it was not permitted to us to send an embassy ourselves to bear it to the emperor, he would vouchsafe to forward it himself.
98And, after he had read all the articles contained in the decree, and having often nodded his head in token of his approbation of them, smiling, and being very much delighted, or else pretending to be pleased, he said: "I approve of you very greatly in all things, for your piety and loyalty, and I will forward it as you request, or else I myself will act the part of your ambassador, that Caius may be aware of your gratitude.
99And I myself will bear witness in your favour to all that I know of the orderly disposition and obedient character of your nation, without exaggerating anything; for truth is the most sufficient of all panegyrics."
100At these promises we were greatly delighted, and we gave him thanks, hoping that the decree would be thoroughly read and appreciated by Caius. And indeed it was natural enough, since all the things that are promptly and carefully sent by the lieutenant-governors are read and examined without delay by you;
Sections 101–125
101but Flaccus, wholly neglecting all our hopes, and all his own words, and all his own promises, retained the decree, in order that you, above all the men under the sun, might be looked upon as enemies to the emperor. Was not this the conduct of one who had been vigilant afar off, and who had long been contriving his design against us, and who was not now yielding to some momentary impulse, and attacking us on a sudden without any previous contrivance with unreasonable impetuosity, being led away by some fresh motive?
102But God, as it seems, he who has a care for all human affairs, scattered his flattering speeches cunningly devised to mislead the emperor, and baffled the counsels of his lawless disposition and the manoeuvres which he was employing, taking pity on us, and very soon he brought matters into such a train that Flaccus was disappointed of his hopes.
103For when Agrippa, the king, came into the country, we set before him all the designs which Flaccus had entertained against us; and he set himself to rectify the business, and, having promised to forward the decree to the emperor, he taking it, as we hear, did send it, accompanied with a defence relating to the time at which it was passed, showing that it was not lately only that we had learnt to venerate the family of our benefactors, but that we had from the very first beginning shown our zeal towards them, though we had been deprived of the opportunity of making any seasonable demonstration of it by the insolence of our governor.
104And after these events justice, the constant champion and ally of those who are injured, and the punisher of everything impious, whether it be action or man, began to labour to work his overthrow. For at first they endured the most unexampled insults and miseries, such as had never happened under any other of our governors, ever since the house of Augustus first acquired the dominion over earth and sea;
105for some men of those who, in the time of Tiberius, and of Caesar his father, had the government, seeking to convert their governorship and viceroyalty into a sovereignty and tyranny, filled all the country with intolerable evils, with corruption, and rapine, and condemnation of persons who had done no wrong, and with banishment and exile of such innocent men, and with the slaughter of the nobles without a trial; and then, after the appointed period of their government had expired, when they returned to Rome, the emperors exacted of them an account and relation of all that they had done, especially if by chance the cities which they had been oppressing sent any embassy to complain;
106for then the emperors, behaving like impartial judges, listening both to the accusers and to the defendant on equal terms, not thinking it right to pre-judge and pre-condemn anyone before his trial, decided without being influenced either by enmity or favour, but according to the nature of truth, and pronouncing such a judgment as seemed to be just.
107But in the case of Flaccus, that justice which hates iniquity did not wait till the term of his government had expired, but went forward to meet him before the usual time, being indignant at the immoderate extravagance of his lawless iniquity.
108And the manner in which he was cut short in his tyranny was as follows. He imagined that Caius was already made favourable to him in respect of those matters, about which suspicion was sought to be raised against him, partly by his letters which were full of flattery, and partly by the harangues which he was continually addressing to the people, in which he courted the emperor by stringing together flattering sentences and long series of cunningly imagined panegyrics, and partly too because he was very highly thought of by the greater part of the city.
109But he was deceiving himself without knowing it; for the hopes of wicked men are unstable, as they guess what is more favourable to them while they suffer what is quite contrary to it, as in fact they deserve. J For Bassus, the centurion, was sent from Italy by the appointment of Caius with the company of soldiers which he commanded.
110And having embarked on board one of the fastest sailing vessels, he arrived in a few days at the harbour of Alexandria, off the island of Pharos, about evening; and he ordered the captain of the ship to keep out in the open sea till sunset, intending to enter the city unexpectedly, in order that Flaccus might not be aware of his coming beforehand, and so be led to adopt any violent measures, and render the service which he was commanded to perform fruitless.
111And when the evening came, the ship entered the harbour, and Bassus, disembarking with his own soldiers, advanced, neither recognizing nor being recognized by any one; and on his road finding a soldier who was one of the quaternions of the guard, he ordered him to show him the house of his captain; for he wished to communicate his secret errand to him, that, if he required additional force, he might have an assistant ready.
112And when he heard that he was supping at some person’s house in company with Flaccus, he did not relax in his speed, but hastened onward to the dwelling of his entertainer; for the man with whom they were feasting was Stephanion, one of the freedmen of Tiberius Caesar; and withdrawing to a short distance, he sends forward one of his own followers to reconnoitre, disguising him like a servant in order that no one might notice him or perceive what was going forward. So he, entering in to the banqueting-room, as if he were the servant of one of the guests, examined everything accurately, and then returned and gave information to Bassus.
113And he, when he had learnt the unguarded condition of the entrances, and the small number of the people who were with Flaccus (for he was attended by not more than ten or fifteen slaves to wait upon him), gave the signal to his soldiers whom he had with him, and hastened forward, and entered suddenly into the supperroom, he and the soldiers with him, who stood by with their swords girded on, and surrounded Flaccus before he was aware of it, for at the moment of their entrance he was drinking health with some one, and making merry with those who were present.
114But when Bassus had made his way into the midst, the moment that he saw him he became dumb with amazement and consternation, and wishing to rise up he saw the guards all round him, and then he perceived his fate, even before he heard what Caius wanted with him, and what commands had been given to those who had come, and what he was about to endure, for the mind of man is very prompt at perceiving at once all those particulars which take a long time to happen, and at hearing them all together.
115Accordingly, every one of those who were of this supper party rose up, being through fear unnerved, and shuddering lest some punishment might be affixed to the mere fact of having been supping with the culprit, for it was not safe to flee, nor indeed was it possible to do so, since all the entrances were already occupied. So Flaccus was led away by the soldiers at the command of Bassus, this being the manner in which he returned from the banquet, for it was fitting that justice should begin to visit him at a feast, because he had deprived the houses of innumerable innocent men of all festivity.
116This was the unexampled misfortune which befell Flaccus in the country of which he was governor, being taken prisoner like an enemy on account of the Jews, as it appears to me, whom he had determined to destroy utterly in his desire for glory. And a manifest proof of this is to be found in the time of his arrest, for it was the general festival of the Jews at the time of the autumnal equinox, during which it is the custom of the Jews to live in tents;
117but none of the usual customs at this festival were carried out at all, since all the rulers of the people were still oppressed by irremediable and intolerable injuries and insults, and since the common people looked upon the miseries of their chiefs as the common calamity of the whole nation, and were also depressed beyond measure at the individual afflictions to which they were each of them separately exposed,
118for griefs are redoubled when they happen at the times of festival, when those who are afflicted are unable to keep the feast, both by reason of the deprivation of their mirthful cheerfulness, which a general assembly requires, and also from the presence of sorrow by which they were now overcome, without being able to find any remedy for such terrible disasters.
119And while they were yielding to excessive sorrow, and feeling overwhelmed by most severe anguish, and they were all collected in their houses at the approach of night, some persons came in to inform them of the apprehension of the governor which had then taken place. And they thought that this was to try them, and was not the truth, and were grieved all the more from thinking themselves mobbed, and that a snare was thus laid for them;
120but when a tumult arose through the city, and the guards of the night began to run about to and fro, and when some of the cavalry were heard to be galloping with the utmost speed and with all energy to the camp and from the camp, some of them, being excited by the strangeness of the event, went forth from their houses to inquire what had happened, for it was plain that something strange had occurred.
121And when they heard of the arrest that had taken place, and that Flaccus was now within the toils, stretching up their hands to heaven, they sang a hymn, and began a song of praise to God, who presides over all the affairs of men, saying, "We are not delighted, O Master, at the punishment of our enemy, being taught by the sacred laws to submit to all the vicissitudes of human life, but we justly give thanks to thee, who hast had mercy and compassion upon us, and who hast thus relieved our continual and incessant oppressions."
122And when they had spent the whole night in hymns and songs, they poured out through the gates at the earliest dawn, and hastened to the nearest point of the shore, for they had been deprived of their usual places for prayer, and standing in a clear and open space, they cried out,
123"O most mighty King of all mortal and immortal beings, we have come to offer thanks unto thee, to invoke earth and sea, and the air and the heaven, and all the parts of the universe, and the whole world in which alone we dwell, being driven out by men and robbed of everything else in the world, and being deprived of our city, and of all the buildings both private and public within the city, and being made houseless and homeless by the treachery of our governor, the only men in the world who are so treated.
124You suggest to us favourable hopes of the setting straight of what is left to us, beginning to consent to our prayers, inasmuch as you have on a sudden thrown down the common enemy of our nation, the author and cause of all our calamities, exulting in pride, and trusting that he would gain credit by such means, before he was removed to a distance from us, in order that those who were evilly afflicted might not feel their joy impaired by learning it only by report, but you have chastised him while he was so near, almost as we may say before the eyes of those whom he oppressed, in order to give us a more distinct perception of the end which has fallen upon him in a short time beyond our hopes."
125And besides what I have spoken of there is also a third thing, which appears to me to have taken place by the interposition of divine providence; for after he had set sail at the beginning of winter, for it was rightly ordained that he should have his fill of the dangers of the sea, inasmuch as he had filled all the elements of the universe with his impieties, after suffering innumerable hardships he with difficulty got safely to Italy, and the moment that he had arrived there he was pursued by accusations which were brought against him, and which were brought before two of his greatest enemies, Isidorus and Lampo,
Sections 126–150
126who a little while before were in the position of subjects to him, calling him their master, and benefactor, and saviour, and names of that sort, but who now were his adversaries, and that too displaying a power not only equal to but far superior to his own, not merely from the confidence which men feel in the justice of their cause, but, what was a matter of great moment, because they saw that the Judge of all human affairs was his irreconcileable enemy, being about now to take upon himself the form of a judge from a prudent determination not to appear to condemn any one beforehand unheard, and not to act the part of an enemy, who before hearing either accusation or defence, has already condemned the defendant in his mind, and has sentenced him to the most severe punishments.
127But nothing is so terrible as for men who have been the more powerful to be accused by their inferiors, and for those who have been rulers to be impeached by their former subjects, which is as if masters were being prosecuted by their natural or purchased slaves.
128And yet even this in my opinion was a lighter evil when compared with another which was greater still; for it was not people who were merely in the simple rank of subjects who now, discarding that position and conspiring together, on a sudden attacked him with their accusations; but those who did so were men who during the chief part of the time that he had had the government of the country had been in a position of the greatest enmity and hatred to him, Lampo having been under a prosecution for impiety against Tiberius Caesar, and having been almost worn out by the matter which had been thus impending over his head for two years;
129for the judge who had a grudge against him caused all sorts of delays and every possible protraction of the cause on various pretexts, wishing even if he escaped from the accusation, at all events to keep the terror of the future as uncertain hanging over his head for the longest possible period, so as to make his life more miserable even than death.
130And then again when he seemed to have come off victorious, saying that he was insulted and injured in his property (for he was compelled to become a gymnasiarch), either by being economical and illiberal in his expenses, pretending that he had not sufficient wealth for such unlimited expenditure, or perhaps really not having enough; but before he came to the trial, making a parade of being very rich, but when he did come to the proof then appearing not to be a man of exceeding wealth, having acquired nearly all the riches which he had by unjust actions.
131For standing by the rulers when they gave judgment, he took notes of all that took place on the trial as if he were a clerk; and then he designedly passed over or omitted such and such points, and interpolated other things which were not said. And at times, too, he made alterations, changing and altering, and perverting matters, and turning things up-side down, aiming to get money by every syllable, or, I might rather say, by every letter, like a hunter after musty records,
132whom the whole people with one accord did often with great felicity and propriety of expression call a pen-murderer, as slaying numbers of persons by the things which he wrote, and rendering the living more miserable than even the dead, as, though they might have got the victory and been in comfort, they were subjected to miserable defeat and poverty, their enemies having bought victory, and triumph, and wealth, of a man who sold and made his market of the properties of others.
133For it was impossible for rulers who had the charge of so vast a country entrusted to them, when affairs of every sort, both private and public, were coming in upon them fresh every day, to remember everything which they had heard, especially as they had not only to fill the part of judges, but also to take accounts of all the revenues and taxes, the investigation into which occupied the greater portion of the year.
134And the man to whom it was entrusted to take charge of that most important of all deposits, namely, justice, and of those most holy sentiments which had been delivered and urged before them, caused forgetfulness to the judges, registering those who ought to have had sentence in their favour as defeated, and those who ought to have been defeated as victorious, after the receipt of his accursed pay, or, to speak more properly, wages of iniquity.
135Such, then, was the character of Lampo, who was now one of the accusers of Flaccus. And Isidorus was in no respect inferior to him in wickedness, being a man of the populace, a low demagogue, one who had continually studied to throw everything into disorder and confusion, an enemy to all peace and stability, very clever at exciting seditions and tumults which had no existence before, and at inflaming and exaggerating such as were already excited, taking care always to keep about him a disorderly and promiscuous mob of all the refuse of the people, ready for every kind of atrocity, which he had divided into regular sections as so many companies of soldiers.
136There are a vast number of parties in the city whose association is founded in no one good principle, but who are united by wine, and drunkenness, and revelry, and the offspring of those indulgencies, insolence; and their meetings are called synods and couches by the natives.
137In all these parties or the greater number of them Isidorus is said to have borne the bell, the leader of the feast, the chief of the supper, the disturber of the city. Then, whenever it was determined to do some mischief, at one signal they all went forth in a body, and did and said whatever they were told.
138And on one occasion, being indignant with Flaccus because, after he had appeared originally to be a person of some weight with him, he afterwards was no longer courted in an equal degree, having hired a gang of fellows from the training schools and men accustomed to vociferate loudly, who sell their outcries as if in regular market to those who are inclined to buy them, he ordered them all to assemble at the gymnasium;
139and they, having filled it, began to heap accusations on Flaccus without any particular grounds, inventing all kinds of monstrous accusations and all sorts of falsehoods in ridiculous language, stringing long sentences together, so that not only was Flaccus himself alarmed but all the others who were there at this unexpected attack, and especially, as it may be conjectured, from the idea that there must certainly have been some one behind the scenes whom they were studying to gratify, since they themselves had suffered no evil, and since they were well aware that the rest of the city had not been ill-treated by him.
140Then, after they had deliberated awhile, they determined to apprehend certain persons of them and to inquire into the cause of this indiscriminate and sudden rage and madness. And the men who were arrested, without being put to the torture, confessed the truth and added proofs to their words by what had been done, detailing the pay which had been agreed to be given to them, both that which had been already given and that which, in accordance with his promises, was subsequently to be paid, and the men who were appointed to distribute it as the leaders of the sedition, and the place where it was to break out, and the time when the giving of the bribes was to take place.
141And when every one, as was very natural, was indignant at this, and when the city was mightily offended, that the folly of some individuals should attach to it so as to dim its reputation, Flaccus determined to send for some of the most honourable men of the people, and, on the next day to bring forward before them those who had distributed the bribes, that he might investigate the truth about Isidorus, and also that he might make a defence of his own system of government, and prove that he had been unjustly calumniated; and when they heard the proclamation there came not only the magistrates but also the whole city, except that portion which was about to be convicted of having been the agents of corruption or the corrupted. And they who had been employed in this honourable service, being raised up on the platform,
142that they might be elevated and conspicuous and be recognised by all men, accused Isidorus as having been the cause of all the tumults and of the accusations which had been brought against Flaccus, and as having given money and bribes to no small number of them by himself. "Since else," said they, "where could we have got such great abundance?
143We are poor men, and are scarcely able to provide our daily expenses for absolute necessaries: and what evil did we ever suffer from the governor, so as to be forced to bear him ill will? Nay, but it is he who was the cause of all these things, the author of them all, he who is always envious of those who are in prosperity, and an adversary of all stability and wholesome law." And when those who were present came to the knowledge of these things,
144for what was thus said was a very evident proof and evidence of the intentions of the person accused, they all raised an outcry, some calling out that he should be degraded, others that he should be banished, others that he should be put to death, and these last were the most numerous; and the others changed their tone and joined them, so that at last they all cried out, with one accord and with one voice, to slay the common pest of the land, the man to whom it was owing that, ever since he had arrived in the country and taken any part in public affairs, no part of the city or of the common interests had ever been left in a sound or healthy condition;
145and he, indeed, being convicted by his conscience, fled away in-doors, fearing lest he should be seized; but Flaccus did nothing against him, thinking that now that he had voluntarily removed himself, everything in the city would soon be free from sedition and contention.
146I have related these events at some length, not for the sake of keeping old injuries in remembrance, but because I admire that power who presides over all freemen’s affairs, namely, justice, seeing that those men who were so generally hostile to Flaccus, those by whom of all men he was most hated, were the men who now brought their accusations against him, to fill up the measure of his grief, for it is not so bitter merely to be accused as to be accused by one’s confessed enemies;
147but this man was not merely accused, though a governor, by his subjects, and that by men who had always been his enemies, when he had only a short time before been the lord of the life of every individual among them, but he was also apprehended by force, being thus subjected to a twofold evil, namely, to be defeated and ridiculed by exulting enemies, which is worse than death to all right-minded and sensible people.
148And then see what an abundance of disasters came upon him, for he was immediately stripped of all his possessions, both of those which he inherited from his parents and of all that he had acquired himself, having been a man who took especial delight in luxury and ornament; for he was not like some rich men, to whom wealth is an inactive material, but he was continually acquiring things of every useful kind in all imaginable abundance; cups, garments, couches, miniatures, and everything else which was any ornament to a house;
149and besides that, he collected a vast number of servants, carefully selected for their excellencies and accomplishments, and with reference to their beauty, and health, and vigour of body, and to their unerring skill in all kinds of necessary and useful service; for every one of them was excellent in that employment to which he was appointed, so that he was looked upon as either the most excellent of all servants in that place, or, at all events, as inferior to no one.
150And there is a very clear proof of this in the fact that, though there were a vast number of properties confiscated and sold for the public benefit, which belonged to persons who had been condemned, that of Flaccus alone was assigned to the emperor, with perhaps one or two more, in order that the law which had been established with respect to persons convicted of such crimes as his might not be violated.
Sections 151–175
151And after he had been deprived of all his property, he was condemned to banishment, and was exiled from the whole continent, and that is the greatest and most excellent portion of the inhabited world, and from every island that has any character for fertility or richness; for he was commanded to be sent into that most miserable of all the islands in the Aegaean Sea, called Gyara, and he would have been left there if he had not availed himself of the intercession of Lepidus, by whose means he obtained leave to exchange Gyara for Andros, which was very near it.
152Then he was sent back again on the road from Rome to Brundusium, a journey which he had taken a few years before, at the time when he was appointed governor of Egypt and the adjacent country of Libya, in order that the cities which had then seen him exulting and behaving with great insolence in the hour of his prosperity, might now again behold him full of dishonour.
153And thus he being now become a conspicuous mark by reason of this total change of fortune, was overwhelmed with more bitter grief, his calamities being constantly re-kindled and inflamed by the addition of fresh miseries, which, like relapses in sickness, compel the recollection of all former disasters to return, which up to that time appeared to be buried in obscurity.
154And after he had crossed the Ionian Gulf he sailed up the sea which leads to Corinth, being a spectacle to all the cities in Peloponnesus which lie on the coast, when they heard of his sudden reverse of fortune; for when he disembarked from the vessel all the evil disposed men who bore him ill will ran up to see him, and others also came to sympathize with him—men who are accustomed to learn moderation from the misfortunes of others.
155And at Lechaeum, crossing over the isthmus into the opposite gulf, and having arrived at Cenchreae, the dockyard of the Corinthians, he was compelled by the guards, who would not permit him the slightest respite, to embark immediately on board a small transport and to set sail, and as a foul wind was blowing with great violence, after great sufferings he with difficulty arrived safe at the Piraeus.
156And when the storm had ceased, having coasted along Attica as far as the promontory of Sunium, he passed by all the islands in order, namely, Helena, and Ceanus, and Cythnos, and all the rest which lie in a regular row one after another, until at last he came to the point of his ultimate destination, the island of Andros,
157which the miserable man beholding afar off poured forth abundance of tears down his cheeks, as if from a regular fountain, and beating his breast, and lamenting most bitterly, he said, "Men, ye who are my guards and attendants in this my journey, I now receive in exchange for the glorious Italy this beautiful country of Andros, which is an unfortunate island for me.
158I, Flaccus, who was born, and brought up, and educated in Rome, the heaven of the world, and who have been the schoolfellow and companion of the granddaughters of Augustus, and who was afterwards selected by Tiberius Caesar as one of his most intimate friends, and who have had entrusted to me for six years the greatest of all his possessions, namely, Egypt.
159What a change is this! In the middle of the day, as if an eclipse had come upon me, night has overshadowed my life. What shall I say of this little islet? Shall I call it my place of banishment, or my new country, or harbour and refuge of misery? A tomb would be the most proper name for it; for I, miserable that I am, am now in a manner conducted to my grave, attending my own funeral, for either I shall destroy my miserable life through my sorrow, or if I am able to cling to life among my miseries, I shall in that case find a distant death, which will be felt all the time of my life."
160These, then, were the lamentations which he poured forth, and when the vessel came near the harbour he landed, stooping down to the very ground like men heavily oppressed, being weighed down by his calamities as if the heaviest of burdens was placed upon his neck, without being able to look up, or else not daring to do so because of the people whom he might meet, and of those who came out to see him and who stood on each side of the road.
161And those men who had conducted him hither, bringing the populace of the Andrians, exhibited him to them all, making them all witnesses of the arrival of the exile in their island.
162And they, when they had discharged their office, departed; and then the misery of Flaccus was renewed, as he no longer beheld any sight to which he was accustomed, but only saw sad misery presented to him by the most conspicuous evidence, while he looked around upon what to him was perfect desolation, in the middle of which he was placed; so that it seemed to him that a violent execution in his native land would have been a lighter evil, or rather, by comparison with his present circumstances, a most desirable good; and he gave himself up to such violence of grief, that he was in no respect different from a maniac, and leaped about, and ran to and fro, and clapped his hands, and smote his thighs, and threw himself upon the ground, and kept continually crying out,
163"I am Flaccus! who but a little while ago was the governor of the mighty city, of the populous city of Alexandria! the governor of that most fertile of all countries, Egypt! I am he on whom all those myriads of inhabitants turned their eyes! who had countless forces of infantry, and cavalry, and ships, formidable, not merely by their number, but consisting of all the most eminent and illustrious of all my subjects! I am he who was every day accompanied when I went out by countless companies of clients!
164But now, was not all this a vision rather than reality? and was I asleep, and was this prosperity which I then beheld a dream—phantoms marching through empty space, fictions of the soul, which perhaps registered non-existent things as though they had a being? Doubtless, I have been deceived.
165These things were but a shadow and no real things, imitations of reality and not a real truth, which makes falsehood evident; for as after we have awakened we find none of those things which appeared to us in our dreams, but all such things have fled in a body and disappeared, so too, all that brilliant prosperity which I formerly enjoyed has now been extinguished in the briefest moment of time."
166With such discourses as these, he was continually being cast down, and in a manner, as I may say, prostrated; and avoiding all places where he might be likely to meet with many persons on account of the shame which clung to him, he never went down to the harbour, nor could he endure to visit the market-place, but shut himself up in his house, where he kept himself close, never venturing to go beyond the outer court.
167But sometimes indeed, in the deepest twilight of the dawn, when every one else was still in bed, so that he could be seen by no one whatever, he would go forth out of the city and spend the entire day in the desolate part of the island, turning away if any one seemed likely to meet him; and being torn as to his soul with the memorials of his misfortunes which he saw about him in his house, and being devoured with anguish, he went back home in the darkness of the night, praying, by reason of his immoderate and never-ending misery, that the evening would become morning, dreading the darkness and the strange appearances which represented themselves to him when he went to sleep, and again in the morning he prayed that it might be evening; for the darkness which surrounded him was opposed to everything light or cheerful.
168And a few months afterwards, having purchased a small piece of land, he spent a great deal of his time there living by himself, and bewailing and weeping over his fate.
169It is said too, that often at midnight he became possessed like those who celebrate the rites of the Corybantes, and at such times he would go forth out of his farm-house and raise his eyes to heaven and to the stars, and beholding all the beauty really existing in the world, he would cry out,
170"O King of gods and men! you are not, then, indifferent to the Jewish nation, nor are the assertions which they relate with respect to your providence false; but those men who say that that people has not you for their champion and defender, are far from a correct opinion. And I am an evident proof of this; for all the frantic designs which I conceived against the Jews, I now suffer myself.
171I consented when they were stripped of their possessions, giving immunity to those who were plundering them; and on this account I have myself been deprived of all my paternal and maternal inheritance, and of all that I have ever acquired by gift or favour, and of everything else that ever became mine in any other manner.
172In times past I reproached them with ignominy as being foreigners, though they were in truth sojourners in the land entitled to full privileges, in order to give pleasure to their enemies who were a promiscuous and disorderly multitude, by whom I, miserable man that I was, was flattered and deceived; and for this I have been myself branded with infamy, and have been driven as an exile from the whole of the habitable world, and am shut up in this place.
173Again, I led some of them into the theatre, and commanded them to be shamelessly and unjustly insulted in the sight of their greatest enemies; and therefore I justly have been myself led not into a theatre or into one city, but into many cities, to endure the utmost extremity of insult, being ill-treated in my miserable soul instead of my body; for I was led in procession through the whole of Italy as far as Brundusium, and through all Peloponnesus as far as Corinth, and through Attica, and all the islands as far as Andros, which is this prison of mine;
174and I am thoroughly assured that even this is not the limit of my misfortunes, but that others are still in store for me, to fill up the measure as a requital for all the evils which I have done. I put many persons to death, and when some of them were put to death by others, I did not chastise their murderers. Some were stoned; some were burnt alive; others were dragged through the middle of the market-place till the whole of their bodies were torn to pieces.
175And for all this I know now that retribution awaits me, and that the avengers are already standing as it were at the goal, and are pressing close to me, eager to slay me, and every day, or I may rather say, every hour, I die before my time, enduring many deaths instead of one, the last of all."
Sections 176–191
176And he was continually giving way to dread and to apprehension, and shaking with fear in every limb and every portion of his body, and his whole soul was trembling with terror and quivering with palpitation and agitation, as if nothing in the world could possibly be a comfort to the man now that he was deprived of all favourable hopes;
177no good omen ever appeared to him, everything bore a hostile appearance, every report was ill-omened, his waking was painful, his sleep fearful, his solitude resembling that of wild beasts, nevertheless the solitude of his herds was what was most pleasant to him, any dwelling in the city was his greatest affliction; his safe reproach was a solitary abiding in the fields, a dangerous, and painful, and unseemly way of life; every one who approached him, however justly, was an object of suspicion to him.
178"This man," he would say, "who is coming quickly hither, is planning something against me, he does not look as if he were hastening for any other object, but he is pursuing me; this pleasant looking man is laying a snare for me; this free-spoken man is despising me; this man is giving me meat and drink as they feed cattle before killing them.
179How long shall I, hard-hearted that I am, bear up against such terrible calamities? I well know that I am afraid of death, since out of cruelty the Deity will not punish me violently, to cut short my miserable life, in order to load me to excess with irremediable miseries, which he treasures up against me, to do a pleasure to those whom I treacherously put to death."
180While repeating these things over and over again and writhing with his agony, he awaited the end of his destiny, and his uninterrupted sorrow agitated, and disturbed, and overturned his soul. But Caius, being a man of an inhuman nature and insatiable in his revenge, did not, as some persons do, let go those who had been once punished, but raged against them without end, and was continually contriving some new and terrible suffering for them; and, above all men, he hated Flaccus to such a degree, that he suspected all who bore the same name, from his detestation of the very appellation;
181and he often repented that he had condemned him to banishment and not to death, and though he had a great respect for Lepidus who had interceded for him, he blamed him, so that he was kept in a state of great alarm from fear of punishment impending over him, for he feared lest, as was very likely, he, because he had been the cause of another person having been visited by a lighter punishment, might himself have a more severe one inflicted upon him.
182Therefore, as no one any longer ventured to say a word by way of deprecating the anger of the emperor, he gave loose to his fury, which was now implacable and unrestrained, and which, though it ought to have been mitigated by time, was rather increased by it, just as recurring diseases are in the body when a relapse takes place, for all such relapses are more grievous than the original attacks.
183They say that on one occasion Caius, being awake at night, began to turn his mind to the magistrates and officers who were in banishment, and who in name indeed were looked upon as unfortunate, but who in reality had now thus acquired a life free from trouble, and truly tranquil and free.
184And he gave a new name to this banishment, calling it an emigration, "For," said he, "it is only a kind of emigration the banishment of these men, inasmuch as they have all the necessaries of life in abundance, and are able to live in tranquillity, and stability, and peace. But it is an absurdity for them to be living in luxury, enjoying peace, and indulging in all the pleasures of a philosophical life."
185Then he commanded the most eminent of these men, and those who were of the highest rank and reputation, to be put to death, giving a regular list of their names, at the head of which list was Flaccus. And when the men arrived at Andros, who had been commanded to put him to death, Flaccus happened, just at that moment, to be coming from his farm into the city, and they, on their way up from the port, met him,
186and while yet at a distance they perceived and recognised one another; at which he, perceiving in a moment the object for which they were come (for every man’s soul is very prophetic, especially of such as are in misfortune), turning out of the road, fled and ran away over the rough ground, forgetting, perhaps, that Andros was an island and not the continent. And what is the use of speed in an island which the sea washes all round? for one of two things must of necessity happen, either that if the fugitive advances further he must be carried into the sea, or else arrested when he has reached the farthest boundary.
187Therefore, in a comparison of evils, destruction by land must be preferable to destruction by sea, since nature has made the land more closely akin to man, and to all terrestrial animals, not only while they are alive, but even after they are dead, in order that the same element may receive both their primary generation and their last dissolution.
188The officers therefore pursued him without stopping to take breath and arrested him; and then immediately some of them dug a ditch, and the others dragged him on by force in spite of all his resistance and crying out and struggling, by which means his whole body was wounded like that of beasts that are despatched with a number of wounds;
189for he, turning round them and clinging to his executioners, who were hindered in their aims which they took at him with their swords, and who thus struck him with oblique blows, was the cause of his own sufferings being more severe; for he was in consequence mutilated and cut about the hands, and feet, and head, and breast, and sides, so that he was mangled like a victim, and thus he fell, justice righteously inflicting on his own body wounds equal in number to the murders of the Jews whom he had unlawfully put to death.
190And the whole place flowed with blood which was shed from his numerous veins, which were cut in every part of his body, and which poured forth blood as from a fountain. And when the corpse was dragged into the trench which had been dug, the greater part of the limbs separated from the body, the sinews by which the whole of the body is kept together being all cut through.
191Such was the end of Flaccus, who suffered thus, being made the most manifest evidence that the nation of the Jews is not left destitute of the providential assistance of God.
Contents — 8 sections
Sections 1–25
1Δεύτερος μετὰ Σηιανὸν Φλάκκος Ἀουίλλιος διαδέχεται τὴν κατὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐπιβουλήν, σύμπαν μὲν ἀδικῆσαι τὸ ἔθνος ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος ἄντικρυς οὐ δυνηθείς — ἐλάττους γὰρ εἶχε τὰς εἰς τοῦτ’ ἀφορμάς —, ἐφ’ ὅσους δ’ ἔφθανεν, ἀθρόους ἀνηκέστοις περιέπειρε κακοῖς. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ μέρει δόξας ἐπιτίθεσθαι τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ἐξέτεινεν ἐπιὼν τοὺς πανταχοῦ πάντας διὰ τέχνης τὸ πλέον ἢ δυνάμεως· οἷς γὰρ ἰσχὺς οὐ πρόσεστι τῶν τὰς φύσεις τυραννικῶν, πανουργίαις τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς κατορθοῦσιν.
2ὁ Φλάκκος οὖν οὗτος ἐν τοῖς ἑταίροις κριθεὶς παρὰ Τιβερίῳ Καίσαρι μετὰ τὴν Ἱβήρου τελευτήν, ὃς ἐπετέτραπτο Αἴγυπτον, καθίσταται τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας καὶ τῆς χώρας ἐπίτροπος, ἄνθρωπος ἐν ἀρχῇ μυρία καλοκαγαθίας ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν ἐξενεγκὼν δείγματα· πυκνός τε γὰρ ἦν καὶ συνεχὴς καὶ ὀξὺς νοῆσαι καὶ τὰ βουλευθέντα πρᾶξαι καὶ προχειρότατος εἰπεῖν καὶ πρὸ τοῦ λεγομένου τὸ ἡσυχαζόμενον αἰσθέσθαι.
3παντάπασιν οὖν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον πραγματειῶν ἐθὰς γίνεται· πολύτροποι δ’ εἰσὶ καὶ ποικίλαι, μόλις τοῖς ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας τὸ ἔργον ἐπιτήδευμα πεποιημένοις γνωριζόμεναι. περιττὸς ὄχλος ἦσαν οἱ γραμματεῖς, ἤδη πρὸς πάντα μικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα φθάνοντος αὐτοῦ ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις, ὡς μὴ μόνον ὑπερβαλεῖν ἀλλὰ χάριν ἀκριβείας ἀντὶ γνωρίμου διδάσκαλον γεγενῆσθαι τῶν τέως ὑφηγητῶν.
4καὶ ὅσα μὲν περὶ λογισμοὺς καὶ τὴν τῶν προσοδευομένων κατώρθου διοίκησιν, εἰ καὶ μεγάλα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα ἦν, ἀλλ’ οὐδέν γε δεῖγμα ψυχῆς ὑπέφαινεν ἡγεμονικῆς, ἃ δὲ λαμπροτέραν καὶ βασιλικὴν ἐδήλου φύσιν, μετὰ πλείονος παρρησίας ἐπεδείκνυτο· οἷον σεμνότερον ἦγεν αὑτόν — ἄρχοντι δὲ λυσιτελέστατον ὁ τῦφος —, ἐδίκαζε τὰ μεγάλα μετὰ τῶν ἐν τέλει, τοὺς ὑπεραύχους καθῄρει, μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων ἀνθρώπων ὄχλον ἐκώλυεν ἐπισυνίστασθαι· τάς τε ἑταιρείας καὶ συνόδους, αἳ ἀεὶ ἐπὶ προφάσει θυσιῶν εἱστιῶντο τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐμπαροινοῦσαι, διέλυε τοῖς ἀφηνιάζουσιν ἐμβριθῶς καὶ εὐτόνως προσφερόμενος.
5εἶτ’ ἐπειδὴ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἀνέπλησεν εὐνομίας, ἐν μέρει πάλιν ταῖς στρατιωτικαῖς δυνάμεσιν ἐφήδρευεν ἐκτάττων, συγκροτῶν, γυμνάζων πεζούς, ἱππεῖς, τοὺς τῆς κούφης ὁπλίσεως, τοὺς ἡγεμόνας, ἵνα μὴ τὰς μισθοφορὰς τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀφαιρούμενοι πρὸς λῃστείας καὶ ἁρπαγὰς αὐτοὺς ἀλείφωσι, πάλιν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἕκαστον, ἵνα μηδὲν ἔξω τῶν κατὰ τὴν στρατείαν περιεργάζηται μεμνημένος, ὅτι τέτακται καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην διαφυλάττειν.
6Ἴσως δ’ ἄν τις εἴποι· „σὺ δ’, ὦ οὗτος, ἐγνωκὼς ἀνθρώπου κατηγορεῖν ἔγκλημα μὲν οὐδὲν διεξῆλθες, μακροὺς δ’ ἐπαίνους συνείρεις· μὴ ἄρα παραπαίεις καὶ μέμηνας;“ — οὐ μέμηνα, ὦ οὗτος, οὐδ’ ἠλίθιός τίς εἰμι, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι πράγματος ἀκολουθίαν ἰδεῖν.
7ἐπαινῶ τὸν Φλάκκον, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ προσῆκεν ἐχθρὸν ἐγκωμιάζειν, ἀλλ’ ἵν’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μοχθηρίαν ἀριδηλοτέραν παραστήσω· τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ κρείττονος διαμαρτάνοντι συγγνώμη δίδοται, ὁ δ’ ἐξ ἐπιστήμης ἀδικῶν ἀπολογίαν οὐκ ἔχει προεαλωκὼς ἐν τῷ τοῦ συνειδότος δικαστηρίῳ.
8ἑξαετίαν γὰρ τὴν ἐπικράτειαν λαβὼν πέντε μὲν ἔτη τὰ πρῶτα, ζῶντος Τιβερίου Καίσαρος, τήν τε εἰρήνην διεφύλαξε καὶ οὕτως εὐτόνως καὶ ἐρρωμένως ἀφηγήσατο, ὡς τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ πάντας ὑπερβαλεῖν.
9τῷ δ’ ὑστάτῳ, Τιβερίου μὲν τελευτήσαντος, Γαΐου δ’ ἀποδειχθέντος αὐτοκράτορος, ὑφιέναι καὶ χαλᾶν ἤρξατο τὰ πάντα εἴτε διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ Τιβερίῳ βαρύτατον πένθος — δῆλος γὰρ ἦν ὡς ἐπ’ οἰκειοτάτῳ περιπαθῶν ἔκ τε τῆς συνεχοῦς κατηφείας καὶ τῆς τῶν δακρύων φορᾶς, ἃ καθάπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἀπαύστως ἐξεχεῖτο — εἴτε καὶ κακόνους ὢν τῷ διαδόχῳ διὰ τὸ τὴν τῶν γνησίων πρὸ τῆς τῶν θετῶν τεθεραπευκέναι μερίδα εἴτε καὶ τῶν συνεπιθεμένων τῇ Γαΐου μητρί, καθ’ ὃν χρόνον εἶχε τὰς αἰτίας ἐφ’ αἷς ἀνῃρέθη, γεγονὼς καὶ διὰ φόβον ἁλώσεως ἐπιλελησμένος.
10καὶ μέχρι μέν τινος ἔτ’ ἀντεῖχε μὴ κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς μεθιέμενος τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀντίληψιν. ὡς δ’ ἤκουσε τὸν Τιβερίου μὲν υἱωνὸν κοινωνὸν δὲ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀναιρεθέντα Γαΐου κελεύσαντος, ἀλέκτῳ πληγεὶς συμφορᾷ καταβαλὼν ἑαυτὸν ἀχανὴς ἔκειτο, τῆς διανοίας πολὺ πρότερον ἀπειρηκυίας καὶ παρειμένης αὐτῷ.
11ζῶντος μὲν γὰρ τοῦ μειρακίου τὰ ζώπυρα τῆς ἰδίας σωτηρίας οὐκ ἀπεγίνωσκεν, ἀποθανόντος δὲ συντεθνάναι καὶ τὰς οἰκείας ἐλπίδας ἔδοξεν, εἰ καὶ μικρά τις ἀπελείπετο αὔρα βοηθείας, ἡ πρὸς Μάκρωνα φιλία τὰ σύμπαντα παρὰ Γαΐῳ κατ’ ἀρχὰς δυνηθέντα καὶ πλείστην μοῖραν ὡς λόγος εἰσενεγκάμενον αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς ἡγεμονίας καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον πρὸς τὸ σωθῆναι,
12πολλάκις μὲν ἐκποδὼν ποιήσασθαι τὸν Γάιον διανοηθέντος Τιβερίου ὡς κακοήθη καὶ οὐ πεφυκότα πρὸς ἀρχήν, καὶ ἅμα διὰ τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ υἱωνῷ φόβον — ἐδεδίει γάρ, μὴ παρανάλωμα γένηται τελευτήσαντος αὐτοῦ —, πολλάκις δὲ τοῦ Μάκρωνος τὰς ὑπονοίας ὑπεξαιρουμένου καὶ τὸν Γάιον ἐπαινοῦντος ὡς ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀπόνηρον καὶ κοινωνικὸν καὶ τοῦ ἀνεψιοῦ μάλιστα ἡττημένον, ὡς ἢ μόνῳ ἂν ἐθελῆσαι παραχωρῆσαι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἢ πάντως τὰ πρωτεῖα.
13ὑφ’ ὧν ἀπατηθεὶς ἔλαθεν ἄσπονδον ἐχθρὸν ἑαυτῷ καὶ υἱωνῷ καὶ γένει καὶ παρακλήτῳ Μάκρωνι καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις καταλιπών.
14ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ Μάκρων ὁρῶν αὐτὸν ἐκδιαιτώμενον καὶ ἀχαλίνοις ταῖς ὁρμαῖς, ἐφ’ ἃ ἂν τύχῃ καὶ ὡς ἂν τύχῃ, χρώμενον ἐνουθέτει καὶ παρηγόρει νομίζων ἐκεῖνον εἶναι Γάιον τόν, ἡνίκ’ ἔτ’ ἔζη Τιβέριος, ἐπιεικῆ καὶ πειθαρχικόν, ὁ κακοδαίμων εὐνοίας περιττῆς ἔδωκε τὰς ἀνωτάτω δίκας πανοίκιος αὐτῇ γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις συναναιρεθεὶς ὡς περιττὸν ἄχθος καὶ παρενόχλημα.
15καὶ γὰρ ὁπότε πόρρωθεν αὐτὸν ἀφικνούμενον ἴδοι, τοιαῦτα πρὸς τοὺς συνόντας διεξῄει· „μὴ μειδιῶμεν, κατηφῶμεν· ὁ νουθετητὴς παραγίνεται, ὁ αὐθέκαστος, ὁ ἀνδρὸς τελείου καὶ αὐτοκράτορος ἀρξάμενος νῦν εἶναι παιδαγωγός, ὅτε καὶ τοὺς ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ὁ καιρὸς ἀπήλασε καὶ διέζευξεν.“
16Ἐπεὶ δ’ οὖν καὶ τοῦτον ἔγνω προσανῃρημένον ὁ Φλάκκος, τὴν λοιπὴν ἐλπίδα κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἀπεγνώκει καὶ οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων οἷός τε ἦν ἐξασθενῶν καὶ διαρρέων τὴν γνώμην.
17ὅταν δ’ ὁ ἄρχων ἀπογνῷ τὸ δύνασθαι κρατεῖν, ἀνάγκη τοὺς ὑπηκόους εὐθὺς ἀφηνιάζειν καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς ἐκ μικρῶν καὶ τῶν τυχόντων πεφυκότας ἀνερεθίζεσθαι· ἐν οἷς τὸ Αἰγυπτιακὸν τὰ πρωτεῖα φέρεται διὰ βραχυτάτου σπινθῆρος εἰωθὸς ἐκφυσᾶν στάσεις μεγάλας.
18ἐν ἀμηχάνοις δὲ καὶ ἀπόροις γεγονὼς ἐσφάδᾳζε καὶ τὰ πρὸ μικροῦ πάντα ἤλλαξεν ἅμα τῇ τοῦ λογισμοῦ πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον μεταβολῇ ποιησάμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῶν συνηθεστάτων· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ εὔνους καὶ μάλιστα φίλους ὑφωρᾶτο καὶ διωθεῖτο, τοῖς δ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀνομολογηθεῖσιν ἐχθροῖς ἐσπένδετο καὶ συμβούλοις περὶ πάντων ἐχρῆτο.
19οἱ δ’ — ἐγκότως γὰρ εἶχον — τὸ κατηλλάχθαι δοκεῖν λόγῳ μόνον ἐπιμορφάσαντες, ἔργοις δὲ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἀσύμβατα μνησικακοῦντες καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν θεάτρῳ καθυποκρινόμενοι γνησίαν φιλίαν ὅλον αὐτὸν συναρπάζουσι· καὶ γίνεται ὁ μὲν ἄρχων ὑπήκοος, οἱ δ’ ὑπήκοοι ἡγεμόνες, εἰσηγούμενοι μὲν ἀλυσιτελεστάτας γνώμας, εὐθὺς δὲ ταύτας ἐπισφραγιζόμενοι.
20βεβαιωταὶ γὰρ ὧν ἐβουλεύσαντο πάντων ἐγίνοντο κωφὸν ὡς ἐπὶ σκηνῆς προσωπεῖον ἕνεκα προσχήματος αὐτὸ μόνον παραλαμβάνοντες ἐπιγεγραμμένον ὄνομα ἀρχῆς, Διονύσιοι δημοκόποι, Λάμπωνες γραμματοκύφωνες, Ἰσίδωροι στασιάρχαι, φιλοπράγμονες, κακῶν εὑρεταί, ταραξιπόλιδες· τοῦτο γὰρ κεκράτηκέ πως τοὔνομα.
21συνταξάμενοι πάντες οὗτοι βούλευμα βουλεύουσι κατὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀργαλεώτατον καὶ τῷ Φλάκκῳ προσελθόντες ἰδίᾳ φασίν·
22"ἔρρει μέν σοι τὰ ἀπὸ Τιβερίου Νέρωνος τοῦ παιδός, ἔρρει δὲ καὶ ἡ μετ’ ἐκεῖνον ἐλπίς, ὁ ἑταῖρός σου Μάκρων, αἴσια δ’ οὐκ ἔστι σοι τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ κρατοῦντος· δεῖ δὴ παράκλητον ἡμᾶς εὑρεῖν δυνατώτατον, ὑφ’ οὗ Γάιος ἐξευμενισθήσεται.
23ὁ δὲ παράκλητος ἡ πόλις Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐστίν, ἣν τετίμηκε μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἅπας ὁ Σεβαστὸς οἶκος, διαφερόντως δ’ ὁ νῦν ἡμῶν δεσπότης. παρακλητεύσει δὲ τυχοῦσά τινος παρὰ σοῦ δωρεᾶς· μεῖζον δ’ ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲν αὐτῇ παρέξεις ἢ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐκδοὺς καὶ προέμενος.“
24ἐπὶ τούτοις ὀφείλων ἀπώσασθαι καὶ δυσχερᾶναι τοὺς λέγοντας ὡς νεωτεροποιοὺς καὶ κοινοὺς πολεμίους συνεπιγράφεται τοῖς λεχθεῖσι. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀδηλοτέρας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς μήτ’ ἴσον παρέχων καὶ κοινὸν ἀκροατὴν ἑαυτὸν τοῖς τὰς ἀμφισβητήσεις ἔχουσιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θάτερον ἀποκλίνων μέρος, μήτ’ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἰσηγορίαν διδούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁπότε προσίοι τις τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἀποστρεφόμενος καὶ τὸ δυσέντευκτον ἐπιτηδεύων ἐπὶ μόνων τούτων· αὖθις δὲ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ τὴν δυσμένειαν ἐπεδείξατο.
25Προσεπέρρωσε δ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐκ μαθήσεως τὸ πλέον ἢ φύσεως ἐπιτετηδευμένην ἀπόνοιαν καὶ συντυχία τις τοιαύτη. Γάιος Καῖσαρ Ἀγρίππᾳ τῷ Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως υἱωνῷ δίδωσι βασιλείαν τῆς παππῴας λήξεως τρίτην μοῖραν, ἣν Φίλιππος τετράρχης θεῖος ὢν αὐτῷ πρὸς πατρὸς ἐκαρποῦτο.
Sections 26–50
26μέλλοντι δ’ ἀπαίρειν συνεβούλευσεν ὁ Γάιος τὸν μὲν ἀπὸ Βρεντεσίου μέχρι Συρίας πλοῦν μακρὸν ὄντα καὶ καματηρὸν παραιτήσασθαι, χρῆσθαι δ’ ἐπιτόμῳ τοὺς ἐτησίας ἀναμείναντι τῷ διὰ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας· τάς τε γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν ὁλκάδας ταχυναυτεῖν ἔφασκε καὶ ἐμπειροτάτους εἶναι κυβερνήτας, οἳ καθάπερ ἀθλητὰς ἵππους ἡνιοχοῦσιν ἀπλανῆ παρέχοντες τὸν ἐπ’ εὐθείας δρόμον. ὁ δὲ πειθαρχεῖ ὡς δεσπότῃ τε ἅμα καὶ τὰ δοκοῦντα συμφέρειν παραγγέλλοντι.
27καταβὰς δ’ εἰς Δικαιάρχειαν καὶ ναῦς ὑφόρμους Ἀλεξανδρίδας ἰδὼν εὐτρεπεῖς πρὸς ἀναγωγήν, ἐπιβὰς μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων, εὐπλοίᾳ χρησάμενος, ὀλίγαις ὕστερον ἡμέραις ἀνεπιφάτως καὶ ἀφωράτως κατάγεται, κελεύσας τοῖς κυβερνήταις — περὶ γὰρ δείλην ὥραν ὁ Φάρος ἀναφαίνεται — τὰ μὲν ἱστία συνάγειν, ἔξω δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν μὴ μακρὰν ἀφισταμένους θαλαττεύειν ἄχρι τοῦ βαθεῖαν ἑσπέραν ἐπιγενέσθαι καὶ νυκτὸς τοῖς λιμέσι προσσχεῖν, ἵν’ ἀποβὰς ἤδη τετραμμένων ἁπάντων πρὸς ὕπνον, μηδενὸς ὁρῶντος, ἀφίκηται πρὸς τὸν ξενοδόχον.
28ὁ μὲν δὴ μετὰ τοσαύτης αἰδοῦς ἐπεδήμησε βουλόμενος, εἴ πως οἷόν τε ἦν, ἅπαντας τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει λαθὼν ὑπεξελθεῖν· οὐ γὰρ κατὰ θέαν ἀφῖκτο τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐπιδεδημηκὼς αὐτῇ πρότερον, ἡνίκα τὸν ἐπὶ Ῥώμης πλοῦν ἐστέλλετο πρὸς Τιβέριον, ἀλλ’ ὁδῷ χρησόμενος ἐπιτόμῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ἀφίξεως.
29οἱ δ’ ὑπὸ φθόνου ῥηγνύμενοι — βάσκανον γὰρ φύσει τὸ Αἰγυπτιακόν — καὶ τὰς ἑτέρων εὐτυχίας ἰδίας ὑπελάμβανον εἶναι κακοπραγίας καὶ ἅμα διὰ τὴν παλαιὰν καὶ τρόπον τινὰ φύσει γεγενημένην πρὸς Ἰουδαίους ἀπέχθειαν ἤσχαλλον ἐπὶ τῷ γεγενῆσθαί τινα βασιλέα Ἰουδαῖον οὐχ ἧττον, ἢ εἰ αὐτός τις ἕκαστος βασιλείαν προγονικὴν ἀφῄρητο.
30καὶ τὸν ἄθλιον Φλάκκον πάλιν οἱ συνόντες ἀνηρέθιζον εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν ἐνάγοντες καὶ προκαλούμενοι φθόνον, „σὴ κατάλυσίς ἐστι“ φάσκοντες „ἡ ἐπιδημία τούτου· μείζονα τιμῆς καὶ εὐδοξίας ὄγκον ἢ σὺ περιβέβληται· πάντας εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιστρέφει τὴν δορυφόρον τῶν σωματοφυλάκων στρατιὰν ὁρῶντας ἐπαργύροις καὶ ἐπιχρύσοις ὅπλοις διακεκοσμημένην.
31ἔδει γὰρ ἥκειν εἰς ἐπικράτειαν ἑτέρου δυνάμενον πλῷ χρησάμενον εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀσφαλῶς παραπεμφθῆναι; καὶ γὰρ εἰ Γάιος ἐπέτρεπε, μᾶλλον δ’ ἠνάγκαζεν, ἐχρῆν ἐκλιπαρήσαντα παραιτήσασθαι τὴν ἐνθάδε ἄφιξιν, ἵνα μὴ παρευημερηθεὶς ὁ τῆς χώρας ἡγεμὼν ἀδοξῇ.“
32ταῦτα ἀκούων ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον ᾤδει καὶ ἐν μὲν τῷ φανερῷ τὸν ἑταῖρον καὶ φίλον καθυπεκρίνετο διὰ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ πέμψαντος φόβον, ἰδίᾳ δὲ ἐζηλοτύπει καὶ ἐξελάλει τὸ μῖσος καὶ πλαγίως αὐτὸν ὕβριζεν, ἐπειδήπερ ἄντικρυς οὐκ ἐθάρρει.
33τῷ γὰρ ἀργοῦντι καὶ σχολάζοντι τῆς πόλεως ὄχλῳ — πλῆθος δ’ ἐστὶν ἐπιτετηδευκὸς γλωσσαλγίαν καὶ ἐνευκαιροῦν διαβολαῖς καὶ βλασφημίαις — ἐπιτρέπει κακηγορεῖν τὸν βασιλέα εἴτε ἀρξάμενος δι’ ἑαυτοῦ τῶν λοιδοριῶν εἴτε προτρεψάμενος καὶ ἐναγαγὼν αὐτὸς διὰ τῶν ὑπηρετεῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα εἰωθότων.
34οἱ δ’ ἀφορμῆς λαβόμενοι διημέρευον ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ χλευάζοντες τὸν βασιλέα καὶ σκώμματα συνείροντες· πῇ δὲ καὶ ποιηταῖς μίμων καὶ γελοίων διδασκάλοις χρώμενοι τὴν ἐν τοῖς αἰσχροῖς εὐφυΐαν ἐπεδείκνυντο, βραδεῖς μὲν ὄντες τὰ καλὰ παιδεύεσθαι, τὰ δ’ ἐναντία μανθάνειν ὀξύτατοι καὶ προχειρότατοι.
35διὰ τί γὰρ οὐκ ἠγανάκτησεν, οὐκ ἀπήγαγεν, οὐκ ἐπέπληξε τῆς αὐθάδους βλασφημίας; εἰ δὲ μὴ βασιλεὺς ἦν, ἀλλά τις τῶν ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας, οὐκ ὤφειλε προνομίαν τινὰ καὶ τιμὴν ἔχειν; ἀλλὰ ταῦτ’ εἰσὶ πίστεις ἐναργεῖς τοῦ συναίτιον γεγενῆσθαι τῶν βλασφημιῶν Φλάκκον· ὁ γὰρ ἐπιπλήττειν ἢ τὸ πανύστατον ἐπέχειν ἂν δυνηθεὶς εἰ μὴ κεκώλυκε, δῆλος ἦν ἐφιεὶς καὶ ἐπιτρέπων αὐτός. πρὸς ὅ τι δ’ ἂν ὄχλος ἀσύντακτος ἀφορμὴν λάβῃ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, οὐχ ἵσταται, μέτεισι δ’ ἀφ’ ἑτέρων εἰς ἕτερα προσεπεξεργαζόμενος ἀεί τι νεώτερον.
36Ἦν τις μεμηνὼς ὄνομα Καραβᾶς οὐ τὴν ἀγρίαν καὶ θηριώδη μανίαν — ἄσκηπτος γὰρ αὕτη γε καὶ τοῖς ἔχουσι καὶ τοῖς πλησιάζουσιν —, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀνειμένην καὶ μαλακωτέραν. οὗτος διημέρευε καὶ διενυκτέρευε γυμνὸς ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς οὔτε θάλπος οὔτε κρυμὸν ἐκτρεπόμενος, ἄθυρμα νηπίων καὶ μειρακίων σχολαζόντων.
37συνελάσαντες τὸν ἄθλιον ἄχρι τοῦ γυμνασίου καὶ στήσαντες μετέωρον, ἵνα καθορῷτο πρὸς πάντων, βύβλον μὲν εὐρύναντες ἀντὶ διαδήματος ἐπιτιθέασιν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, χαμαιστρώτῳ δὲ τὸ ἄλλο σῶμα περιβάλλουσιν ἀντὶ χλαμύδος, ἀντὶ δὲ σκήπτρου βραχύ τι παπύρου τμῆμα τῆς ἐγχωρίου καθ’ ὁδὸν ἐρριμμένον ἰδών τις ἀναδίδωσιν.
38ἐπεὶ δὲ ὡς ἐν θεατρικοῖς μίμοις τὰ παράσημα τῆς βασιλείας ἀνειλήφει καὶ διεκεκόσμητο εἰς βασιλέα, νεανίαι ῥάβδους ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων φέροντες ἀντὶ λογχοφόρων ἑκατέρωθεν εἱστήκεσαν μιμούμενοι δορυφόρους. εἶθ’ ἕτεροι προσῄεσαν, οἱ μὲν ὡς ἀσπασόμενοι, οἱ δὲ ὡς δικασόμενοι, οἱ δ’ ὡς ἐντευξόμενοι περὶ κοινῶν πραγμάτων.
39εἶτ’ ἐκ τοῦ περιεστῶτος ἐν κύκλῳ πλήθους ἐξήχει βοή τις ἄτοπος Μάριν ἀποκαλούντων — οὕτως δέ φασι τὸν κύριον ὀνομάζεσθαι παρὰ Σύροις —· ᾔδεσαν γὰρ Ἀγρίππαν καὶ γένει Σύρον καὶ Συρίας μεγάλην ἀποτομὴν ἔχοντα, ἧς ἐβασίλευε. ταῦτα δὲ ἀκούων, μᾶλλον δὲ ὁρῶν ὁ Φλάκκος,
40δεόντως ἂν καὶ τὸν μεμηνότα συλλαβὼν καὶ καθείρξας, ἵνα μὴ παρέχῃ τοῖς κατακερτομοῦσιν ἀφορμὴν εἰς ὕβριν τῶν βελτιόνων, καὶ τοὺς ἐνσκευάσαντας τιμωρησάμενος, ὅτι γε βασιλέα καὶ φίλον Καίσαρος καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς Ῥωμαίων βουλῆς τετιμημένον στρατηγικαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτόλμησαν καὶ ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις καὶ φανερῶς καὶ πλαγίως ὑβρίζειν, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐπέπληξεν, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἐπισχεῖν ἠξίωσεν ἄδειαν καὶ ἐκεχειρίαν διδοὺς τοῖς ἐθελοκακοῦσι καὶ ἐθελέχθρως ἔχουσι, προσποιούμενος ἅ τε ἑώρα μὴ ὁρᾶν καὶ ὧν ἤκουε μὴ ἀκούειν.
41ὅπερ συναισθόμενος ὁὁ ὄχλος — οὐχ ὁὁ καθεστὼς καὶ δημοτικός, ἀλλ’ ὁ πάντα θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς εἰωθὼς ἀναπιμπλάναι διὰ φιλοπραγμοσύνην καὶ ζῆλον ἀβιώτου βίου καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἔθους ἀργίαν καὶ σχολήν, πρᾶγμα ἐπίβουλον — συρρυέντες εἰς τὸ θέατρον ἐξ ἑωθινοῦ Φλάκκον ἤδη τιμῶν ἀθλίων ἐωνημένοι, ἃς ὁ δοξομανὴς καὶ παλίμπρατος ἐλάμβανεν οὐ καθ’ αὑτοῦ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἀσφαλείας, ἀνεβόησαν ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος εἰκόνας ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς ἀνατιθέναι, καινότατον καὶ μηδέπω πραχθὲν εἰσηγούμενοι παρανόμημα.
42καὶ τοῦτ’ εἰδότες — ὀξύτατοι γὰρ τὴν μοχθηρίαν εἰσί — κατασοφίζονται τὸ Καίσαρος ὄνομα προκάλυμμα ποιησάμενοι, ᾧ προσάπτειν τι τῶν ἐπαιτίων οὐ θεμιτόν.
43τί οὖν ὁ τῆς χώρας ἐπίτροπος; ἐπιστάμενος, ὅτι καὶ ἡ πόλις οἰκήτορας ἔχει διττούς, ἡμᾶς τε καὶ τούτους, καὶ πᾶσα Αἴγυπτος, καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἀποδέουσι μυριάδων ἑκατὸν οἱ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ τὴν χώραν Ἰουδαῖοι κατοικοῦντες ἀπὸ τοῦ πρὸς Λιβύην καταβαθμοῦ μέχρι τῶν ὁρίων Αἰθιοπίας, καὶ ὡς ἡ πεῖρα κατὰ πάντων ἐστὶ καὶ ὡς οὐ λυσιτελὲς ἔθη πάτρια κινεῖν, ἀμελήσας ἁπάντων ἐπιτρέπει ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀνάθεσιν, μυρία καὶ πάντα προνοητικὰ δυνάμενος ἢ ὡς ἄρχων κελεύειν ἢ συμβουλεύειν ὡς φίλος.
44ὁ δὲ — συνεχειρούργει γὰρ ἕκαστα τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων — καὶ ἀπὸ μείζονος ἐξουσίας ἀναρριπίζειν καινοτέραις ἀεὶ κακῶν προσθήκαις τὴν στάσιν ἠξίου καὶ τό γ’ ἐφ’ αὑτὸν ἧκον μέρος ἅπασαν ὀλίγου δεῖν φάναι τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐμφυλίων πολέμων ἐπλήρωσεν.
45οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἄδηλον, ὅτι ἡ περὶ τὴν κατάλυσιν τῶν προσευχῶν φήμη λαβοῦσα τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας διαδοθήσεται μὲν εὐθὺς εἰς τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ νομούς, δραμεῖται δ’ ἀπὸ μὲν Αἰγύπτου πρὸς ἀνατολὰς καὶ ἔθνη τὰ ἑῷα, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ὑποταινίου καὶ Μαρείας, αἳ Λιβύης εἰσὶν ἀρχαί, πρὸς δυσμὰς καὶ ἔθνη τὰ ἑσπέρια· Ἰουδαίους γὰρ χώρα μία διὰ πολυανθρωπίαν οὐ χωρεῖ.
46ἧς αἰτίας ἕνεκα τὰς πλείστας καὶ εὐδαιμονεστάτας τῶν ἐν Εὐρώπῃ καὶ Ἀσίᾳ κατά τε νήσους καὶ ἠπείρους ἐκνέμονται μητρόπολιν μὲν τὴν ἱερόπολιν ἡγούμενοι, καθ’ ἣν ἵδρυται ὁ τοῦ ὑψίστου θεοῦ νεὼς ἅγιος, ἃς δ’ ἔλαχον ἐκ πατέρων καὶ πάππων καὶ προπάππων καὶ τῶν ἔτι ἄνω προγόνων οἰκεῖν ἕκαστοι πατρίδας νομίζοντες, ἐν αἷς ἐγεννήθησαν καὶ ἐτράφησαν· εἰς ἐνίας δὲ καὶ κτιζομένας εὐθὺς ἦλθον ἀποικίαν στειλάμενοι, τοῖς κτίσταις χαριζόμενοι.
47καὶ δέος ἦν, μὴ οἱ πανταχοῦ τὴν ἀφορμὴν ἐκεῖθεν λαβόντες ἐπηρεάζωσι τοῖς πολίταις αὐτῶν Ἰουδαίοις εἰς τὰς προσευχὰς καὶ τὰ πάτρια νεωτερίζοντες.
48οἱ δέ — οὐ γὰρ ἔμελλον ἄχρι παντὸς ἡσυχάζειν καίτοι πεφυκότες εὖ πρὸς εἰρήνην, οὐ μόνον ὅτι παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις οἱ περὶ τῶν ἐθῶν ἀγῶνες καὶ τοὺς περὶ ψυχῆς κινδύνους ὑπερβάλλουσιν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ μόνοι τῶν ὑφ’ ἥλιον ἅμα ταῖς προσευχαῖς ἀπεστεροῦντο τὴν εἰς τοὺς εὐεργέτας εὐσέβειαν, ὃ μυρίων θανάτων ἐτετίμηντο ἄν — οὐκ ἔχοντες ἱεροὺς περιβόλους, οἷς ἐνδιαθήσονται τὸ εὐχάριστον, καὶ τοῖς ἐναντιουμένοις εἶπον ἄν·
49„λελήθατε ἑαυτοὺς οὐ προστιθέντες τοῖς κυρίοις τιμήν, ἀλλ’ ἀφαιρούμενοι, οὐκ εἰδότες ὡς τοῖς πανταχόθι τῆς οἰκουμένης Ἰουδαίοις ὁρμητήρια τῆς εἰς τὸν Σεβαστὸν οἶκον ὁσιότητός εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ ἐπιδήλως, ὧν ἡμῖν ἀναιρεθεισῶν τίς ἕτερος ἀπολείπεται τόπος ἢ τρόπος τιμῆς;
50εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐφιέντων τῶν ἐθῶν ὀλιγωροῦμεν, τῆς ἀνωτάτω τιμωρίας δίκαιοι τυγχάνειν ἐσμὲν μὴ παρέχοντες ἀρτίους καὶ πλήρεις τὰς ἀμοιβάς. εἰ δ’ οὐκ ἐξὸν τοῖς ἰδίοις ὑποστέλλομεν νομίμοις, ἃ καὶ τῷ Σεβαστῷ φίλον βεβαιοῦν, τί μικρὸν ἢ μέγα πλημμελοῦμεν οὐκ οἶδα· πλὴν εἰ μὴ ψέγειν τις ἐθελήσειε τὸ μὴ γνώμῃ ἑκουσίῳ παρανομεῖν τὰς ἐκδιαιτήσεις τῶν ἐθῶν οὐ φυλαξαμένους, αἵ, κἂν ἀφ’ ἑτέρων ἄρξωνται, τελευτῶσι πολλάκις εἰς τοὺς αἰτίους.“
Sections 51–75
51ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν Φλάκκος τά τε λεκτέα ἡσυχάζων καὶ τὰ ἡσυχαστέα λέγων οὕτως εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐξημάρτανεν. ἐκεῖνοι δ’, οἷς ἐχαρίζετο, τίνα γνώμην εἶχον; ἆρά γε τὴν τῶν τιμᾶν ἐθελόντων; εἶτα σπάνις ἦν ἱερῶν κατὰ τὴν πόλιν, ἧς τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ ἀναγκαιότατα μέρη τετεμένισται, πρὸς ἀνάθεσιν ὧν ἐβούλοντο;
52τὴν μὲν οὖν τῶν φιλαπεχθημόνων καὶ μετὰ τέχνης ἐπιβουλευόντων ὁρμὴν ἔφαμεν, δι’ ἣν οἱ μὲν ἐπηρεάζοντες οὐ δόξουσιν ἀδικεῖν, τοῖς δ’ ἐπηρεαζομένοις οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐναντιοῦσθαι. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν, ὦ γενναῖοι, τιμὴ καταλύειν νόμους, ἔθη πάτρια κινεῖν, ἐπηρεάζειν τοῖς συνοικοῦσι, διδάσκειν καὶ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν ὁμοφροσύνης ἀλογεῖν.
53Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἡ κατὰ τῶν νόμων πεῖρα εὐοδεῖν ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ τὰς προσευχὰς ἁρπάσαντι καὶ μηδὲ τοὔνομα ὑπολιπομένῳ, πάλιν ἐφ’ ἕτερον ἐτρέπετο, τὴν τῆς ἡμετέρας πολιτείας ἀναίρεσιν, ἵν’ ἀποκοπέντων οἷς μόνοις ἐφώρμει ὁ ἡμέτερος βίος ἐθῶν τε πατρίων καὶ μετουσίας πολιτικῶν δικαίων τὰς ἐσχάτας ὑπομένωμεν συμφορὰς οὐδενὸς ἐπειλημμένοι πείσματος εἰς ἀσφάλειαν.
54ὀλίγαις γὰρ ὕστερον ἡμέραις τίθησι πρόγραμμα, δι’ οὗ ξένους καὶ ἐπήλυδας ἡμᾶς ἀπεκάλει μηδὲ λόγου μεταδούς, ἀλλ’ ἀκρίτως καταδικάζων. οὗ τί ἂν εἴη τυραννίδος ἐπάγγελμα μεῖζον; αὐτὸς γενόμενος τὰ πάντα, κατήγορος, ἐχθρός, μάρτυς, δικαστής, κολαστής, εἶτα δυσὶ τοῖς προτέροις καὶ τρίτον προσέθηκεν ἐφεὶς ὡς ἐν ἁλώσει τοῖς ἐθέλουσι πορθεῖν Ἰουδαίους. οἱ δὲ λαβόντες ἄδειαν τί πράττουσι;
55πέντε μοῖραι τῆς πόλεώς εἰσιν, ἐπώνυμοι τῶν πρώτων στοιχείων τῆς ἐγγραμμάτου φωνῆς· τούτων δύο Ἰουδαϊκαὶ λέγονται διὰ τὸ πλείστους Ἰουδαίους ἐν ταύταις κατοικεῖν· οἰκοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις οὐκ ὀλίγοι σποράδες. τί οὖν ἐποίησαν; ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων γραμμάτων ἐξῴκισαν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους καὶ συνήλασαν εἰς ἑνὸς μοῖραν βραχυτάτην.
56οἱ δὲ ἐξεχέοντο διὰ τὸ πλῆθος εἰς αἰγιαλοὺς καὶ κοπρίας καὶ μνήματα πάντων στερόμενοι τῶν ἰδίων. ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τὰς οἰκίας ἐρήμους καταδραμόντες ἐφ’ ἁρπαγὴν ἐτράποντο καὶ ὡς ἐκ πολέμου λείαν διενέμοντο, μηδενὸς δὲ κωλύοντος καὶ τὰ ἐργαστήρια τῶν Ἰουδαίων συγκεκλεισμένα διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ Δρουσίλλῃ πένθος ἀναρρήξαντες ὅσα εὗρον — πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ταῦτ’ ἦν — ἐξεφόρησαν καὶ διὰ μέσης ἀγορᾶς ἐκόμιζον ὡς οἰκείοις τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις καταχρώμενοι.
57τῆς δ’ ἁρπαγῆς ἡ ἀπραξία κακὸν ἦν βαρύτερον, τὰς μὲν ἐνθήκας ἀπολωλεκότων τῶν ποριστῶν, μηδενὸς δὲ ἐωμένου, μὴ γεωργοῦ, μὴ ναυκλήρου, μὴ ἐμπόρου, μὴ τεχνίτου, τὰ συνήθη πραγματεύεσθαι, ὡς διχόθεν κατεσκευάσθαι πενίαν, ἔκ τε τῆς ἁρπαγῆς, ἐξουσίων μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ γενομένων καὶ περισεσυλημένων τὰ ἴδια, κἀκ τοῦ μὴ δεδυνῆσθαι πορίζειν ἐκ τῶν συνήθων ἐπιτηδευμάτων.
58Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἰ καὶ ἀφόρητα, ἀλλ’ οὖν τοῖς αὖθις πεπραγμένοις συγκρινόμενα οἰστά. πενία γὰρ χαλεπὸν μέν, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅταν κατασκευάζηται πρὸς ἐχθρῶν, ἔλαττον δὲ τῆς εἰς τὰ σώματα ὕβρεως, κἂν ᾖ βραχυτάτη.
59τοὺς δ’ ἡμετέρους διὰ τὰς ὑπερβολὰς ὧν ἔπαθον οὐδ’ ἂν εἴποι τις ὕβριν ἢ αἰκίαν ἐνδεδέχθαι κυρίοις χρώμενος τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ προσρήσεων οἰκείων ἂν ἀπορῆσαι διὰ μέγεθος κεκαινουργημένης ὠμότητος, ὡς τὰ τῶν πολέμῳ μὲν κρατησάντων, ἐκ φύσεως δ’ ἀσπόνδων εἰς τοὺς ἑαλωκότας, συγκρινόμενα τοῖς τούτων ἡμερώτατα ἂν εἶναι δόξαι.
60χρήματα ἁρπάζουσιν ἐκεῖνοι καὶ πλῆθος αἰχμαλώτων σωμάτων, ἀλλὰ κινδυνεύσαντες, εἴπερ ἡττήθησαν, ἀποβαλεῖν τὰ οἰκεῖα. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ μυρίους, ὧν λύτρα κατατιθέασι συγγενεῖς ἢ φίλοι, μεθίενται τῶν δορυαλώτων, ἴσως μὲν ἀκαμπεῖς ὄντες πρὸς ἔλεον, ἡττώμενοι δὲ φιλαργυρίας. ἀλλὰ τί τοῦτο; φαίη τις ἄν· τοῖς γὰρ εὖ πάσχουσιν ἀδιαφορεῖ τῆς σωτηρίας ὁ τρόπος.
61ἤδη δὲ καὶ τοὺς πεσόντας ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ταφῆς ἀξιοῦσιν οἱ μὲν ἐπιεικεῖς καὶ φιλάνθρωποι ταῖς οἴκοθεν δαπάναις, οἱ δὲ τὴν ἔχθραν καὶ πρὸς νεκροὺς ἀποτείνοντες ὑπόσπονδα τὰ σώματα διδόντες ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ τῆς τελευταίας χάριτος ἀμοιρῆσαι τῶν νομιζομένων.
62ἐν πολέμῳ μὲν οἱ δυσμενεῖς ταῦτα· ἐν εἰρήνῃ δ’ οἱ πρὸ μικροῦ φίλοι θεασώμεθα ὁποῖα. μετὰ γὰρ τὰς ἁρπαγὰς καὶ τοὺς ἀνοικισμοὺς καὶ τὰς ἐκ τῶν πλείστων μερῶν τῆς πόλεως βιαίους ἐλάσεις καθάπερ τειχήρεις ἐν κύκλῳ περικαθημένων ἐχθρῶν γεγονότες, ἀπορίᾳ καὶ σπάνει δεινῇ τῶν ἀναγκαίων πιεζόμενοι καὶ γύναια καὶ τέκνα νήπια ὁρῶντες ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς παραπολλύμενα λιμῷ χειροποιήτῳ —
63πάντα γὰρ τἄλλα εὐθηνίας καὶ εὐετηρίας μεστὰ ἦν, τοῦ μὲν ποταμοῦ ταῖς πλημμύραις τὰς ἀρούρας πλουσίως λιμνάσαντος, τῆς δὲ πεδιάδος, ὅση πυροφόρος, ἀφθονώτατον ὑπ’ εὐγονίας τὸν τοῦ σίτου καρπὸν ἀναγούσης —,
64μηκέτι στέγειν δυνάμενοι τὰς ἐνδείας, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων, πρότερον οὐκ εἰωθότες, οἰκίας ἦλθον ἔρανον αὐτὰ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα αἰτήσοντες, οἱ δ’ ἀπὸ φρονήματος εὐγενοῦς τὴν μεταιτῶν τύχην ὡς δουλοπρεπῆ καὶ ἀνελεύθερον ἐκτρεπόμενοι προῆλθον εἰς ἀγορὰν οὐδενὸς ἑτέρου χάριν ἢ τοῦ πρίασθαι τοῖς τε οἰκείοις καὶ ἑαυτοῖς τροφάς, οἱ δυστυχεῖς.
65εὐθὺς γὰρ συναρπασθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν τὴν ὀχλοκρατίαν ἐπιτειχισάντων δολοφονοῦνται καὶ συρόμενοι καὶ πατούμενοι διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἁπάσης ἐξαναλώθησαν, οὐδενὸς ὑπολειφθέντος μέρους, ὃ δυνήσεται κοινωνῆσαι ταφῆς.
66μυρίους μέντοι καὶ ἄλλους πολυτρόποις κακῶν ἰδέαις ἐπιτετηδευμέναις εἰς χαλεπὴν ὠμότητα κατειργάσαντο καὶ διέφθειραν οἱ λελυττηκότες ὑπ’ ἀγριότητος | εἰς θηρίων φύσιν· τοὺς γὰρ ὅπῃ τύχοι φανέντας τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἢ κατέλευον ἢ ξύλοις κατέκοπτον οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὰ καιριώτατα μέρη τὰς πληγὰς φέροντες, ἵνα μὴ θᾶττον τελευτήσαντες θᾶττον καὶ τὴν τῶν ὀδυνηρῶν ἀντίληψιν ἀπόθωνται.
67τῇ δὲ τῶν συμφορῶν ἀδείᾳ καὶ ἐκεχειρίᾳ τινὲς ἐπινεανιευόμενοι, τῶν ἀμβλυτέρων ὅπλων ἀλογήσαντες, ἀνελάμβανον τὰ πάντων ἀνυσιμώτατα, πῦρ καὶ σίδηρον, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν ξίφεσιν ἀνεῖλον, οὐκ ὀλίγους δὲ πυρὶ διέφθειραν.
68ἤδη δὲ καὶ γενεὰς ὅλας, ἄνδρας μετὰ γυναικῶν, τέκνα νήπια μετὰ γονέων, ἐνέπρησαν οἱ πάντων ἀνηλεέστατοι κατὰ μέσην τὴν πόλιν, μὴ γῆρας, μὴ νεότητα, μὴ παίδων ἄκακον ἡλικίαν οἰκτισάμενοι· καὶ ὁπότε ξύλων ὕλης ἀπορήσειαν, φρύγανα συλλέγοντες καπνῷ τὸ πλέον ἢ πυρὶ διέφθειρον, οἰκτρότερον καὶ ἐπιμηκέστερον ὄλεθρον τοῖς δειλαίοις τεχνάζοντες, ὧν τὰ σώματα ἡμίφλεκτα ἀναμὶξ ἔκειτο, χαλεπὴ καὶ ὀδυνηροτάτη θέα.
69εἰ δὲ καὶ οἱ παραληφθέντες ἐπὶ φρυγανισμὸν ἐβράδυνον, ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων σκευῶν τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἁρπαγῆς ἐνεπίμπρασαν τοὺς δεσπότας τὰ μὲν πολυτελῆ νοσφιζόμενοι, τὰ δὲ μὴ πάνυ χρήσιμα συγκαταφλέγοντες, οἷς ἀντὶ ξύλων εἰκαίων ἐχρῶντο.
70πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ζῶντας τοῖν ποδοῖν τὸν ἕτερον ἐκδήσαντες κατὰ τὸ σφυρὸν εἷλκον ἅμα καὶ κατηλόων ἐναλλόμενοι θάνατον ὠμότατον ἐπινοήσαντες·
71καὶ τελευτησάντων, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἀτελεύτητα μηνιῶντες βαρυτέρας αἰκίας τοῖς σώμασιν ἐπέφερον, διὰ πάντων ὀλίγου δέω φάναι τῶν τῆς πόλεως στενωπῶν κατασύροντες, ἕως ὁ νεκρὸς δοράς, σάρκας, ἶνας ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἐδάφων ἀνωμαλίας καὶ τραχύτητος περιθρυφθείς, καὶ τῶν ἡνωμένων μερῶν τῆς συμφυίας διαστάντων καὶ διασπαρέντων ἀλλαχόσε ἄλλων, ἐδαπανήθη.
72καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτα δρῶντες ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς θεατρικοῖς μίμοις καθυπεκρίνοντο τοὺς πάσχοντας· τῶν δ’ ὡς ἀληθῶς πεπονθότων φίλοι καὶ συγγενεῖς, ὅτι μόνον ταῖς τῶν προσηκόντων συμφοραῖς συνήλγησαν, ἀπήγοντο, ἐμαστιγοῦντο, ἐτροχίζοντο, καὶ μετὰ πάσας τὰς αἰκίας, ὅσας ἐδύνατο χωρῆσαι τὰ σώματα αὐτοῖς, ἡ τελευταία καὶ ἔφεδρος τιμωρία σταυρὸς ἦν.
73Πάντα δὲ διορύξας καὶ τοιχωρυχήσας ὁ Φλάκκος καὶ μηδὲν μέρος τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν ἀμέτοχον ἐπιβουλῆς τῆς ἀνωτάτω καταλιπὼν ἐπενόησεν ἔκτοπόν τινα καὶ παρηλλαγμένην ἐπίθεσιν, ὁ μεγαλουργός, ὁ καινῶν ἀδικημάτων εὑρετής.
74τῆς γὰρ ἡμετέρας γερουσίας, ἣν ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ εὐεργέτης Σεβαστὸς ἐπιμελησομένην τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν εἵλετο μετὰ τὴν τοῦ γενάρχου | τελευτὴν διὰ τῶν πρὸς Μάγιον Μάξιμον ἐντολῶν μέλλοντα πάλιν [[ἀπ’]π[ἀπ’]] Ἀλεξανδρείας καὶ τῆς χώρας ἐπιτροπεύειν, ὀκτὼ καὶ τριάκοντα συλλαβὼν τοὺς εὑρεθέντας ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις εὐθὺς μὲν δῆσαι κελεύει, καὶ στείλας καλὴν πομπὴν διὰ μέσης ἀγορᾶς πρεσβύτας δεσμίους ἐξηγκωνισμένους, τοὺς μὲν ἱμάσι, τοὺς δὲ σιδηραῖς ἁλύσεσιν, εἰς τὸ θέατρον εἰσάγει — θέαν οἰκτίστην καὶ ἀλλοτριωτάτην τῷ καιρῷ —
75καὶ στάντας ἀντικρὺ ἐχθρῶν καθεζομένων πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν αἰσχύνης προστάττει πάντας περιδυθέντας αἰκισθῆναι μάστιξιν, αἷς ἔθος τοὺς κακούργων πονηροτάτους προπηλακίζεσθαι, ὡς ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν τοὺς μὲν φοράδην ἐκκομισθέντας αὐτίκα τελευτῆσαι, τοὺς δὲ νοσήσαντας ἐπὶ πλεῖστον χρόνον εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν σωτηρίας ἐλθεῖν.
Sections 76–100
76ἧς ἐπιβουλῆς τὸ μέγεθος ἐξελήλεγκται μὲν καὶ δι’ ἑτέρων, οὐχ ἧττον δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦ μέλλοντος λέγεσθαι σαφέστερον ἐπιδειχθήσεται. τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς γερουσίας τρεῖς ἄνδρες, Εὔοδος καὶ Τρύφων καὶ Ἄνδρων, ἐγεγένηντο ἐξούσιοι, πάνθ’ ὅσα εἶχον ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις διαρπασθέντες ἐφόδῳ μιᾷ, οὓς οὐκ ἠγνόησε ταῦτα πεπονθότας· ἐδηλώθη γὰρ αὐτῷ μεταπεμψαμένῳ πρότερον τοὺς ἡμετέρους ἄρχοντας ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν ἐπὶ καταλλαγαῖς ταῖς πρὸς τὴν ἄλλην πόλιν.
77καὶ ὅμως εἰδὼς ἀκριβῶς τούτους στερομένους τῶν ἰδίων ἐν ὄψεσι τῶν ἁρπασάντων ἔτυπτεν, ἵν’ οἱ μὲν ὑπομένωσι διττὰς συμφοράς, πενίαν ὁμοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν ὕβριν, οἱ δὲ διττὴν ἡδονήν, ἀλλότριόν τε καρπούμενοι πλοῦτον καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀφαιρεθέντων ἀτιμίας εἰς κόρον ἀπολαύοντες.
78ἔχων τι τῶν τότε πεπραγμένων εἰπεῖν ἐπαμφοτερίζω, μὴ ἄρα εὐτελὲς εἶναι νομισθὲν ἐκλύσῃ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν τοσούτων· ἔστι δ’ εἰ καὶ μικρόν, ἀλλ’ οὐ μικρᾶς δεῖγμα κακονοίας. τῶν μαστίγων εἰσὶ διαφοραὶ διακεκριμέναι κατὰ τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὰ τῶν τύπτεσθαι μελλόντων ἀξιώματα· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ Αἰγυπτίους ἑτέραις μαστίζεσθαι συμβέβηκε καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρων, τοὺς δὲ Ἀλεξανδρέας σπάθαις καὶ ὑπὸ σπαθηφόρων Ἀλεξανδρέων.
79τὸ ἔθος τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων διετήρησαν οἱ πρὸ Φλάκκου καὶ Φλάκκος αὐτὸς τοὺς πρώτους χρόνους. ἔστι γάρ, ἔστι καὶ ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ βραχύ τι τῶν εἰς ἐπιτιμίαν εὑρεῖν καὶ ἐν ὕβρει παραφερόμενόν τι τῶν εἰς τὸ ἀνύβριστον, ὅταν τις αὐτὰς ἐφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐᾷ τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξετάζεσθαι, μὴ προστιθεὶς οἴκοθεν ἐπίβουλον πάθος, ὃ πάνθ’ ὅσα παραμέμικται τῆς ἐπιεικεστέρας ἰδέας ὑφαιρεῖ καὶ διοικίζει.
80πῶς οὖν οὐ παγχάλεπον, τῶν ἰδιωτῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων Ἰουδαίων ταῖς ἐλευθεριωτέραις καὶ πολιτικωτέραις μάστιξι τετυπτημένων, εἴ ποτε ἔδοξαν πληγῶν ἄξια ἐργάσασθαι, τοὺς ἄρχοντας, | τὴν γερουσίαν, οἳ καὶ γήρως καὶ τιμῆς εἰσιν ἐπώνυμοι, κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἔλαττον τῶν ὑπηκόων ἐνέγκασθαι, καθάπερ Αἰγυπτίων τοὺς ἀφανεστάτους καὶ ἐνόχους τοῖς μεγίστοις ἀδικήμασιν;
81ἐῶ λέγειν ὅτι, εἰ καὶ μυρία ἦσαν ἡμαρτηκότες, ὤφειλε τὸν καιρὸν αἰδεσθεὶς τὰς τιμωρίας ὑπερθέσθαι· τοῖς γὰρ ὀρθῶς πολιτευομένοις τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ μὴ προσποιουμένοις τιμᾶν ἀλλ’ ὄντως τιμῶσι τοὺς εὐεργέτας ἔθος ἐστὶ μηδένα κολάζειν τῶν κατακρίτων, ἄχρις ἂν αἱ ἐπιφανεῖς γενέθλιοι καὶ πανηγύρεις αὗται τῶν ἐπιφανῶν Σεβαστῶν διεξέλθωσιν.
82ὁ δ’ ἐν αὐταῖς παρηνόμει καὶ ἐτιμωρεῖτο τοὺς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντας, οὓς ἐνῆν αὖθις, εἴπερ ἐβούλετο, κολάζειν. ἀλλ’ ἔσπευδε καὶ κατήπειγεν ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἐναντίον ὄχλον ἀρεσκείας, ταύτῃ νομίζων ἐξοικειώσασθαι μᾶλλον αὐτὸν εἰς ἅπερ διενοεῖτο.
83ἤδη τινὰς οἶδα τῶν ἀνεσκολοπισμένων μελλούσης ἐνίστασθαι τοιαύτης ἐκεχειρίας καθαιρεθέντας καὶ τοῖς συγγενέσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ταφῆς ἀξιωθῆναι καὶ τυχεῖν τῶν νενομισμένων ἀποδοθέντας· ἔδει γὰρ καὶ νεκροὺς ἀπολαῦσαί τινος χρηστοῦ γενεθλιακαῖς αὐτοκράτορος καὶ ἅμα τὸ ἱεροπρεπὲς τῆς πανηγύρεως φυλαχθῆναι.
84ὁ δ’ οὐ τετελευτηκότας ἐπὶ σταυρῶν καθαιρεῖν, ζῶντας δ’ ἀνασκολοπίζεσθαι προσέταττεν, οἷς ἀμνηστίαν ἐπ’ ὀλίγον, οὐ τὴν εἰς ἅπαν, ὁ καιρὸς ἐδίδου πρὸς ὑπέρθεσιν τιμωρίας, οὐκ ἄφεσιν παντελῆ. καὶ ταῦτ’ εἰργάζετο μετὰ τὸ πληγαῖς αἰκίσασθαι ἐν μέσῳ τῷ θεάτρῳ καὶ πυρὶ καὶ σιδήρῳ βασανίσαι.
85καὶ ἡ θέα διενενέμητο· τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτα τῶν θεαμάτων ἄχρι τρίτης ἢ τετάρτης ὥρας ἐξ ἑωθινοῦ ταῦτα ἦν· Ἰουδαῖοι μαστιγούμενοι, κρεμάμενοι, τροχιζόμενοι, καταικιζόμενοι, διὰ μέσης τῆς ὀρχήστρας ἀπαγόμενοι τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ· τὰ δὲ μετὰ τὴν καλὴν ταύτην ἐπίδειξιν ὀρχησταὶ καὶ μῖμοι καὶ αὐληταὶ καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα σκηνικῶν ἀθύρματα ἀγώνων.
86Καὶ τί ταῦτα μηκύνω; δευτέρα γὰρ ἐπινοεῖται πόρθησις, βουλομένου καὶ τὸ στρατευόμενον πλῆθος ἡμῖν ἐπιτειχίσαι ξένου συκοφαντήματος εὑρέσει. τὸ δὲ συκοφάντημα ἦν, ὡς τῶν Ἰουδαίων πανοπλίας ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἐχόντων. μεταπεμψάμενος οὖν ἑκατόνταρχον ᾧ μάλιστ’ ἐπίστευε, Κάστον ὄνομα, κελεύει παραλαβόντα τῆς ὑπηκόου τάξεως ἑαυτῷ τοὺς εὐτολμοτάτους στρατιώτας ἐπισπεύδειν καὶ ἄνευ προρρήσεως ἐπεισιόντα ταῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἰκίαις ἐρευνᾶν, μή τις ὅπλων ἐναπόκειται παρασκευή. καὶ ὁ μὲν συντείνας ἔθει τὸ προσταχθὲν ἐργασόμενος.
87οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν οὐκ εἰδότες ἀχανεῖς τὸ πρῶτον εἱστήκεσαν ὑπ’ ἐκπλήξεως, γυναίων καὶ τέκνων αὐτοῖς ἐμπλεκομένων καὶ ῥεομένων δάκρυσι διὰ τὸν ἐπ’ αἰχμαλώτοις φόβον· ὃ γὰρ λοιπὸν τῆς πορθήσεως, τοῦτ’ ἀεὶ προσεδόκων.
88ὡς δ’ ἤκουσαν παρά τινος τῶν ἐρευνώντων· "ποῦ ταμιεύεσθε τὰ ὅπλα;“ μικρὸν ἀνέπνευσαν καὶ πάντα καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἀναπετάσαντες ἐπεδείκνυντο, τῇ μὲν ἡδόμενοι, τῇ
89δὲ στένοντες, ἡδόμενοι μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ διελεγχθήσεσθαι τὸ συκοφάντημα ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ, δυσχεραίνοντες δέ, ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν αἱ τηλικαῦται διαβολαὶ κατ’ αὐτῶν προπιστεύονται συντιθέμεναι πρὸς ἐχθρῶν, ἔπειτα δ’, ὅτι γύναια κατάκλειστα μηδὲ τὴν αὔλειον προερχόμενα καὶ θαλαμευόμεναι παρθένοι, δι’ αἰδῶ τὰς ἀνδρῶν ὄψεις καὶ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων ἐκτρεπόμεναι, τότε οὐ μόνον ἀσυνήθεσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ στρατιωτικὸν δέος ἐπανατεινομένοις ἐμφανεῖς ἐγένοντο.
90γενομένης δ’ ὅμως ἀκριβοῦς ἐρεύνης ὅσον πλῆθος ἀμυντηρίων ὅπλων εὑρέθη; κράνη, θώρακες, ἀσπίδες, ἐγχειρίδια, κοντοί, παντευχίαι σωρηδὸν προεκομίζοντο; καὶ ἐν μέρει τὰ ἑκηβόλα, παλτοί, σφενδόναι, τόξα, βέλη; τούτων ἁπλῶς οὐδέν· ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν καθ’ ἡμέραν δίαιταν ὀψαρτυτῶν αὐτάρκη μαχαιρίδια.
91ἐξ οὗ καὶ ἡ περὶ τὸν βίον εὐθὺς εὐκολία διεφαίνετο πολυτέλειαν καὶ τὸ ἁβροδίαιτον μὴ προσιεμένων, ἃ πέφυκε γεννᾶν κόρον· κόρου δ’ ὕβρις ἔκγονον, ἡ πάντων κακῶν ἀρχή.
92καίτοι γ’ οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ τῶν κατὰ τὴν χώραν Αἰγυπτίων ὁπλολογηθέντων ὑπὸ Βάσσου τινός, ᾧ προσέταξεν ὁ Φλάκκος τουτὶ τὸ ἔργον, [ἀλλ’] ἦν τότε ἰδεῖν στόλον μὲν πολὺν νεῶν καταπεπλευκότα καὶ ἐνορμοῦντα τοῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ λιμέσι, γέμοντα παντοίων ὅπλων, ἀχθοφόρα δ’ ὑποζύγια παμπληθῆ συνδεδεμένων δοράτων φορμηδὸν ἀφ’ ἑκατέρας πλευρᾶς εἰς τὸ ἰσόρροπον, τὰς δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατοπέδου πάσας σχεδὸν ἁρμαμάξας μεστὰς πανοπλιῶν, αἳ στοιχηδὸν ὑπὸ μίαν ὄψιν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν σύνταξιν ἐν κόσμῳ προῄεσαν· τὸ δὲ μεταξὺ τῶν λιμένων καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ὁπλοθήκης, εἰς ἣν ἔδει κατατεθῆναι τὰ ὅπλα, δέκα σταδίων που διάστημα σύμπαν ἔχον.
93τὰς τῶν ταῦτα παρασκευασαμένων οἰκίας ἄξιον ἦν ἐρευνᾶσθαι· πρὸς γὰρ νεωτερισμὸν ὕποπτοι πολλάκις ἀποστάντες ἦσαν, καὶ ἔδει κατὰ μίμησιν τῶν ἱερῶν ἀγώνων τριετηρίδας ἄγειν καινὰς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ συγκομιδῆς ὅπλων τοὺς προεστῶτας, ἵν’ ἢ μὴ κατασκευάζεσθαι φθάνωσιν ἢ ἀντὶ πολλῶν ὀλίγα, καιρὸν οὐκ ἔχοντες εἰς ἀναχώρησιν.
94ἡμᾶς δὲ τί τοιοῦτον ἔδει παθεῖν; πότε γὰρ εἰς ἀπόστασιν ὑπωπτεύθημεν; πότε δ’ οὐκ εἰρηνικοὶ πᾶσιν ἐνομίσθημεν; τὰ δ’ ἐπιτηδεύματα, οἷς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν χρώμεθα, οὐκ ἀνεπίληπτα, οὐ συντείνοντα πρὸς εὐνομίαν πόλεως καὶ εὐστάθειαν; εἴ γε μὴν εἶχον ὅπλα Ἰουδαῖοι παρ’ αὑτοῖς, ὑπὲρ τετρακοσίας ἀφῃρέθησαν ἂν οἰκίας, ἐξ ὧν μετανάσται ἐγένοντο, φυγαδευθέντες πρὸς τῶν τὰς οὐσίας ἁρπασάντων; διὰ τί οὖν οὐχὶ καὶ τὰ παρὰ τούτοις ἠρεύνησέ τις, τοῖς εἰ καὶ μὴ ἴδια ὅπλα, ὅσα γοῦν ἥρπασαν, ἔχουσιν;
95ἀλλ’ ἦν, ὡς ἔφην, ὅλον τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐπιβουλὴ τῆς ἀποτομίας Φλάκκου καὶ τῶν ὄχλων, ὧν ἀπέλαυσαν καὶ γυναῖκες. οὐκ ἐν ἀγορᾷ γὰρ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῷ θεάτρῳ καθάπερ αἰχμάλωτοι συνηρπάζοντο καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν ἐφ’ ὅτῳ δήποτε συκοφαντούμεναι παρήγοντο μετά τινος ἀφορήτου καὶ ἀργαλεωτάτης ὕβρεως·
96εἶτ’ ἐπειδὴ μὲν ἐγνωρίσθησαν ἑτέρου γένους, ἀπελύοντο — πολλὰς γὰρ ὡς Ἰουδαίας ἀκριβῆ μὴ ποιούμενοι τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἔρευναν συνελάμβανον —, εἰ δ’ ἐφάνησαν ἡμέτεραι, προσέταττον οἱ ἀντὶ θεατῶν τύραννοι καὶ δεσπόται γεγονότες κρέα χοίρεια διδόναι κομίζοντας. ὅσαι μὲν οὖν φόβῳ κολάσεως ἀπεγεύσαντο, μηδὲν ἔτι δεινὸν προσυπομείνασαι ἀπελύοντο· αἱ δ’ ἐγκρατέστεραι βασανισταῖς παρεδίδοντο πρὸς αἰκίας ἀνηκέστους, ὅπερ τοῦ μηδὲν ἀδικεῖν αὐτὰς σαφεστάτη πίστις ἐστί.
97Πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις οὐ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μόνον ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ διὰ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἐζήτει καὶ ἐπενόει κακοῦν ἡμᾶς. τιμὰς γάρ, ὅσας οἷόν τε ἦν καὶ ἐπέτρεπον οἱ νόμοι, πάσας Γαΐῳ ψηφισάμενοι καὶ ἐπιτελέσαντες ἔργοις ἀνέδομεν τὸ ψήφισμα αὐτῷ, δεηθέντες, ἐπειδὴ πρεσβείαν αἰτησαμένοις οὐκ ἂν ἐπέτρεψεν, ἵνα διαπέμψηται δι’ αὑτοῦ.
98ἀναγνοὺς δὲ καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐν τῷ ψηφίσματι πολλάκις τῇ κεφαλῇ συνεπινεύσας, ὑπομειδιῶν καὶ γεγανωμένος ἢ προσποιούμενος τὸν ἡδόμενον, "ἀποδέχομαι πάντας ὑμᾶς" ἔφη „τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ πέμψω, καθάπερ αἰτεῖσθε, ἢ πρεσβευτοῦ τάξιν ἐκπλήσω, ἵν’ αἴσθηται Γάιος τῆς ὑμετέρας εὐχαριστίας.
99μαρτυρήσω δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅσα σύνοιδα τῷ πλήθει τῶν εἰς κοσμιότητα καὶ εἰς εὐπείθειαν προστιθεὶς οὐδέν· ἡ γὰρ ἀλήθεια αὐταρκέστατος ἔπαινος“. ἐπὶ ταύταις ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσι γεγηθότες εὐχαριστοῦμεν, ὡς ἤδη ταῖς ἐλπίσι παρανεγνωσμένου Γαΐῳ τοῦ ψηφίσματος.
100καὶ γὰρ ἦν εἰκός, ἐπειδὴ πάνθ’ ὅσα διὰ τῶν ὑπάρχων πέμπεται μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀνυπέρθετον ἔχει τὴν παρ’ ἡγεμόνι διάγνωσιν. ὁ δὲ πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσας οἷς διενοήθημεν, οἷς εἶπεν, οἷς ὡμολόγησε, τὸ ψήφισμα παρ’ ἑαυτῷ παρακατέσχεν, ἵνα μόνοι τῶν ὑφ’ ἥλιον ἀνθρώπων ἐχθροὶ νομισθῶμεν.
Sections 101–125
101ταῦτ’ οὐ διηγρυπνηκότος ἦν ἐκ πολλοῦ καὶ περιεσκεμμένου τὴν καθ’ ἡμῶν ἐπιβουλήν, ἀλλὰ μὴ κατ’ ἀπόνοιαν αὐτοσχεδιάζοντος ἀκαίρῳ φορᾷ καὶ παραγωγῇ τινὶ λογισμοῦ;
102θεὸς δ’ ὡς ἔοικεν, ᾧ μέλει τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων, τοὺς θῶπας αὐτοῦ λόγους καὶ κεκομψευμένους ἐπὶ φενακισμῷ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἐκνόμου διανοίας βουλευτήριον, ἐν ᾧ κατεστρατήγει, προβαλλόμενος, λαβὼν οἶκτον ἡμῶν, ἀφορμὴν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐμπαρέσχε τοῦ μὴ ψευσθῆναι τῆς ἐλπίδος.
103Ἀγρίππας γὰρ ἐπιδημήσας ὁ βασιλεὺς διηγησαμένοις ἡμῖν τὴν ἐκ Φλάκκου γενομένην ἐπιβουλὴν ἐπανορθοῦται τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ὑποσχόμενος τὸ ψήφισμα διαπέμψεσθαι λαβὼν ὡς ἀκούομεν ἔπεμψεν, ἀπολογησάμενος καὶ περὶ τοῦ χρόνου, ὡς οὐκ ὀψὲ μαθόντων εὐσεβεῖν εἰς τὸν εὐεργέτην οἶκον, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν σπουδασάντων, ἐπηρείᾳ δὲ τοῦ προεστῶτος τὴν καίριον ἐπίδειξιν ἀφαιρεθέντων.
104ἐπὶ δὴ τούτοις ἤρξατο κονίεσθαι κατ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὑπέρμαχος μὲν καὶ παραστάτις ἀδικουμένων τιμωρὸς δ’ ἀνοσίων καὶ ἔργων καὶ ἀνθρώπων δίκη. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ καινοτάτην ὑπέμεινεν ὕβριν καὶ συμφορὰν οὐδενὶ τῶν πάλαι γενομένην ὑπάρχων, ἀφ’ οὗ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ὁ Σεβαστὸς οἶκος ἀνήψατο γῆς καὶ θαλάττης.
105ἔνιοι γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ Τιβερίου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Καίσαρος τῶν διεπόντων τὰς ἐπικρατείας, τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ προστασίαν εἰς δυναστείαν καὶ τυραννίδα μεθαρμοσάμενοι, τὰς χώρας ἐνέπλησαν κακῶν ἀνηκέστων δωροδοκίαις, ἁρπαγαῖς, καταδίκαις, τῶν μηδὲν ἡμαρτηκότων ἐλάσεσι καὶ φυγαῖς, τῶν δυνατῶν ἀκρίτοις ἀναιρέσεσιν· οὓς μετὰ τὸν ὁρισθέντα χρόνον τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐπανελθόντας εἰς Ῥώμην οἱ αὐτοκράτορες λόγον καὶ εὐθύνας τῶν πεπραγμένων ᾔτουν, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὁπότε πρεσβεύσαιντο αἱ ἀδικηθεῖσαι πόλεις.
106τότε γὰρ κοινοὺς παρέχοντες ἑαυτοὺς δικαστάς, ἐξ ἴσου καὶ τῶν κατηγόρων καὶ τῶν ἀπολογουμένων ἀκροώμενοι, μηδενὸς ἀκρίτου προκαταγινώσκειν ἀξιοῦντες, ἐβράβευον οὔτε πρὸς ἔχθραν οὔτε πρὸς χάριν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν φύσιν τῆς ἀληθείας τὰ δόξαντα εἶναι δίκαια.
107Φλάκκῳ δ’ οὐ μετὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀλλ’ ἐμπροθέσμως προϋπήντησεν ἡ μισοπόνηρος δίκη ταῖς ἀμέτροις ὑπερβολαῖς ὧν ἠδίκει καὶ παρηνόμει δυσχεράνασα.
108Γίνεται δ’ ὁ τρόπος αὐτῷ τῆς συλλήψεως τοιόσδε. ὑπέλαβεν ἤδη τὸν Γάιον περὶ ὧν ὕποπτος ἦν ἐξευμενίσθαι, τὰ μὲν ἐπιστολιμαίοις γράμμασιν, ἃ κολακείας ἦν ὑπέρμεστα, τὰ δὲ ἐν οἷς δημηγορῶν πολλάκις ἐθεράπευε λόγους θῶπας καὶ μακρὰς ῥήσεις πεπλασμένων ἐγκωμίων συνείρων, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ σφόδρα εὐδοκιμεῖν παρὰ τῷ πλείστῳ μέρει τῆς πόλεως.
109ἔλαθε δ’ αὑτὸν ἀπατῶν· ἀβέβαιοι γὰρ αἱ τῶν πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐλπίδες, εἰκαζόντων μὲν τὰ χρηστότερα, τὰ δὲ παλίμφημα καὶ ὧν ἄξιοι τυγχάνειν εἰσὶ πασχόντων. πέμπεται μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Βάσσος ἑκατοντάρχης ὑπὸ Γαΐου χειροτονηθεὶς μετὰ τῆς τάξεως τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἧς ἀφηγεῖτο.
110σκάφους δ’ ἐπιβὰς τῶν μάλιστα ταχυναυτούντων ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις πρὸς τοῖς λιμέσι γίνεται τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας κατὰ τὴν Φάρον νῆσον περὶ δείλην ἑσπέραν καὶ κελεύει τῷ κυβερνήτῃ μέχρις ἡλίου καταδύσεως ἔξω θαλαττεύειν, τεχνάζων τὸ ἀνεπίφαντον ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ προαισθόμενον Φλάκκον καὶ βουλευσάμενόν τι νεώτερον ἄπρακτον αὐτῷ τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν ἐργάσασθαι.
111γενομένης δ’ ἑσπέρας, ἡ μὲν ναῦς προσέσχεν, ὁ δὲ Βάσσος μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἀποβὰς προῄει, μήτε γνωρίζων τινὰ μήτε γνωριζόμενος ὑπό του, στρατιώτην δέ τινα τῶν ἐν τοῖς τετραδίοις φυλάκων καθ’ ὁδὸν εὑρὼν κελεύει δεικνύναι τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ στρατάρχου· τούτῳ γὰρ ἐβούλετο τὸ ἀπόρρητον ἀνενεγκεῖν, ἵνα, κἂν δέῃ πολυχειρίας, ἔχῃ τὸν συναγωνιούμενον.
112πυθόμενος δ’ αὐτὸν ἑστιᾶσθαι παρά τινι σὺν Φλάκκῳ, μηδὲν τάχους ἀνιεὶς συνέτεινεν ἄχρι τῆς τοῦ κεκληκότος οἰκίας — Στεφανίων ἦν τῶν τοῦ Τιβερίου Καίσαρος ἀπελευθέρων, παρ’ ᾧ κατήγοντο — καὶ μικρὸν ἄποθεν ὑποστείλας ἐκπέμπει τινὰ τῶν ἰδίων κατασκεψόμενον εἰς ἀκόλουθον ἀσκήσας, σόφισμα τοῦ μηδένα συναισθέσθαι. παρελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὸ συμπόσιον ὡς ἑνός τινος τῶν παρατυγχανόντων οἰκέτης, ἅπαντα μετ’ ἀκριβείας περιαθρήσας, ἐπανελθὼν ἐμήνυσε τῷ Βάσσῳ.
113γνοὺς δὲ τὸ περὶ τὰς εἰσόδους ἀφύλακτον καὶ τὴν περὶ τὸν Φλάκκον ὀλιγότητα — μόλις γὰρ δέκα ἢ πεντεκαίδεκα τῶν διακονικῶν ἀνδραπόδων ἐπηκολουθήκει — σύνθημα δοὺς τοῖς περὶ αὑτὸν εἰσέδραμεν ἐξαίφνης, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ μὲν παρὰ τὸ συμπόσιον ἐπιστάντες ὑπεζωσμένοι τὰ ξίφη κυκλοῦσιν αὐτὸν οὐ προϊδόμενον· ἐτύγχανε γὰρ καὶ πρόποσίν τινι διδοὺς καὶ φιλοφρονούμενος τοὺς παρόντας.
114εἰς μέσον δὲ τοῦ Βάσσου παρελθόντος, ἰδὼν εὐθὺς ὑπ’ ἐκπλήξεως ἀχανὴς γίνεται καὶ βουλόμενος ἀναστῆναι, τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ φρουρὰν θεασάμενος, ἔγνω καὶ πρὶν ἀκοῦσαι, τί βούλεται Γάιος ἐπ’ αὐτῷ καὶ τί προστέτακται τοῖς ἥκουσι καὶ τί παραυτίκα μελλήσει ὑπομένειν· δεινὸς γὰρ ὁ νοῦς τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ γινόμενα πάνθ’ ἅμα ἰδεῖν καὶ πάντων ἀθρόων ἀκοῦσαι.
115τῶν μὲν οὖν συνδειπνούντων ἕκαστος ἀναστὰς ὑπὸ δέους ἐπεφρίκει καὶ ἐπεπήγει, μή τις ὥρισται καὶ τοῦ συνεστιαθῆναι δίκη· φεύγειν γὰρ οὔτ’ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν οὔτ’ ἄλλως ἐνεδέχετο, προκατεχομένων τῶν εἰσόδων. ὁ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τοῦ Βάσσου κελεύσαντος ἀπάγεται, τελευταίαν ταύτην ἀνάλυσιν ἐκ συμποσίου ποιησάμενος· ἔδει γὰρ ἀφ’ ἑστίας ἄρξασθαι τὴν δίκην κατὰ τοῦ μυρίους ἀνεστίους οἴκους οὐδὲν ἠδικηκότων ἀνθρώπων ἐργασαμένου.
116Τοῦτο καινότατον ὑπέμεινε Φλάκκος ἐν χώρᾳ, ἧς ἀφηγεῖτο, πολεμίου τρόπον ζωγρηθεὶς ἕνεκά μοι δοκῶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, οὓς ἄρδην ἀφανίσαι διεγνώκει λιμοδοξῶν. ἐναργὴς δὲ πίστις καὶ ὁ χρόνος τῆς συλλήψεως· ἑορτὴ μὲν γὰρ ἦν πάνδημος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις κατὰ τὴν μετοπωρινὴν ἰσημερίαν, ἐν ᾗ διάγειν Ἰουδαίοις ἔθος ἐν σκηναῖς.
117οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν ἐν ἑορτῇ συνόλως ἀπετελεῖτο, τῶν μὲν ἀρχόντων ἔτι καθειργμένων μετὰ τὰς ἀνηκέστους καὶ ἀφορήτους αἰκίας καὶ ὕβρεις, τῶν δὲ ἰδιωτῶν τάς τε ἐκείνων συμφορὰς ἅπαντος τοῦ ἔθνους κοινὰς νομιζόντων καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐξαιρέτοις, ἃς ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστος ὑπέμεινεν, οὐ μετρίως κατηφούντων.
118τὰ γὰρ ἀνιαρὰ διπλασιάζεσθαι φιλεῖ μάλιστα ἐν ἑορταῖς τοῖς μὴ δυναμένοις ἑορτάζειν, στερήσει τε ἱλαρᾶς εὐθυμίας, ἣν πανήγυρις ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ μετουσίᾳ λύπης, ὑφ’ ἧς ἐξετραχηλίζοντο, μηδὲν ἄκος τῶν τοσούτων κακοπραγιῶν ἀνευρεῖν δυνάμενοι.
119σφόδρα δ’ ἔχουσιν ὀδυνηρῶς καὶ πεπιεσμένοις ἄχθει βαρυτάτῳ — συνείληντο δ’ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις, ἅτε νυκτὸς ἐπεχούσης — ἧκόν τινες ἀπαγγέλλοντες τὴν γενομένην σύλληψιν. οἱ δ’ ἀπόπειραν εἶναι νομίσαντες, οὐκ ἀλήθειαν, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῷ κατακερτομεῖσθαι καὶ ἐνεδρεύεσθαι δοκεῖν ὠδυνῶντο.
120θορύβου δ’ ὄντος κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τῶν νυκτοφυλάκων ἄνω κάτω διαθεόντων καί τινων ἱππέων εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατοπέδου τάχει συντόνῳ μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀντεξελαυνόντων, τῷ τοῦ πράγματος ἀήθει κινηθέντες τινὲς προῆλθον ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν κατὰ πύστιν τοῦ συμβεβηκότος· ἐφαίνετο γὰρ εἶναί τι νεώτερον.
121ὡς δ’ ᾔσθοντο τὴν ἀπαγωγὴν καὶ τὸν Φλάκκον ἐντὸς ἀρκύων ἤδη γεγενημένον, προτείνοντες τὰς χεῖρας εἰς οὐρανὸν ὕμνουν καὶ παιᾶνας ἐξῆρχον εἰς τὸν ἔφορον θεὸν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων, „οὐκ ἐφηδόμεθα", λέγοντες „ὦ δέσποτα, τιμωρίαις ἐχθροῦ, δεδιδαγμένοι πρὸς τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων ἀνθρωποπαθεῖν· ἀλλὰ σοὶ δικαίως εὐχαριστοῦμεν οἶκτον καὶ ἔλεον ἡμῶν λαβόντι καὶ τὰς συνεχεῖς καὶ ἐπαλλήλους κακώσεις ἐπικουφίσαντι.“
122πάννυχοι δὲ διατελέσαντες ἐν ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς καὶ ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ διὰ πυλῶν ἐκχυθέντες ἐπὶ τοὺς πλησίον αἰγιαλοὺς ἀφικνοῦνται — τὰς γὰρ προσευχὰς ἀφῄρηντο — κἀν τῷ καθαρωτάτῳ στάντες ἀνεβόησαν ὁμοθυμαδόν·
123„γῆν καὶ θάλατταν, ἀέρα τε καὶ οὐρανόν, τὰ μέρη τοῦ παντὸς καὶ σύμπαντα τὸν κόσμον, ὦ μέγιστε βασιλεῦ θνητῶν καὶ ἀθανάτων, παρακαλέσοντες εἰς εὐχαριστίαν τὴν σὴν ἥκομεν, οἷς μόνοις ἐνδιαιτώμεθα, τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα δημιουργεῖται πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἐληλαμένοι καὶ στερόμενοι πόλεως καὶ τῶν ἐν πόλει δημοσίων καὶ ἰδιωτικῶν περιβόλων, ἀπόλιδες καὶ ἀνέστιοι μόνοι τῶν ὑφ’ ἥλιον ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς ἄρχοντος γενόμενοι.
124χρηστὰς ὑπογράφεις ἡμῖν ἐλπίδας καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν λειπομένων ἐπανορθώσεως, ἤδη ταῖς ἡμετέραις λιταῖς ἀρξάμενος συνεπινεύειν, εἴ γε τὸν κοινὸν ἐχθρὸν τοῦ ἔθνους καὶ τῶν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ συμφορῶν ὑφηγητὴν καὶ διδάσκαλον μέγα πνέοντα καὶ οἰηθέντα διὰ ταῦτα εὐδοκιμήσειν ἐξαίφνης καθεῖλες, οὐ πορρωτάτω γενόμενον, ἵν’ αἰσθόμενοι δι’ ἀκοῆς οἱ κακῶς πεπονθότες ἀμβλύτερον ἡσθῶσιν, ἀλλ’ ἐγγὺς οὑτωσί, μόνον οὐκ ἐν ὄψει τῶν ἠδικημένων, πρὸς τρανοτέραν φαντασίαν τῆς ἐν βραχεῖ καὶ παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἐπεξόδου.“
125Τρίτον δ’ ἔτι πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις κἀκεῖνό μοι δοκεῖ θείᾳ προνοίᾳ συμβῆναι. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀναχθεὶς ἀρχομένου χειμῶνος — ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἐν θαλάττῃ φοβερῶν ἀπολαῦσαι τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ παντὸς ἀσεβημάτων ἀναπλήσαντα — μυρία πονηθεὶς μόλις ἦλθεν εἰς Ἰταλίαν, εὐθὺς ἐκδέχονται τὰς ἐπ’ αὐτῷ κατηγορίας δύο τῶν ἐχθίστων, Ἰσίδωρός τε καὶ Λάμπων,
Sections 126–150
126οἳ πρὸ μικροῦ μὲν τάξιν εἶχον ὑπηκόων δεσπότην καὶ εὐεργέτην καὶ σωτῆρα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀνακαλοῦντες, νυνὶ δ’ ἀντιδίκων οὐκ ἰσόρροπον ἀλλὰ δυνατωτέραν ἰσχὺν ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος ἐπιδεικνυμένων, οὐ μόνον ἕνεκα τοῦ θαρρεῖν τοῖς δικαίοις, ἀλλ’, ὃ δὴ μέγιστον ἦν, ὅτι τὸν πρύτανιν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων ἐχθρὸν ἑώρων ἄσπονδον αὐτῷ, μέλλοντα σχῆμα μὲν ὑποδύεσθαι δικαστοῦ, προνοίᾳ τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἀκρίτου τινὸς προκαταγινώσκειν, ἔργον δ’ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι δυσμενοῦς, πρὸ κατηγορίας καὶ ἀπολογίας ἤδη τῇ ψυχῇ κατεγνωκότος καὶ τὰς ἀνωτάτω τιμωρίας ὡρικότος ἐπ’ αὐτῷ.
127χαλεπὸν δ’ οὐδὲν οὕτως, ὡς ὑπ’ ἐλαττόνων κρείττους καὶ πρὸς ὑπηκόων ἄρχοντάς ποτε γενομένους κατηγορεῖσθαι, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ δεσπότας ὑπ’ οἰκοτρίβων ἢ ἀργυρωνήτων.
128Ἀλλ’ ἦν, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῦτο κουφότερον κακὸν συγκρινόμενον ἑτέρῳ μείζονι. οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῆν τινα τάξιν ἔχοντες ὑπηκόων αἰφνίδιον ἐπέθεντο ταῖς κατηγορίαις ἐπαποδυσάμενοι καὶ συμφρονήσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν πλεῖστον χρόνον τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς ἣν ἐπετρόπευσε τῆς χώρας ἐκ πάντων οὗτοι μάλιστ’ αὐτῷ δι’ ἀπεχθείας ἐγεγένηντο· Λάμπων μὲν ἀσεβείας τῆς εἰς Τιβέριον Καίσαρα δίκην σχὼν καὶ ἐπὶ διετίαν τριβομένου τοῦ πράγματος ἀπειρηκώς.
129ὑπερθέσεις γὰρ καὶ ἀναβολὰς ὁ δικαστὴς ἐθελοκακῶν ἐσκήπτετο βουλόμενος, κἂν ἀποφύγῃ τὸ ἔγκλημα, τὸν γοῦν περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀδήλου φόβον πρὸς μήκιστον χρόνον ἐπικρεμάσας αὐτῷ ζωὴν ὀδυνηροτέραν θανάτου παρασχεῖν.
130εἶθ’ ὕστερον καὶ ὅτε νικᾶν ἔδοξεν, εἰς τὴν οὐσίαν ἐπηρεασθῆναι ἔφασκεν — ἠναγκάσθη γὰρ γυμνασιαρχεῖν —, ἤτοι τῷ γλίσχρος καὶ ἀνελεύθερος εἶναι περὶ τὰς δαπάνας, προφασιζόμενος τὸ μὴ κεκτῆσθαι πρὸς τοσαύτην ἀφθονίαν ἀναλωμάτων ἱκανὴν οὐσίαν, ἢ τῷ ὄντι μὴ κεκτημένος, ἀλλὰ πρὶν μὲν εἰς ἀπόπειραν ἐλθεῖν ἐπιφάσκων τὸν πάνυ πλούσιον, ἐν δὲ τῇ δοκιμασίᾳ μὴ φανεὶς ἄγαν πολυχρήματος ἄνθρωπος, ὅσα ἐκτήσατο σχεδὸν ἅπαντα ἐξ ἀδικημάτων περιποιησάμενος·
131προσεστὼς γὰρ τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν, ὁπότε δικάζοιεν, ὑπεμνηματίζετο τὰς δίκας εἰσάγων ὡς ἔχων τάξιν, εἶτα τὰ μὲν ἀπήλειφεν ἢ παρῄει ἑκών, τὰ δ’ οὐ λεχθέντα προσενέταττεν, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ ὑπηλλάττετο μεταποιῶν καὶ μετατιθεὶς καὶ στρέφων ἄνω κάτω τὰ γράμματα, κατὰ συλλαβήν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ κεραίαν ἑκάστην ἀργυρολογῶν ὁ γραμματοκύφων·
132ὃν πολλάκις ὁ δῆμος ἅπας ὁμοθυμαδὸν εὐθυβόλως καὶ εὐσκόπως καλαμοσφάκτην ἐξεκήρυξεν, οἷς ἔγραφε μυρίους [καὶ] ἀνελόντα καὶ ζῶντας ἀθλιωτέρους τῶν ἀποθανόντων ἀπεργασάμενον, οἳ δυνάμενοι νικᾶν καὶ περιουσιάζειν ἧτταν καὶ πενίαν ἀδικωτάτην ὑπέμειναν, ὠνησαμένων ἀμφότερα τῶν ἐχθρῶν παρὰ τοῦ τὰς ἀλλοτρίας οὐσίας ἐπευωνίζοντος καὶ πιπράσκοντος.
133ἀμήχανον μὲν γὰρ ἦν τοὺς ἡγεμόνας τοσαύτης χώρας ἐπιτροπεύοντας, ἀεὶ καινοτέρων ἐπεισρεόντων ἰδιωτικῶν τε καὶ δημοσίων πραγμάτων, ἁπάντων μεμνῆσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ δικάζοντας μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ λογισμοὺς τῶν προσόδων καὶ δασμῶν λαμβάνοντας, ὧν ἡ ἐξέτασις τὸν πλείονα τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ χρόνον ἀνήλισκεν.
134ὁ δὲ φυλάττειν ἐπιτραπεὶς τὴν ἀναγκαιοτάτην παρακαταθήκην, τὰ δίκαια καὶ τὰς ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς ὁσιωτάτας γνώμας, ἐνεπορεύετο τὴν λήθην τῶν δικαστῶν, τοὺς μὲν νικᾶν ὀφείλοντας γράφων ἐν ἡττημένοις, τοὺς δ’ ἡττᾶσθαι μετὰ τὸν ἐπάρατον μισθὸν ἢ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν τὸ μίσθωμα ἐν νενικηκόσιν.
135Ὁ μὲν δὴ Λάμπων τοιοῦτος ὢν ἐφειστήκει κατήγορος, ὁ δ’ Ἰσίδωρος οὐκ ἀποδέων τὴν μοχθηρίαν, ἄνθρωπος ὀχλικός, δημοκόπος, ταράττειν καὶ συγχέειν πράγματα μεμελετηκώς, ἐχθρὸς εἰρήνῃ καὶ εὐσταθείᾳ, στάσεις καὶ θορύβους κατασκευάσαι μὲν οὐκ ὄντας, γενομένους δὲ συγκροτῆσαι καὶ συναυξῆσαι δεινός, ὄχλον ἀσύντακτον καὶ πεφορημένον ἐκ μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων ἡρμοσμένον περὶ αὑτὸν ἔχειν ἐσπουδακώς, ὃς εἰς μοίρας καθάπερ τινὰς συμμορίας διανενέμηται.
136θίασοι κατὰ τὴν πόλιν εἰσὶ πολυάνθρωποι, ὧν κατάρχει τῆς κοινωνίας οὐδὲν ὑγιές, ἀλλ’ ἄκρατος καὶ μέθη καὶ παροινίαι καὶ ἡ τούτων ἔκγονος ὕβρις· σύνοδοι καὶ κλῖναι προσονομάζονται ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων.
137ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς θιάσοις ἢ τοῖς πλείστοις ὁ Ἰσίδωρος τὰ πρωτεῖα φέρεται καὶ λέγεται ὁ συμποσίαρχος, ὁ κλινάρχης, ὁ ταραξίπολις. εἶτα ὅταν τι βουληθῇ διαπράξασθαι τῶν ἀλυσιτελῶν, ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος ἀθρόως συνέρχονται καὶ τὸ κελευσθὲν λέγουσι καὶ δρῶσι. καί ποτε τῷ Φλάκκῳ δυσχεράνας,
138ὅτι δόξας παρ’ αὐτῷ τις εἶναι κατ’ ἀρχὰς οὐκέθ’ ὁμοίως αὖθις ἐσπουδάζετο, μισθοδοτήσας τοὺς ἀλειφοβίους καὶ φωνασκεῖν εἰωθότας, οἳ τὰς καταβοήσεις ὥσπερ ἐπ’ ἀγορᾶς πιπράσκουσι τοῖς ἔχουσιν ὠνητικῶς, παρακελεύει συνελθεῖν εἰς τὸ γυμνάσιον.
139οἱ δὲ πληρώσαντες αὐτὸ τοῦ Φλάκκου ἀπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς προφάσεως κατηγόρουν, ἀγένητα πλάττοντες ἐγκλήματα καὶ ψευδεῖς ῥήσεις δι’ ἀναπαίστων καὶ μακρὰς συνείροντες, ὡς καταπεπλῆχθαι μὴ μόνον Φλάκκον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπὶ τῷ παραλόγῳ καί, ὅπερ ἦν, συμβαλεῖν, ὅτι πάντως ἐστί τις ᾧ χαρίζονται, μήτ’ αὐτοί τι πεπονθότες ἀνήκεστον μήτε τὴν ἄλλην πόλιν εὖ εἰδότες πλημμεληθεῖσαν.
140ἔπειτα βουλευομένοις ἔδοξε συλλαβεῖν τινας καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἀκρίτου καὶ αἰφνιδίου μανίας καὶ λύττης πυνθάνεσθαι. οἱ δὲ συλληφθέντες ἄνευ βασάνων ὁμολογοῦσι τἀληθές, ἅμα καὶ τὰς διὰ τῶν ἔργων πίστεις ἐφαρμόζοντες, τὸν διομολογηθέντα μισθόν, τὸν ἤδη δεδομένον, τὸν καθ’ ὑποσχέσεις ὕστερον δοθησόμενον, τοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν διανομὴν αἱρεθέντας ὡς ἂν ἡγεμόνας τῆς στάσεως, τὸν τόπον, τὸν καιρόν, ἐν ᾧ γέγονεν ἡ δωροδοκία.
141πάντων δ’, ὡς εἰκός, ἀγανακτούντων καὶ τῆς πόλεως χαλεπῶς φερούσης ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν ἐνίων ἀγνωμοσύνην προσαναμάττεσθαι τοὔνομ’ αὐτῆς, ἔδοξε τὸ καθαρώτατον τοῦ δήμου μεταπεμψαμένῳ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ παραγαγεῖν τοὺς τὸν μισθὸν ἐπινείμαντας, ἵνα καὶ τὸν Ἰσίδωρον ἀπελέγξῃ καὶ ἀπολογήσηται περὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ πολιτείας ὡς ἀδίκως διαβληθείς. αἰσθόμενοι δὲ τῆς παραγγελίας οὐχ οἱ ἐν τέλει μόνον ἧκον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ σύμπασα πόλις, ἔξω τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀπελέγχεσθαι μέρους ἐπὶ τῷ μεμισθοδοτῆσθαι.
142καὶ οἱ μὲν ὑπηρετήσαντες τὴν καλὴν ταύτην ὑπηρεσίαν ἀναβιβασθέντες, ἵνα μετέωροι καὶ ἐμφανεῖς εἶεν καὶ γνωρίζοιντο πρὸς ἁπάντων, ἤλεγχον τὸν Ἰσίδωρον ὡς αἴτιον τῶν θορύβων καὶ τῶν βλασφημιῶν τῶν εἰς Φλάκκον γενομένων, οὐκ ὀλίγῳ πλήθει παρασχόντα καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ οἶνον δι’ αὐτόν.
143„ἐπεὶ πόθεν“ ἔφασκον „ἡμῖν ἀφθονία τοσαύτη; πένητές ἐσμεν καὶ μόλις τοὐφήμερον εἰς αὐτὰ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα πορίζειν δυνάμεθα. τί δὲ καὶ δεινὸν ἐπεπόνθειμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ὡς βιασθῆναι μνησικακεῖν; ἀλλ’ ὁ πάντων αἴτιος καὶ δημιουργὸς ἐκεῖνος, ἀεὶ τοῖς εὖ πράττουσι βασκαίνων καὶ εὐνόμῳ καταστάσει πολέμιος.“
144ἃ γνωρίζοντες οἱ παρατυγχάνοντες — τύποι γάρ τινες ἦσαν ἀρίδηλοι καὶ χαρακτῆρες τὰ λεγόμενα τῆς τοῦ κατηγορουμένου προαιρέσεως — ἀνεβόων, οἱ μὲν ἀτιμοῦν, οἱ δὲ φυγαδεύειν, οἱ δ’ αἴρειν· πλείους δ’ ἦσαν οὗτοι· πρὸς οὓς καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι μετεβάλλοντο, ὡς ἅπαντας ὁμοθυμαδὸν μιᾷ φωνῇ κεκραγέναι, κτείνειν τὸν κοινὸν λυμεῶνα, τὸν ἀφ’ οὗ παρῆλθε καὶ διέκυψεν ἐπὶ τὰ κοινά, μηδὲν μέρος τῆς πόλεως ἄνοσον ἐάσαντα.
145καὶ ὁ μὲν ἕνεκα τοῦ συνειδότος ἀπεδίδρασκε σύλληψιν εὐλαβηθείς· ὁ δὲ Φλάκκος οὐδὲν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ περιειργάζετο, νομίσας ἐκποδὼν ἑκουσίῳ γνώμῃ γεγονότος ἀστασίαστα καὶ ἀνερίθευτα τὰ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἔσεσθαι.
146Ταῦτ’ ἐμήκυνα, οὐχ ὑπὲρ τοῦ παλαιῶν ἀπομνημονεύειν ἀδικημάτων, ἀλλὰ τεθαυμακὼς τὴν ἔφορον τῶν ἀνθρωπείων δίκην, ὅτι οἱ ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενόμενοι δυσμενεῖς αὐτῷ καὶ οἷς ἐκ πάντων ἀπηχθάνετο καὶ ἐκληρώσαντο τὴν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ κατηγορίαν εἰς ἀνίας ὑπερβολήν· οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἐστὶ δεινὸν τὸ ἐγκαλεῖσθαι ὡς τὸ πρὸς ὁμολογουμένων ἐχθρῶν.
147ὁ δ’ οὐ κατηγορήθη μόνον, ἄρχων πρὸς ὑπηκόων καὶ ὑπὸ δυσμενῶν ἀεὶ γενομένων ὁ πρὸ μικροῦ κύριος ὢν τῆς ἑκατέρου ζωῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνὰ κράτος ἡλίσκετο, διπλοῦν ἐκδεχόμενος κακόν, τὸ μεθ’ ἥττης γελᾶσθαι πρὸς ἐχθρῶν ἐφηδομένων, ὃ καὶ θανάτου χεῖρόν ἐστι τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσιν.
148εἶτά τις εὐφορία γίνεται κακοπραγιῶν αὐτῷ· τῆς τε γὰρ οὐσίας ἁπάσης εὐθὺς ἐξίσταται, ἥν τε παρὰ γονέων ἐκληρονόμησε καὶ ἣν αὐτὸς ἐκτήσατο, φιλόκοσμος ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα γεγονώς. οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἐνίων πολυχρημάτων ὁ πλοῦτος ἀργὸς ἦν ὕλη, πάντα δ’ ἐξητασμένα πρὸς τὸ περίεργον, ἐκπώματα, ἐσθῆτες, στρωμναί, ἔπιπλα, τἄλλα ὅσα οἰκίας κόσμος, ἔκλογα πάντα·
149καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἡ οἰκετικὴ θεραπεία, ἀριστίνδην ἐπικριθεῖσα κατά τε τὰς τῶν σωμάτων εὐμορφίας ὁμοῦ καὶ εὐεξίας καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἄπταιστον ἐν τῷ χρειώδει τῶν ὑπηρεσιῶν· ἐφ’ ὧν γὰρ ἦσαν ἕκαστοι τεταγμένοι, διέφερον, ὡς ἢ πρῶτοι νομίζεσθαι τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπιτηδευόντων ἢ μηδενὸς δεύτεροι τὸ παράπαν.
150ἐναργὴς δὲ πίστις τὸ μυρίων δημοπράτων γενομένων οὐσιῶν, αἳ τῶν κατακρίτων ἦσαν, μόνην τὴν τοῦ Φλάκκου ταμιευθῆναι τῷ αὐτοκράτορι, δίχα τινῶν ὀλίγων, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παραβιβασθῆναι τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς οὕτως ἑαλωκόσι τεθέντα νόμον.
Sections 151–175
151μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν τῆς οὐσίας κατέγνωστο αὐτοῦ φυγή, καὶ ἐξ ἁπάσης μὲν ἠλαύνετο τῆς ἠπείρου — τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ μεῖζον καὶ ἄμεινον τμῆμα τῆς οἰκουμένης —, ἐξ ἁπάσης δὲ νήσου τῶν εὐδαιμόνων. ἐμέλλησε γὰρ εἰς τὴν λυπροτάτην τῶν ἐν Αἰγαίῳ — Γύαρα καλεῖται — διώκεσθαι, μὴ παρακλήτῳ χρησάμενος Λεπίδῳ, δι’ ὃν ἀνθυπηλλάξατο Γυάρων Ἄνδρον ἐγγυτάτω κειμένην.
152εἶτ’ ἐστέλλετο τὴν ἀπὸ Ῥώμης ἄχρι Βρεντεσίου πάλιν ὁδόν, ἣν καὶ πρὸ ὀλίγων ἐτῶν ἐστείλατο, καθ’ ὃν καιρὸν κεχειροτόνητο τῆς Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῆς ὁμόρου Λιβύης ἐπίτροπος, ἵν’ αἱ τότε θεασάμεναι πόλεις αὐτὸν μέγα πνέοντα καὶ τὸν ὄγκον τῆς εὐτυχίας ἐπιδεικνύμενον πάλιν θεάσωνται μεστὸν ἀτιμίας.
153ὁ δὲ δακτυλοδεικτούμενος καὶ ὀνειδιζόμενος τῆς ἀθρόας μεταβολῆς πιέζεται βαρυτέραις ἀνίαις, ἀεὶ καινουμένης καὶ ζωπυρουμένης αὐτῷ τῆς συμφορᾶς νεωτέρων κακῶν προσθήκαις, ἃ καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς νόσοις ὑποτροπιάζειν ἀναγκάζει καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀρχαίων κακοπραγιῶν ὑπομνήσεις, αἳ τέως ἔδοξαν ἠμαυρῶσθαι.
154Περαιωσάμενος δὲ τὸν Ἰόνιον κόλπον ἔπλει τὴν ἄχρι Κορίνθου θάλατταν, ταῖς παράλοις τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ πόλεων θέα γινόμενος κατὰ πύστιν τῆς αἰφνιδίου μεταβολῆς· ὁπότε γὰρ ἀποβαίη τῆς νεώς, συνέθεον οἱ μὲν μοχθηροὶ τὰς φύσεις ἐθελοκακοῦντες, οἱ δ’ ἄλλοι συναλγήσοντες, οἷς ἔθος ταῖς ἑτέρων τύχαις σωφρονίζεσθαι.
155διελθὼν δ’ ἀπὸ Λεχαίου τὸν Ἰσθμὸν εἰς τὴν ἀντιπέραν θάλατταν καὶ καταβὰς εἰς Κεγχρεάς, τὸ Κορίνθιον ἐπίνειον, ἀναγκάζεται πρὸς τῶν φυλάκων ἀναχώρησιν οὐδ’ ἡντιναοῦν ἐνδιδόντων εὐθὺς ἐπιβὰς βραχείας ὁλκάδος ἀνάγεσθαι καὶ πνεύματος ἐναντίου καταρραγέντος μυρία ταλαιπωρηθεὶς μόλις ἄχρι τοῦ Πειραιῶς κατασύρεται.
156λήξαντος δὲ τοῦ χειμῶνος, παραμειψάμενος τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἄχρι τῆς Σουνιάδος ἄκρας τὰς ἑξῆς λοιπὸν ἐπεραιοῦτο νήσους, τὴν Ἑλένην, τὴν Κίαν, τὴν Κύθνον, τὰς ἄλλας ὅσαι κεῖνται στοιχηδὸν ἑξῆς μέχρι τῆς ἐφ’ ἣν τελευταίαν ἐλθεῖν ἔδει, τὴν Ἀνδρίων.
157ἣν πόρρωθεν ἰδὼν ὁ κακοδαίμων δακρύων τινὰ φορὰν ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἐξέχει κατὰ τῶν παρειῶν καὶ τὰ στέρνα πλήξας, πικρότατα ἀνοιμώξας, "ἄνδρες" εἶπεν, „οἱ φύλακές μου καὶ προπομποί, καλήν γε χώραν Ἄνδρον, οὐκ εὐτυχῆ νῆσον, τῆς εὐδαίμονος Ἰταλίας ἀνθυπαλλάττομαι, Φλάκκος, ὁ γεννηθεὶς μὲν καὶ τραφεὶς καὶ παιδευθεὶς ἐν τῇ
158ἡγεμονίδι Ῥώμῃ, συμφοιτητὴς δὲ καὶ συμβιωτὴς γενόμενος τῶν θυγατριδῶν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ, κριθεὶς δὲ τῶν πρώτων φίλων παρὰ Τιβερίῳ Καίσαρι καὶ τὸ μέγιστον αὐτοῦ τῶν κτημάτων, Αἴγυπτον, ἐπὶ ἑξαετίαν ἐπιτραπείς. τίς ἡ τοσαύτη μεταβολή;
159νὺξ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, καθάπερ ἐκλείψεως γενομένης, τὸν ἐμὸν ἐπέσχηκε βίον. τὴν νησίδα ταύτην τί φῶ; πότερον φυγαδευτήριον ἐμὸν ἢ πατρίδα καινήν, ὑπόδρομον καὶ καταφυγὴν ἀτυχῆ; τάφος ἂν εἴη τὸ κυριώτατον αὐτῆς ὄνομα. στέλλομαι γὰρ ὁ κακοδαίμων ἐγὼ τρόπον τινὰ νεκροφορῶν ἐμαυτὸν ὥσπερ εἰς ἠρίον· ἢ γὰρ ταῖς ἀνίαις τὴν ἀθλίαν ζωὴν ἀπορρήξω ἤ, κἂν ἐπιβιῶναι δυνηθῶ, τὸν μακρὸν καὶ σὺν αἰσθήσει θάνατον ἐκδέξομαι.“ καὶ ὁ μὲν τοιαῦτα ἀπωδύρετο.
160τῆς δὲ νεὼς τῷ λιμένι προσσχούσης, ἀπέβαινε πᾶς εἰς τοὔδαφος νεύων, ὥσπερ οἱ θλιβόμενοι πρὸς ἄχθους βαρυτάτου, τὸν αὐχένα ταῖς συμφοραῖς πιεζόμενος, οὐδ’ ὅσον ἀνακύψαι σθένων ἢ μὴ τολμῶν διὰ τοὺς συναντῶντας καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ θέαν ἥκοντας, οἳ παρ’ ἑκάτερα τῆς ὁδοῦ προειστήκεσαν.
161οἱ δὲ παραπέμψαντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν δῆμον ἀγαγόντες τῶν Ἀνδρίων ἐπεδείξαντο πᾶσι, μάρτυρας ποιούμενοι τῆς εἰς τὴν νῆσον ἀφίξεως τοῦ φυγάδος.
162καὶ οἱ μὲν τὴν διακονίαν ἐκπλήσαντες ἀπῄεσαν· τῷ δὲ Φλάκκῳ μηδεμίαν ὄψιν οἰκείαν ἔτι θεωμένῳ τὸ πάθος ἐκαινοῦτο τρανότερον φαντασίαις ἐναργεστέραις· καὶ τὴν ἐν κύκλῳ κατανοοῦντι πολλὴν ἐρημίαν, ἧς μέσος ἀπείληπτο, κουφότερον ἐδόκει κακὸν ἡ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι βίαιος ἀναίρεσις, μᾶλλον δὲ συγκρίσει τῶν παρόντων ἀσπαστὸν ἀγαθόν. οὕτως ἐσφάδᾳζεν, ὡς μηδὲν τῶν μεμηνότων διαφέρειν· ἐπήδα πολλάκις ἄνω κάτω διαθέων, τὰς χεῖρας συνεκρότει, τοὺς μηροὺς ἔπαιε, κατέβαλεν εἰς τοὔδαφος ἑαυτόν, ἐξεφώνει πολλάκις·
163„ἐγὼ Φλάκκος εἰμί, ὁ πρὸ μικροῦ τῆς μεγαλοπόλεως ἢ πολυπόλεως Ἀλεξανδρείας ἡγεμών, ὁ τῆς εὐδαιμονεστάτης χώρας ἐπίτροπος Αἰγύπτου, εἰς ὃν ἐπέστρεφον αἱ τοσαῦται μυριάδες τῶν οἰκητόρων, ὁ δυνάμεις πολλὰς πεζὰς καὶ ἱππικὰς καὶ ναυτικὰς οὐκ ἀριθμὸν ἄλλως ἀλλ’ ὅσον δοκιμώτατον ἐν ὑπηκόοις ἔχων, ὁ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐν ταῖς ἐξόδοις ὑπὸ μυρίων ὅσων παραπεμπόμενος.
164ἀλλὰ μὴ φάσμα ταῦτ’ ἦν, οὐκ ἀλήθεια; καὶ κοιμώμενος ὄναρ εἶδον τὴν τότ’ εὐθυμίαν, εἴδωλα κατὰ κενοῦ βαίνοντα, πλάσματα ψυχῆς ἴσως ἀναγραφούσης τὰ μὴ ὑπάρχοντα ὡς ὄντα; διηπάτημαι·
165σκιὰ πραγμάτων ἄρ’ ἦσαν, οὐ πράγματα, μίμησις ἐναργείας, οὐκ ἐνάργεια τρανοῦσα τὸ ψεῦδος. ὡς γὰρ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὀνείροις φανέντων οὐδὲν περιαναστάντες εὑρίσκομεν, ἀλλ’ οἴχεται πάντα ἀθρόα διαπτάντα, οὕτως καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ ἐκεῖνα, οἷς ποτε ἐνωμίλησα, ἐσβέσθη βραχυτάτῃ καιροῦ ῥοπῇ.“
166Τοιούτοις ἀεὶ κατεπαλαίετο λογισμοῖς καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἐξετραχηλίζετο· τὰς δὲ τῶν πολλῶν συνόδους ἀποδιδράσκων διὰ τὴν παρακολουθοῦσαν αἰσχύνην οὔτ’ εἰς λιμένα κατῄει οὔτ’ εἰς ἀγορὰν προελθεῖν ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ’ οἴκοι συγκλεισάμενος ἐφώλευε, μηδὲ τὴν αὔλειον ὑπερβαίνειν θαρρῶν.
167ἔστι δ’ ὅτε καὶ περὶ βαθὺν ὄρθρον, ἔτι τῶν ἄλλων ἐν εὐναῖς ὄντων, μηδενὶ φανεὶς τὸ παράπαν ἔξω τείχους προῄει καὶ διημέρευεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐρημίας, ἐκτρεπόμενος εἴ πού τις ὑπαντήσειν ἔμελλε, καὶ ταῖς ἐναύλοις μνήμαις τῶν κακοπραγιῶν διακναιόμενος καὶ διεσθιόμενος τὴν ψυχήν, ὁ δείλαιος, νυκτὸς εἰσῄει βαθείας, εὐχόμενος διὰ τὰς ἀμέτρους καὶ ἀτελευτήτους ἀδημονίας ἑσπέραν μὲν πρωΐαν γενέσθαι, πεφρικὼς τὸ σκότος καὶ τὰς ἀλλοκότους φαντασίας, ὁπότε τύχοι καταδαρθών, ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἕῳ πάλιν ἑσπέραν· ὁ γὰρ περὶ αὐτὸν ζόφος ἠναντιοῦτο τοῖς φαιδροῖς ἅπασιν.
168ὀλίγοις δ’ ὕστερον μησὶ βραχύ τι γῄδιον πριάμενος ἐν αὐτῷ πολλὰ διέτριβε μονούμενος καὶ τὸν οἰκεῖον ἐπιστένων καὶ κατακλαίων δαίμονα.
169λέγεται δέ ποτε καὶ περὶ μέσας νύκτας ὥσπερ οἱ κορυβαντιῶντες ἔνθους γενόμενος, ἐκ τῆς ἐπαύλεως ἔξω προελθὼν καὶ τὴν ὄψιν ἀνατείνας εἰς οὐρανὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας, τὸν ἐν κόσμῳ κόσμον ὄντως ἰδών, ἀναβοῆσαι·
170„βασιλεῦ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων, οὐκ ἄρα τοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ἀμελῶς ἔχεις, οὐδ’ ἐπιψεύδονται τὴν ἐκ σοῦ πρόνοιαν, ἀλλ’ ὅσοι φασὶν αὐτοὺς μὴ προαγωνιστῇ σοι καὶ ὑπερμάχῳ χρῆσθαι, δόξης ὑγιοῦς διαμαρτάνουσι. σαφὴς δ’ ἐγὼ πίστις· ὅσα γὰρ κατεμάνην τῶν Ἰουδαίων, αὐτὸς πέπονθα.
171τὰς οὐσίας ἁρπαζομένων περιεῖδον ἐκεχειρίαν τοῖς λεηλατοῦσι διδούς· ἀφῃρέθην διὰ τοῦτο τὰ πατρῷα καὶ μητρῷα καὶ ὅσα ἐν μέρει χάριτος καὶ δωρεᾶς ἔλαβον ἢ ὅσα ἄλλα καθ’ ἑτέρας ἰδέας ἐκτησάμην.
172ὠνείδισά ποτε ἀτιμίαν καὶ ξενιτείαν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτίμοις οὖσι κατοίκοις, ἵν’ ἡσθῶσιν οἱ ἀντίπαλοι, πλῆθος ἀσύντακτον καὶ πεφορημένον, ὑφ’ οὗ κολακευόμενος ὁ δυστυχὴς ἠπατώμην· διὰ τοῦτο ἠτίμωμαι καὶ φυγὰς ἐξ ἁπάσης ἐληλαμένος τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐνταυθοῖ συγκέκλεισμαι.
173παράγων εἰς τὸ θέατρον ἐνίους ἐν ὄψεσι τῶν ἐχθίστων αἰκίζεσθαι προσέταττον ἀδίκως· τοιγαροῦν ἐγὼ δικαίως οὐκ εἰς θέατρον ἓν ἢ μίαν πόλιν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐσχάταις ὕβρεσι παρήχθην αἰκισθεὶς πρὸ τοῦ σώματος τὴν ἀθλίαν ψυχήν, ἀλλ’ ἐπόμπευσα διὰ μὲν πάσης Ἰταλίας ἄχρι Βρεντεσίου, διὰ δὲ πάσης Πελοποννήσου μέχρι Κορίνθου, διὰ δὲ τῆς Ἀττικῆς καὶ τῶν νήσων ἄχρις Ἄνδρου, τῆς ἐμῆς εἱρκτῆς.
174καὶ πέπεισμαι σαφῶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὅρος οὗτος τῶν ἐμῶν κακοπραγιῶν, ἀλλ’ ἐφεδρεύουσιν ἕτεραι πρὸς ἐκπλήρωσιν ἀντίρροπον ὧν εἰργασάμην. ἀνεῖλόν τινας καὶ ἀναιρεθεῖσι πρὸς ἑτέρων οὐκ ἐπεξῆλθον· κατελεύσθησάν τινες καὶ ζῶντες οἱ μὲν ἐνεπρήσθησαν, οἱ δὲ διὰ μέσης κατεσύρησαν ἀγορᾶς, ἕως ὅλα τὰ σώματα αὐτοῖς ἐδαπανήθη.
175τούτων οἶδ’ ὅτι ἀναμένουσί με αἱ Ποιναί, καὶ οἱ ἀλάστορες ὥσπερ ἐπὶ βαλβῖσιν ἑστᾶσιν ἤδη καὶ φονῶντες ἔγκεινται, καὶ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, μᾶλλον δὲ ὥραν, προαποθνῄσκω πολλοὺς θανάτους ὑπομένων ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς τοῦ τελευταίου.“
Sections 176–191
176πολλάκις δὲ ἐδειματοῦτο καὶ διεπτόητο καὶ φρίκῃ μὲν τὰ μέλη καὶ μέρη τοῦ σώματος κατεσείετο, φόβῳ δ’ ὑπότρομον εἶχε τὴν ψυχὴν ἄσθματι καὶ παλμῷ τινασσομένην, ἅτε τοῦ μόνου παρηγορεῖν τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον ἐκ φύσεως δυναμένου στερόμενος, χρηστῆς ἐλπίδος.
177ὄρνις αἴσιος οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ προυφαίνετο· πάντες δυσοιώνιστοι, κλῃδόνες παλίμφημοι, ἐπίπονος ἐγρήγορσις, περιδεὴς ὕπνος, ἡ μόνωσις θηριώδης. ἀλλ’ ἥδιστον αὐτῷ τὸ ἀγελαῖον; ἀηδέστατον αἱ κατὰ πόλιν διατριβαί· ἀσφαλὲς ὄνειδος ἡ κατ’ ἀγρὸν ἐρημία; σφαλερόν, ἀδυσώπητον· ὁ ἠρέμα προσιὼν ὕποπτος.
178"βουλεύεταί τι“ φησί "κατ’ ἐμοῦ ὁ θᾶττον βαδίζων· οὐ πρὸς ἕτερόν τι σπεύδων ἔοικεν, ἀλλ’ ἐμὲ διώκει· ὁ ἡδὺς ἐνεδρεύει, ὁ παρρησιαστὴς καταφρονεῖ· σιτία μοι καὶ ποτὰ καθάπερ τοῖς θρέμμασιν ἐπὶ σφαγὴν δίδοται.
179μέχρι τίνος ὁ σιδηροῦς πρὸς τοσαύτας ἀντέχω συμφοράς; οἶδ’ ὅτι μαλακίζομαι πρὸς θάνατον, ἐξ ἐπηρείας δαίμονος οὐκ ἐπιτρέποντός μοι τὴν ἀθλίαν ζωὴν συντόμως ἀπορρῆξαι διά τινας ὑπερβολὰς ἀνηκέστων κακῶν, ἃ κατ’ ἐμοῦ θησαυριζόμενος
180χαρίζεται τοῖς δολοφονηθεῖσι.“ τοιαῦτα ἀναπολῶν καὶ σφαδᾴζων ἐκαραδόκει τῆς εἱμαρμένης τὸ πέρας· καὶ τοῦ μὲν αἱ συνεχεῖς ὀδύναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀνεκύκων καὶ ἀνέστρεφον. Γάιος δὲ τὴν φύσιν ὠμόθυμος ὢν καὶ ἀκόρεστος ἐν ταῖς τιμωρίαις οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι μεθίετο τοὺς ἅπαξ κολασθέντας, ἀλλ’ ἀτελεύτητα μηνιῶν ἀεί τινα καινὴν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς ἐμεγαλούργει συμφοράν· τὸν δὲ Φλάκκον καὶ διαφερόντως ἤχθαιρεν, ὡς καὶ τοὺς ὁμωνύμους ἀλλοτριώσει τῆς κλήσεως ὑποβλέπεσθαι.
181καὶ πολλάκις αὐτὸν μετάνοια εἰσῄει, διότι κατέγνω φυγήν, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ θάνατον, καὶ τὸν παράκλητον αἰδούμενος ὅμως ᾐτιᾶτο Λέπιδον, ὥστ’ ἐκεῖνος ἀπηγόρευσε φόβῳ τῆς καθ’ αὑτοῦ τιμωρίας· ἐδεδίει γάρ, ὡς εἰκός, μὴ παραίτιος ἄλλῳ γενόμενος κουφοτέρας δίκης βαρυτέραν αὐτὸς ἐνδέξηται.
182μηδενὸς οὖν ἔτι τι τῶν εἰς παραίτησιν λέγειν θαρροῦντος, ἀμειλίκτοις καὶ ἀφέτοις ἐχρῆτο ταῖς ὀργαῖς, αἵ, χρόνῳ δέον ἀμαυροῦσθαι, παρεθήγοντο μᾶλλον καθάπερ αἱ ἐν τοῖς σώμασιν ὑποτροπιάζουσαι νόσοι· τῶν γὰρ προτέρων εἰσὶν ἀργαλεώτεραι.
183φασὶν οὖν, ὅτι νύκτωρ ποτὲ διαγρυπνῶν εἰς ἔννοιαν ἦλθε τῶν ἐν τέλει φυγάδων, ὀνόματι μὲν ὑποπτευομένων ἀτυχεῖν, βίον δ’ ἀπράγμονα καὶ ἡσυχάζοντα καὶ ἐλεύθερον ὄντως περιπεποιημένων.
184μετετίθει δὲ καὶ τὴν κλῆσιν ἀποδημίαν προσαγορεύων· "ἀποδημία γάρ τίς ἐστιν" ἔφασκεν "ἡ τῶν τοιούτων ἔλασις ἐχόντων ἄφθονα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ σὺν ἀπραγμοσύνῃ καὶ εὐσταθείᾳ ζῆν δυναμένων· οὓς ἄτοπον εἶναι τρυφᾶν ἀπολαύοντας εἰρήνης, βίον καρπουμένους φιλόσοφον.“
185εἶτα προστάττει τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους καὶ ὧν πλεῖστος ὁ λόγος ἀναιρεθῆναι, γραφὴν δοὺς ὀνομάτων, ἧς ἡγεῖτο Φλάκκος. ἐπεὶ δ’ ἧκον εἰς Ἄνδρον οἷς κτείνειν διείρητο, Φλάκκος μὲν ἐτύγχανεν ἀγρόθεν εἰς ἄστυ παραγινόμενος, οἱ δ’ ἐκ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπηντίαζον, καὶ πόρρωθεν ἀντιπροεῖδον ἀλλήλους.
186ὅθεν συναισθόμενος ἐφ’ ὃ σπεύδουσι — μαντικώτατον γὰρ ἡ ἑκάστου ψυχή, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἐν κακοπραγίαις — ἐκτραπόμενος τῆς ὁδοῦ διὰ τραχείας ἔθει φεύγων, ἐπιλελησμένος ἴσως, ὅτι νῆσος ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἤπειρός ἐστιν, ἐν ᾗ τί ὄφελος ὠκύτητος, περικλειούσης θαλάττης; ἀνάγκη γὰρ δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ προσωτέρω χωροῦντα κατὰ τοῦ πελάγους ἐνεχθῆναι ἢ συλληφθῆναι πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ πέρας ἥκοντα.
187βέλτιον ἄρ’ ἐν συγκρίσει κακῶν ἡ κατὰ γῆν τῆς ἐν πελάγει φθορά, ἐπειδήπερ ἀνθρώποις καὶ πᾶσι χερσαίοις οἰκειότατον ἡ φύσις χωρίον ἀπένειμε γῆν, οὐ μόνον ζῶσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανοῦσιν, ἵν’ ἡ αὐτὴ καὶ τὴν πρώτην ὑποδέχηται γένεσιν καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ βίου τελευταίαν ἀνάλυσιν.
188οἱ δ’ ἀπνευστὶ διώκοντες καταλαμβάνουσι· καὶ οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς ὤρυττον βόθρον, οἱ δὲ πρὸς βίαν εἷλκον ἀφηνιάζοντα καὶ κεκραγότα καὶ διαπαλαίοντα· ὧν χάριν καὶ σύμπαν κατετρώθη τὸ σῶμα καθάπερ τὰ θηρία ταῖς πληγαῖς ἐπιτρέχων.
189ἐμπλεκόμενος γὰρ καὶ τῶν κτεινόντων ἐλλαμβανόμενος, νῦν μὲν ἐπιφέρειν τὰ ξίφη κωλυομένων, ἐγκαρσίους δὲ πληγὰς καταφερόντων, αἴτιος ἐγένετο βαρυτέρων ἑαυτῷ συμφορῶν· διατμηθεὶς δὲ καὶ διακοπεὶς χεῖρας, βάσεις, κεφαλήν, στέρνα, πλευράς, ὡς ἱερείου τρόπον κρεουργηθῆναι, ἔκειτο, τῆς δίκης σφαγὰς ἰσαρίθμους τοῖς φόνοις τῶν ἐκνόμως ἀναιρεθέντων Ἰουδαίων ἑνὶ σώματι βουληθείσης ἐργάσασθαι.
190καὶ ὁ μὲν τόπος ἅπας αἵματι κατερρεῖτο διὰ πλειόνων φλεβῶν, αἳ κατὰ μέρος διεκόπησαν, κρουνηδὸν ἐκχεομένῳ· συρομένου δ’ εἰς τὸν ὀρωρυγμένον βόθρον τοῦ νεκροῦ τὰ πλεῖστα μέρη διελύετο, τῶν νεύρων κατεσχισμένων, οἷς ἡ κοινωνία συνεδεῖτο πᾶσα τοῦ σώματος.
191τοιαῦτα καὶ Φλάκκος ἔπαθε γενόμενος ἀψευδεστάτη πίστις τοῦ μὴ ἀπεστερῆσθαι τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος ἐπικουρίας τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ.
On the Virtues and on the Office of Ambassadors. Adressed to Caius
Contents — 15 sections
Sections 1–25
1How long shall we, who are aged men, still be like children, being indeed as to our bodies gray-headed through the length of time that we have lived, but as to our souls utterly infantine through our want of sense and sensibility, looking upon that which is the most unstable of all things, namely, fortune, as most invariable, and that which is of all things in the world the most steadfast, namely, nature, as utterly untrustworthy? For, like people playing at draughts, we make changes, altering the position of actions, and considering the things which are the result of fortune as more durable than those which result from nature, and the things which proceed in accordance with nature as less stable than those which are the result of chance.
2And the reason of all this is, that we form our judgment of present events without paying any prudential attention to the future, being influenced by the erroneous guidance of our outward senses instead of the secret operations of the intellect; for the things which are openly conspicuous and before our hands so as to be taken up by them, are comprehended by our eyes, but our reasoning power outstrips them, hastening onwards to what is invisible and future; but nevertheless, we obscure the vision of our reason, though it is far more acute than those bodily powers of sight which are exercised by the eyes, some of us confusing it by indulgence in wine and satiety, and others by that greatest of all evils, namely, ignorance.
3Nevertheless, the existing opportunity and the many and important propositions which arise to be decided on at the present time, even if some people should be incredulous that the Deity exercises a providential foresight with regard to human affairs, and especially on behalf of a nation which addresses its supplications to him, which belongs especially to the father and sovereign of the universe, and the great cause of all things; and these propositions are sufficient to persuade them of this truth.
4And this nation of suppliants is in the Chaldaic language called Israel, but when the name is translated into the Greek language it is called, "the seeing nation;" which appellation appears to me to be the most honourable of all things in the world, whether private or public;
5for if the sight of elders, or instructors, or rulers, or parents, excites those who behold them to reverence and orderly conduct, and to an admiration of and desire for a life of moderation and temperance, how great a bulwark of virtue and excellence must we not expect to find in those souls which, after having investigated the nature of every created thing, have learnt to contemplate the uncreated and Divine Being, the first good of all, the one beautiful, and happy, and glorious, and blessed being; better, if one is to tell the plain truth, than the good itself; more beautiful than the beautiful itself; more happy than happiness itself; more blessed than blessedness itself; and, in short, if anything else in the world is so, more perfect than any one of the above-mentioned things.
6For reason cannot make such advances as to attain to a thorough comprehension of God, who can neither be touched nor handled; but it withdraws from and falls short of such a height, being unable to employ appropriate language as a step towards the manifestation (I will not say of the living God, for even if the whole heaven were to become endowed with articulate voice, it would not be furnished with felicitous and appropriate expressions to do justice to such a subject); but even of his subordinate powers, those, for instance, by which he created the world and by which he reigns over it as its king, and by which he foresees the future, and all his other beneficent, and chastising, and corrective powers.
7Unless, indeed, we ought to class his correction among his beneficent powers, not only because such a display is a portion of his laws and ordinances (for law is made up of two things, the honour of the good, and the chastisement of the wicked), but also because punishment reproves, and very often even corrects, and ameliorates those who have done wrong; and if it fails to do so with respect to them, at all events it does so to those who are near the offenders thus punished; for the punishment of others makes most men better, for fear lest they themselves should suffer the same things.
8For who-when he saw Caius, after the death of Tiberius Caesar, assuming the sovereignty of the whole world in a condition free from all sedition, and regulated by and obedient to admirable laws, and adapted to unanimity and harmony in all its parts, east and west, south and north; the barbarian nations being in harmony with the Greeks, and the Greeks with the barbarians, and the soldiers with the body of private citizens, and the citizens with the military; so that they all partook of and enjoyed one common universal peace-could fail to marvel at and be amazed at his extraordinary and unspeakable good fortune,
9since he had thus succeeded to a ready-made inheritance of all good things, collected together as it were in one heap, namely, to numerous and vast treasures of money, and silver and gold, some in bullion, and some in coined money, and some again being devoted to articles of luxury, in drinking cups and other vessels, which are made for display and magnificence; and also countless hosts of troops, infantry, and cavalry, and naval forces, and revenues which were supplied in a never-ending stream as from a fountain;
10and the sovereignty of the most numerous, and most valuable, and important portions of the habitable world, which in fact one may fairly call the whole world, being not only all that is bounded by the two rivers, the Euphrates and the Rhine; the one of which confines Germany and all the more uncivilised nations; and the Euphrates, on the other hand, bridles Parthia and the nations of the Sarmatians and Scythians, which are not less barbarous and uncivilised than the Germanic tribes; but, even as I said before, all the world, from the rising to the setting sun, all the land in short on this side of the Ocean and beyond the Ocean, at which all the Roman people and all Italy rejoiced, and even all the Asiatic and European nations.
11For as they had never yet all together admired any emperor who had ever existed at that time, not expecting to have in future the possession, and use, and enjoyment of all private and public good things, but thinking that they actually had them already as a sort of superfluity of prosperity which happiness was waiting to fill to the brim:
12accordingly now there was nothing else to be seen in any city, but altars, and victims, and sacrifices, and men clothed in white garments, and crowned with garlands, and wearing cheerful countenances, and displaying their joy by the brightness of their looks, and festivals, and assemblies, and musical contests, and horse-races, and revels, and feasts lasting the whole night long, with the music of the flute and of the lyre, and rejoicings, and holidays, and truces, and every kind of pleasure addressed to every one of the senses.
13On this occasion the rich were not better off than the poor, nor the men of high rank than the lowly, nor the creditors than the debtors, nor the masters than the slaves, since the occasion gave equal privileges and communities to all men, so that the age of Saturn, which is so celebrated by the poets was no longer looked upon as a fiction and a fable, on account of the universal prosperity and happiness which reigned every where, and the absence of all grief and fear, and the daily and nightly exhibitions of joy and festivity throughout every house and throughout the whole people, which lasted continually without any interruption during the first seven months of his reign.
14But in the eighth month a severe disease attacked Caius who had changed the manner of his living which was a little while before, while Tiberius was alive, very simple and on that account more wholesome than one of great sumptuousness and luxury; for he began to indulge in abundance of strong wine and eating of rich dishes, and in the abundant license of insatiable desires and great insolence, and in the unseasonable use of hot baths, and emetics, and then again in wine-bibbing and drunkenness, and returning gluttony, and in lust after boys and women, and in everything else which tends to destroy both soul and body, and all the bonds which unite and strengthen the two; for the rewards of temperance are health and strength, and the wages of intemperance are weakness and disease which bring a man near to death.
15Accordingly, when the news was spread abroad that he was sick while the weather was still suitable for navigation (for it was the beginning of the autumn, which is the last season during which nautical men can safely take voyages, and during which in consequence they all return from the foreign marts in every quarter to their own native ports and harbours of refuge, especially all who exercise a prudent care not to be compelled to pass the winter in a foreign country); they, forsaking their former life of delicateness and luxury, now wore mournful faces, and every house and every city became full of depression and melancholy, their grief being now equal to and counterbalancing the joy which they experienced a short time before.
16For every portion of the habitable world was diseased in his sickness, feeling affected with a more terrible disease than that which was oppressing Caius; for his sickness was that of the body alone, but the universal malady which was oppressing all men every where was one which attacked the vigour of their souls, their peace, their hopes, their participation in and enjoyment of all good things;
17for men began to remember how numerous and how great are the evils which spring from anarchy, famine, and war, and the destruction of trees, and devastations, and deprivation of lands, and plundering of money, and the intolerable fear of slavery and death, which no one can relieve, all which evils appeared to admit of but one remedy, namely the recovery of Caius.
18Accordingly when his disease began to abate, in a very short time even the men who were living on the very confines of the empire heard of it and rejoiced, for nothing is swifter than report, and immediately every city was full of suspense and expectation, being continually eager for better news, until at length his perfect recovery was announced by fresh arrivals, at which news they again returned to their original cheerfulness, each thinking the health of Caius to be his own salvation;
19and this feeling pervaded every continent and every island, for no one can recollect so great and general a joy affecting any one country or any one nation, at the good health or prosperity of their governor, as now pervaded the whole of the habitable world at the recovery of Caius, and at his being able to resume the exercise of his power and having completely got rid of his sickness.
20For they all rejoiced, from ignorance of the truth, like men who are now for the first time beginning to exchange a wandering and uncivilised mode of life for a social and civilised system, and instead of dwelling in desert places, and the open air, and the mountain districts, to live in walled cities, and instead of living without any governor, or protector, or lawgiver, to be now established under the care of a governor to be a sort of shepherd and leader of a more domesticated flock;
21for the human mind is apt to be blind towards the perception of what is really expedient and beneficial for it, being influenced rather by conjecture and notions of probability than by real knowledge.
22At all events it was not long before Caius-who was now looked upon as a saviour and benefactor, and who was expected to shower down some fresh and everlasting springs of benefits upon all Asia and Europe, so as to endow the inhabitants with inalienable happiness and prosperity, both separately to each individual and generally to the whole state-began, as the proverb has it, at home, and changed into a ferocity of disposition, or, I should rather say, displayed the savageness which he had previously overshadowed by pretence and hypocrisy;
23for he put to death his cousin who had been left as the partner of his kingdom, and who was in fact a more natural successor to it than he himself; for he himself was only Tiberius’s grandson by adoption, but the other was so by blood; arguing as a pretext that he had detected him in plotting against him, though his very age was a sufficient refutation of any such accusation; for the unhappy victim was only just emerging from boyhood, and beginning to rank among the youths.
24And, as s say, if Tiberius had lived a short time longer, Caius would have been made away with, as he began to be looked upon by him with unalterable suspicion, and the genuine grandson of Tiberius would have been named the future emperor, and the inheritor of his paternal kingdom.
25But Tiberius was carried off by fate, before he could bring his designs to their completion; and Caius thought that he should be able to escape all evil report which might arise from his transgressing the principles of justice with respect to his partner by outwitting him.
Sections 26–50
26And the contrivance which he adopted was of the following character. Having assembled all the chief magistrates, he said: "I am desirous that he who is my cousin by birth and my brother in affection, in accordance with the instruction of Tiberius who is now dead, shall be a partner with me in my absolute authority. But you yourselves perceive that he is as yet a mere child, and that he is in need of masters, and teachers, and guardians;
27since what can be a more desirable blessing for me than that my one mind and one body shall not be loaded with so great a weight of the cares of government, but for me to have some one who may be able to lighten and alleviate them by sharing them? I, therefore," said he: "passing over and being superior to all tutors, and masters, and guardians, register myself as his father, and him as my son."
28With these words he deceived both those who were present and the youth himself; for his proposal was a mere bait, his intention being not to invest him with the power which he expected, but to deprive him of even that which he already had, according to the law affecting co-heirs and partners; and accordingly now he plotted against him with absolute fearlessness, having no regard for nor fear of any one; for by the laws of the Romans the most complete and absolute authority over the son belongs to the father, besides the fact of Caius having the imperial authority which was wholly irresponsible, since no one could either venture or had any power to demand an account from him of any thing whatever that he might do.
29Accordingly, looking upon this youth to be like a thirds-man in the games, he proceeded to overthrow him, feeling no compassion, either for the fact of his having been brought up with him, or his being so nearly related to him, or for his age, but having no idea of sparing this miserable youth, doomed to an early death; his own partner in the government, his co-heir, who had formerly been expected to be all but the absolute emperor, by reason of his being the nearest relation to Tiberius; for when their fathers are dead, the grandsons are usually looked upon by their grandfathers as standing in the position of sons.
30It is said moreover, that this youth, being ordered to slay himself with his own hands, while a centurion and a captain of a thousand were standing by (who had been expressly commanded to take no part in the horrid deed, since it was not lawful for the descendants of the emperors to be put to death by any one else; for Caius remembered the laws amid his lawless acts, and had some regard for piety in all his impious deeds, imitating as well as he could the nature of truth); he, not knowing how to kill himself, for he had never seen any one else put to death, and had never had any practise in fighting with weapons, which is the usual exercise and course of instruction for children who are being educated with a view to become leaders and rulers, on account of the wars which they may have to conduct, at first exhorted those officers who had come to him to put him to death themselves, stretching out his neck;
31but when they did not dare to do so, he himself taking the sword inquired in his ignorance and want of experience what was the most mortal place, in order that by a well-directed blow he might cut short his miserable life; and they, like instructors in misery, led him on his way, and pointed out to him the part into which he was to thrust his sword; and he, having thus learnt his first and last lesson, became himself, miserable that he was, his own murderer under compulsion.
32But when this first and greatest undertaking had been accomplished by Caius, there being no longer left any one who had any connexion with the supreme authority, to whom any one who bore him ill-will, and who was suspected by him, could possibly turn his eyes; he now, in the second place, proceeded to compass the death of Macro, a man who had co-operated with him in every thing relating to the empire, not only after he had been appointed emperor, for it is a characteristic of flattery to court those who are in a state of prosperity, but who had previously assisted him in his measures for securing that authority.
33For Tiberius, who was a man of very profound prudence, and the most able of all the men of his court at perceiving the hidden intentions of any man, and who was as preeminent in intelligence and acuteness as he was in good fortune, did very often look with suspicion upon Caius as being evil disposed towards all the house of Claudius, and as being related to him only on the mother’s side, and he feared for his grandson, lest he, being left a mere child, should be put to death by him.
34And he judged him, moreover, very little fitted for an authority of such magnitude, both on account of the unsociableness and ferocity of his nature, and the inequality of his temper; for he was continually giving way to the most frantic and most inconsistent moods, not preserving any consistency either in his words or in his actions;
35all which Macro studied with all his strength at every opportunity, pacifying the suspicions of Tiberius and all the prejudices with which he perceived that his mind was inflamed against Caius by reason of his ceaseless fear and anxiety for his grandson.
36For he represented to him, that Caius was a person of a good and obedient disposition, and one who entertained the greatest affection for his cousin, so that out of his exceeding regard for him he would be willing even to abandon the government and to yield it up to him by himself, but that excessive modesty was anything but advantageous to many persons, in consequence of which Caius, who was of a most guileless and single-minded disposition, was looked upon by many as crafty and designing.
37And when he could not persuade him, by all the arguments drawn from probabilities which he advanced, he brought forward that which rested upon specific agreements, adding, "I myself will be his security, I who deserve to have confidence placed in me, inasmuch as I have given sufficient proof that I myself am individually a friend to Caesar, and a friend to Tiberius, since it was I who carried into execution, your intentions respecting the downfall of Sejanus.
38And, in short, he was very assiduous, and energetic, and comprehensive in his praises of Caius, if, indeed, one may speak of speeches in defence of a man as equivalent to panegyrics on him, which were rather addressed to the doing away with the unfavourable impressions and suspicions, excited by obscure and indistinct hints and accusations. In short, all the things which any one could say on behalf of any brother or legitimate child, such and more too did Macro say to Tiberius in behalf of Caius.
39And the cause of this was according to the report which obtained among the generality of people, not only that Macro had, on the other hand, been greatly courted by him, as one who had the greatest, or, indeed, all the power under the empire; but also that Macro’s wife was favourable to him, for a reason which ought not to be mentioned, and she every day urged on, and encouraged, and entreated her husband to omit no exertion of his zeal and energy on behalf of the young man. And a wife is a very powerful engine to divert or to persuade the mind of her husband, especially if she be one of an amorous temperament, for because of her own consciousness she becomes more given to flattery.
40And Macro, being ignorant of the dishonour done to his marriage-bed and to his family, and looking upon her flattery as a proof of her sincere good will and affection for him, was deceived, and without being aware of it was led, by her intrigues, to embrace his bitterest enemies as his best friends.
41Therefore, as he knew that he had preserved him ten thousand times, when he was in the most imminent danger of being put to death, he used to offer him undisguised, sincere, and honest admonitions and advice, with perfect freedom of speech; for, like a good workman, he was desirous that what he looked upon as his own work should remain uninjured and indestructible, without being put an end to, either by himself or by any one else;
42therefore, whenever he saw him sleeping at any entertainment he would go round and awaken him, having, at the same time, a regard for what was becoming and also for his safety, for a man who is asleep is a good object for treachery; and whenever he beheld him looking with an excited eye at any dancers, or even sometimes dancing with them, or not smiling with dignity upon actors of farcical and laughable spectacles, but rather grinning like a boy, or wholly carried away by the tunes of some harp-player or chorus, so as on some occasions even to join in their song, he would, if he was sitting or going near him, give him a nudge, and endeavour to check him.
43And very often, when he was reclining near him, he would whisper in his ear, and admonish him gently and quietly, so that no one else might hear what was said, saying, "You ought not only not to be like any one else here, but like no one else whatever, neither at any spectacle, or at anything that is to be heard, or in anything else that ever affects the outward senses, but you ought rather to surpass all other men in every action of your life, as much as you surpass them in your good fortune,
44for it is unreasonable for the ruler of all the earth and of all the sea to be subdued by a song or by an exhibition of dancing, or by any ridiculous jest or piece of acting, or by anything else of that kind; and not on every occasion, and in every place, to remember his position as emperor, like a shepherd and protector of the flock, availing himself of everything that can tend to any kind of amelioration, from every word, and from every action, of every description whatever."
45Then again he would add, "When you are present at any theatrical contest, or at any gymnastic games, or at any of the contests in the hippodrome, do not consider the pursuits themselves so much as the behaving correctly in all such pursuits, and entertain thoughts of this nature:
46if some men labour in this manner to bring to perfection things that can in no respect benefit human life, but which only afford pleasure and amusement to the spectators, in such a way as to be praised and admired, and to receive rewards, and honours, and crowns, and to have their names proclaimed as conquerors; what ought that man to do who is skilful in the most sublime and most important of all arts?
47Now the greatest and most excellent of all sciences is the science of government, by means of which every country which is good and fertile, whether it be champaign or mountainous, is cultivated, and every sea is navigated without danger by heavily-laden merchant-vessels, to communicate to the different countries the useful productions of each, out of a natural desire for participation and association, so that each land receives what it stands in need of, and sends abroad in requital those good things of which it has a superfluity;
48for envy has never obtained a dominion over the whole of the habitable world, nor even over those great divisions of it, the whole of Europe or the whole of Asia, but it lurks in holes like a venomous reptile, creeping out in small districts to attack an individual man, or a single family, or, if it is very violent and powerful, perhaps one city; but it never attacks a larger circle of a whole nation or a whole country, especially ever since your august family has really begun to rule over all men in every part of the world.
49"For your house has discovered and brought to light everything that is good, even in the midst of evils, and has banished all evils to the extremities of the earth, and beyond its borders to the very depths of Tartarus, and has brought back, from the most distant borders of the earth and sea, those profitable and beneficial things which were in a manner banished into the habitable world around us; and now all these things are entrusted to your power, to be governed by your authority.
50"Accordingly you, having been conducted by nature to the supreme helm of the world, and having the government of everything placed in your hand, must guide the universal ship of all mankind in a safe and salutary manner, rejoicing and delighting in nothing more than in doing good to your subjects;
Sections 51–75
51for different people have different contributions to bestow, which individuals necessarily offer in their several cities. But the most suitable gift for a ruler to give is to adopt wise counsels with respect to those who are subject to his authority, and to execute intentions which have been rightly formed, and to bestow on them good things without any limitation, with a liberal hand and mind, except such as it may be better to keep in reserve from a prudent foreknowledge of the uncertainty of the future."
52The unhappy man kept dinning suggestions of this kind into his ears in the hope of improving Caius; but he, being a contentious and quarrelsome person, turned his mind in the directly opposite direction, as if he were exhorted to do exactly the contrary, and he conceived a most determined disgust for his monitor, so as never to behold him with a cheerful countenance; and sometimes when he saw him at a distance he would speak as follows to those near him:
53"Here comes the teacher of one who has no longer any right to be looked upon as a pupil; -here comes the pedagogue of one who is no longer a child, the monitor of one who is wiser than himself, the man who thinks it proper that the emperor should obey his subject, who sets himself up as a man deeply versed by experience in the science of government, and as a teacher of it, though from whom he has learnt the principles of sovereign government I know not;
54for from the moment that I left my cradle, I have had ten thousand instructors, fathers, brothers, uncles, cousins, and grandfathers, up to the very founders of my family, in fact every one related to me either on my father’s or my mother’s side, who had acquired absolute power for themselves, even without taking into consideration the fact that, by their being the authors of my being, they had implanted in me some degree of royal power and some natural aptitude for government.
55For as similitudes of both body and soul exist both in the form, and position, and motions of men, and also as the inclinations, and dispositions, and actions of men are preserved in some degree of similitude through the principles of descent, so also is it probable that the very same principles should convey an outline of similitude in respect of one’s aptitude for government.
56Shall any one, then, who is ignorant dare to instruct me who am the reverse of ignorant? me who, even before my birth, while I was yet in my mother’s womb, was fashioned as an emperor in the workshop of nature? For how can it be possible for persons, who but a short time before were private individuals, to contemplate as they should the intentions of an imperial soul? But some persons in their shameless audacity dare to put themselves forward as interpreters and perfecters of the principles of government, when in reality they scarcely ought to be enrolled among those who have any understanding whatever of the matter."
57And as he thus diligently laboured to alienate himself from Macro, he began also to invent false but plausible and specious grounds for blaming and accusing him; for passionate and irritable natures, especially when belonging to powerful men, are very ingenious at weaving plausibilities. Now, the pretexts which he made use of against him were of the following natures.
58He said Macro thought thus: "Caius is my work; the work of Macro. I am more truly, or at all events not less truly, his father than his own parents. He would have been destroyed, over and over again, by Tiberius, who thirsted for his blood, if it had not been for me and for my powers of persuasion. And moreover, when Tiberius was dead, I, who had under my command the whole force of the army, immediately placed him in the position which Tiberius had occupied, teaching him that the state had indeed sustained a loss of one man, but that the imperial authority continued unaltered, as entire as ever."
59And many people have given credit to these assertions of his as if they were true, not being acquainted with the false I and crafty disposition of the speakers; for hitherto the dishonest and designing character of his disposition was not made manifest. But a few days afterwards the miserable man was put to death, with his wife, receiving the extremity of punishment as a reward for his exceeding good will towards his slayer.
60This is the consequence of doing kindnesses to ungrateful people; for in return for the benefits which they have received, they inflict the greatest of injuries on those from whom they have received them. Accordingly, Macro, who had done everything in sincerity with the most earnest eagerness and zeal for the good of Caius, in the first place in order to save him from death, and afterwards in order that he by himself might succeed to the imperial authority, received for his reward the fate which I have mentioned.
61For it is said that the wretched man was compelled to kill himself with his own hand; and his wife, too, experienced the same misery, even though she indeed had at one time been believed to be on the most intimate terms of familiarity with Caius; but they say that none of the allurements of love are stable and trustworthy because it is a passion which quickly breeds satiety.
62But after Macro and all his house had been sacrificed, Caius then began to design a third more grievous piece of treachery still. His father-in-law had been Marcus Silanus, a man full of wisdom, and very illustrious by birth. He, after his daughter had died by an early death, still was very attentive and affectionate to Caius, showing all imaginable regard for him, not so much like a father-in-law as like an actual father, and he hoped that he should find that Caius also entertained equal good will towards him, transforming himself according to the principles of equality from a son-in-law into a son; but he was, without knowing it, cherishing mistaken opinions, and deluding himself,
63for he was continually uttering affectionate speeches, keeping back nothing which could tend to the amelioration and improvement of Caius’s disposition and way of life and mode of government, speaking with all freedom, and looking upon his own surpassing nobility of birth and nearness of connexion by marriage as circumstances which gave him grounds for great familiarity and openness, for his daughter had been dead only a very short time, so that the laws and bonds which bind such kinsmen were scarcely destroyed, and one may almost say were still quivering with life, some relics of the breath of vitality being still left, as it were, and remaining warm in the body.
64But Caius, looking upon every admonition as an insult, because he fancied that he himself was the wisest and most virtuous of all men, and moreover the most valorous and the most just, hated all who ventured to offer him instruction more than even his avowed enemies.
65Therefore, looking on Silanus as a bore, who only wished to check the impetuosity and indulgence of his appetites, and discarding all recollection of and regard for his deceased wife, he treacherously put her father to death, who was also his own father-in-law.
66And by this time the matter began to be widely talked about in consequence of the continual deaths of so many eminent men, so that now these things began to be spoken of in every mouth as intolerable infamy and wickedness; not indeed openly, from fear, but gently and under the breath, in whispers;
67and then again, by a sudden change (for the multitude is very unstable in everything, in intentions, and words, and actions), men, disbelieving that one who but a little while before was merciful and humane could have become altered so entirely, for Caius had been looked upon as affable, and sociable, and friendly, began to seek for excuses for him, and after some search they found such, saying with regard to his cousin and co-heir in the kingdom things such as these:
68"The unchangeable law of nature has ordained that there should be no partnership in sovereign power, and it has established by its own unalterable principles what this man must inevitably have suffered at the hands of his more powerful co-heir. The one who was the more powerful has chastised the other. This is not murder. Perhaps, indeed, the putting that youth to death was done providentially for the advantage of the whole human race, since if one portion had been assigned as subjects to the one, and another portion to the other, there would have arisen troubles and confusion, and civil and foreign war. And what is better than peace? and peace is caused by good government on sound principles. And no government can be good but that which is free from all contentions and from all disputes, and then everything else is made right by it."
69And in reference to the case of Macro, they said, "The man was puffed up with pride in an immoderate degree; he had no idea of that great lesson which came from Delphi, 'know thyself.' And they say that knowledge is the cause of happiness, and that ignorance is the parent of unhappiness. What could have possessed him to make such an alteration and change in their relative positions as to thrust himself, who was a subject, into the rank of a governor, and to depress Caius, who was the emperor, into the place of a subject? For it is the part of a ruler to command, and that was what Macro did; but it is the duty of a subject to obey, and that was what he considered that Caius was to submit to."
70For these inconsiderate men, without giving themselves the trouble of inquiring into the truth, called the recommendations of Macro commands, and called him who gave advice a governor, out of ignorance and insensibility, or else out of flattery, suppressing the truth and giving a false colouring to the nature of both names and things.
71And in reference to Silanus they said, "Silanus was a most ridiculous person when he took it into his head that a father-in-law would have as much influence with his son-in-law as a real father has with a son. And yet even real fathers who are in a private station submit to their sons when they are in great offices and in places of high authority, being quite content with the second place; but this foolish man, even when he was no longer his father-in-law, kept on claiming privileges which did not belong to him, without perceiving that with the death of his daughter the connexion which had originated in the marriage of Caius with her had also died,
72for intermarriages are the bonds which unite families between which there is no kindred, changing alienation into near connexion; but when that bond is dissolved, then the union is dissolved likewise, especially when it is dissolved by a circumstance which cannot be altered or remedied, namely, by the death of the woman who was given in marriage into another family."
73Such conversations as these were held in every company, the speakers being wholly influenced by their wish that the emperor should not appear to be cruel; for as they had hoped that such humanity and gentleness was seated in the soul of Caius as had not existed in either of the previous emperors, they thought it would be a most strange thing if he now made so great and so sudden a change to an entirely contrary disposition.
74Having now, then, entirely accomplished the three undertakings above-mentioned, with reference to three most important divisions, two of them belonging to the country, one to the class of counsellors and the other to the knights, and the third affecting his own relations, and considering that now that he had thus put down the mightiest and most powerful of his foes, he must have struck all the rest with the utmost terror, alarming the counsellors by the death of Silanus
75(for he was inferior to no one in the senate), and the knights by the execution of Macro (for he, like the leader of a chorus, had long been considered the very first man of the knights for reputation and glory), and all his blood relations by the slaughter of his cousin and joint inheritor of the kingdom, he no longer chose to remain fettered by the ordinary limits of human nature, but aspired to raise himself above them, and desired to be looked upon as a god.
Sections 76–100
76And at the beginning of this insane desire they say that he was influenced by such a train of reasoning as the following: for as the curators of the herds of other animals, namely cowherds, and goatherds, and shepherds, are neither oxen nor goats, nor sheep, but men who have received a more excellent portion, and a more admirable formation of mind and body; so in the same manner, said he, is it fitting that I who am the leader of the most excellent of all herds, namely, the race of mankind, should be considered as a being of a superior nature, and not merely human, but as one who has received a greater and more holy portion.
77Accordingly, having impressed this idea on his mind, like a vain and foolish man as he was, he bore about in himself a fallacious fable and invention as if it had been a most undeniable truth; and after he had once carried his boldness and audacity to such a pitch as to compel the multitude to admit of his most impious deification, he attempted to do other things consistent with and conformable to it, and in this way he advanced up to the highest point by slow degrees as if he were ascending up steps.
78For he began at first to liken himself to those beings who are called demigods, such as Bacchus, and Hercules, and the twins of Lacedaemon; turning into utter ridicule Trophonius, and Amphiaraus, and Amphilochus, and others of the same kind, with all their oracles and secret ceremonies, in comparison of his own power.
79In the next place, like an actor in a theatre, he was continually wearing different dresses at different times, taking at one time a lion’s skin and a club, both gilded over; being then dressed in the character of Hercules; at another time he would wear a felt hat upon his head, when he was disguised in imitation of the Spartan twins, Castor and Pollux; sometimes he also adorned himself with ivy, and a thyrsus, and skins of fawns, so as to appear in the guise of Bacchus.
80And he looked upon himself as being in this respect superior to all of these beings, because each of them while he had his own peculiar honours had no claim to those which belonged to the others, but he in his envious ambition appropriated all the honours of the whole body of demigods at once, or I should rather say, appropriated the demigods themselves; transforming himself not into the triple-bodied Geryon, so as to attract all beholders by the multitude of his bodies; but, what was the most extraordinary thing of all, changing and transforming the essence of one body into every variety of form and figure, like the Egyptian Proteus, whom Homer has represented as being susceptible of every variety of transformation, into all the elements, and into the animals, and plants, which belong to the different elements.
81And yet why, O Caius! did you think yourself in need of spurious honours, such as the temples and statues of the beings above-mentioned are often filled with? You ought rather to have imitated their virtues. Hercules purified both the earth and the sea, performing labours of the greatest possible importance and of the highest benefit to all mankind, in order to eradicate all that was mischievous and calculated to injure the nature of each of the elements.
82Bacchus rendered the vine susceptible of cultivation, and extracted a most delicious drink from it, which is at the same time most beneficial to the souls and bodies of men, leading the first to cheerfulness, working in them a forgetfulness of evils and a hope of blessings, and making the latter more healthy, and vigorous, and active, and supple.
83And individually it renders each man better, and alters populous families and households, leading them from a squalid and laborious life of vexation to a course of relaxation and cheerful happiness, and causing to every city on earth, both Grecian and barbarian, incessant festivity, and mirth, and entertainment, and revelry; for of all these things is good wine the cause.
84Again, it is said that the twin sons of Jupiter, Castor and Pollux, are partakers of immortality. For since the one was mortal and the other immortal, the one who had had the more excellent portion assigned to him did not choose to behave in a selfish manner, but rather to display his good will and affection towards his brother;
85for having acquired the idea that eternity was never-ending, and considering that he was to live for ever, and that his brother was to be dead for ever, and that in conjunction with his own immortality he should likewise be enduring an undying sorrow on account of his brother, he conceived and carried out a most marvellous system of counterbalancing, mingling mortality with himself and immortality with his brother, and thus he modified inequality, which is the beginning of all injustice, by equality, which is the fountain of justice.
86All these beings, O Caius! were admired on account of the benefits which they had conferred on mankind, and they are admired for them even up to the present time, and they were deservedly thought worthy of veneration and of the very highest honours. But come now, and tell us yourself in what achievement of yours do you pride yourself and boast yourself as being in the least similar to their actions?
87Have you imitated the twin sons of Jupiter in their brotherly affection, that I may begin with that point? Did you not rather, O hard-hearted and most pitiless of men! inhumanly slaughter your brother, the joint inheritor of the kingdom with you, even before he had arrived at the full vigour of manhood, when he was still in early youth. Did you not afterwards banish your sisters, lest they also should cause you any reasonable apprehension of the deprivation and loss of your imperial power?
88Have you imitated Bacchus in any respect? Have you been an inventor of any new blessings to mankind? Have you filled the whole of the habitable world with joy as he did? Are all Asia and Europe inadequate to contain the gifts which have been showered upon mankind by you?
89No doubt you have invented new arts and sciences, like a common pest and murderer of your kind, by which you have changed all pleasant and acceptable things into vexation and sorrow, and have made life miserable and intolerable to all men everywhere, appropriating to yourself in your intolerable and insatiable greediness all the good and beautiful things which belonged to every one else, whether from the east or from any other country of the universe, carrying off everything from the south, everything from the north, and in requital giving to and pouring down upon those whom you had plundered every sort of mischievous and injurious things from your own bitter spirit, everything which is ever engendered in cruel, and destructive, and envenomed dispositions; these are the reasons why you appeared to us as a new Bacchus.
90But I suppose you imitated Hercules in your unwearied labours and your incessant displays of valour and virtue; you, O most wretched of men! having filled every continent and every island with good laws, and principles of justice, and wealth, and comfort, and prosperity, and abundance of other blessings, you, wretched man, full of all cowardice and iniquity, who have emptied every city of all the things which can conduce to stability and prosperity, and have made them full of everything which leads to trouble and confusion, and the most utter misery and desolation.
91Tell me then, O Caius! do you, after having made all these contributions to universal destruction, do you, I say, seek to acquire immortality in order to make the calamities which you have heaped upon mankind, not of brief duration and short-lived, but imperishable and everlasting? But I think, on the contrary, that even if you had previously appeared to be a god, you would beyond all question have been changed on account of your evil practises into an ordinary nature, resembling that of common perishable mortals; for if virtues can make their possessors immortal, then beyond all doubt vices can make them mortal.
92Do not, therefore, inscribe your name by the side of that of the twin sons of Jupiter, those most affectionate of deities, you who have been the murderer and destruction of your brethren, nor claim a share in the honours of Hercules or Bacchus, who have benefited human life. You have been the undoer and destroyer of those good effects which they produced.
93But the madness and frenzy to which he gave way were so preposterous, and so utterly insane, that he went even beyond the demigods, and mounted up to and invaded the veneration and worship paid to those who are looked upon as greater than they, as the supreme deities of the world, Mercury, and Apollo, and Mars.
94And first of all he dressed himself up with the caduceus, and sandals, and mantle of Mercury, exhibiting a regularity in his disorder, a consistency in his confusion, and a ratiocination in his insanity.
95Afterwards, when he thought fit to do so, he laid aside these ornaments, and metamorphosed and transformed himself into Apollo, crowning his head with garlands, in the form of rays, and holding a bow and arrows in his left hand, and holding forth graces in his right, as if it became him to proffer blessings to all men from his ready store, and to display the best arrangement possible on his right hand, but to contract the punishments which he had it in his power to inflict, and to allot to them a more confined space on his left.
96And immediately there were established choruses, who had been carefully trained, singing paeans to him, the same who had, a little while before, called him Bacchus, and Evius, and Lyaeus, and sang Bacchic hymns in his honour when he assumed the disguise of Bacchus.
97Very often, also, he would clothe himself with a breastplate, and march forth sword in hand, with a helmet on his head and a shield on his left arm, calling himself Mars, and on each side of him there marched with him the attendants of this new and unknown Mars, a troop of murderers and executioners who had already performed him all kinds of wicked services when he was raging and thirsting for human blood;
98and then when men saw this they were amazed and terrified at the marvellous sight, and they wondered how a man who did exactly the contrary to what was done by those beings to whom he claimed to be equal in honour, did not choose to imitate their virtues, but assumed the outward character of each with I the most abominable conduct. And yet all those ornaments and decorations which belonged to them were attached to his statues and images, which indicated by symbols the benefits which the beings who are thus honoured confer upon the race of mankind.
99Mercury, for instance, requires wings attached to his ankles. Why so? Is it not because it behoves him to be the interpreter and declarer of the will of the gods (from which employment, in fact, he derives his Greek name of Hermes ), announcing good news to mankind (for not only no god but no sensible man ever will become the messenger of evil), and therefore it is necessary for him to be exceedingly swift-footed, and all but winged, from the unhesitating rapidity with which he requires to proceed. Since it is right that beneficial news should be announced with great promptness, just as bad news ought to be brought slowly, unless indeed any one should prefer saying that such ought to be entirely suppressed in silence.
100Again, he takes with him his caduceus or herald’s wand, as a token of reconciliation and peace, for wars receive their respites and terminations by means of heralds, who restore peace; and wars which have no heralds to terminate them cause endless calamities to both parties, both to those who invade their neighbours and to those who are endeavouring to repel the invasion.
Sections 101–125
101But for what purpose did Caius assume the winged sandals of Mercury? Was it because he wished to spread with power, and rapidity, and loudness that miserable and ill-omened intelligence which ought rather to be buried in silence altogether, conveying his voice everywhere with unceasing celerity? And yet what need had he of such rapid motion? for even while standing still he poured forth unspeakable evils upon evils as if from an unceasing fountain, showering them down upon every portion of the habitable world.
102And of what use was the herald’s wand to him, who never either said or did anything bearing upon peace, but who rather filled every house and every city within Greece and in the countries of the barbarians with civil wars? Let him, therefore, imposter that he is, lay aside the name of Mercury, since by assuming it he is only profaning an appellation which does not belong to him.
103Again, of all the attributes of Apollo, what is there which in the least degree resembles his characteristics? He wears a crown emitting rays all around, the artist who made it having given a most admirable representation of the beams of the sun; but how can the sun, or in fact any light at all, be a welcome object to him, and not rather night, or anything else, if there be such more completely enveloped darkness, or even anything darker than darkness itself, for the performance of his lawless actions? Since good actions do require the brilliancy of noonday for their proper display, but shameful actions, as they say, are suited to the extreme depths of Tartarus, into which they ought to be thrust in order to be concealed from sight, as is becoming.
104Let him also transpose the things which he bears in each of his hands, and not pollute the proper arrangement, for let him bear his arrows and his bow in his right hand, for he knows how with good aim to shoot at and to pierce men and women, and whole families, and populous cities, to their complete destruction.
105And let him either at once throw away his graces altogether, or else let him keep them in the shade in his left hand, for he has defaced their beauty, directing all his eyes and exciting all his desires against vast properties, so as to plunder them in an iniquitous manner, in consequence of which their owners were murdered, finding themselves unfortunate through their good fortune.
106But no doubt he with great felicity gave a new representation of the medical skill of Apollo, for this god was the inventor of healing medicines, so as to cause health to men, thinking fit himself to heal the diseases which were inflicted by others, by reason of the excessive mildness and gentleness of his own nature and habits,
107but this man, on the contrary, loads those who are in good health with disease, and inflicts mutilations on those who are sound, and in short visits the living with most cruel death, caused by the hand of man before the time of their natural death, preparing every imaginable engine of destruction in abundant plenteousness, by means of which, if he had not himself been previously put to death in accordance with justice, everything glorious or respectable in every city would long ago have been destroyed.
108For his designs were prepared against all those in authority and all those possessed of riches, and especially against those in Rome and those in the rest of Italy, by whom such quantities of gold and silver had been treasured up that even if all the riches of all the rest of the habitable world had been collected together from its most distant borders, it would have been found to be very inferior in amount. On this account he began, he, this hater of the citizens, this devourer of the people, this pestilence, this destructive evil, began to banish all the seeds of peace from his country, as if he were expelling evil from holy ground;
109for Apollo is said to have been not only a physician but also an excellent prophet, by his oracular predictions announcing what was likely to conduce to the advantage of mankind, in order that no one, being overshadowed by uncertainty, going on without seeing his way before him like a blind man, might hastily fall into unexpected evils as if they were the greatest benefits; but that men having previously acquired a knowledge of the future as if it were really present, and looking at it with the eye of their mind, might guard against future evils just as they can see evils actually before them with the bodily eye, and in this way secure themselves against any irremediable disaster.
110Is it fitting now to compare with these oracles of Apollo the ill-omened warnings of Caius, by means of which poverty, and dishonour, and banishment, and death were given premature notice of to all those who were in power and authority in any part of the world? What connexion or resemblance was there between him and Apollo, when he never paid any attention to any ties of kindred or friendship? Let him cease, then, this pretended Apollo, from imitating that real healer of mankind, for the form of God is not a thing which is capable of being imitated by an inferior one, as good money is imitated by bad.
111A man, indeed, may expect anything rather than that a man endowed with such a body and such a soul, when both of them are effeminate and broken down, could ever possibly be made like to the vigour of Mars in either particular; but this man, like a mummer transforming himself on the stage, putting on all sorts of masks one after another, sought to deceive the spectators by a series of fictitious appearances.
112Come, then, let him be subjected to an examination in respect of all the particulars of his soul and body, by reason of his utter unlikeness to the aforesaid deity in every position and in every motion. Was he not utterly unlike Mars, not in respect only of his appearance as celebrated in fable, but as to his natural qualities? Mars, who is endued with preeminent valour, which we know to be a power calculated to avert evil, to be the assistant and ally of all who are unjustly oppressed, as indeed his very name shows,
113for he appears to me to be called Mars from his helping, which is the same as assisting, being as such the god who is able to put down wars and to cause peace, of which this representation of his was the enemy, being the comrade of wars, and the man who changed peace and stability into disorder and confusion.
114Have we not, then, learned from all these instances, that Caius ought not to be likened to any god, and not even to any demi-god, inasmuch as he has neither the same nature, nor the same essence, nor even the same wishes and intentions as any one of them; but appetite as it seems is a blind thing, and especially so when it takes to itself vain-gloriousness and ambition in conjunction with the greatest power, by which we who were previously unfortunate are utterly destroyed,
115for he regarded the Jews with most especial suspicion, as if they were the only persons who cherished wishes opposed to his, and who had been taught in a manner from their very swaddling-clothes by their parents, and teachers, and instructors, and even before that by their holy laws, and also by their unwritten maxims and customs, to believe that there was but one God, their Father and the Creator of the world;
116for all others, all men, all women, all cities, all nations, every country and region of the earth, I had almost said the whole of the inhabited world, although groaning over what was taking place, did nevertheless flatter him, dignifying him above measure, and helping to increase his pride and arrogance; and some of them even introduced the barbaric custom into Italy of falling down in adoration before him, adulterating their native feelings of Roman liberty.
117But the single nation of the Jews, being excepted from these actions, was suspected by him of wishing to counteract his desires, since it was accustomed to embrace voluntary death as an entrance to immortality, for the sake of not permitting any of their national or hereditary customs to be destroyed, even if it were of the most trivial character, because, as is the case in a house, it often happens that by the removal of one small part, even those parts which appeared to be solidly established fall down, being relaxed and brought to decay by the removal of that one thing,
118but in this case what was put in motion was not a trifle, but a thing of the very greatest importance, namely, the erecting the created and perishable nature of a man, as far at least as appearance went, into the uncreated and imperishable nature of God, which the nation correctly judged to be the most terrible of all impieties (for it would have been easier to change a god into man, than a man into God), besides the fact of such an action letting in other most enormous wickedness, infidelity and ingratitude towards the Benefactor of the whole world, who by his own power gives abundant supplies of all kinds of blessings to every part of the universe.
119Therefore a most terrible and irreconcileable war was prepared against our nation, for what could be a more terrible evil to a slave than a master who was an enemy? And his subjects are the slaves of the emperor, even if they were not so to any one of the former emperors, because they governed with gentleness and in accordance with the laws, but now that Caius had eradicated all feelings of humanity from his soul, and had admired lawlessness (for looking upon himself as the law, he abrogated all the enactments of other lawgivers in every state and country as so many vain sentences), we were properly to be looked upon not only as slaves, but as the very lowest and most dishonoured of slaves, now that our ruler was changed into our master.
120And the mixed and promiscuous multitude of the Alexandrians perceiving this, attacked us, looking upon it as a most favourable opportunity for doing so, and displayed all the arrogance which had been smouldering for a long period, disturbing everything, and causing universal confusion,
121for they began to crush our people as if they had been surrendered by the emperor for the most extreme and undeniable miseries, or as if they had been subdued in war, with their frantic and most brutal passion, forcing their way into their houses, and driving out the owners, with their wives and children, which they rendered desolate and void of inhabitants.
122And no longer watching for night and darkness, like ordinary robbers out of fear of being detected, they openly plundered them of all their furniture and treasures, carrying them off in broad daylight, and displaying their booty to every one whom they met, as if they had inherited it or fairly purchased it from the owners. And if a multitude joined together to share any particular piece of plunder, they divided it in the middle of the market-place, reviling it and turning it all into ridicule before the eyes of its real owners.
123These things were of themselves terrible and grievous; how could they be otherwise? Surely it was most miserable for men to become beggars from having been wealthy, and to be reduced on a sudden from a state of abundance to one of utter indigence, without having done any wrong, and to be rendered houseless and homeless, being driven out and expelled from their own houses, that thus, being compelled to dwell in the open air day and night, they might be destroyed by the burning heat of the sun or by the cold of the night.
124Yet even these evils were lighter than those which I am about to mention; for when the populace had driven together these countless myriads of men, and women, and children, like so many herds of sheep and oxen, from every quarter of the city, into a very narrow space as if into a pen, they expected that in a few days they should find a heap of corpses all huddled together, as they would either have perished by hunger through the want of necessary food, as they had not prepared themselves with any thing requisite, through a foreknowledge of the evils which thus suddenly came upon them;
125or else through being crushed and suffocated from want of any adequate space to breathe in, all the air around them becoming tainted, and all that there was of vivifying power in their respiration being cut off, or, if one is to say the truth, utterly expelled, by the breath of those who were expiring among them. By which, each individual being inflamed, and in a manner oppressed by a descent of fever upon him, inhaled a hot and unwholesome breath through his nostrils and mouth, heaping, as the proverb has it, fire on fire;
Sections 126–150
126for the power which resides in the inmost parts changed its nature, and became most excessively fiery; upon which, when the external breezes, being moderately cool, blow, all the organs of the respiratory powers flourish, and are in a good and healthy condition; but when these breezes change and become hot, then those organs must of necessity be in a bad state, fire being added to fire.
127As they then were no longer able to endure the misery of the place within which they were enclosed, they poured forth into desolate parts of the wilderness, and to the shore, and among the tombs, in their eagerness to find any pure and untainted air. And if any of them had previously been left in the other parts of the city, or if any had come in thither from the fields out of ignorance of the evils which had visited their companions, they fell into every variety of misfortune, being stoned, or else wounded with sharp tiles, or beaten on the most mortal parts of the body, and especially on the head, with branches of maple and of oak, in such a way as to cause death.
128And some of those persons who are accustomed to pass their time in idleness and inaction, sitting around, occupied themselves in watching those who, as I have said before, were thus driven together and crammed into a very small space, as if they were a force which they were blockading; lest any one should secretly escape without their perceiving it. And a great many were designing to effect their escape from want of necessaries, disregarding their own safety from a fear that, if they remained, the whole body might perish with famine. So those men, expecting that they would endeavour to escape, kept a continual watch, and the moment that they caught any one, they immediately put him to death with every circumstance of insult and cruelty.
129And there was another company lying in wait for them on the quays of the river, to catch any Jews who arrived at those spots, and to plunder them of every thing which they brought for the purposes of traffic; for, forcing their way into their ships they took out the cargo before the eyes of its lawful owners, and then, binding the hands of the merchants behind them, they burnt them alive, taking the rudders, and helms, and punt-poles, and the benches for the rowers to sit upon, for fuel.
130And thus these men perished by a most miserable death being burnt alive in the middle of the city; for sometimes, for want of other timber they brought piles of faggots together, and tying them up, they threw them on the miserable victims; and they, being already half burnt, were killed, more by the smoke of the green wood than by the flames, as the new faggots gave forth only an unsubstantial and smoky sort of flame, and were soon extinguished, not being able to be reduced to ashes by reason of their lightness.
131And many who were still alive they took and bound, and fastened their ankles together with thongs and ropes, and then dragged them through the middle of the market-place, leaping on them, and not sparing their corpses even after they were dead; for, tearing them to pieces limb from limb, and trampling on them, behaving with greater brutality and ferocity than even the most savage beasts, they destroyed every semblance of humanity about them, so that not even a fragment of them was left to which the rites of burial could be afforded.
132But as the governor of the country, who by himself could, if he had chosen to do so, have put down the violence of the multitude in a single hour, pretended not to see what he did see, and not to hear what he did hear, but allowed the mob to carry on the war against our people without any restraint, and threw our former state of tranquillity into confusion, the populace being excited still more, proceeded onwards to still more shameless and more audacious designs and treachery, and, arraying very numerous companies, cut down some of the synagogues (and there are a great many in every section of the city), and some they razed to the very foundations, and into some they threw fire and burnt them, in their insane madness and frenzy, without caring for the neighbouring houses; for there is nothing more rapid than fire, when it lays hold of fuel.
133I omit to mention the ornaments in honour of the emperor, which were destroyed and burnt with these synagogues, such as gilded shields, and gilded crowns, and pillars, and inscriptions, for the sake of which they ought even to have abstained from and spared the other things; but they were full of confidence, inasmuch as they did not fear any chastisement at the hand of Caius, as they well knew that he cherished an indescribable hatred against the Jews, so that their opinion was that no one could do him a more acceptable service than by inflicting every description of injury on the nation which he hated;
134and, as they wished to curry favour with him by a novel kind of flattery, so as to allow, and for the future to give the rein to, every sort of ill treatment of us without ever being called to account, what did they proceed to do? All the synagogues that they were unable to destroy by burning and razing them to the ground, because a great number of Jews lived in a dense mass in the neighbourhood, they injured and defaced in another manner, simultaneously with a total overthrow of their laws and customs; for they set up in every one of them images of Caius, and in the greatest, and most conspicuous, and most celebrated of them they erected a brazen statue of him borne on a four-horse chariot.
135And so excessive and impetuous was the rapidity of their zeal, that, as they had not a new chariot for four horses ready, they got a very old one out of the gymnasium, full of poison, mutilated in its ears, and in the hinder part, and in its pedestal, and in many other points, and as some say, one which had already been dedicated in honour of a woman, the eminent Cleopatra, who was the great grandmother of the last.
136Now what amount of accusation he brought against those who had dedicated this chariot on this very account is notorious to every one; for what did it signify if it was a new one and belonging to a woman? Or what if it was an old one and belonging to a man? And what, in short, if it was wholly dedicated to the name of some one else? Was it not natural that those who were offering up a chariot of this sort on behalf of the emperor should be full of cautious fear, lest some one might lay an information against them before our emperor, who took such especial care that every thing which at all affected or related to himself should be done in the most dignified manner possible?
137But these men expected to be most extravagantly praised, and to receive greater and more conspicuous advantages as rewards for their conduct, in thus dedicating the synagogues to Caius as new pieces of consecrated ground, not because of the honour which was done to him by this proceeding, but because in this way they exhausted every possible means of insulting and injuring our nation.
138And one may find undeniable and notorious proofs of this having been the case. For, in the first place, one may derive them from about ten kings or more who reigned in order, one after another, for three hundred years, and who never once had any images or statues of themselves erected in our synagogues, though there were many of their relations and kinsmen whom they considered, and registered as, and spoke of as gods.
139And what would they not have done in the case of those whom they looked upon as men? a people who look upon dogs, and wolves, and lions, and crocodiles, and numerous other beasts, both terrestrial and aquatic, and numerous birds, as gods, and erect in their honour altars, and temples, and shrines, and consecrated precincts, throughout the whole of Egypt?
140Perhaps some people who would not have opened their mouths then will say now: "They were accustomed to pay respect to the good deeds done by their governors rather than to their governors themselves, because the emperors are greater than the Ptolemies, both in their dignities and in their fortunes, and are justly entitled to receive higher honours."
141Then, O ye most foolish of all mankind! that I may not be compelled to utter any thing disrespectful or blasphemous, why did you never think Tiberius, who was emperor before Caius, who indeed was the cause that Caius ever became emperor, who himself enjoyed the supreme power by land and sea for three and twenty years, and who never allowed any seed of war to smoulder or to raise its head, either in Greece or in the territory of the barbarians, and who bestowed peace and the blessings of peace up to the end of his life with a rich and most bounteous hand and mind upon the whole empire and the whole world; why, I say, did you not consider him worthy of similar honour?
142Was he inferior in birth? No; he was of the most noble blood by both parents. Was he inferior in his education? Who, of all the men who flourished in his time, was either more prudent or more eloquent? Or in his age? What king or emperor ever lived to more prosperous old age than he? Moreover, he, even while he was still a young man, was called the old man as a mark of respect because of his exceeding wisdom. This man, though he was so wise, and so good, and so great, was passed over and disregarded by you.
143Again, why did you not pay similar honour to him who exceeded the common race of human nature in every virtue, who, by reason of the greatness of his absolute power and his own excellence, was the first man to be called Augustus, not receiving the title after another by a succession of blood as a part of his inheritance, but who was himself the origin of his successors, having that title and honour? He who first became emperor, when all the affairs of the state were in disorder and confusion;
144for the islands were in a state of war against the continents, and the continents were contending with the islands for the pre-eminence in honour, each having for their leaders and champions the most powerful and eminent of the Romans who were in office. And then again, great sections of Asia were contending against Europe, and Europe against Asia, for the chief power and dominion; the European and Asiatic nations rising up from the extremities of the earth, and waging terrible wars against one another over all the earth, and over every sea, with enormous armaments, so that very nearly the whole race of mankind would have been destroyed by mutual slaughter and made utterly to disappear, if it had not been for one man and leader, Augustus, by whose means they were brought to a better state, and therefore we may justly call him the averter of evil.
145This is Caesar, who calmed the storms which were raging in every direction, who healed the common diseases which were afflicting both Greeks and barbarians, who descended from the south and from the east, and ran on and penetrated as far as the north and the west, in such a way as to fill all the neighbouring districts and waters with unexpected miseries.
146This is he who did not only loosen but utterly abolish the bonds in which the whole of the habitable world was previously bound and weighed down. This is he who destroyed both the evident and the unseen wars which arose from the attacks of robbers. This is he who rendered the sea free from the vessels of pirates, and filled it with merchantmen.
147This is he who gave freedom to every city, who brought disorder into order, who civilized and made obedient and harmonious, nations which before his time were unsociable, hostile, and brutal. This is he who increased Greece by many Greeces, and who Greecised the regions of the barbarians in their most important divisions: the guardian of peace, the distributor to every man of what was suited to him, the man who proffered to all the citizens favours with the most ungrudging liberality, who never once in his whole life concealed or reserved for himself any thing that was good or excellent.
148Now this man who was so great a benefactor to them for the space of three and forty years, during which he reigned over Egypt, they passed over in silence and neglect, never erecting any thing in their synagogues to do him honour; no image, no statue, no inscription.
149And yet if ever there was a man to whom it was proper that new and unprecedented honours should be voted, it was certainly fitting that such should be decreed to him, not only because he was as it were the origin and fountain of the family of Augustus, not because he was the first, and greatest, and universal benefactor, having, instead of the multitude of governors who existed before, entrusted the common vessel of the state to himself as one pilot of admirable skill in the science of government to steer and govern; for the verse, "The government of many is not good," is very properly expressed, since a multitude of votes is the cause of every variety of evil; but also because the whole of the rest of the habitable world had decreed him honours equal to those of the Olympian gods.
150And we have evidence of this in the temples, and porticoes, and sacred precincts, and groves, and colonnades which have been erected, so that all the cities put together, ancient and modern, which exhibit magnificent works, are surpassed, by the beauty and magnitude of the buildings erected in honour of Caesar, and especially by those raised in our city of Alexandria.
Sections 151–175
151For there is no sacred precinct of such magnitude as that which is called the Grove of Augustus, and the temple erected in honour of the disembarkation of Caesar, which is raised to a great height, of great size, and of the most conspicuous beauty, opposite the best harbour; being such an one as is not to be seen in any other city, and full of offerings, in pictures, and statues; and decorated all around with silver and gold; being a very extensive space, ornamented in the most magnificent and sumptuous manner with porticoes, and libraries, and men’s chambers, and groves, and propylaea, and wide, open terraces, and court-yards in the open air, and with everything that could contribute to use or beauty; being a hope and beacon of safety to all who set sail, or who came into harbour.
152Therefore, though they had such admirable pretexts for such conduct, and all the nations in every part of the world inclined to agree with them, they nevertheless neither made any innovations in their synagogues, but kept the law in every particular; and refused any marks of respect and veneration which might have been looked upon as due to Caesar. Perhaps some cautious and sensible person may ask: "Why were all these honours denied to him?" I will tell the reason, without suppressing any thing.
153They were aware of the attention which he paid to every thing, and of the very exceeding care which he took that the national laws and customs prevailing in each nation should be confirmed and preserved, being equally anxious for the preservation of the rights of foreign nations in this respect, as for those of the Romans; and that he received his honours, not for the destruction of the laws existing in any people, filling himself with pride and arrogance, but in a spirit of proper conformity with the magnitude of so vast an empire, which is dignified and honoured by such marks of respect being paid to the emperor.
154And there is most undeniable proof that he was never influenced or puffed up by the excessive honours paid to him, in the fact that he did not approve of any one’s addressing him as master or god, but if any one used such expressions he was angry; and we may see it too in his approbation of the Jews, who he well knew most religiously avoided all such language.
155How then did he look upon the great division of Rome which is on the other side of the river Tiber, which he was well aware was occupied and inhabited by the Jews? And they were mostly Roman citizens, having been emancipated; for, having been brought as captives into Italy, they were manumitted by those who had bought them for slaves, without ever having been compelled to alter any of their hereditary or national observances.
156Therefore, he knew that they had synagogues, and that they were in the habit of visiting them, and most especially on the sacred sabbath days, when they publicly cultivate their national philosophy. He knew also that they were in the habit of contributing sacred sums of money from their first fruits and sending them to Jerusalem by the hands of those who were to conduct the sacrifices.
157But he never removed them from Rome, nor did he ever deprive them of their rights as Roman citizens, because he had a regard for Judaea, nor did he ever meditate any new steps of innovation or rigour with respect to their synagogues, nor did he forbid their assembling for the interpretation of the law, nor did he make any opposition to their offerings of first fruits; but he behaved with such piety towards our countrymen, and with respect to all our customs, that he, I may almost say, with all his house, adorned our temple with many costly and magnificent offerings, commanding that continued sacrifices of whole burnt offerings should be offered up for ever and ever every day from his own revenues, as a first fruit of his own to the most high God, which sacrifices are performed to this very day, and will be performed for ever, as a proof and specimen of a truly imperial disposition.
158Moreover, in the monthly divisions of the country, when the whole people receives money or corn in turn, he never allowed the Jews to fall short in their reception of this favour, but even if it happened that this distribution fell on the day of their sacred sabbath, on which day it is not lawful for them to receive any thing, or to give any thing, or in short to perform any of the ordinary duties of life, he charged the dispenser of these gifts, and gave him the most careful and special injunctions to make the distribution to the Jews on the day following, that they might not lose the effects of his common kindness.
159Therefore, all people in every country, even if they were not naturally well inclined towards the Jewish nation, took great care not to violate or attack any of the Jewish customs or laws. And in the reign of Tiberius things went on in the same manner, although at that time things in Italy were thrown into a great deal of confusion when Sejanus was preparing to make his attempt against our nation;
160for he knew immediately after his death that the accusations which had been brought against the Jews who were dwelling in Rome were false calumnies, inventions of Sejanus, who was desirous to destroy our nation, which he knew alone, or above all others, was likely to oppose his unholy counsels and actions in defence of the emperor, who was in great danger of being attacked, in violation of all treaties and of all honesty.
161And he sent commands to all the governors of provinces in every country to comfort those of our nation in their respective cities, as the punishment intended to be inflicted was not meant to be inflicted upon all, but only on the guilty; and they were but few. And he ordered them to change none of the existing customs, but to look upon them as pledges, since the men were peaceful in their dispositions and natural characters, and their laws trained them and disposed them to quiet and stability.
162But Caius puffed himself up with pride, not only saying, but actually thinking that he was a god. And then he found no people, whether among the Greeks or among the barbarians, more suitable than the Alexandrians to confirm him in his immoderate and unnatural ambition; for they are in an extraordinary degree inclined to flattery, and trick, and hypocrisy, being thoroughly furnished with all kinds of cajoling words, and prone to confuse every thing with their unbridled and licentious talk.
163And the name of God is held in so little veneration among them, that they have given it to ibises, and to the poisonous asps which are found in their country, and to many other savage beasts which exist in it. So that they, very naturally, giving in to all kinds of addresses and invocations to him, addressed him as God, deceiving men of shallow comprehension, who were wholly inexperienced in the impiety prevailing in Egypt, though they are detected by those who are acquainted with their excessive folly, or, I should rather say, with their preposterous impiety.
164Of which, Caius, having no experience, imagined that he was really believed by the Alexandrians to be God, since they, without any disguise, openly and plainly used all the appellations without any limitation, with which they were accustomed to invoke the other gods.
165In the next place, he believed that the innovations which they made with respect to their synagogues, were all made with a pure conscience, and from a sincere honour and respect for him, partly being influenced by the ephemerides in the way of memorial, which some persons sent him from Alexandria; for these things were what he very much delighted to read, to such a degree that the writings of all other authors, whether in prose or in poetry, were looked upon by him as absolutely odious in comparison with the delight which these documents afforded him, and partly by the language of some of his domestics, who were continually jesting with him and ridiculing all serious things.
166The greater portion of these men were Egyptians, wicked, worthless men, who had imprinted the venom and evil disposition of their native asps and crocodiles on their own souls, and gave a faithful representation of them there. And the leader of the whole Egyptian troops, like the coryphaeus of a chorus, was a man of the name of Helicon, an accursed and infamous slave, who had been introduced into the imperial household to its ruin; for he had acquired a slight smattering of the encyclical sciences, by imitation of and rivalry with his former master, who gave him to Tiberius Caesar.
167And at that time he had no especial privilege, since Tiberius had a perfect hatred of all youthful sallies of wit for the mere purposes of amusement, as he, from almost his earliest youth, was of a solemn and austere disposition.
168But when Tiberius was dead, and Caius succeeded to the empire, he then, following a new master, who invited him to every description of relaxation and luxury, such as could delight every one of his outward senses, said to himself: "Rise up, O Helicon! now is your opportunity. You have now an auditor, and a spectator, who is of all men in the world the best calculated to receive the exhibition of your talents favourably. You are a man of very attractive natural talents. You are able to joke graceful, and to say witty, things beyond any one else. You are skilful in all kinds of amusements, and trifling, and fashionable sports. And you are equally accomplished in those branches of encyclical education which are not so ordinarily met with. Moreover, you have a readiness of speech and repartee which is far from unpleasing.
169If therefore you mingle with your jestings any little stimulus which is in the least unwelcome or painful, so as to excite not only laughter but any feelings of bitterness, on the part of one who is always ready to suspect evil, you will be deliberately alienating from yourself a master who is very well inclined by nature to listen to any accusations which are brought before him in a joking manner; for his ears, as you well know, are always open, and are constantly on the watch to listen to all those who are in the habit of interweaving accusations of others with their sycophancy.
170And do not seek for any more abundant causes; for you have a sufficient foundation with respect to the customs of the Jews and the national laws of that people, in which you yourself were bred up, and in which you have been instructed from your very earliest childhood, not by one man only, but by that most chattering and vexatious portion of the city of Alexandria. So now, make an exhibition of your learning."
171By these preposterous and accursed arguments he excited his own expectations, and trained himself, and inflamed his own wishes; and then he attended upon and courted Caius, day and night, never leaving him for a moment, but being with him at all times and on all occasions, and employing every moment when he was by himself, or when he was resting, to pour forth accusations against our nation, like a most infamous man as he was, exciting pleasure in the mind of the emperor by ridiculing the Jews and their laws and customs, that thus his calumnies might wound us the more effectually; for he never openly confessed himself to be our accuser, nor could he in fact make such a confession; but he went by all kinds of crooked paths, and practised every sort of manoeuvre, and thus was a more dangerous and formidable enemy than even those men who openly recorded their hatred of and hostility towards us.
172They say also that some of the ambassadors of the Alexandrians, being completely aware of this, had secretly hired him by considerable bribes, and not only by money but by hopes of future honours, which they led him to expect he might attain to at no distant period, when Caius should come to Alexandria.
173And he, being continually declaiming of that time in which, while his master was present, and in conjunction with him, he should be almost supreme in his power over a large portion of the world (for it was notorious enough that by his assiduous courting of Caius, he would be able to acquire power over the most illustrious portion of the citizens, and over all those who are held in especial honour by the most magnificent and glorious city, promised every thing).
174We, therefore, being for a long time unsuspicious of this natural enemy, who was plotting against us from his concealment, took precautions only against our external foes; but when we perceived that he too was to be guarded against, we searched into the matter carefully, considering every expedient to see if we could, by any means, propitiate and conciliate the man who was thus aiming and shooting at us, by every means and from every place, with great accuracy of aim and power of injuring us;
175for he was in the habit of playing at ball with him, and of exercising himself in gymnastic sports with him, and of bathing with him, and breakfasting with him, and he was with Caius when he was wont to go to rest, filling the part of chamberlain and chief body-guard to him, an office which was not entrusted to any one else, so that he alone had all kinds of favourable opportunities for being listened to at leisure by the emperor, when he was removed from any external tumults and distractions, and able quietly to hear what he principally desired.
Sections 176–200
176And he mingled numbers of satirical and quizzing observations with his more formal and serious accusations, in order to excite pleasure in his hearers by that means, and to do us the greatest possible amount of injury; for the quizzing and ridiculing appeared, as he used it, to be the principal object at which he aimed, though it was in reality only his indirect one; and the accusations which he launched against us appeared to be mere casual observations, dropped accidentally, though in reality they were his primary and sole object, while he was trying every expedient possible,
177and so, like sailors who have a fair wind blowing on their stern, he was borne onwards with a full sail before a favourable gale, heaping upon us and stringing together one accusation after another, while the mind of his hearer was fashioned in a more solid and retentive mould, so that the recollection of the accusations was not easily eradicated.
178Accordingly, we being in a great strait and in most difficult circumstances, we, though we had availed ourselves of every expedient which we could possibly think of in order to propitiate and conciliate Helicon, could find no means of doing so and no access to him, since no one dared either to accost or to approach him, by reason of his exceeding insolence and cruelty with which he behaved to every one; and also because we were not aware, whether there was any especial reason for his alienation from the Jewish nation; since he was also exciting and exasperating his master against our people, and, accordingly, we left off labouring at this point, and turned our attention to what was of greater importance. For it appeared good to present to Caius a memorial, containing a summary of what we had suffered, and of the way in which we considered that we deserved to be treated;
179and this memorial was nearly an abridgment of a longer petition which we had sent to him a short time before, by the hand of king Agrippa; for he, by chance, was staying for a short time in the city, while on his way into Syria to take possession of the kingdom which had been given to him;
180but we, without being aware of it, were deceiving ourselves, for before also we had done the same, when we originally began to set sail, thinking that as we were going before a judge we should meet with justice; but he was in reality an irreconcilable enemy to us, attracting us, as far as appearance went, with favourable looks and cheerful address;
181for, receiving us favourably at first, in the plains on the banks of the Tiber (for he happened to be walking about in his mother’s garden), he conversed with us formally, and waved his right hand to us in a protecting manner, giving us significant tokens of his good will, and having sent to us the secretary, whose duty it was to attend to the embassies that arrived, Obulus by name, he said, "i myself will listen to what you have to say at the first favourable opportunity." So that all those who stood around congratulated us as if we had already carried our point, and so did all those of our own people, who are influenced by superficial appearances.
182But I myself, who was accounted to be possessed of superior prudence, both on account of my age and my education, and general information, was less sanguine in respect of the matters at which the others were so greatly delighted. "For why," said I, after pondering the matter deeply in my own heart, "why, when there have been such numbers of ambassadors, who have come, one may almost say, from every corner of the globe, did he say on that occasion that he would hear what we had to say, and no one else? What could have been his meaning? for he was not ignorant that we were Jews, who would have been quite content at not being treated worse than the others;
183but to expect to be looked upon as worthy to receive especial privileges and precedence, by a master who was of a different nation and a young man and an absolute monarch, would have seemed like insanity. But it would seem that he was showing civility to the whole district of the Alexandrians, to which he was thus giving a privilege, when promising to give his decision speedily; unless, indeed, disregarding the character of a fair and impartial hearer, he was intending to be a fellow suitor with our adversaries and an enemy of ours, instead of behaving like a judge."
184Having these ideas in my mind, I resisted the sanguine hopes of the others, and had no rest in my mind day or night. But while I was thus giving way to despondency and lamenting over my ignorance of the future (for it was not safe to postpone matters), on a sudden another most grievous and unexpected calamity fell upon us, bringing danger not on one section of the Jews only, but on all the nation together.
185For we had come from Rome to Dicaearchia attending upon Caius; and he had gone down to the sea-side and was remaining near the gulf, having left for a while his own palaces, which were numerous and superbly furnished.
186And while we were anxiously considering his intentions, for we were continually expecting to be summoned, a man arrived, with blood-shot eyes, and looking very much troubled, out of breath and palpitating, and leading us away to a little distance from the rest (for there were several persons near), he said, "Have you heard the news?" And then when he was about to tell us what it was he stopped, because of the abundance of tears that rose up to choke his utterance.
187And beginning again, he was a second and a third time stopped in the same manner. And we, seeing this, were much alarmed and agitated by suspense, and entreated him to tell us what the circumstance was on account of which he said that he had come; for he could not have come merely to weep before so many witnesses. "If, then," said we, "you have any real cause for tears, do not keep your grief to yourself; we have been long ago well accustomed to misfortune."
188And he with difficulty, sobbing aloud, and in a broken voice, spoke as follows: "Our temple is destroyed! Caius has ordered a colossal statue of himself to be erected in the holy of holies, having his own name inscribed upon it with the title of Jupiter!"
189And while we were all struck dumb with astonishment and terror at what he had told us, and stood still deprived of all motion (for we stood there mute and in despair, ready to fall to the ground with fear and sorrow, the very muscles of our bodies being deprived of all strength by the news which we had heard); others arrived bearing the same sad tale.
190And then we all retired and shut ourselves up together and bewailed our individual and common miseries, and went through every circumstance that our minds could conceive, for a man in misfortune is a most loquacious animal, wrestling as we might with our misery. And we said to one another, "We have sailed hither in the middle of winter, in order that we might not be all involved in violation of the law and in misfortunes proceeding from it, without being aware what a winter of misery was awaiting us on shore, far more grievous than any storm at sea. For of the one nature is the cause, which has divided the seasons of the year and arranged them in due order, but nature is a thing which exerts a saving power; but the other storm is caused by a man who cherishes no ideas such as become a man, but is a young man, and a promoter of all kinds of innovation, being invested with irresponsible power over all the world. "And youth, when combined with absolute power and yielding to irresistible and unrestrained passion, is an invincible evil.
191And will it be allowed to us to approach him or to open our mouth on the subject of the synagogues before this insulter of our holy and glorious temple? For it is quite evident that he will pay no regard whatever to things of less importance and which are held in inferior estimation, when he behaves with insolence and contempt towards our most beautiful and renowned temple, which is respected by all the east and by all the west, and regarded like the sun which shines everywhere.
192And even if we were allowed free access to him, what else could we expect but an inexorable sentence of death? But be it so; we will perish. For, indeed, a glorious death in defence of and for the sake of the preservation of our laws, is a kind of life. "But, indeed, if no advantage is derived from our death, would it not be insanity to perish in addition to what we now have to endure, and this too, while we appear to be ambassadors, so that the calamity appears rather to affect those who have sent us than those who remain?
193Not but what those of our fellow countrymen who are by nature most inclined to detest all wickedness, will accuse us of impiety, as if we, in the extremity of dangers, when our whole country was tossed about and threatened, were remembering some private interests of our own out of selfishness. For it is necessary that small things must yield to great ones, and that private objects must yield to the general interests; since, when they are destroyed, there is an end of the constitution and of the nation.
194For how can it be holy or lawful for us to struggle in any other manner, pointing out that we are citizens of Alexandria, over whom a danger is now impending, that namely, of the utter destruction of the general constitution of the Jewish nation; for in the destruction of the temple there is reason to fear that this man, so fond of innovation and willing to dare the most audacious actions, will also order the general name of our whole nation to be abolished.
195"If, therefore, both the objects on account of which we were sent are overthrown, perhaps some one will say, What then, did they not know that they had to negotiate for a safe return? But I would reply to such a man, You either have not the genuine feelings of a nobly born man, or else you were not educated like one, and have never been trained in the knowledge of the sacred scriptures; for men who are truly noble are full of hope, and the laws too implant good hopes in all those who do not study them superficially but with all their hearts.
196Perhaps these things are meant as a trial of the existing generation to see how they are inclined towards virtue, and whether they have been taught to bear evils with resolute and firm minds, without yielding at the first moment; all human considerations then are discarded, and let them be discarded, but let an imperishable hope and trust in God the Saviour remain in our souls, as he has often preserved our nation amid inextricable difficulties and distresses."
197These were the sort of things which we said, bewailing at the same time our unexpected calamities, and yet also encouraging one another with the hope of a change to a more tranquil and peaceful state of things. And after a little consideration and delay, we said to those who had brought us this doleful news, "Why sit ye here quietly, having just kindled sparks of eagerness in our ears by which we are set on fire and rendered all in a blaze, when you ought rather to add to what you have told us an account of the causes which have operated on Caius."
198And they replied, "You know the principal and primary cause of all; for that indeed is universally known to all men. He desires to be considered a god; and he conceives that the Jews alone are likely to be disobedient; and that therefore he cannot possibly inflict a greater evil or injury upon them than by defacing and insulting the holy dignity of their temple; for report prevails that it is the most beautiful of all the temples in the world, inasmuch as it is continually receiving fresh accessions of ornament and has been for an infinite period of time, a never-ending and boundless expense being lavished on it. And as he is a very contentious and quarrelsome man, he thinks of appropriating this edifice wholly to himself.
199And he is excited now on this subject to a much greater degree than before by a letter which Capito has sent to him. "Capito is the collector of the imperial revenues in Judaea, and on some account or other he is very hostile to the nations of the country; for having come thither a poor man, and having amassed enormous riches of every imaginable description by plunder and extortion, he has now become afraid lest some accusation may be brought against him, and on this account he has contrived a design by which he may repel any such impeachment, namely, by calumniating those whom he has injured;
200and a circumstance which we will now mention, has given him some pretext for carrying out his design. "There is a city called Jamnia; one of the most populous cities in all Judaea, which is inhabited by a promiscuous multitude, the greatest number of whom are Jews; but there are also some persons of other tribes from the neighbouring nations who have settled there to their own destruction, who are in a manner sojourners among the original native citizens, and who cause them a great deal of trouble, and who do them a great deal of injury, as they are continually violating some of the ancestral national customs of the Jews.
Sections 201–225
201These men hearing from travellers who visit the city how exceedingly eager and earnest Caius is about his own deification, and how disposed he is to look unfavourably upon the whole race of Judaea, thinking that they have now an admirable opportunity for attacking them themselves, have erected an extemporaneous altar of the most contemptible materials, having made clay into bricks for the sole purpose of plotting against their fellow citizens; for they knew well that they would never endure to see their customs transgressed; as was indeed the case.
202"For when the Jews saw what they had done, and were very indignant at the holiness and sanctity and beauty of the sacred place being thus obscured and defaced, they collected together and destroyed the altar; so the sojourners immediately went to Capito who was in reality the contriver of the whole affair; and he, thinking that he had made a most lucky hit, which he had been seeking for a long time, writes to Caius dilating on the matter and exaggerating it enormously;
203and he, when he had read the letter, ordered a colossal statue gilt all over, much more costly and much more magnificent than the rich altar which had been erected in Jamnia, by way of insult to be set up in the temple of the metropolis, having for his most excellent and sagacious counsellors Helicon, that man of noble birth, a chattering slave, a perfect scum of the earth, and a fellow of the name of Apelles, a tragic actor, who when in the first bloom of youth, as they say, made a market of his beauty, and when he was past the freshness of youth went on the stage;
204and in fact all those who go on the stage selling themselves to the spectators, and to the theatres, are not lovers of temperance and modesty, but rather of the most extreme shamelessness and indecency. "On this account Apelles was taken into the rank of a fellow counsellor of the emperor, that Caius might have an adviser with whom he might indulge in mocking jests, and with whom he might sing, passing over all considerations of the general welfare of the state, as if everything in every quarter of the globe was enjoying profound peace and tranquillity under the laws.
205"Therefore Helicon, this scorpion-like slave, discharged all his Egyptian venom against the Jews; and Apelles his Ascalonite poison, for he was a native of Ascalon; and between the people of Ascalon and the inhabitants of the holy land, the Jews, there is an irreconcileable and never-ending hostility although they are bordering nations."
206When we heard this we were wounded in our souls at every word he said and at every name he mentioned; but those admirable advisers of admirable actions a little while afterwards met with the fit reward of their impiety, the one being bound by Caius with iron chains for other causes, and being put to the torture and to the rack after periods of relief, as is the case with people affected with intermittent diseases; and Helicon was put to death by Claudius Germanicus Caesar, for other wicked actions, that, like a madman as he was, he had committed; but there occurrences took place at a later date.
207And the letter respecting the erection of the statue was written not in plain terms, but with as much caution and prudence as possible, taking every measure which could tend to security; for he commands Petronius, the lieutenant and governor of all Syria, to whom indeed he wrote the letter, to lead half the army which was on the Euphrates, to guard against any passage of that river by any of the eastern kings or nations, into Judaea as an escort to the statue; not in order to honour its erection with any especial pomp, but to chastise with death any attempt that might be made to hinder it.
208What sayest thou, O master? Are you making war upon us, because you anticipate that we will not endure such indignity, but that we will fight on behalf of our laws, and die in defence of our national customs? For you cannot possibly have been ignorant of what was likely to result from your attempt to introduce these innovations respecting our temple; but having previously learnt with perfect accuracy what was likely to happen as well as if it had already taken place, and knowing the future as thoroughly as if it were actually present, you commanded your general to bring up an army in order that the statue when erected might be consecrated by the first sacrifice offered to it, being of a most polluted kind, stained with the blood of miserable men and women.
209Accordingly Petronius, when he had read what he was commanded to do in this letter, was in great perplexity, not being able to resist the orders sent to him out of fear, for he heard that the emperor’s wrath was implacable not only against those who did not do what they were commanded to do, but who did not do it in a moment; and on the other hand, he did not see how it was easy to perform them, for he knew that the Jews would willingly, if it were possible, endure ten thousand deaths instead of one, rather than submit to see any forbidden thing perpetrated with respect to their religion;
210for all men are eager to preserve their own customs and laws, and the Jewish nation above all others; for looking upon their laws as oracles directly given to them by God himself, and having been instructed in this doctrine from their very earliest infancy they bear in their souls the images of the commandments contained in these laws as sacred;
211and secondly, as they continually behold the visible shapes and forms of them, they admire and venerate them in their minds and they admit such foreigners as are disposed to honour and worship them, to do so no less than their own native fellow citizens. But all who attempt to violate their laws, or to turn them into ridicule, they detest as their bitterest enemies, and they look upon each separate one of the commandments with such awe and reverence that, whether one ought to call it the invariable good fortune or the happiness of the nation, they have never been guilty of the violation of even the most insignificant of them;
212but above all other observances their zeal for their holy temple is the most predominant, and vehement, and universal feeling throughout the whole nation; and the greatest proof of this is that death is inexorably pronounced against all those who enter into the inner circuit of the sacred precincts (for they admit all men from every country into the exterior circuit), unless he be one of their own nation by blood.
213Petronius, having regard to these considerations, was very reluctant to attempt what he was commanded to do, considering what a great and wicked piece of daring he should be committing, and invoking all the deliberative powers of his soul as to a council, he inquired into the opinion of each of them, and he found every faculty of his mind agreeing that he should change nothing of these observances and customs which had been hallowed from the beginning of the world; in the first place because of the natural principles of justice and piety by which they were dictated, and secondly because of the danger which threatened any attempt at innovation upon them, not only from God, but also from the people who would be insulted by such conduct.
214He also gave a thought to the circumstances of the nation itself, to its exceeding populousness, so that it was not contained as every other nation was by the circuit of the one region which was allotted to it for itself, but so that, I may almost say, it had spread over the whole face of the earth; for it is diffused throughout every continent, and over every island, so that everywhere it appears but little inferior in number to the original native population of the country.
215Was it not, then, a most perilous undertaking to draw upon himself such innumerable multitudes of enemies? And was there not danger of allies and friends from all quarters arriving to their assistance? It would be a result of very formidable danger and difficulty, besides the fact that the inhabitants of Judaea are infinite in numbers, and a nation of great stature and personal strength, and of great courage and spirit, and men who are willing to die in defence of their national customs and laws with unshrinking bravery, so that some of those who calumniate them say that their courage (as indeed is perfectly true) is beyond that of any barbarian nation, being the spirit of free and nobly born men.
216And the state of all the nations which lie beyond the Euphrates added to his alarm; for he was aware that Babylon and many others of the satrapies of the east were occupied by the Jews, knowing this not merely by report but likewise by personal experience; for every year sacred messengers are sent to convey large amounts of gold and silver to the temple, which has been collected from all the subordinate governments, travelling over rugged, and difficult, and almost impassable roads, which they look upon as level and easy inasmuch as they serve to conduct them to piety.
217Therefore, being exceedingly alarmed, as was very natural, lest if they heard of the unprecedented design of erecting this colossal statue in the temple, they might on a sudden direct their march that way and surround him, some on one side and some on the other, so as to hem him in completely, and co-operating with and joining one another might treat the enemy who would be thus enclosed in the midst of them with terrible severity, he hesitated long, attaching great weight to all these considerations.
218Then again he was drawn in the opposite direction by considerations of a contrary character, saying to himself, "This is the command of one who is my master and a young man, and of one who judges everything which he wishes to have done to be expedient and becoming, and who is resolved that everything which he has once decided on shall be at once performed even though it may be the most injurious measure possible and full of all contention and insolence; and now having passed beyond all human nature he has actually recorded himself to be God; and great danger of my life impends over me whether I oppose him or whether I comply with his commands; if I comply with them the result will very probably be war, and one that perhaps may be attended with doubtful success and which will be far from turning out as it is expected to do; and if I oppose him I shall then be exposed to the open and implacable hatred of Caius."
219And with this opinion of his, many of those Romans who were joined with him in the administration of the affairs of Syria coincided, knowing that the anger of Caius and the punishments which he would inflict would come upon them first as being accomplices in the disobedience to the injunctions which he had sent;
220but at last when it arrived the fashion of the statue afforded them a pretext for delay during which they might have time for a more deliberate consideration of the matter; for they did not send any man from Rome (as it appears to me because the providence of God overruled the matter in this way, who thus invisibly stayed the hand of these wicked doers), nor did he command the most skilful man or him who was accounted so in Syria to manage the matter, since while he was pressing on this lawless action with all speed a war was suddenly kindled.
221Therefore having now opportunity to consider what course would be most advantageous (for when great events suddenly come altogether, they break down and perplex the mind), he commanded the statue to be made in some one of the bordering regions.
222Therefore Petronius, sending for the most skilful and renowned artists in Phoenicia, gave them the materials requisite for the making of the statue; and they took them to Sidon, and there proceeded to make it. He also sent for the magistrates of the Jews and the priests and rulers of the people, both to announce to them the commands which he had received from Caius and also to counsel them to submit cheerfully to the commands which had been imposed by their master, and to give due consideration to the dangers before their eyes; for that the most warlike of the military powers in Syria were all ready, and would soon cover all the country with dead bodies;
223for he thought that if he could previously weaken their resolution he would be able by their means to work upon all the rest of the multitude and to persuade them not to oppose the will of the emperor; but, as was natural, he was wholly disappointed in his expectations; for it is said indeed that they were amazed at his first words, and that at first they were utterly overwhelmed by his announcement of their real danger and misery, and that they stood speechless and poured forth a ceaseless abundance of tears as if from a fountain, tearing their beards and the hair of their head, and saying,
224"We who were formerly very fortunate, have now advanced through many events to an exceeding old age that we might at last behold what no one of our ancestors ever saw. With what eyes can we endure to look upon these things? Let them rather be torn out, and let our miserable lives and our afflicted existence be put an end to, before we behold such an evil as this, such an intolerable spectacle which it is impious to hear of or to conceive."
225In this way did they bewail their fate; but when the inhabitants of the holy city and of all the region round about heard of the design which was in agitation, they all arrayed themselves together as if at a concerted signal, their common misery having given them the word, and went forth in a body, and leaving their cities and their villages and their houses empty, they hastened with one accord into Phoenicia, for Petronius happened to be in that country at the moment.
Sections 226–250
226And when some of the guards of Petronius saw a countless multitude hastening towards them they ran to their general to bring him the news, and to warn him to take precautions, as they expected war; and while they were relating to him what they had seen, he was still without any guards; and the multitude of the Jews suddenly coming upon him like a cloud, occupied the whole of Phoenicia, and caused great consternation among the Phoenicians who thus beheld the enormous population of the nation;
227and at first so great an outcry was raised, accompanied with weeping and beating of the breast, that the very ears of those present could not endure the vastness of the noise; for it did not cease when they ceased, but continued to vibrate even after they were quiet: then there were approaches to the governor, and supplications addressed to him such as the occasion suggested; for calamities are themselves teachers of what should be done in an existing emergency. And the multitude was divided into six companies, one of old men, one of young men, one of boys; and again in their turn one band of aged matrons, one of women in the prime of life, and one of virgins;
228and when Petronius appeared at a distance all the ranks, as they had been appointed, fell to the ground, uttering a most doleful; howling and lamentation, mingled with supplications. But when he commanded them to rise up, and to come nearer to him, they would for a long time hardly consent to rise, and scattering abundance of dust upon their heads, and shedding abundance of tears, they put both their hands behind them like captives who are fettered in this way, and thus they approached him.
229Then the body of the old men, standing before him, addressed him in the following terms: "We are, as you see, without any arms, but yet as we passed along some persons have accused us as being enemies, but even the very weapons of defence with which nature has provided each individual, namely our hands, we have averted from you, and placed in a position where they can do nothing, offering our bodies freely an easy aim to any one who desires to put us to death.
230We have brought unto you our wives, and our children, and our whole families, and in your person we will prostrate ourselves before Caius, having left not one single person at home, that you may either preserve us all, or destroy us all together by one general and complete destruction. Petronius, we are a peaceful nation, both by our natural disposition and by our determined intentions, and the education which has been industriously and carefully instilled into us has taught us this lesson from our very earliest infancy.
231When Caius assumed the imperial power we were the first people in all Syria to congratulate him, Vitellius at that time being in our city, from whom you received the government as his successor, to whom writings concerning these matters were sent, and the happy news proceeding onwards from our city, where it had been received with joy, reached the other cities with similar acceptance.
232Ours was the first temple which received sacrifices for the happy reign of Caius. Did it do so that it might be the first or the only temple to be deprived of its customary modes of worship? "We have now left our cities, we have abandoned our houses and our possessions, we will cheerfully contribute to you all our furniture, all our cattle, and all our treasures, everything in short which belongs to us, as a willing booty. We shall think that we are receiving them, not giving them up. We only ask one thing instead of and to counterbalance all of them, namely, that no innovations may take place in respect of our temple, but that it may be kept such as we have received it from our fathers and our forefathers.
233And if we cannot prevail with you in this, then we offer up ourselves for destruction, that we may not live to behold a calamity more terrible and grievous than death. We hear that great forces of infantry and cavalry are being prepared by you against us, if we oppose the erection and dedication of this statue. No one is so mad as, when he is a slave, to oppose his master. We willingly and readily submit ourselves to be put to death; let your troops slay us, let them sacrifice us, let them cut us to pieces unresisting and uncontending, let them treat us with every species of cruelty that conquerers can possibly practise,
234but what need is there of any army? We ourselves, admirable priests for the purpose, will begin the sacrifice, bringing to the temple our wives and slaying our wives, bringing our brothers and sisters and becoming fratricides, bringing our sons and our daughters, that innocent and guiltless age, and becoming infanticides. Those who endure tragic calamities must needs make use of tragic language.
235Then standing in the middle of our victims, having bathed ourselves deeply in the blood of our kinsfolk (for such blood will be the only bath which we shall have wherewith to cleanse ourselves for the journey to the shades below), we will mingle our own blood with it, slaughtering ourselves upon their bodies.
236And when we are dead, let this commandment be inscribed over us as an epitaph, 'Let not even God blame us, who have had a due regard to both considerations, pious loyalty towards the emperor and the reverential preservation of our established holy laws.' "And this will be what will be deservedly said of us if we give up our miserable life, holding it in proper contempt.
237We have heard of a most ancient tradition, which has been handed down throughout Greece by their historians, who have affirmed that the head of the Gorgon had such mighty power, that those who beheld it immediately became stones and rocks. But this appears only to be a fiction and fable, the truth being that great, and unexpected, and wonderful events do often bring after them great disaster; for instance, the anger of a master causes death, or calamities equivalent to death.
238"Do you suppose (may God forbid that any such event should ever take place) that if any of our countrymen were to see this statue being brought into our temple, it would not change them into stones? Their limbs being all congealed, and their eyes becoming fixed so as not to be capable of motion, and their whole body losing all its natural motions in every one of its united parts and limbs!
239We will, however, now, O Petronius, address to you one last and most righteous and just request; we say that you ought not to do what you are commanded, but we entreat you to grant us a respite, and we most earnestly supplicate you to delay a little while till we appoint an embassy, and send it to approach your master, and to convey our entreaties to him.
240Perhaps in our embassy we may find some argument or other to persuade him, either by bringing before him all the considerations respecting the honour of God, or the preservation of our indestructible and unalterable laws, or by urging upon him that we ought not to be subjected to a worse fate than all the nations even in the very most remote extremities of the earth, who have been allowed to preserve their national customs; with reference to which his grandfather and great-grandfather came to a righteous decision when they confirmed and set the seal to our customs with all care.
241Perhaps when he hears these arguments he will be more merciful to us. The intentions of the great do not always continue the same, and those which are adopted in anger are the quickest to change. We have been grievously calumniated. Suffer us to refute the false accusations which have been brought against us. It is hard to be condemned without being heard in our own defence.
242"And if we fail to convince him, what will after that prevent him from doing the things which he at present intends to do? Until, then, we have sent this embassy, do not cut off all the hopes of so many myriads of men, since our zeal and earnestness is displayed not in the cause of gain, but in that of religion; though indeed we speak foolishly in using such an expression as that, for what can be a more real and beneficial gain to men than holiness?"
243They uttered these complaints and entreaties with great agony and misery of soul, with exceeding sobbing and difficulty of speech, for all their limbs sweated with apprehension, and their ceaseless tears flowed in torrents, so that all who heard them, and Petronius himself, sympathised with their sorrow, for he was by nature a man very kind and gentle in his natural disposition, so that he was easily influenced by what was now said or heard; and what was said appeared to be entirely just, and the misery of those whom he now beheld appeared most pitiable;
244and rising up, and retiring with his fellow counsellors, he took counsel as to what he ought to do, and he saw that those who a short time before opposed the wishes of the Jews with all their might were now wavering and perplexed, and that those who had previously been hesitating were now for the most part inclined to compassion, at which he was pleased. Nevertheless, though he was well acquainted with the disposition of the emperor, and how implacable and inexorable he was in his anger,
245he still had himself some sparks of the Jewish philosophy and piety, since he had long ago learnt something of it by reason of his eagerness for learning, and had studied it still more ever since he had come as governor of the countries in which there are vast numbers of Jews scattered over every city of Asia and Syria; or partly because he was so disposed in his mind from his spontaneous, and natural, and innate inclination for all things which are worthy of care and study. Moreover, God himself appears often to suggest virtuous ideas to virtuous men, by which, while benefiting others, they will likewise be benefited themselves, which now was the case with Petronius. What then was his resolution?
246Not to hurry on the artists, but to persuade them to continue to finish the statue which they had in hand, taking pains and labouring as far as might be possible not to be inferior to the most renowned models, but to take plenty of time, so as to make their work perfect, since things which are done in a hurry are very often inferior, but things which are done with great pains and skill require a length of time.
247But the embassy which they entreated leave to send he determined not to permit, for he considered that it would not be safe for him to allow it; still he determined not to oppose those who wished to refer the whole matter to the supreme sovereign and master, but neither to agree with nor to contradict the multitude, for he considered that either line of conduct was fraught with danger.
248Moreover, he determined to write a letter to Caius, not in any respect accusing the Jews, and on the other hand not giving any accurate account of their entreaties and supplications, and to explain the delay which was taking place in the erection of the statue, partly because the preparation of it required a certain space of time for its completion, and partly, he reminded him, that the season of the year was in some degree the cause of unavoidable delay, in which there was no question but that Caius must of necessity acquiesce,
249for it was just at that moment the very height of the wheat harvest and of all the other cereal crops; and he said that he was afraid lest out of despair of the preservation of their national and hereditary laws and customs, the men might conceive such a contempt for life as either themselves to lay waste their lands, or to burn all the corn-bearing district, whether mountainous or champaign country, and, therefore, that he might require a guard to secure a careful gathering in of the crops, and that not only of such as were borne on the arable land but of those produced by fruit-bearing trees;
250for he himself was intending, as is said, to sail to Alexandria in Egypt, but so great a general did not choose to cross the open sea both by reason of the danger and also of the numerous fleet which would be required as his escort, and also from his regard for his own person, as everything requisite for his comfort would be more easily provided if he took the circuitous route through Asia and Syria;
Sections 251–275
251for he would, if he coasted along, be able to sail every day and land every night, especially if he took with him a sufficient number of ships of war, and not transports, in which a coasting voyage is more successful, just as one across the open sea is better for merchantmen.
252Therefore it was necessary that abundant quantities of forage and food should be prepared for his cattle in every one of the Syrian cities, and especially in all such as were on the coast, for a numerous multitude would be proceeding both by land and sea, collected not only from Rome itself and from Italy, but that which had also followed him from all the other provinces of the empire as far as Syria, being partly the regular guard of the magistrates, and partly the regular army of infantry and cavalry, and the naval force, and also a troop of servants but little inferior in number to the army.
253Moreover, there was need not only of such an abundance of supplies as might be sufficient for all necessary purposes, but also for all the superfluous prodigality of which Caius was fond. If he reads these writings perhaps he will not only not be angry, but will be even pleased with our prudential caution, as having caused this delay not from any regard for the Jews, but for the sake of providing for the collection of the harvest.
254And when his assessors had delivered their opinions, he commanded letters to be written, and appointed active men, who were accustomed to make rapid journeys, to convey them. And they, when they had arrived at their journey’s end, delivered the letters; but the emperor, before he had finished reading them, became swollen with anger, and went on making marks at every page, in fury and indignation;
255and when he had come to the end of the letter, he clapped his hands together, saying, "Of a truth, Petronius, you seem but little to comprehend that you are the subject of the emperor; the uninterrupted series of governments to which you have been preferred have filled you with guile. Up to the present time it seems to me that you have no notion of acknowledging that you know, even by hearsay, that Caius is emperor, but you shall very speedily find it out by your own experience,
256for you are careful about the laws of the Jews, a nation which I hate above every other, and you are indifferent about the imperial commands of your sovereign. You fear the multitude. Had you not with you then the military forces which all the eastern nations, and the chief of them all, the Parthians, fear?
257But you pitied them, you paid more attention to feelings of compassion than to the express commands of Caius. "Make your pretext of the harvest, but you yourself shall soon find that you have brought on your own head a punishment which cannot be averted by any pretexts or excuses. Blame the necessity for collecting the crops, and for making adequate provision for my armies, for even if a complete scarcity were to oppress Judaea, still are there not vast regions on its borders of great fertility and productiveness, sufficient and able to supply all necessary food, and to make up for the deficiency of one district?
258But why do I speak in this way before acting? And why is there no one who anticipates my intentions? He who delays shall first find out that he is receiving the wages of his delay by suffering in his own person. I will say no more, but I shall not forget the matter."
259And after a brief interval, he dictated to one of his secretaries an answer to Petronius, praising him in appearance for his prudence, and for his careful and accurate consideration of the future, for he was very careful with respect to the governors of the provinces, seeing that they had at all times great facilities for making innovations or revolutions, especially if they happened to be in districts of importance, and in command of powerful armies such as was on the Euphrates for the protection of Syria.
260Therefore, being very civil to him in words and in his letters, he concealed his anger till a favourable opportunity, though he was very much exasperated; but at the end of the letter, after having mentioned every other subject, he desired him not to be so anxious about anything as about the speedy erection and dedication of the statue, for that by this time the harvest must have been able to be got in, whether the excuse was originally an honest and true or only a plausible one.
261However a short time afterwards King Agrippa arrived in Rome, according to custom, to pay his respects to Caius, and he knew absolutely nothing either of what Petronius had written in his letter, or of what Caius had written in his first or second epistle, but by his irregular motions and agitations, and by the excitement which shone in his eyes, he conjectured that he had some anger smouldering beneath, and he considered, and pondered, and turned over every matter in every direction, racking his brain for every reason, whether great or small, to see whether he had said or done anything unbecoming,
262and when he felt sure that he had done absolutely nothing, he conjectured, as was natural, that it was some one else with whom he was offended. But again, when he saw that he looked morosely at him, and that he kept his eyes continually fixed on him, and on no one else who was ever present, he began to be alarmed, and though he often thought of putting the question to him, he restrained himself, reflecting in this manner: "Perhaps by doing so I may draw down on myself the threats which as it is are destined for others, by bringing upon myself a suspicion of being a busybody, and a rash and audacious man."
263Therefore, when Caius saw that he was in a state of great alarm and perplexity, for he was very acute at comprehending a man’s inmost designs and feelings from his outward appearance and expression of countenance, he said, "You are embarrassed, O Agrippa. I will relieve you from your perplexity.
264Though you have lived with me for such a length of time, are you yet ignorant that I speak not only with my voice, but also with my eyes, intimating everything, to say the least of it, as much in one way as in the other?
265Your loyal and excellent fellow citizens, the only nation of men upon the whole face of the earth by whom Caius is not esteemed to be a god, appear now to be even desiring to plot my death in their obstinate disobedience, for when I commanded my statue in the character of Jupiter to be erected in their temple, they raised the whole of their people, and quitted the city and the whole country in a body, under pretence of addressing a petition to me, but in reality being determined to act in a manner contrary to the commands which I had imposed upon them."
266And when he was about to add other charges against them Agrippa fell into such a state of grief that he changed into all sorts of colours, becoming at the same moment bloodshot, and pale, and livid,
267for he was all over agitation and trembling from the top of his head down to his feet, and a quivering and shaking seized upon and disordered all his limbs and every member of his body, all his sinews, and muscles, and nerves being relaxed and enfeebled, so that he fainted away, and would have fallen down if some of the bystanders had not supported him. And they being commanded to carry him home, bore him to his palace, where he lay for some time in a state of torpor without any one understanding what sudden misfortune had brought him into this state.
268Therefore Caius was exasperated still more against our nation, and cherished a more furious anger against us than before, "For," said he, "if Agrippa, who is my most intimate and dearest friend, and one bound to me by so many benefits, is so completely under the influence of his national customs that he cannot bear even to hear a word against them, but faints away to such a degree as to be near dying, what must one expect will be the feelings of others who have no motive or influence to draw them the other way?"
269Agrippa, then, during all that day and the greater portion of the next day, lay in a state of profound stupor, being completely unconscious of everything that passed; but about evening he raised his head a little, and for a short time opened, though with difficulty, his languid eyes, and with dim and indistinct vision looked upon the people who surrounded him, though he was not as yet able to distinguish clearly between their several forms and features;
270and then again relapsing into sleep, he became tranquil, getting into a better condition than at first, as those about him could conjecture from his breathing and from the state of his body.
271And afterwards, when he awoke again, and rose up, he asked, "Where now am I? Am I with Caius? Is my lord himself here?" And they replied, "Be of good cheer; you are by yourself in your own palace.
272Caius is not here. You have now had a sufficient tranquil sleep, but now turn and raise yourself, and rest upon your elbow, and recognise those who are about you; they are all your own people, those of your friends, and freedmen, and domestics, who honour you above all others, and who are honoured by you in return."
273And he, for he was now beginning to recover from his state of stupefaction, saw feelings of sympathy in every one’s face, and when his physicians ordered most of them to leave the room, that they might refresh his body with anointing and seasonable food,
274"Go," said he, "for you must by all means take care that I may have a more carefully regulated way of life, for it is not sufficient for me, unfortunate man that I am, to ward off hunger by a bare, and scanty, and economical, and precise use of necessary food; nor should I have attended to any such matters if it had not been my object to provide my miserable nation with the last resource which my mind suggests to me by way of assisting it."
275Accordingly, he, shedding abundance of tears, and eating just what was necessary without any sauce or seasoning, and drinking no mixed wine but only tasting water, soon left off eating. "My miserable stomach," said he, "recoils from the things which it demanded; and now what ought I to do but address myself to Caius with respect to existing circumstances?"
Sections 276–300
276And having taken tablets, he writes to him in the following manner: "O master, fear and shame have taken from me all courage to come into your presence to address you; since fear teaches me to dread your threats; and shame, out of respect for the greatness of your power and dignity, keeps me silent. But a writing will show my request, which I now here offer to you as my earnest petition.
277In all men, O emperor! a love of their country is innate, and an eagerness for their national customs and laws. And concerning these matters there is no need that I should give you information, since you have a heart-felt love of your own country, and a deeply-seated respect for your national customs. And what belongs to themselves appears beautiful to every one, even if it is not so in reality; for they judge of these things not more by reason than by the feelings of affection.
278And I am, as you know, a Jew; and Jerusalem is my country, in which there is erected the holy temple of the most high God. And I have kings for my grandfathers and for my ancestors, the greater part of whom have been called high priests, looking upon their royal power as inferior to their office as priests; and thinking that the high priesthood is as much superior to the power of a king, as God is superior to man; for that the one is occupied in rendering service to God, and the other has only the care of governing them.
279Accordingly I, being one of this nation, and being attached to this country and to such a temple, address to you this petition on behalf of them all; on behalf of the nation, that it may not be looked upon by you in a light contrary to the true one; since it is a most pious and holy nation, and one from the beginning most loyally disposed to your family.
280"For in all the particulars in which men are enjoined by the laws, and in which they have it in their power to show their piety and loyalty, my nation is inferior to none whatever in Asia or in Europe, whether it be in respect of prayers, or of the supply of sacred offerings, or in the abundance of its sacrifices, not merely of such as are offered on occasions of the public festivals, but in those which are continually offered day after day; by which means they show their loyalty and fidelity more surely than by their mouth and tongue, proving it by the designs of their honest hearts, not indeed saying that they are friends to Caesar, but being so in reality.
281"Concerning the holy city I must now say what is necessary. It, as I have already stated, is my native country, and the metropolis, not only of the one country of Judaea, but also of many, by reason of the colonies which it has sent out from time to time into the bordering districts of Egypt, Phoenicia, Syria in general, and especially that part of it which is called Coelo-Syria, and also with those more distant regions of Pamphylia, Cilicia, the greater part of Asia Minor as far as Bithynia, and the furthermost corners of Pontus. And in the same manner into Europe, into Thessaly, and Boeotia, and Macedonia, and Aetolia, and Attica, and Argos, and Corinth and all the most fertile and wealthiest districts of Peloponnesus.
282And not only are the continents full of Jewish colonies, but also all the most celebrated islands are so too; such as Euboea, and Cyprus, and Crete. "I say nothing of the countries beyond the Euphrates, for all of them except a very small portion, and Babylon, and all the satrapies around, which have any advantages whatever of soil or climate, have Jews settled in them.
283So that if my native land is, as it reasonably may be, looked upon as entitled to a share in your favour, it is not one city only that would then be benefited by you, but ten thousand of them in every region of the habitable world, in Europe, in Asia, and in Africa, on the continent, in the islands, on the coasts, and in the inland parts.
284And it corresponds well to the greatness of your good fortune, that, by conferring benefits on one city, you should also benefit ten thousand others, so that your renown may be celebrated in every part of the habitable world, and many praises of you may be combined with thanksgiving.
285"You have thought the native countries of some of your friends worthy of being admitted to share all the privileges of the Roman constitution; and those who but a little while ago were slaves, became the masters of others who also enjoyed your favour in a higher, or at all events not in a lower degree, and they were delighted too at the causes of your beneficence.
286And I indeed am perfectly aware that I belong to the class which is in subjection to a lord and master, and also that I am admitted to the honour of being one of your companions, being inferior to you in respect of my birthright and natural rank, and inferior to no one whomsoever, not to say the most eminent of all men, in good will and loyalty towards you,
287both because that is my natural disposition, and also in consequence of the number of benefits with which you have enriched me; so that if I in consequence had felt confidence to implore you myself on behalf of my country, if not to grant to it the Roman constitution, at least to confer freedom and a remission of taxes on it, I should not have thought that I had any reason to fear your displeasure for preferring such a petition to you, and for requesting that most desirable of all things, your favour, which it can do you no harm to grant, and which is the most advantageous of all things for my country to receive.
288"For what can possibly be a more desirable blessing for a subject nation than the good will of its sovereign? It was at Jerusalem, O emperor! that your most desirable succession to the empire was first announced; and the news of your advancement spread from the holy city all over the continent on each side, and was received with great gladness. And on this account that city deserves to meet with favour at your hands;
289for, as in families the eldest children receive the highest honours as their birthright, because they were the first to give the name of father and mother to their parents, so, in like manner, since this is first of all the cities in the east to salute you as emperor, it ought to receive greater benefit from you than any other; or if not greater, at all events as great as any other city.
290"Having now advanced these pleas on the ground of justice, and made these petitions on behalf of my native country, I now come at last to my supplication on behalf of the temple. O my lord and master, Caius! this temple has never, from the time of its original foundation until now, admitted any form made by hands, because it has been the abode of God. Now, pictures and images are only imitations of those gods who are perceptible to the outward senses; but it was not considered by our ancestors to be consistent with the reverence due to God to make any image or representation of the invisible God.
291Agrippa, when he came to the temple, did honour to it, and he was thy grandfather; and so did Augustus, when by his letters he commanded all first fruits from all quarters to be sent thither; and by the continual sacrifice. And thy great grandmother ...
292"On which account, no one, whether Greek or barbarian, satrap, or king, or implacable enemy; no sedition, no war, no capture, no destruction, no occurrence that has ever taken place, has ever threatened this temple with such innovation as to place in it any image, or statue, or any work of any kind made with hands;
293for, though enemies have displayed their hostility to the inhabitants of the country, still, either reverence or fear has possessed them sufficiently to prevent them from abrogating any of the laws which were established at the beginning, as tending to the honour of the Creator and Father of the universe; for they knew that it is these and similar actions which bring after them the irremediable calamities of heaven-sent afflictions. On which account they have been careful not to sow an impious seed, fearing lest they should be compelled to reap its natural harvest, in a fruit bearing utter destruction.
294"But why need I invoke the assistance of foreign witnesses when I have plenty with whom I can furnish you from among your own countrymen and friends? Marcus Agrippa, your own grandfather on the mother’s side, the moment that he arrived in Judaea, when herod, my grandfather, was king of the country, thought fit to go up from the sea-coast to the metropolis, which was inland.
295And when he had beheld the temple, and the decorations of the priests, and the piety and holiness of the people of the country, he marvelled, looking upon the whole matter as one of great solemnity and entitled to great respect, and thinking that he had beheld what was too magnificent to be described. And he could talk of nothing else to his companions but the magnificence of the temple and every thing connected with it.
296"Therefore, every day that he remained in the city, by reason of his friendship for Herod, he went to that sacred place, being delighted with the spectacle of the building, and of the sacrifices, and all the ceremonies connected with the worship of God, and the regularity which was observed, and the dignity and honour paid to the high priest, and his grandeur when arrayed in his sacred vestments and when about to begin the sacrifices.
297And after he had adorned the temple with all the offerings in his power to contribute, and had conferred many benefits on the inhabitants, doing them many important services, and having said to Herod many friendly things, and having been replied to in corresponding terms, he was conducted back again to the sea coast, and to the harbour, and that not by one city only but by the whole country, having branches strewed in his road, and being greatly admired and respected for his piety.
298"What again did your other grandfather, Tiberius Caesar, do? does not he appear to have adopted an exactly similar line of conduct? At all events, during the three and twenty years that he was emperor, he preserved the form of worship in the temple as it had been handed down from the earliest times, without abrogating or altering the slightest particular of it.
299"Moreover, I have it in my power to relate one act of ambition on his part, though I suffered an infinite number of evils when he was alive; but nevertheless the truth is considered dear, and much to be honoured by you. Pilate was one of the emperor’s lieutenants, having been appointed governor of Judaea. He, not more with the object of doing honour to Tiberius than with that of vexing the multitude, dedicated some gilt shields in the palace of Herod, in the holy city; which had no form nor any other forbidden thing represented on them except some necessary inscription, which mentioned these two facts, the name of the person who had placed them there, and the person in whose honour they were so placed there.
300But when the multitude heard what had been done, and when the circumstance became notorious, then the people, putting forward the four sons of the king, who were in no respect inferior to the kings themselves, in fortune or in rank, and his other descendants, and those magistrates who were among them at the time, entreated him to alter and to rectify the innovation which he had committed in respect of the shields; and not to make any alteration in their national customs, which had hitherto been preserved without any interruption, without being in the least degree changed by any king or emperor.
Sections 301–325
301"But when he steadfastly refused this petition (for he was a man of a very inflexible disposition, and very merciless as well as very obstinate), they cried out: 'Do not cause a sedition; do not make war upon us; do not destroy the peace which exists. The honour of the emperor is not identical with dishonour to the ancient laws; let it not be to you a pretence for heaping insult on our nation. Tiberius is not desirous that any of our laws or customs shall be destroyed. And if you yourself say that he is, show us either some command from him, or some letter, or something of the kind, that we, who have been sent to you as ambassadors, may cease to trouble you, and may address our supplications to your master.'
302"But this last sentence exasperated him in the greatest possible degree, as he feared lest they might in reality go on an embassy to the emperor, and might impeach him with respect to other particulars of his government, in respect of his corruption, and his acts of insolence, and his rapine, and his habit of insulting people, and his cruelty, and his continual murders of people untried and uncondemned, and his never ending, and gratuitous, and most grievous inhumanity.
303Therefore, being exceedingly angry, and being at all times a man of most ferocious passions, he was in great perplexity, neither venturing to take down what he had once set up, nor wishing to do any thing which could be acceptable to his subjects, and at the same time being sufficiently acquainted with the firmness of Tiberius on these points. And those who were in power in our nation, seeing this, and perceiving that he was inclined to change his mind as to what he had done, but that he was not willing to be thought to do so, wrote a most supplicatory letter to Tiberius.
304And he, when he had read it, what did he say of Pilate, and what threats did he utter against him! But it is beside our purpose at present to relate to you how very angry he was, although he was not very liable to sudden anger; since the facts speak for themselves;
305for immediately, without putting any thing off till the next day, he wrote a letter, reproaching and reviling him in the most bitter manner for his act of unprecedented audacity and wickedness, and commanding him immediately to take down the shields and to convey them away from the metropolis of Judaea to Caesarea, on the sea which had been named Caesarea Augusta, after his grandfather, in order that they might be set up in the temple of Augustus. And accordingly, they were set up in that edifice. And in this way he provided for two matters: both for the honour due to the emperor, and for the preservation of the ancient customs of the city.
306"Now the things set up on that occasion were shields, on which there was no representation of any living thing whatever engraved. But now the thing proposed to be erected is a colossal statue. Moreover, then the erection was in the dwelling-house of the governor; but they say, that which is now contemplated is to be in the inmost part of the temple, in the very holy of holies itself, into which, once in the year, the high priest enters, on the day called the great fast, to offer incense, and on no other day, being then about in accordance with our national law also to offer up prayers for a fertile and ample supply of blessings, and for peace to all mankind.
307And if any one else, I will not say of the Jews, but even of the priests, and those not of the lowest order, but even those who are in the rank next to the first, should go in there, either with him or after him, or even if the very high priest himself should enter in thither on two days in the year, or three or four times on the same day, he is subjected to inevitable death for his impiety,
308so great are the precautions taken by our lawgiver with respect to the holy of holies, as he determined to preserve it alone inaccessible to and untouched by any human being. "How many deaths then do you not suppose that the people, who have been taught to regard this place with such holy reverence, would willingly endure rather than see a statue introduced into it? I verily believe that they would rather slay all their whole families, with their wives and children, and themselves last of all, in the ruins of their houses and families, and Tiberius knew this well.
309And what did your great-grandfather, the most excellent of all emperors that ever lived upon the earth, he who was the first to have the appellation of Augustus given him, on account of his virtue and good fortune; he who diffused peace in every direction over earth and sea, to the very furthest extremities of the world?
310Did not he, when he had heard a report of the peculiar characteristics of our temple, and that there is in it no image or representation made by hands, no visible likeness of Him who is invisible, no attempt at any imitation of his nature, did not he, I say, marvel at and honour it? for as he was imbued with something more than a mere smattering of philosophy, inasmuch as he had deeply feasted on it, and continued to feast on it every day, he partly retraced in his recollection all the precepts of philosophy which his mind had previously learnt, and partly also he kept his learning alive by the conversation of the literary men who were always about him; for at his banquets and entertainments, the greatest part of the time was devoted to learned conversation, in order that not only his friends’ bodies but their minds also might be nourished.
311"And though I might be able to establish this fact, and demonstrate to you the feelings of Augustus, your great grandfather, by an abundance of proofs, I will be content with two; for, in the first place, he sent commandments to all the governors of the different provinces throughout Asia, because he heard that the sacred first fruits were neglected, enjoining them to permit the Jews alone to assemble together in the synagogues,
312for that these assemblies were not revels, which from drunkenness and intoxication proceeded to violence, so as to disturb the peaceful condition of the country, but were rather schools of temperance and justice, as the men who met in them were studiers of virtue, and contributed the first fruits every year, sending commissioners to convey the holy things to the temple in Jerusalem.
313"And, in the next place, he commanded that no one should hinder the Jews, either on their way to the synagogues, or when bringing their contributions, or when proceeding in obedience to their national laws to Jerusalem, for these things were expressly enjoined, if not in so many words, at all events in effect;
314and I subjoin one letter, in order to bring conviction to you who are our mater, what Caius Norbanus Flaccus wrote, in which he details what had been written to him by Caesar, and the superscription of the letter is as follows:
315CAIUS NORBANUS FLACCUS, PROCONSUL, TO THE GOVERNORS OF THE EPHESIANS, GREETING. "'Caesar has written word to me, that the Jews, wherever they are, are accustomed to assemble together, in compliance with a peculiar ancient custom of their nation, to contribute money which they send to Jerusalem; and he does not choose that they should have any hindrance offered to them, to prevent them from doing this; therefore I have written to you, that you may know that I command that they shall be allowed to do these things.'
316"Is not this a most convincing proof, O emperor, of the intention of Caesar respecting the honours paid to our temple which he had adopted, not considering it right that because of some general rule, with respect to meetings, the assemblies of the Jews, in one place should be put down, which they held for the sake of offering the first fruits, and for other pious objects?
317"There is also another piece of evidence, in no respect inferior to this one, and which is the most undeniable proof of the will of Augustus, for he commanded perfect sacrifices of whole burnt offerings to be offered up to the most high God every day, out of his own revenues, which are performed up to the present time, and the victims are two sheep and a bull, with which Caesar honoured the altar of God, well knowing that there is in the temple no image erected, either in open sight or in any secret part of it.
318But that great ruler, who was inferior to no one in philosophy, considered within himself, that it is necessary in terrestrial things, that an especial holy place should be set apart for the invisible God, who will not permit any visible representation of himself to be made, by which to arrive at a participation in favourable hopes and the enjoyment of perfect blessings.
319"And your grandmother, Julia Augusta, following the example of so great a guide in the paths of piety, did also adorn the temple with some golden vials and censers, and with a great number of other offerings, of the most costly and magnificent description; and what was her object in doing this, when there is no statue erected within the temple? for the minds of women are, in some degree, weaker than those of men, and are not so well able to comprehend a thing which is appreciable only by the intellect, without any aid of objects addressed to the outward senses;
320but she, as she surpassed all her sex in other particulars, so also was she superior to them in this, by reason of the pure learning and wisdom which had been implanted in her, both by nature and by study; so that, having a masculine intellect, she was so sharpsighted and profound, that she comprehended what is appreciable only by the intellect, even more than those things which are perceptible by the outward senses, and looked upon the latter as only shadows of the former.
321"Therefore, O master, having all these examples most nearly connected with yourself and your family, of our purposes and customs, derived from those from whom you are sprung, of whom you are born, and by whom you have been brought up, I implore you to preserve those principles which each of those persons whom I have mentioned did preserve;
322they who were themselves possessed of imperial power do, by their laws, exhort you, the emperor; they who were august, speak to you who are also Augustus; your grandfathers and ancestors speak to their descendant; numbers of authorities address one individual, all but saying, in express words: Do not you destroy those things in our councils which remain, and which have been preserved as permanent laws to this very day; for even if no mischief were to ensue from the abrogation of them, still, at all events, the result would be a feeling of uncertainty respecting the future, and such uncertainty is full of fear, even to the most sanguine and confident, if they are not despisers of divine things.
323"If I were to enumerate the benefits which I myself have received at your hands, the day would be too short for me; besides the fact that it is not proper for one who has undertaken to speak on one subject to branch off to a digression about some other matter. And even if I should be silent, the facts themselves speak and utter a distinct voice.
324You released me when I was bound in chains and iron. Who is there who is ignorant of this? But do not, after having done so, O emperor! bind me in bonds of still greater bitterness: for the chains from which you released me surrounded a part of my body, but those which I am now anticipating are the chains of the soul, which are likely to oppress it wholly and in every part;
325you abated from me a fear of death, continually suspended over my head; you received me when I was almost dead through fear; you raised me up as it were from the dead. Continue your favour, O master, that your Agrippa may not be driven wholly to forsake life; for I shall appear (if you do not do so) to have been released from bondage, not for the purpose of being saved, but for that of being made to perish in a more conspicuous manner.
Sections 326–350
326"You have given me the greatest and most glorious inheritance among mankind, the rank and power of a king, at first over one district, then over another and a more important one, adding to my kingdom the district called Trachonitis and Galilee. Do not then, O master! after having loaded me with means of superfluity, deprive me of what is actually necessary. Do not, after you have raised me up to the most brilliant light, cast me down again from my eminence to the most profound darkness.
327I am willing to descend from this splendid position in which you have placed me; I do not deprecate a return to the condition in which I was a short time ago; I will give up everything; I look upon everything as of less importance than the one point of preserving the ancient customs and laws of my nation unaltered; for if they are violated, what could I say, either to my fellow countrymen or to any other men? It would follow of necessity that I must be looked upon as one of two things, either as a betrayer of my people, or as one who is no longer accounted a friend by you. And what could be a greater misery than either of these two things?
328For if I am still reckoned among the company of your friends, I shall then receive the imputation of treason against my own nation, if neither my country is preserved free from all misfortune, nor even the temple left inviolate. For you, great men, preserve the property of your companions and of those who take refuge in your protection by your imperial splendour and magnificence.
329And if you have any secret grief or vexation in your mind, do not throw me into prison, like Tiberius, but deliver me from any anticipation of being thrown into prison at any future time; command me at once to be put out of the way. For what advantage would it be to me to live, who place my whole hopes of safety and happiness in your friendship and favour?"
330Having written this letter and sealed it, he sent it to Caius, and then shutting himself up he remained in his own house, full of agony, confusion, and disorder, and anxiety, as to what was the best way of approaching and addressing the emperor; for he and his people had incurred no slight danger, but they had reason to apprehend expulsion from their country, and slavery, and utter destruction, as impending not only over those who were dwelling in the holy land, but over all the Jews in every part of the world.
331But the emperor, having taken the letter and read it, and having considered every suggestion which was contained in it, was very angry, because his intentions had not been executed: and yet, at the same time, he was moved by the appeals to his justice and by the supplications which were thus addressed to him, and in some respects he was pleased with Agrippa, and in some he blamed him.
332He blamed him for his excessive desire to please his fellow countrymen, who were the only men who had resisted his orders and shown any unwillingness to submit to his deification; but he praised him for concealing and disguising none of his feelings, which conduct he said was a proof of a liberal and noble disposition.
333Therefore being somewhat appeased, at least as far as appearance went, he condescended to return a somewhat favourable answer, granting to Agrippa that highest and greatest of all favours, the consent that this erection of his statue should not take place; and he commanded letters to be written to Publius Petronius the governor of Syria, enjoining him not to allow any alterations or innovations to be made with respect to the temple of the Jews.
334Nevertheless, though he did grant him the favour, he did not grant it without any alloy, but he mingled with it a grievous terror; for he added to the letter, - "If any people in the bordering countries, with the exception of the metropolis itself, wishing to erect altars or temples, nay, images or statues, in honour of me and of my family are hindered from doing so, I charge you at once to punish those who attempt to hinder them, or else to bring them before the tribunal."
335Now this was nothing else but a beginning of seditions and civil wars, and an indirect way of annulling the gift which he appeared to be granting. For some men, more out of a desire of mortifying the Jews than from any feelings of loyalty towards Caius, were inclined to fill the whole country with erections of one kind or another. But they who beheld the violation of their national customs practised before their eyes were resolved above all things not to endure such an injury unresistingly. But Caius, judging those who were thus excited to disobedience to be worthy of the most severe punishment possible, a second time orders his statue to be erected in the temple.
336But by the providence and care of God, who beholds all things and governs all things in accordance with justice, not one of the neighbouring nations made any movement at all; so that there was no occasion for these commands being carried into effect, and these inexorably appointed calamities all terminated in only a moderate degree of blame.
337What advantage, then, was gained? some one will say; for even when they were quiet, Caius was not quiet; but he had already repented of the favour which he had showed to Agrippa, and had re-kindled the desires which he had entertained a little while before; for he commanded another statue to be made, of colossal size, of brass gilt over, in Rome, no longer moving the one which had been made in Sidon, in order that the people might not be excited by its being moved, but that while they remained in a state of tranquillity and felt released from their suspicions, it might in a period of peace be suddenly brought to the country in a ship, and be suddenly erected without the multitude being aware of what was going on.
338And he was intending to do this while on his voyage along the coast during the period which he had allotted for his sojourn in Egypt. For an indescribable desire occupied his mind to see Alexandria, to which he was eager to go with all imaginable haste, and when he had arrived there he intended to remain a considerable time, urging that the deification about which he was so anxious, might easily be originated and carried to a great height in that city above all others, and then that it would be a model to all other cities of the adoration to which he was entitled, inasmuch as it was the greatest of all the cities of the east, and built in the finest situation in the world. For all inferior men and nations are eager to imitate great men and great states.
339Moreover, Caius was in other respects a man in whose nature there was nothing stable or trustworthy so that, even if he did anything good or kind, he speedily repented of it, and in such a manner that he soon attempted to annul what he had done in such a way as to cause even greater affliction and injury to those whom he had favoured.
340For instance, he released some prisoners, and then for no reason whatever he threw them into prison a second time, inflicting upon them a second calamity more grievous than the first, namely, that which was caused by unexpected misfortune.
341Again, he condemned some persons to banishment who had expected sentence of death; not because they were conscious of having committed crimes deserving of death, or indeed of any punishment at all, even the lightest, but because of the extravagant inhumanity of their master they J did not expect to escape. Now to these men, banishment was a downright gain, and equivalent almost to a restoration, since they looked upon it that they had escaped the greatest of all evils, the danger of death.
342But no long period elapsed before he sent some soldiers after them, though no new circumstances had arisen, and put to death simultaneously the most excellent and nobly-born of the exiles who were living in the different islands as their own countries, and who were bearing their misfortunes in the most contented manner, inflicting in this way the greatest and most pitiable and unexpected misery on many of the noblest families in Rome.
343And if he ever gave any one a sum of money as a gift, he demanded it back again at some future time, not a simple loan but he also required interest and compound interest, and often treating the persons themselves who had received it from him as thieves, and punishing them with the severest penalties for having stolen it; for he was not contented that those miserable men should return what had been given to them, but he compelled them also to give up all their property which they had inherited from their parents, or relations, or from any friends, or which, having selected a life of industry and profit, they had acquired by their own resources.
344And those who appeared to be in the greatest credit with him, and who lived with him in a round of pleasure, as one may say, with great appearances of friendship and good will, were greatly injured by him, being compelled to expend large sums in irregular, and illegal, and sudden journeys, and in entertainments; for they lavished whole properties in the preparation of a single banquet, so that they were compelled to have recourse to usurers, so vast was his prodigality;
345therefore many men deprecated the receiving of any favours from him, thinking not only that it was of no advantage, but even that they were only a bait and a snare to lead them into intolerable suffering.
346So great therefore was his inequality of temper towards every one, and most especially towards the nation of the Jews to which he was most bitterly hostile, and accordingly beginning in Alexandria he took from them all their synagogues there, and in the other cities, and filled them all with images and statues of his own form; for not caring about any other erection of any kind, he set up his own statue every where by main force; and the great temple in the holy city, which was left untouched to the last, having been thought worthy of all possible respect and preservation, he altered and transformed into a temple of his own, that he might call it the temple of the new Jupiter, the illustrious Caius.
347What is this that you say? Do you, who are a man, seek to take to yourself the air and the heaven, not being content with the vast multitude of continents, and islands, and nations, and countries of which you enjoy the sovereignty? And do you not think any one of the gods who are worshipped in that city or by our people worthy of any country or city or even of any small precinct which may have been consecrated to them in old time, and dedicated to them with oracles and sacred hymns, and are you intending to deprive them of that, that in all the vast circumference of the world there may be no visible trace or memorial to be found of any honour or pious worship paid to the true real living God?
348Truly you are suggesting fine hopes to the race of mankind; are you ignorant that you are opening the fountains of evils of every kind, making innovations, and committing acts of audacious impiety such as it is wicked to do and even to think of?
349It is worth while to make mention of what we both saw and heard, when we were sent for to encounter a contest on behalf of our national constitution; for the moment that we entered into the presence of the emperor we perceived, from his looks and from the state of agitation in which he was, that we had come not before a judge but before an accuser, or rather I should say before the open enemy of those whom he looked upon as opposed to his will;
350for it would have been the part of a judge to sit with assessors selected because of their virtue and learning, when a question of the greatest importance was being investigated which had lain dormant for four hundred years, and which was now raised for the first time among many myriads of Alexandrian Jews; and it would have been proper for the contending parties with their advocates to stand on each side of him, and for him to listen to them both in turn; first to the accusation and then in turn to the defence, according to a period measured by water, and then retiring the judge should deliberate with his assessors as to what he ought publicly to deliver as his sentence on the justice of the case; but what was actually done resembled rather the conduct of an implacable tyrant, exhibiting uncontrolled authority and displeasure and pride.
Sections 351–373
351For besides that he in no particular behaved in the manner which I have just been describing as proper, having sent for the managers of two gardens, the Maecenatian and the Lamian garden, and they are near one another and close to the city, in which he had spent three or four days, for that was the place in which this theatrical spectacle, aimed at the happiness of a whole nation, was intended to be enacted in our presence, he commanded all the outer buildings to be opened for him, for that he wished to examine them all minutely;
352but we, as soon as we were introduced into his presence, the moment that we saw him, bent to the ground with all imaginable respect and adoration, and saluted him calling him the emperor Augustus; and he replied to us in such a gentle and courteous and humane manner that we not only despaired of attaining our object, but even of preserving our lives;
353for, said he, "You are haters of God, inasmuch as you do not think that I am a god, I who am already confessed to be a god by every other nation, but who am refused that appellation by you." And then, stretching up his hands to heaven, he uttered an ejaculation which it was impious to hear, much more would it be so to repeat it literally.
354And immediately all the ambassadors of the opposite portion were filled with all imaginable joy, thinking that their embassy was already successful, on account of the first words uttered by Caius, and so they clapped their hands and danced for joy, and called him by every title which is applicable to any one of the gods.
355And while he was triumphing in these super-human appellations, the sycophant Isidorus, seeing the temper in which he was, said, "O master, you will hate with still juster vehemence these men whom you see before you and their fellow countrymen, if you are made acquainted with I their disaffection and disloyalty towards yourself; for when all other men were offering up sacrifices of thanksgiving for your safety, these men alone refused to offer any sacrifice at all; and when I say, 'these men,' I comprehend all the rest of the Jews."
356And when we all cried out with one accord, "O Lord Caius, we are falsely accused; for we did sacrifice, and we offered up entire hecatombs, the blood of which we poured in a libation upon the altar, and the flesh we did not carry to our homes to make a feast and banquet upon it, as it is the custom of some people to do, but we committed the victims entire to the sacred flame as a burnt offering: and we have done this three times already, and not once only; on the first occasion when you succeeded to the empire, and the second time when you recovered from that terrible disease with which all the habitable world was afflicted at the same time, and the third time we sacrificed in hope of your victory over the Germans."
357"Grant," said he, "that all this is true, and that you did sacrifice; nevertheless you sacrificed to another god, and not for my sake; and then what good did you do me? Moreover you did not sacrifice to me." Immediately a profound shuddering came upon us the first moment that we heard this expression, similar to that which overwhelmed us when we first came into his presence.
358And while he was saying this he entered into the outer buildings, examining the chambers of the men and the chambers of the women, and the rooms on the ground floor, and all the apartments in the upper story, and blaming some points of their preparation as defective, and planning alterations and suggesting designs, and giving orders himself to make them more costly
359and then we being driven about in this way followed him up and down through the whole place, being mocked and ridiculed by our adversaries like people at a play in the theatre; for indeed the whole matter was a kind of farce: the judge assumed the part of an accuser, and the accusers the part of an unjust judge, who look upon the defendants with an eye of hostility, and act in accordance with the nature of truth.
360And when a judge invested with such mighty power begins to reproach the person who is on his trial before him it is necessary to be silent; for it is possible even to defend one’s self in silence, and especially for people who are able to make no reply on any of the subjects which he was now investigating and desiring to understand, inasmuch as our laws and our customs restrained our tongues, and shut and sewed up our mouths.
361But when he had given some of his orders about the buildings, he then asked a very important and solemn question; "why is it that you abstain from eating pig’s flesh?" And then again at this question such a violent laughter was raised by our adversaries, partly because they were really delighted, and partly as they wished to court the emperor out of flattery, and therefore wished to make it appear that this question was dictated by wit and uttered with grace, that some of the servants who were following him were indignant at their appearing to treat the emperor with so little respect, since it was not safe for his most intimate friends to do so much as smile at his words.
362And when we made answer that, "different nations have different laws, and there are some things of which the use is forbidden both to us and to our adversaries;" and when some one said, "there are also many people who do not eat lamb’s flesh which is the most tender of all meat," he laughed and said, "they are quite right, for it is not nice."
363Being joked with and trifled with and ridiculed in this manner, we were in great perplexity; and at last he said in a rapid and peremptory manner, "I desire to know what principles of justice you recognise with regard to your constitution."
364And when we began to reply to him and to explain it, he, as soon as he had a taste of our pleading on the principles of justice, and as soon as he perceived that our arguments were not contemptible, before we could bring forward the more important things which we had to say, cut us short and ran forward and burst into the principal building, and as soon as he had entered he commanded the windows which were around it to be filled up with the transparent pebbles very much resembling white crystal which do not hinder the light, but which keep out the wind and the heat of the sun.
365Then proceeding on deliberately he asked in a more moderate tone, "What are you saying?" And when we began to connect our reply with what we had said before, he again ran on and went into another house, in which he had commanded some ancient and admirable pictures to be placed.
366But when our pleadings on behalf of justice were thus broken up, and cut short, and interrupted, and crushed as one may almost say, we, being wearied and exhausted, and having no strength left in us, but being in continual expectation of nothing else than death, could no longer keep our hearts as they had been, but in our agony we took refuge in supplications to the one true God, praying him to check the wrath of this falsely called god.
367And he took compassion on us, and turned his mind to pity. And he becoming pacified merely said, "These men do not appear to me to be wicked so much as unfortunate and foolish, in not believing that I have been endowed with the nature of God;" and so he dismissed us, and commanded us to depart.
368Having then escaped from what was rather a theatre and a prison than a court of justice (for as in a theatre, there was a great noise of people hissing, and groaning, and ridiculing us in an extravagant manner, and as in a prison, there were many blows inflicted on our bodies, and tortures, and things to agitate our whole souls by the blasphemies which those around us uttered against the Deity, and the threats which they breathed forth against ourselves, and which the emperor himself poured forth with such vehemence, being indignant with us not in behalf of any one else, for in that case he would soon have been appeased, but because of himself and his great desire to be declared a god, in which desire he considered that the Jews were the only people who did not acquiesce, and who were unable to subscribe to it),
369we at last recovered our breath, not because we had been afraid of death from a base hankering after life, since we would have cheerfully embraced death as immortality if our laws and customs could have been established by such means, but because we knew that we should be destroyed with great ignominy, without any desirable object being secured by such means, for whatever insults ambassadors are subjected to are at all times referred to those who sent them.
370It was owing to these considerations that we were able to hold up our heads for a while, but there were other circumstances which terrified us, and kept us in great perplexity and distress to hear what the emperor would decide, and what he would pronounce, and what kind of sentence he would ultimately deliver; for he heard the general tenor of our arguments, though he disdained to attend to some of our facts. But would it not be a terrible thing for the interests of all the Jews throughout the whole world to be thrown into confusion by the treatment to which we, its five ambassadors, were exposed?
371For if he were to give us up to our enemies, what other city could enjoy tranquillity? What city would there be in which the citizens would not attack the Jews living in it? What synagogue would be left uninjured? What state would not overturn every principle of justice in respect of those of their countrymen who arrayed themselves in opposition to the national laws and customs of the Jews? They will be overthrown, they will be shipwrecked, they will be sent to the bottom, with all the particular laws of the nation, and those too which are common to all and in accordance with the principles of justice recognized in every city.
372We, then, being overwhelmed with affliction, in our misery perplexed ourselves with such reasonings as these; for even those who up to this time had seemed to co-operate with us were now wearied of taking our part. Therefore, when we called them forth, they being within, did not remain, but came forth privily in fear, knowing well the desire which the emperor had to be looked upon as God.
373We have now related in a concise and summary manner the cause of the hatred of Caius to the whole nation of the Jews; we must now proceed to make our palinode to Caius.
Contents — 15 sections
Sections 1–25
1Ἄχρι τίνος ἡμεῖς οἱ γέροντες ἔτι παῖδές ἐσμεν, τὰ μὲν σώματα χρόνου μήκει πολιοί, τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς ὑπ’ ἀναισθησίας κομιδῇ νήπιοι, νομίζοντες τὸ μὲν ἀσταθμητότατον, τὴν τύχην, ἀκλινέστατον, τὸ δὲ παγιώτατον, τὴν φύσιν, ἀβεβαιότατον; ὑπαλλαττόμεθα γὰρ καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς πεττείαις τὰς πράξεις μετατιθέντες, οἰόμενοι τὰ μὲν τυχηρὰ μονιμώτερα εἶναι τῶν φύσει, τὰ δὲ κατὰ φύσιν ἀβεβαιότερα τῶν τυχηρῶν.
2αἴτιον δὲ τὸ τὰ παρόντα βραβεύειν ἀπροοράτως τῶν μελλόντων ἔχοντας, αἰσθήσει πεπλανημένῃ χρωμένους πρὸ διανοίας ἀπλανοῦς· ὀφθαλμοῖς μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἐν φανερῷ καὶ ἐν χερσὶ καταλαμβάνεται, λογισμὸς δὲ φθάνει καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἀόρατα καὶ μέλλοντα, οὗ τὴν ὄψιν ὀξυωπεστέραν οὖσαν τῆς δι’ ὀμμάτων σώματος ἀμαυροῦμεν, οἱ μὲν ἀκράτῳ καὶ πλησμοναῖς ὑποσυγχέοντες, οἱ δὲ τῷ μεγίστῳ τῶν κακῶν, ἀμαθίᾳ.
3πλὴν ὁ παρὼν καιρὸς καὶ αἱ κατ’ αὐτὸν κριθεῖσαι πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι ὑποθέσεις, κἂν εἰ ἄπιστοι γεγόνασί τινες τοῦ προνοεῖν τὸ θεῖον ἀνθρώπων, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ ἱκετικοῦ γένους, ὃ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ βασιλεῖ τῶν ὅλων καὶ πάντων αἰτίῳ προσκεκλήρωται, ἱκαναὶ [τοῦ] πεῖσαι αὐτούς.
4τοῦτο δὲ τὸ γένος Χαλδαϊστὶ μὲν Ἰσραὴλ καλεῖται, Ἑλληνιστὶ δὲ ἑρμηνευθέντος τοῦ ὀνόματος „ὁρῶν θεόν", ὅ μοι δοκεῖ πάντων χρημάτων ἰδίων τε καὶ κοινῶν εἶναι τιμιώτατον.
5εἰ γὰρ πρεσβυτέρων ἢ ὑφηγητῶν ἢ ἀρχόντων ἢ γονέων ὄψις κινεῖ τοὺς βλέποντας πρὸς αἰδῶ καὶ εὐκοσμίαν καὶ σώφρονος βίου ζῆλον, πόσον τι νομίζομεν ἀρετῆς ἕρμα καὶ καλοκαγαθίας ἀνευρήσειν ἐν ψυχαῖς, αἳ τὸ γενητὸν πᾶν ὑπερκύψασαι τὸ ἀγένητον καὶ θεῖον ὁρᾶν πεπαίδευνται, τὸ πρῶτον ἀγαθὸν καὶ καλὸν καὶ εὔδαιμον καὶ μακάριον, εἰ δὲ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τὸ κρεῖττον μὲν ἀγαθοῦ, κάλλιον δὲ καλοῦ, καὶ μακαριότητος μὲν μακαριώτερον, εὐδαιμονίας δὲ αὐτῆς εὐδαιμονέστερον, καὶ εἰ δή τι τῶν εἰρημένων τελειότερον.
6οὐ γὰρ φθάνει προσαναβαίνειν ὁ λόγος ἐπὶ τὸν ἄψαυστον καὶ ἀναφῆ πάντῃ θεόν, ἀλλ’ ὑπονοστεῖ καὶ ὑπορρεῖ κυρίοις ὀνόμασιν ἀδυνατῶν ἐπιβάθρᾳ χρῆσθαι πρὸς δήλωσιν, οὐ λέγω τοῦ ὄντος — οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανὸς ἔναρθρος φωνὴ γενόμενος εὐθυβόλων καὶ εὐσκόπων εἰς τοῦτο ἂν εὐποροίη ῥημάτων — ἀλλὰ τῶν δορυφόρων αὐτοῦ δυνάμεων, κοσμοποιητικῆς τε καὶ βασιλικῆς καὶ προνοητικῆς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσαι εὐεργέτιδές τε καὶ κολαστήριοι,
7εἰ καὶ τὰς κολαστηρίους ἐν εὐεργέτισι τακτέον, οὐ μόνον ἐπειδὴ νόμων καὶ θεσμῶν εἰσι μοῖραι — νόμος γὰρ ἐκ δυοῖν συμπληροῦσθαι πέφυκε, τιμῆς ἀγαθῶν καὶ πονηρῶν κολάσεως —, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ ἡ κόλασις νουθετεῖ καὶ σωφρονίζει πολλάκις μὲν καὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, εἰ δὲ μή, πάντως γοῦν τοὺς πλησιάζοντας· αἱ γὰρ ἑτέρων τιμωρίαι βελτιοῦσι τοὺς πολλοὺς φόβῳ τοῦ μὴ παραπλήσια παθεῖν.
8Τίς γὰρ ἰδὼν Γάιον μετὰ τὴν Τιβερίου Καίσαρος τελευτὴν παρειληφότα τὴν ἡγεμονίαν πάσης γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης ἀστασίαστον καὶ εὔνομον καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν ἡρμοσμένην εἰς τὸ σύμφωνον, ἑῴοις, ἑσπερίοις, μεσημβρινοῖς, ἀρκτικοῖς — τοῦ μὲν βαρβαρικοῦ γένους τῷ Ἑλληνικῷ, τοῦ δ’ Ἑλληνικοῦ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ, καὶ τοῦ μὲν στρατιωτικοῦ τῷ κατὰ πόλεις, τοῦ δὲ πολιτικοῦ τῷ στρατευομένῳ συμφρονήσαντος εἰς μετουσίαν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν εἰρήνης — οὐκ ἐθαύμασε καὶ κατεπλάγη τῆς ὑπερφυοῦς καὶ παντὸς λόγου κρείττονος εὐπραγίας,
9ἐξ ἑτοίμου τἀγαθὰ ἀθρόα σωρηδὸν κεκληρονομηκότα, παμπληθεῖς θησαυροὺς χρημάτων, ἄργυρον καὶ χρυσόν, τὸν μὲν ὡς ὕλην, τὸν δὲ ὡς νόμισμα, τὸν δὲ ὡς προκόσμημα δι’ ἐκπωμάτων καί τινων ἑτέρων ἃ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν τεχνιτεύεται, παμπληθεῖς δυνάμεις, πεζάς, ἱππικάς, ναυτικάς, προσόδους ὥσπερ ἐκ πηγῶν ἀενάῳ τινὶ φορᾷ χορηγουμένας,
10ἀρχὴν οὐχὶ τῶν πλείστων καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτων μερῶν τῆς οἰκουμένης, ἃ δὴ καὶ κυρίως ἄν τις οἰκουμένην εἴποι, δυσὶ ποταμοῖς ὁριζομένην, Εὐφράτῃ τε καὶ Ῥήνῳ, τῷ μὲν ἀποτεμνομένῳ Γερμανίαν καὶ ὅσα θηριωδέστερα ἔθνη, Εὐφράτῃ δὲ Παρθυηνὴν καὶ τὰ Σαρματῶν γένη καὶ Σκυθῶν, ἅπερ οὐχ ἧττον ἐξηγρίωται τῶν Γερμανικῶν, ἀλλ’, ὡς εἶπον ἤδη, τὴν ἀφ’ ἡλίου ἀνιόντος ἄχρι δυομένου τήν τε ἐντὸς ὠκεανοῦ καὶ ὑπερωκεάνιον; ἐφ’ οἷς ὅ τε Ῥωμαίων δῆμος ἐγεγήθει καὶ πᾶσα Ἰταλία τά τε Ἀσιανὰ καὶ Εὐρωπαῖα ἔθνη.
11ὡς γὰρ ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ τῶν πώποτε γενομένων αὐτοκρατόρων ἅπαντες ἠγάσθησαν, κτῆσιν καὶ χρῆσιν ἰδίων τε καὶ κοινῶν ἀγαθῶν οὐκ ἐλπίζοντες ἕξειν, ἀλλ’ ἔχειν ἤδη νομίζοντες πλήρωμά τινος εὐτυχίας, ἐφεδρευούσης εὐδαιμονίας.
12οὐδὲν γοῦν ἦν ἰδεῖν ἕτερον κατὰ πόλεις ἢ βωμούς, ἱερεῖα, θυσίας, λευχειμονοῦντας, ἐστεφανωμένους, φαιδρούς, εὐμένειαν ἐξ ἱλαρᾶς τῆς ὄψεως προφαίνοντας, ἑορτάς, πανηγύρεις, μουσικοὺς ἀγῶνας, ἱπποδρομίας, κώμους, παννυχίδας μετ’ αὐλῶν καὶ κιθάρας, τέρψεις, ἀνέσεις, ἐκεχειρίας, παντοίας ἡδονὰς διὰ πάσης αἰσθήσεως.
13τότε οὐ πλούσιοι πενήτων προύφερον, οὐκ ἔνδοξοι ἀδόξων, οὐ δανεισταὶ χρεωστῶν, οὐ δεσπόται δούλων περιῆσαν, ἰσονομίαν τοῦ καιροῦ διδόντος, ὡς τὸν παρὰ ποιηταῖς ἀναγραφέντα Κρονικὸν βίον μηκέτι νομίζεσθαι πλάσμα μύθου διά τε τὴν εὐθηνίαν καὶ εὐετηρίαν τό τε ἄλυπον καὶ ἄφοβον καὶ τὰς πανοικίας ὁμοῦ καὶ πανδήμους μεθ’ ἡμέραν τε καὶ νύκτωρ εὐφροσύνας, αἳ μέχρι μηνῶν ἑπτὰ τῶν πρώτων ἄπαυστοι καὶ συνεχεῖς ἐγένοντο.
14τῷ δὲ ὀγδόῳ κατασκήπτει βαρεῖα νόσος τῷ Γαΐῳ τὴν πρὸ μικροῦ δίαιταν, ὅτε ἔζη Τιβέριος, εὐκολωτέραν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὑγιεινοτέραν οὖσαν εἰς πολυτέλειαν μεθαρμοσαμένῳ. πολὺς γὰρ ἄκρατος καὶ ὀψοφαγίαι καὶ ἐπὶ πλήρεσι τοῖς ὄγκοις ἀπλήρωτοι ἐπιθυμίαι θερμολουσίαι τε ἄκαιροι καὶ ἔμετοι καὶ εὐθὺς πάλιν οἰνοφλυγίαι καὶ ἔφεδροι γαστριμαργίαι, λαγνεῖαι διὰ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα καθαιρετικὰ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ τῶν ἐν ἑκατέρῳ δεσμῶν συνεπέθετο. τὰ δὲ ἐπίχειρα ἐγκρατείας μὲν ὑγεία καὶ ἰσχύς, ἀκρασίας δὲ ἀσθένεια καὶ νόσος γειτνιῶσα θανάτῳ.
15Διαγγελείσης οὖν τῆς ὅτι νοσεῖ φήμης, ἔτι πλοΐμων ὄντων — ἀρχὴ γὰρ ἦν μετοπώρου, τελευταῖος πλοῦς τοῖς θαλαττεύουσιν, ἀπὸ τῶν πανταχόθεν ἐμπορίων εἰς τοὺς οἰκείους λιμένας καὶ ὑποδρόμους ἐπανιοῦσι, καὶ μάλιστα οἷς πρόνοια τοῦ μὴ διαχειμάζειν ἐπὶ ξένης ἐστί — μεθέμενοι τὸν ἁβροδίαιτον βίον ἐσκυθρώπαζον, συννοίας τε καὶ κατηφείας πᾶσα οἰκία καὶ πόλις γεγένητο μεστή, ἰσορρόπῳ λύπῃ τῆς πρὸ μικροῦ χαρᾶς ἀμφικλινοῦς γενομένης.
16τὰ γὰρ μέρη πάντα τῆς οἰκουμένης αὐτῷ συνενόσησε, βαρυτέρᾳ νόσῳ χρησάμενα τῆς κατασχούσης Γάιον· ἐκείνη μὲν γὰρ σώματος ἦν αὐτὸ μόνον, ἡ δὲ τῶν πανταχοῦ πάντων, ψυχικῆς εὐσθενείας, εἰρήνης, ἐλπίδων, μετουσίας καὶ ἀπολαύσεως ἀγαθῶν.
17ἀνεπόλουν γὰρ ὅσα καὶ ἡλίκα κακὰ ἐξ ἀναρχίας φύεται· λιμόν, πόλεμον, δενδροτομίας, δῃώσεις χωρίων, στερήσεις χρημάτων, ἀπαγωγάς, τοὺς περὶ δουλείας καὶ θανάτου φόβους ἀνηκέστους, ὧν ἰατρὸς ἦν οὐδείς, μίαν ἐχόντων θεραπείαν τὸ ῥωσθῆναι Γάιον.
18ὅτε γοῦν ἤρξατο λωφᾶν ἡ νόσος, ἐν βραχεῖ καὶ οἱ μέχρι περάτων συνῄσθοντο — φήμης γὰρ οὐδὲν ὠκύτερον —, καὶ μετέωρος πᾶσα πόλις ἦν ἀκοῆς ἀεὶ διψῶσα βελτίονος, ἕως διὰ τῶν ἐπιφοιτώντων παντελὴς ῥῶσις εὐηγγελίσθη, δι’ ἣν πάλιν ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς ἐπὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ἐτρέποντο θυμηδίας, ἰδίαν ἑαυτῶν νομίζουσαι σωτηρίαν πᾶσαι μὲν ἤπειροι πᾶσαι δὲ νῆσοι.
19μέμνηται γὰρ οὐδεὶς τοσαύτην μιᾶς χώρας ἢ ἑνὸς ἔθνους γενέσθαι χαρὰν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ καὶ καταστάσει ἡγεμόνος, ὅσην ἐπὶ Γαΐῳ συμπάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ παραλαβόντι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ ῥωσθέντι ἐκ τῆς ἀσθενείας.
20ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκ νομάδος βίου καὶ θηριώδους νῦν πρῶτον ἀρχόμενοι μεταβάλλειν πρὸς τὸ σύννομον καὶ ὁμοδίαιτον καὶ ἐξ ἐρημίας καὶ σηκῶν καὶ ὑπωρειῶν εἰσοικίζεσθαι πόλεσι τειχήρεσι καὶ ἐξ ἀνεπιτροπεύτου ζωῆς ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπῳ τάττεσθαι νομεῖ τινι καὶ ἀγελάρχῃ τῆς ἡμερωτέρας ἀγέλης ἐγεγήθεσαν ἀγνοίᾳ τῆς ἀληθείας·
21τυφλώττει γὰρ ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς πρὸς τὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος ὄντως αἴσθησιν εἰκασίᾳ καὶ στοχασμῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπιστήμῃ χρῆσθαι δυνάμενος.
22Εὐθὺς γοῦν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ εὐεργέτης εἶναι νομισθεὶς καί τινας ἀγαθῶν πηγὰς νέας ἐπομβρήσειν Ἀσίᾳ τε καὶ Εὐρώπῃ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν ἀκαθαίρετον, ἰδίᾳ τε ἑκάστῳ καὶ πᾶσι κοινῇ, τὸ λεγόμενον δὴ τοῦτο "ἀφ’ ἱερᾶς“ ἤρξατο μεταβαλὼν πρὸς τὸ ἀτίθασον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἣν συνεσκίαζεν ἀγριότητα τῷ πλάσματι τῆς ὑποκρίσεως ἀναφήνας.
23τὸν γὰρ ἀνεψιὸν καὶ κοινωνὸν ἀπολειφθέντα τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ οἰκειότερον αὐτοῦ διάδοχον — ὁ μὲν γὰρ θέσει υἱωνὸς ἦν, ὁ δὲ φύσει Τιβερίου — κτείνει προφασισάμενος ἐπιβουλήν, μηδὲ τῆς ἡλικίας χωρούσης ἔγκλημα τοιοῦτον· ἄρτι γὰρ ἐκ παίδων εἰς μειράκιον ὁ δύστηνος μετῄει.
24καὶ ὥς γέ φασί τινες, εἰ βραχὺν ἐπεβίω χρόνον Τιβέριος, ὁ μὲν ἂν ἐκποδὼν ἐγεγένητο Γάιος, δι’ ὑποψιῶν κεχωρηκὼς ἀνηκέστων, ὁ δὲ γνήσιος υἱωνὸς μόνος ἀπεδέδεικτο ἡγεμὼν καὶ κληρονόμος τῆς παππῴας ἀρχῆς.
25ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς εἱμαρμένης ἔφθη συναρπασθείς, πρὶν ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν τὰ βουλεύματα· Γάιος δὲ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ παραβαίνειν τὰ πρὸς τὸν κοινωνὸν δίκαια διαβολὴν ἐνόμιζεν ἀποδράσεσθαι καταστρατηγῶν.
Sections 26–50
26τὸ δὲ σόφισμα τοιοῦτον ἦν· συναγαγὼν τοὺς ἐν τέλει „βούλομαι μὲν“ ἔφη „τὸν γένει μὲν ἀνεψιὸν εὐνοίᾳ δὲ ἀδελφόν, ἑπόμενος καὶ τῇ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Τιβερίου γνώμῃ, κοινοπραγεῖν τῆς αὐτοκρατοῦς ἐξουσίας· ὁρᾶτε δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ νήπιον ἔτι ὄντα κομιδῇ καὶ χρῄζοντα ἐπιτρόπων καὶ διδασκάλων καὶ παιδαγωγῶν.
27ἐπεὶ τί ἂν ἦν μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τὰ τοσαῦτα βάρη τῆς ἡγεμονίας μὴ μίαν ψυχὴν ἢ σῶμα ἓν ἐπηχθίσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἔχειν τὸν δυνησόμενον ἐπελαφρίζειν καὶ συνεπικουφίζειν; ἐγὼ δὲ“ ἔφη "παιδαγωγοὺς καὶ διδασκάλους καὶ ἐπιτρόπους ὑπερβαλὼν ἐμαυτὸν μὲν ἤδη
28γράφω πατέρα, υἱὸν δὲ ἐκεῖνον.“ τούτοις καὶ τοὺς παρόντας ἀπατήσας καὶ τὸ μειράκιον — δέλεαρ γὰρ ἦν ἡ θέσις οὐκ ἐλπιζομένης ἡγεμονίας, ἀλλ’ ἀφαιρέσεως ἧς εἶχεν ἤδη — τῷ συγκληρονόμῳ καὶ κοινωνῷ δικαίῳ μετὰ πολλῆς ἀδείας οὐδενὸς ἔτι πεφροντικὼς ἐπεβούλευεν. ἡ γὰρ υἱοῦ παντελὴς ἐξουσία κατὰ τοὺς τῶν Ῥωμαίων νόμους ἀνάκειται πατρί, δίχα τοῦ καὶ ἀνυπεύθυνον ἀρχὴν εἶναι τὴν αὐτοκράτορα, μηδενὸς ἐπὶ τοῖς ὁπωσοῦν πεπραγμένοις λόγον ἀπαιτεῖν τολμῶντος ἢ δυναμένου.
29τοῦτον μὲν δὴ καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἔφεδρον ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι καταπαλαίει, μήτε συντροφίας μήτε οἰκειότητος μήτε ἡλικίας οἶκτον λαβών, δύστηνον, ὠκύμορον, συνάρχοντα, συγκληρονόμον, τὸν ἐλπισθέντα ποτὲ καὶ μόνον αὐτοκράτορα διὰ τὴν πρὸς Τιβέριον ἐγγυτάτω συγγένειαν· υἱωνοὶ γὰρ πατέρων ἀποθανόντων ἐν υἱῶν τάξει παρὰ πάπποις καταριθμοῦνται.
30λέγεται δὲ ὅτι καὶ κελευσθεὶς αὐτοχειρίᾳ κτείνειν ἑαυτόν, ἐφεστώτων ἑκατοντάρχου καὶ χιλιάρχου, οἷς εἴρητο μὴ συνεφάψασθαι τοῦ ἄγους, ὡς οὐκ ἐξὸν αὐτοκρατόρων ἀπογόνους πρὸς ἑτέρων ἀναιρεῖσθαι — νόμων γὰρ ἐν ἀνομίαις καὶ ὁσιότητος ἐν ἀνοσιουργίαις ἐμέμνητο κατειρωνευόμενος τὴν φύσιν τῆς ἀληθείας —, ἀπείρως ἔχων — οὐδὲ γὰρ ἕτερόν τινα κτεινόμενον εἶδεν οὐδὲ ἤσκητό πω ταῖς ὁπλομαχίαις, αἳ μελέται καὶ προγυμνάσματα παίδων ἐφ’ ἡγεμονίᾳ τρεφομένων εἰσὶ διὰ τοὺς ἐνισταμένους πολέμους — τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τοὺς ἥκοντας παρεκάλει τὸν αὐχένα προτείνας ἀνελεῖν.
31ὡς δ’ οὐχ ὑπέμενον, αὐτὸς λαβὼν τὸ ξίφος ἐπυνθάνετο τὸν καιριώτατον τόπον ὑπ’ ἀγνοίας καὶ ἀηθείας, ἵνα εὐσκόπῳ πληγῇ τὴν ἀθλίαν ζωὴν ἀπορρήξῃ. καὶ οἱ μὲν οἷα διδάσκαλοι κακοδαιμονίας ὑφηγοῦντό τε καὶ ἐδείκνυσαν τὸ μέρος, ᾧ χρὴ τὸ ξίφος ἐπενεγκεῖν· ὁ δὲ πρώτην καὶ ὑστάτην μάθησιν ἀναδιδαχθεὶς ἀνδροφόνος αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ γίνεται βιασθείς, ὁ δύστηνος.
32Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ πρῶτος καὶ μέγιστος ἆθλος οὗτος Γαΐῳ κατείργαστο, μηδενὸς ἔτι λειπομένου κοινωνοῦ τῆς ἡγεμονίας πρὸς ὃν ἀποκλινοῦσί τινες τῶν ἐθελοκακούντων καὶ ἐν ὑποψίαις ὄντων, ἐπὶ δεύτερον εὐθὺς ἐκονίετο τὸν Μάκρωνος, ἀνδρὸς εἰς πάντα αὐτῷ συναγωνισαμένου τὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὐ μόνον ἀποδειχθέντι ἡγεμόνι — κολακείας γὰρ ἴδιον τὰς εὐπραγίας θεραπεύειν — ἀλλὰ καὶ πρότερον εἰς τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς ἡγεμονίας.
33ὁ γὰρ Τιβέριος φρονήσει βαθείᾳ χρώμενος καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸν ἁπάντων δεινότατος ὢν ἀφανὲς ἀνθρώπου βούλημα συνιδεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον συνέσει διενεγκών, ἐφ’ ὅσον καὶ εὐτυχίᾳ, πολλάκις ὑπεβλέπετο τὸν Γάιον ὡς κακόνουν μὲν ἅπαντι τῷ Κλαυδίων οἴκῳ, προσκείμενον δὲ μόνῳ τῷ μητρῴῳ γένει — καὶ ἐδεδίει περὶ τοῦ υἱωνοῦ, μὴ νέος ἀπολειφθεὶς παραπόληται —,
34πρὸς δὲ ἀρχὴν καὶ τοσαύτην ἀνεπιτηδείως ἔχοντα διά τε τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἄμικτον καὶ ἀκοινώνητον καὶ τὴν τῶν ἠθῶν ἀνωμαλίαν· ἀλλόκοτα γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπιμανῆ κατεφαίνετο, μηδεμιᾶς σῳζομένης ἀκολουθίας, μήτε ἐν λόγοις μήτε ἐν ἔργοις.
35ἃ παντὶ σθένει κατὰ τὸ παρεῖκον ὁ Μάκρων ἐθεράπευε, τὰς μὲν ὑπονοίας τοῦ Τιβερίου καὶ ἐν οἷς μάλιστ’ ἐδόκει τὴν διάνοιαν ἑλκοῦσθαι διὰ τὸν ἄληκτον ἐπὶ τῷ υἱωνῷ φόβον ἐξιώμενος.
36εὔνουν γὰρ καὶ πειθαρχικὸν ἀπέφαινε τὸν Γάιον καὶ σφόδρα ἡττημένον τοῦ ἀνεψιοῦ, ὡς ἕνεκα φιλοστοργίας καὶ μόνῳ ἂν ἐθελῆσαι τῆς ἀρχῆς ὑπεκστῆναι· τὴν δὲ αἰδῶ μὴ λυσιτελῆσαι πολλοῖς, ὑφ’ ἧς καὶ Γάιον ἁπλοῦν ὄντα ποικίλον νομίζεσθαι.
37καὶ ὁπότε μὴ πείθοι τὰ εἰκότα διεξιών, τὴν ἀπὸ συνθηκῶν πίστιν ἐπέφερεν, „ἐγγυῶμαι“ λέγων, „ἀξιόχρεώς εἰμι πρὸς πίστιν· ἱκανὰς ἀποδείξεις δέδωκα τοῦ φιλόκαισαρ ἰδίως καὶ φιλοτιβέριος εἶναι, τὴν ἐπίθεσιν καὶ καθαίρεσιν ἐγχειρισθεὶς Σηιανοῦ.“
38καὶ συνόλως δὲ ἱκανὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖς εἰς Γάιον ἐπαίνοις, εἰ δεῖ καλεῖν ἀξίως ἐπαίνους τὰς ἀπολογίας, αἳ πρὸς τὰς ἐξ ὑπονοιῶν αἰτίας καὶ κατηγορίας ἀδήλους καὶ ἀσαφεῖς ἐγίνοντο· συνόλως γὰρ ὅσα περὶ ἀδελφῶν εἴποι τις ἂν ἢ υἱῶν γνησίων ἐγκώμια, τοσαῦτα καὶ ἔτι πλείω Μάκρων ὑπὲρ Γαΐου διεξῄει πρὸς Τιβέριον.
39αἴτιον δέ, ὡς ὁ τῶν πολλῶν λόγος, οὐ μόνον τὸ ἀντιθεραπεύεσθαι πρὸς αὐτοῦ τὸν Μάκρωνα, πλεῖστον ἢ καὶ σύμπαν ἐν τῇ ἡγεμονίᾳ δυνάμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Μάκρωνος γυνὴ διὰ σιωπωμένην αἰτίαν, ἣ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἤλειφε καὶ συνεκρότει τὸν ἄνδρα μηδὲν ἀνιέναι σπουδῆς καὶ βοηθείας τῆς ὑπὲρ τοῦ νεανίσκου. δεινὸν δὲ γυνὴ γνώμην ἀνδρὸς παραλῦσαι καὶ παραγαγεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα μαχλάς· ἕνεκα γὰρ τοῦ συνειδότος κολακικωτέρα γίνεται.
40ὁ δὲ τὴν διαφθορὰν μὲν τοῦ γάμου καὶ τῆς οἰκίας ἀγνοῶν, τὴν δὲ κολακείαν εὔνοιαν ἀκραιφνεστάτην εἶναι νομίζων, ἀπατᾶται καὶ λανθάνει τοῖς στρατηγήμασι τοὺς ἐχθίστους ὡς φιλτάτους προσιέμενος.
41Εἰδὼς οὖν, ὅτι παρὰ μικρὸν ἐλθόντα μυριάκις αὐτὸν ἀπολέσθαι διέσωσεν, ἀνυπούλοις καὶ πεπαρρησιασμέναις ἐχρῆτο ταῖς νουθεσίαις· ἐβούλετο γάρ, ὡς ἀγαθὸς δημιουργός, ἀκαθαίρετον διαμεῖναι τὸ οἰκεῖον ἔργον, μήτε ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ διαλυθὲν μήτε ὑφ’ ἑτέρου.
42ὁπότε οὖν ἢ καταδαρθόντα ἐν συμποσίῳ θεάσαιτο, περιανίστη στοχαζόμενος ἅμα μὲν τοῦ πρέποντος ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῆς ἀσφαλείας — εὐεπιβούλευτον γὰρ ὁ κοιμώμενος —, ἤ τινας ἐκμανῶς ὀρχηστὰς ὁρῶντα ἢ ἔστιν ὅτε συνορχούμενον ἢ ἐπὶ μίμοις αἰσχρῶν καὶ σκωμμάτων μὴ ὑπομειδιῶντα σεμνότερον ἀλλὰ μειρακιωδέστερον καγχάζοντα ἢ κιθαρῳδῶν ἢ χορῶν τῆς ἐμμελείας ἡττώμενον, ἔστιν ὅπου καὶ συνᾴδοντα, ἔνυττε πλησίον καθεζόμενος ἢ κατακεκλιμένος καὶ ἐπέχειν ἐπειρᾶτο.
43πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἐπικλίνας πρὸς οὖς, ἵνα μὴ κατακούοι τις ἕτερος, ἡσυχῇ καὶ πρᾴως ἐνουθέτει φάσκων· "οὐδενὶ τῶν παρόντων ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ὅμοιον εἶναί σε δεῖ, οὔτε ἐν θεάμασιν οὔτε ἐν ἀκούσμασιν οὔτε ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ὅσα κατὰ τὰς αἰσθήσεις, ἀλλὰ προφέρειν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν περὶ τὸν βίον, ἐφ’ ὅσον καὶ ταῖς εὐτυχίαις διενήνοχας.
44ἄτοπον γὰρ τὸν ἡγεμόνα γῆς καὶ θαλάττης νικᾶσθαι πρὸς ᾠδῆς ἢ ὀρχήσεως ἢ χλευαστικοῦ σκώμματος ἤ τινος τῶν ὁμοιοτρόπων, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ μεμνῆσθαι τῆς ἡγεμονίας, καθάπερ ποιμένα τινὰ καὶ ἐπιστάτην ἀγέλης, τὰ πρὸς βελτίωσιν ἀπὸ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν ἕλκοντα καὶ λόγου καὶ πράγματος."
45εἶτα ἔφασκεν· "ὅταν παρατυγχάνῃς σκηνικοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἢ γυμνικοῖς ἢ τοῖς κατὰ τὰς ἱπποδρομίας, μὴ σκόπει τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι κατόρθωσιν, καὶ λάμβανε τὸν τοιοῦτον λογισμόν·
46εἰ τὰ μηδὲν ὠφελοῦντα τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον, τέρψιν δὲ καὶ ἡδονὴν αὐτὸ μόνον παρέχοντα θεαταῖς, ἐκπονοῦσιν οὕτω τινές, ὡς ἐπαινεῖσθαί τε καὶ θαυμάζεσθαι καὶ γέρα καὶ τιμὰς καὶ στεφάνους μετὰ κηρυγμάτων λαμβάνειν, τί χρὴ πράττειν τὸν τῆς ἀνωτάτω καὶ μεγίστης τέχνης ἐπιστήμονα;
47μεγίστη δὲ καὶ ἀρίστη τέχνη πασῶν ἐστιν ἡ ἡγεμονία, δι’ ἧς πᾶσα μὲν ἡ ἀγαθὴ καὶ βαθεῖα πεδιάς τε καὶ ὀρεινὴ γεωργεῖται, πᾶσα δὲ θάλαττα φορτηγοῖς ὁλκάσιν ἀκινδύνως διαπλεῖται κατὰ τὰς ἀντιδόσεις ὧν ἀλλήλαις ἀγαθῶν ἀντεκτίνουσιν αἱ χῶραι κοινωνίας ἱμέρῳ, τὰ μὲν ἐνδέοντα λαμβάνουσαι, ὧν δ’ ἄγουσι περιουσίαν ἀντιπέμπουσαι.
48φθόνος γὰρ οὐδέποτε πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐκράτησεν, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τὰς μεγάλας αὐτῆς ἀποτομάς, ὅλην Εὐρώπην ἢ ὅλην Ἀσίαν· ἀλλ’ ἰοβόλου τρόπον ἑρπετοῦ φωλεύει βραχέσιν εἰσερπύσας χωρίοις ἀνδρὶ ἑνὶ ἢ οἴκῳ ἑνὶ ἤ, εἴ ποτε πολὺς ἄγαν πνέοι, πόλει μιᾷ· πρὸς δὲ μείζονα κύκλον ἔθνους ἢ χώρας οὐ πρόσεισι, καὶ μάλιστα ἀφ’ οὗ τὸ ὑμέτερον γένος τὸ Σεβαστὸν ὄντως ἤρξατο πρυτανεύειν τῶν πανταχοῦ πάντων.
49ὅσα μὲν γὰρ εὐημέρει τῶν βλαβερῶν καὶ ἐν μέσοις ἐξητάζετο, πρὸς ἐσχατιὰς ὑπερόρια καὶ Ταρτάρου μυχοὺς ἤλασε, τὰ δὲ τρόπον τινὰ φυγαδευθέντα τῶν λυσιτελῶν καὶ ὠφελίμων κατήγαγεν ἀπὸ περάτων γῆς καὶ θαλάττης εἰς τὴν καθ’ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένην· ἃ πάντα μιᾷ χειρὶ σῇ κυβερνᾶν ἐπιτέτραπται.
50παραπεμφθεὶς γοῦν ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως ἐπὶ πρύμναν ἀνωτάτω καὶ τοὺς οἴακας ἐγχειρισθεὶς πηδαλιούχει τὸ κοινὸν ἀνθρώπων σκάφος σωτηρίως, ἐπὶ μηδενὶ μᾶλλον χαίρων καὶ τερπόμενος ἢ τῷ τοὺς ὑπηκόους εὐεργετεῖν.
Sections 51–75
51ἄλλοι μὲν γὰρ ἄλλων ἔρανοι, οὓς ἀναγκαίως εἰσφέρουσιν ἰδιῶται κατὰ πόλεις· ἄρχοντι δὲ οἰκειότατος ἔρανος, βουλὰς ἀγαθὰς εἰσηγεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων καὶ πράττειν τὰ βουλευθέντα ὀρθῶς καὶ ἀταμίευτα προφέρειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ πλουσίᾳ χειρὶ καὶ γνώμῃ, πλὴν ὅσα κατὰ πρόνοιαν τῆς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἀδηλότητος ἄξιον παραφυλάττειν."
52Τοιούτοις κατεπῇδεν ὁ δυστυχής, ὥστε βελτιῶσαι τὸν Γάιον. ὁ δὲ φίλερις καὶ φιλόνεικος ὢν ἐπὶ τἀναντία τὴν διάνοιαν ἔτρεπεν, ὥσπερ εἰς ἐκεῖνα παρακληθείς, καὶ τὸν σωφρονιστὴν ἄντικρυς ἀπεθάρρει δυσωπεῖν, ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ πόρρωθεν ἀφικνούμενον ὁρῶν πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον ταυτὶ διελάλει·
53„πάρεστιν ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ μηκέτι μανθάνειν ὀφείλοντος, ὁ παιδαγωγὸς τοῦ μηκέτι παιδὸς ὄντος, ὁ νουθετητὴς τοῦ φρονιμωτέρου, ὁ τὸν αὐτοκράτορα τῷ ὑπηκόῳ πειθαρχεῖν ἀξιῶν, ἐθάδα τῆς ἡγεμονικῆς ἐπιστήμης καὶ παιδευτὴν ἑαυτὸν γράφει, παρὰ τίνι μαθὼν τὰ ἀρχικὰ ἔγωγε οὐκ οἶδα.
54ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἔτι σπαργάνων μυρίοι διδάσκαλοι γεγόνασι, πατέρες, ἀδελφοί, θεῖοι, ἀνεψιοί, πάπποι, πρόγονοι μέχρι τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν, οἱ ἀφ’ αἵματος πάντες καθ’ ἑκάτερον γένος τό τε πατρῷον καὶ μητρῷον, αὐτοκρατεῖς ἐξουσίας περιποιησάμενοι, χωρὶς τοῦ κἀν ταῖς πρώταις τῶν σπερμάτων καταβολαῖς εἶναί τινας δυνάμεις βασιλικὰς τῶν ἡγεμονικῶν.
55ὡς γὰρ αἱ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ὁμοιότητες κατά τε τὴν μορφὴν καὶ σχέσεις καὶ κινήσεις βουλάς τε καὶ πράξεις ἐν τοῖς σπερματικοῖς σῴζονται λόγοις, οὕτως εἰκὸς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὑπογράφεσθαι τυπωδέστερον καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἡγεμονίαν ἐμφέρειαν.
56εἶτα ἐμὲ τὸν καὶ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως ἔτι κατὰ γαστρὸς ἐν τῷ τῆς φύσεως ἐργαστηρίῳ διαπλασθέντα αὐτοκράτορα τολμᾷ τις διδάσκειν, ἀνεπιστήμων ἐπιστήμονα; ποῦ γὰρ τοῖς ἰδιώταις πρὸ μικροῦ θέμις εἰς ἡγεμονικῆς ψυχῆς παρακύψαι βουλεύματα; τολμῶσι δὲ ὑπ’ ἀναισχύντου θράσους ἱεροφαντεῖν καὶ τελεῖν τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ μόλις ἂν ἐν μύσταις ἀναγραφέντες.“
57ἐκ δὲ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον μελετῶν ἀλλοτριοῦσθαι τοῦ Μάκρωνος ἤρχετο καὶ ψευδεῖς μὲν πιθανὰς δὲ καὶ εὐπαραγώγους κατ’ αὐτοῦ πλάττειν αἰτίας· δειναὶ γὰρ αἱ εὔθικτοι καὶ μεγάλαι φύσεις εἰκοτολογῆσαι.
58τοιαῦται δὲ ἦσαν αἱ προφάσεις· „ἐμόν ἐστι τοῦ Μάκρωνος ἔργον Γάιος· μᾶλλον αὐτὸν ἢ οὐχ ἧττον τῶν γονέων γεγέννηκα· τρίς, οὐχ ἅπαξ, ἀνήρπαστο ἂν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ Τιβερίου φονῶντος, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμὲ καὶ τὰς ἐμὰς παρηγορίας· ἀλλὰ καὶ τελευτήσαντος ἔχων ὑπηκόους τὰς στρατιωτικὰς δυνάμεις εὐθὺς εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου παρέπεμψα τάξιν, ἀναδιδάσκων ὅτι ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς γέγονεν ἔνδεια· μένει δὲ ἄρτιος καὶ πλήρης ἡ ἡγεμονία.“
59τούτοις συνεπείθοντό τινες ὡς ἀψευδέσιν ἀγνοοῦντες τὸν φένακα τρόπον τοῦ λέγοντος· οὔπω γὰρ ἦν τὸ πεπλασμένον αὐτοῦ καὶ ποικίλον τῶν ἠθῶν ἐμφανές. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐ πολλαῖς ὕστερον ἡμέραις ἐκποδὼν ὁ κακοδαίμων γίνεται σὺν τῇ γυναικί, τῆς περιττῆς εὐνοίας ἀμοιβὰς τὰς ἀνωτάτω τιμωρίας ἀντιλαβών.
60τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἀχαρίστους χάρις· ἀντὶ γὰρ ὧν ὠφελήθησαν, παρέχουσι τὰς μεγίστας ζημίας τοῖς εὐεργετήσασιν. ὁ γοῦν Μάκρων πάντα ἐπ’ ἀληθείας πραγματευσάμενος μετ’ ἐκτενεστάτης σπουδῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπὲρ τοῦ σῶσαι Γάιον, ἔπειτα δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μόνον τὴν ἡγεμονίαν διαδέξασθαι, τοιαῦτα εὕρατο τὰ ἐπίχειρα.
61λέγεται γάρ, ὅτι ἠναγκάσθη ὁ δείλαιος αὐτοχειρίᾳ κτεῖναι ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀνεδέξατο συμφορὰν ἡ γυνή, καίτοι ποτὲ νομισθεῖσα διὰ συνηθείας αὐτῷ γενέσθαι· βέβαιον δὲ οὐδέν φασι τῶν ἐν ἔρωτι φίλτρων εἶναι διὰ τὸ τοῦ πάθους ἁψίκορον.
62Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ὁ Μάκρων πανοίκιος ἱέρευτο, τρίτῳ ἐπαπεδύετο δόλῳ βαρυτέρῳ. πενθερὸς ἐγεγένητο αὐτῷ Μάρκος Σιλανός, μεστὸς φρονήματος ἀνὴρ καὶ γένει λαμπρός. οὗτος ὠκυμόρου τῆς θυγατρὸς ἀποθανούσης ἔτι περιεῖπε τὸν Γάιον, εὔνοιαν προσφερόμενος οὐ πενθεροῦ μᾶλλον ἢ γνησίου πατρός, ἧς ἐνόμιζεν ἀντιλήψεσθαι κατὰ νόμον ἰσότητος μεθαρμοσάμενος τὸν γαμβρὸν εἰς υἱόν. ἐλελήθει δὲ ἄρα ψευδοδοξῶν καὶ ἀπατώμενος.
63ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς τοῦ κηδεμόνος λόγους ἀεὶ διεξῄει μηδὲν ἐπικρυπτόμενος τῶν εἰς βελτίωσιν καὶ ὠφέλειαν ἠθῶν καὶ βίου καὶ ἡγεμονίας, ἔχων εἰς παρρησίαν καὶ μεγάλας ἀφορμὰς ὑπερβάλλουσάν τε εὐγένειαν καὶ τὴν κατ’ ἐπιγαμίαν οἰκειότητα· καὶ γὰρ ἡ θυγάτηρ οὐ πρὸ πολλῶν ἐτεθνήκει χρόνων, ὡς ἀμαυρωθῆναι τὰ δίκαια τῶν κηδεστῶν, ἀλλὰ μόνον οὐκ ἤσπαιρεν, ἔτι λειψάνων τινῶν ὑστάτων τοῦ ψυχικοῦ πνεύματος ἐνυπαρχόντων καὶ ἐγκατειλημμένων τῷ σώματι.
64ὁ δὲ πρὸς ὕβρεως τὰς νουθεσίας λαμβάνων τῷ πάντων οἴεσθαι φρονιμώτατος καὶ σωφρονέστατος ἔτι δὲ ἀνδρειότατος εἶναι καὶ δικαιότατος ἤχθαιρε μᾶλλον τῶν ὁμολογουμένων πολεμίων τοὺς διδάσκοντας.
65ὑπολαβὼν οὖν καὶ τοῦτον εἶναι παρενόχλημα, τὴν πολλὴν αὐτοῦ ῥύμην τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐφέξοντα, πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσας τοῖς δαίμοσι τῆς ἀποθανούσης γυναικός, εἰ πατέρα μὲν ἐκείνης ἑαυτοῦ δὲ γενόμενον πενθερὸν μεταστήσεται, δολοφονεῖ.
66Καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἤδη περιβόητον τοῖς ἐπαλλήλοις τῶν πρώτων ἀνδρῶν φόνοις ἐγεγένητο, ὡς διὰ παντὸς στόματος δυσκάθαρτα ἄγη συνηχεῖσθαι, φανερῶς μὲν οὐ διὰ δέος, ἠρεμαιοτέρᾳ δὲ τῇ φωνῇ.
67κἄπειτα ἐκ μεταβολῆς — ὄχλος γὰρ ἀνίδρυτον ἐν ἅπασι, καὶ βουλαῖς καὶ λόγοις καὶ πράγμασιν — ἀπιστοῦντες, εἰ οὕτως ἀθρόαν ἐνδέδεκται τροπὴν ὁ πρὸ μικροῦ χρηστὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ἴσος τε καὶ κοινωνικὸς εἶναι νομισθεὶς Γάιος, ἀπολογίας ἐσκόπουν καὶ διερευνῶντες εὕρισκον, ἐπὶ μὲν τῷ ἀνεψιῷ καὶ συγκληρονόμῳ τοιαῦτα φάσκοντες·
68„ἀκοινώνητον ἀρχή, θεσμὸς φύσεως ἀκίνητος. οὗτος ἃ παθεῖν ἐμέλλησεν ἂν ὑπ’ ἀδυνατωτέρου προδιέθηκεν ἰσχυρότερος ὤν· ἄμυνα τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἀνδροφονία. τάχα δὲ καὶ προνοητικῶς ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τοῦ σύμπαντος ἀνθρώπων γένους τὸ μειράκιον ἐκποδὼν γεγένηται, τῶν μὲν τούτῳ τῶν δὲ ἐκείνῳ προσκληρουμένων, ἐξ ὧν ταραχαὶ ἐμφύλιοί τε καὶ ξενικοὶ πόλεμοι συνίστανται. τί δὲ ἄμεινον εἰρήνης; εἰρήνη δὲ ἐξ ἡγεμονίας ὀρθῆς φύεται· ἡγεμονία δὲ ἀφιλόνεικος καὶ ἀνερίθευτος ὀρθὴ μόνη, δι’ ἧς καὶ τἄλλα πάντα κατορθοῦται.“
69ἐπὶ δὲ Μάκρωνι· "πλέον ἐφυσήθη τοῦ μετρίου· τὸ Δελφικὸν γράμμα οὐ διανέγνω, τὸ ’γνῶθι σαυτόν’· φασὶ δὲ τὴν μὲν ἐπιστήμην εὐδαιμονίας τὴν δὲ ἄγνοιαν κακοδαιμονίας αἰτίαν εἶναι. τί παθὼν ὑπηλλάττετο καὶ μετετίθει τὸν μὲν ὑπήκοον αὑτὸν εἰς τάξιν ἄρχοντος, τὸν δὲ αὐτοκράτορα Γάιον εἰς ὑπηκόου χώραν; οἰκειότατον ἡγεμόνι μὲν τὸ προστάττειν, ὅπερ ἐποίει Μάκρων, ὑπηκόῳ δὲ τὸ πειθαρχεῖν, ὅπερ ὑπομένειν ἠξίου Γάιον.“
70ἐκάλουν γὰρ οἱ ἀνεξέταστοι τὴν παραίνεσιν πρόσταξιν καὶ τὸν σύμβουλον ἄρχοντα, ἤτοι μὴ συνιέντες ὑπ’ ἀναισθησίας ἢ διὰ κολακείαν τὰς φύσεις τῶν ὀνομάτων ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων μεταχαράττοντες.
71ἐπὶ δὲ Σιλανῷ· „χλεύης ἄξιον ὁ Σιλανὸς ἔπαθεν, οἰηθεὶς πενθερὸν τοσοῦτον παρὰ γαμβρῷ δύνασθαι, ὅσον πατέρα γνήσιον παρ’ υἱῷ. καίτοι πατέρες ἰδιῶται γενομένων ἐν ἀρχαῖς μεγάλαις καὶ ἐξουσίαις υἱῶν ὑποστέλλουσιν, ἀγαπητῶς φερόμενοι δευτερεῖα. ὁ δὲ ἠλίθιος, οὐδὲ πενθερὸς ὢν ἔτι, τὰ μὴ καθ’ ἑαυτὸν προσπεριειργάζετο μὴ συνιείς, ὅτι θανάτῳ τῆς θυγατρὸς συνετεθνήκει καὶ ἡ κατ’ ἐπιγαμίαν οἰκειότης·
72δεσμὸς γὰρ οἴκων ὀθνείων αἱ ἐπιγαμίαι τὴν ἀλλοτριότητα εἰς οἰκειότητα συνάγων, οὗ λυθέντος λέλυται καὶ τὰ τῆς κοινωνίας, καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν ἀνεπανορθώτῳ πράγματι λυθῇ, τελευτῇ τῆς εἰς ἀλλότριον οἶκον δεδομένης ἐπὶ γάμῳ.“
73τοιαῦτα ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς συλλόγοις ἐθρύλουν πλεῖστον διδόντες μέρος τῷ μὴ βούλεσθαι δοκεῖν ὠμὸν εἶναι τὸν αὐτοκράτορα· χρηστότητα γὰρ καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν ἐλπίσαντες ὅσην παρ’ οὐδενὶ τῶν προτέρων ἐνιδρύσθαι τῇ Γαΐου ψυχῇ σφόδρα ἄπιστον ἐνόμιζον, εἰ τοσαύτην καὶ οὕτως ἀθρόαν ἐνδέδεκται μεταβολὴν πρὸς τἀναντία.
74Κατεργασάμενος οὖν τρεῖς τοὺς εἰρημένους ἄθλους ἐκ τριῶν τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων μερῶν, δυοῖν μὲν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος τοῦ τε βουλευτικοῦ καὶ τοῦ τῆς ἱππικῆς τάξεως, τρίτου δὲ τοῦ συγγενικοῦ, καὶ ὑπολαβὼν τῶν ἰσχυροτάτων καὶ δυνατωτάτων περιγεγενημένος καταπληκτικώτατον δέος ἐνειργάσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι,
75διὰ μὲν τῆς Σιλανοῦ σφαγῆς τοῖς βουλευταῖς — ἦν γὰρ οὐδενὸς τῶν ἐν συγκλήτῳ δεύτερος —, διὰ δὲ τῆς Μάκρωνος τοῖς ἱππικοῖς — οἷα γὰρ χοροῦ τινος ἡγεμὼν ἐγεγένητο φερόμενος τὰ πρωτεῖα τιμῆς καὶ εὐδοξίας —, διὰ δὲ τῆς τοῦ ἀνεψιοῦ καὶ συγκληρονόμου τοῖς ἀφ’ αἵματος ἅπασιν, οὐκέτι ἠξίου μένειν ἐν τοῖς τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ὅροις, ἀλλ’ ὑπερέκυπτε σπουδάζων θεὸς νομίζεσθαι.
Sections 76–100
76καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ ταύτης τῆς παραπληξίας φασὶν αὐτὸν χρήσασθαι τοιούτῳ λογισμῷ· καθάπερ γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἀγελάρχαι, βουκόλοι καὶ αἰπόλοι καὶ νομεῖς, οὔτε βόες εἰσὶν οὔτε αἶγες οὔτε ἄρνες, ἀλλ’ ἄνθρωποι κρείττονος μοίρας καὶ κατασκευῆς ἐπιλαχόντες, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἀγελαρχοῦντα κἀμὲ τῆς ἀρίστης ἀνθρώπων γένους ἀγέλης νομιστέον διαφέρειν καὶ μὴ κατ’ ἄνθρωπον εἶναι, μείζονος δὲ καὶ θειοτέρας μοίρας τετυχηκέναι.
77ταύτην τὴν ὑπόληψιν ἐνσφραγισάμενος τῇ διανοίᾳ περιέφερεν ὁ ἠλίθιος ἐν ἑαυτῷ μυθικὸν πλάσμα ὡς ἀψευδεστάτην ἀλήθειαν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἅπαξ ἐθρασύνατο καὶ ἀπετόλμησεν εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐξενεγκεῖν τὴν ἀθεωτάτην ἐκθέωσιν αὑτοῦ, τὰ ἀκόλουθα καὶ συνῳδὰ πράττειν ἐπεχείρει καὶ οἷα δι’ ἀναβαθμῶν ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον εἰς τὸ ἄνω προῄει.
78ἤρχετο γὰρ ἐξομοιοῦν τὸ πρῶτον τοῖς λεγομένοις ἡμιθέοις ἑαυτόν, Διονύσῳ καὶ Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ Διοσκούροις, Τροφώνιον καὶ Ἀμφιάραον καὶ Ἀμφίλοχον καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίους χρηστηρίοις αὐτοῖς καὶ ὀργίοις χλεύην τιθέμενος κατὰ σύγκρισιν τῆς ἰδίας δυνάμεως.
79εἶθ’ ὥσπερ ἐν θεάτρῳ σκευὴν ἄλλοτε ἀλλοίαν ἀνελάμβανε, τοτὲ μὲν λεοντῆν καὶ ῥόπαλον, ἀμφότερα ἐπίχρυσα, διακοσμούμενος εἰς Ἡρακλέα, τοτὲ δὲ πίλους ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς, ὁπότε ἀσκοῖτο εἰς Διοσκούρους· ἔστι δὲ ὅτε κιττῷ καὶ θύρσῳ καὶ νεβρίσιν εἰς Διόνυσον ἠσκεῖτο·
80καὶ ταύτῃ διαφέρειν ἀξιῶν, ὅτι ἐκείνων μὲν ἕκαστος ἰδίας ἔχων τιμὰς οὐ μετεποιεῖτο ὧν ἐκοινώνουν ἕτεροι, ὁ δὲ τὰς πάντων ἀθρόων ἐσφετερίζετο φθόνῳ καὶ πλεονεξίᾳ, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους, οὐκ εἰς Γηρυόνην τὸν τρισώματον μεταβαλών, ἵνα τῷ πλήθει παραγάγῃ τοὺς ὁρῶντας, ἀλλ’, ὃ δὴ παραδοξότατον ἦν, ἑνὸς σώματος οὐσίαν μετασχηματίζων καὶ μεταχαράττων εἰς πολυτρόπους μορφάς, Αἰγυπτίου τρόπον Πρωτέως, ὃν εἰσήγαγεν Ὅμηρος μεταβολὰς παντοίας ἐνδεχόμενον εἴς τε τὰ στοιχεῖα καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων ζῷα καὶ φυτά.
81καίτοι τί παρασήμων ἔδει σοι, Γάιε, οἷς ἔθος ἀσκεῖσθαι τὰ τῶν εἰρημένων ἀφιδρύματα; ἐχρῆν γὰρ ζηλοῦν τὰς ἐκείνων ἀρετάς. Ἡρακλῆς ἐκάθηρε γῆν καὶ θάλατταν ἄθλους ἀναγκαιοτάτους καὶ ὠφελιμωτάτους ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ὑποστὰς ἕνεκα τοῦ τὰ βλαβερὰ καὶ κακωτικὰ φύσεως ἑκατέρας ἀνελεῖν.
82Διόνυσος ἡμερώσας ἄμπελον καὶ ποτὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀναχέας ἥδιστον ὁμοῦ καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον ψυχαῖς τε καὶ σώμασι τὰς μὲν ἄγει πρὸς εὐθυμίαν, κακῶν λήθην καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδας ἐνεργαζόμενος, τὰ δὲ σώματα ὑγιεινότερα καὶ κραταιότερα καὶ εὐκινητότερα παρασκευάζει·
83καὶ ἰδίᾳ τε ἕκαστον ἀνθρώπων βελτίονα ποιεῖ καὶ πολυανθρώπους οἰκίας καὶ συγγενείας ἐξ αὐχμηροῦ καὶ ἐπιπόνου βίου μεθαρμόζεται πρὸς ἀνειμένης σχῆμα καὶ ἱλαρᾶς διαίτης καὶ πάσαις πόλεσιν Ἑλληνικαῖς τε καὶ βαρβαρικαῖς εὐωχίας, εὐφροσύνας, θαλίας, ἑορτὰς ἐπαλλήλους παρέχει· πάντων γὰρ τῶν λεχθέντων αἴτιος ἄκρατος. πάλιν Διοσκούρους λόγος ἔχει κοινώσασθαι τὴν ἀθανασίαν.
84ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁὁ μὲν θνητὸς ὁὁ δὲ ἀθάνατος ἦν, οὐκ ἐδικαίωσεν ὁ τῆς κρείττονος μοίρας ἀξιωθεὶς φιλαυτῆσαι μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὔνοιαν ἐπιδείξασθαι.
85φαντασιωθεὶς γὰρ τὸν ἄπειρον αἰῶνα καὶ λογισάμενος, ὅτι αὐτὸς μὲν ἀεὶ βιώσεται, ὁ δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀεὶ τεθνήξεται, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ἀθανασίας ἀθάνατον τὸ ἐπ’ ἐκείνῳ πένθος ἀναδέξεται, θαυμαστὴν ἐμεγαλούργησεν ἀντίδοσιν ἀνακερασάμενος αὑτῷ μὲν τὸ θνητόν, τῷ δὲ ἀδελφῷ τὸ ἄφθαρτον, καὶ ἀνισότητα, τὴν ἀδικίας ἀρχήν, ἐνηφάνισεν ἰσότητι, ἥτις ἐστὶ πηγὴ δικαιοσύνης.
86οὗτοι πάντες, ὦ Γάιε, διὰ τὰς ὑπηργμένας εὐεργεσίας ἐθαυμάσθησαν καὶ ἔτι νῦν θαυμάζονται καὶ σεβασμοῦ τε καὶ τῶν ἀνωτάτω τιμῶν ἠξιώθησαν. εἰπὲ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἡμῖν, ἐπὶ τίνι γαυριᾷς καὶ πεφύσησαι τῶν παραπλησίων;
87ἐμιμήσω τοὺς Διοσκούρους εἰς φιλαδελφίαν; ἵνα ἐντεῦθεν ἄρξωμαι. τὸν μὲν ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγκληρονόμον ἐν ἀκμῇ τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας, ὦ σιδήρειε καὶ ἀνηλεέστατε, ὠμῶς ἀπέσφαξας, τὰς δ’ ἀδελφὰς ὕστερον ἐφυγάδευσας· μὴ καὶ αὗται τὸν περὶ ἀφαιρέσεως ἀρχῆς φόβον εἰργάζοντό σοι; ἐμιμήσω Διόνυσον;
88εὑρετὴς καινῶν γέγονας χαρίτων ὡς ἐκεῖνος; εὐφροσύνης κατέπλησας τὴν οἰκουμένην; Ἀσία καὶ Εὐρώπη τὰς ἐκ σοῦ γεγενημένας δωρεὰς οὐ χωρεῖ;
89καινὰς μὲν οὖν τέχνας καὶ ἐπιστήμας ἀνεῦρες ὡς κοινὸς λυμεὼν καὶ παλαμναῖος, αἷς μεταβάλλεις τὰ ἡδέα καὶ χαρτὰ πρὸς ἀηδίας καὶ λύπας καὶ ἀβίωτον βίον τοῖς πανταχοῦ πᾶσι, τὰ μὲν παρ’ ἑτέροις ἀγαθὰ καὶ καλὰ πάντα σφετεριζόμενος ἀπλήστοις καὶ ἀκορέστοις ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις, τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑῴων, τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑσπερίων, τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων τοῦ παντὸς κλιμάτων, εἴ τινα ἢ κατὰ μεσημβρίαν ἦν ἢ πρὸς ἄρκτον, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς σαυτοῦ πικρίας καὶ ὅσα ταῖς ἐπαράτοις καὶ ἰοβόλοις ψυχαῖς γεννᾶν ἔθος βλαβερὰ καὶ ἐπιζήμια ἀντιδιδοὺς καὶ ἀντιπέμπων· διὰ ταῦτα ὁ νέος Διόνυσος ἡμῖν ἀνεφάνης;
90ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἡρακλέα ἐζήλωσας τοῖς ἀκαμάτοις σαυτοῦ πόνοις καὶ ταῖς ἀτρύτοις ἀνδραγαθίαις, εὐνομίας καὶ εὐδικίας εὐθηνίας τε καὶ εὐετηρίας καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων ἀγαθῶν ἀφθονίας, ὧν ἡ βαθεῖα εἰρήνη δημιουργός, ἀναπλήσας ἠπείρους τε καὶ νήσους, ὁ ἀγεννέστατος, ὁ δειλίας μεστός, ὁ τῶν μὲν εἰς εὐστάθειαν καὶ εὐδαιμονίαν ἁπάντων κενώσας τὰς πόλεις, μεστὰς δὲ τῶν εἰς ταραχὰς καὶ θορύβους καὶ τὴν ἀνωτάτω βαρυδαιμονίαν ἀναφήνας;
91ἐπὶ δὲ ταῖς τοσαύταις φοραῖς, ἃς ἤνεγκας ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ, εἰπέ μοι, Γάιε, ζητεῖς ἀθανασίας μεταλαχεῖν, ἵνα μὴ ὀλιγοχρονίους καὶ ἐφημέρους ἀλλὰ ἀθανάτους ἀπεργάσῃ συμφοράς; ἐγὼ δὲ νομίζω τοὐναντίον, εἰ καί τις ἔδοξας γεγενῆσθαι θεός, πάντως ἄν σε μεταβαλεῖν ἕνεκα τῶν πονηρῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων εἰς θνητὴν φύσιν· εἰ γὰρ ἀθανατίζουσιν ἀρεταί, πάντως φθείρουσι κακίαι.
92μήτε οὖν ἐν Διοσκούροις γράφου τοῖς φιλαδελφοτάτοις, ὁ σφαγεὺς καὶ λυμεὼν τῶν ἀδελφῶν γεγονώς, μήτε Ἡρακλέους ἢ Διονύσου τιμῆς κοινοπράγει τῶν τὸν βίον ὀνησάντων, ὁ κακωτὴς καὶ διαφθορεὺς ὧν ἔδρασαν ἐκεῖνοι.
93Τοσαύτη δέ τις περὶ αὐτὸν ἦν λύττα καὶ παράφορος καὶ παράκοπος μανία, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἡμιθέους ὑπερβὰς ἐπανῄει καὶ ἐπαπεδύετο τοῖς τῶν μειζόνων καὶ ἀμφιθαλῶν εἶναι δοκούντων σεβασμοῖς Ἑρμοῦ καὶ Ἀπόλλωνος καὶ Ἄρεως.
94Ἑρμοῦ τὸ πρῶτον, κηρυκείοις καὶ πεδίλοις καὶ χλαμύσιν ἐνσκευαζόμενος τάξιν τε ἐν ἀταξίᾳ καὶ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐν συγχύσει καὶ λογισμὸν ἐν φρενοβλαβείᾳ παρεπιδεικνύμενος·
95εἶτα, ὁπότε δόξειεν αὐτῷ, τὰ μὲν ἀπετίθετο, εἰς δὲ Ἀπόλλωνα μετεμορφοῦτο καὶ μετεσκευάζετο, στεφάνοις μὲν ἀκτινοειδέσι τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀναδούμενος, τόξον δὲ τῇ εὐωνύμῳ καὶ βέλη κρατῶν χειρί, Χάριτας δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ προτείνων, ὡς δέον τὰ μὲν ἀγαθὰ ὀρέγειν ἐξ ἑτοίμου καὶ τετάχθαι τὴν βελτίονα τάξιν τὴν ἐπὶ δεξιά, τὰς δὲ κολάσεις ὑποστέλλειν καὶ τὴν καταδεεστέραν χώραν κεκληρῶσθαι τὴν ἐπ’ εὐώνυμα.
96χοροί τε εὐθὺς εἱστήκεσαν συγκεκροτημένοι, παιᾶνας εἰς αὐτὸν ᾄδοντες, οἱ πρὸ μικροῦ Βάκχον καὶ Εὐήιον καὶ Λυαῖον ὀνομάζοντες καὶ ὕμνοις γεραίροντες, ἡνίκα τὴν Διονυσιακὴν ἀνελάμβανε σκευήν.
97πολλάκις δὲ καὶ θώρακα ἐνδυόμενος ξιφήρης προῄει μετὰ κράνους καὶ ἀσπίδος, Ἄρης ἀνακαλούμενος· καὶ παρ’ ἑκάτερα οἱ Ἄρεως τοῦ καινοῦ [καὶ νέου] θεραπευταὶ συμπροῄεσαν, ἀνδροφόνων καὶ δημοκοίνων θίασος, ὑπηρετήσοντες κακὰς ὑπηρεσίας φονῶντι καὶ διψῶντι ἀνθρωπείου αἵματος.
98εἶτα τοῖς ταῦτα ὁρῶσι κατάπληξις ἦν ἐπὶ τῷ παραλόγῳ, καὶ ἐθαύμαζον, πῶς ὁ τἀναντία δρῶν οἷς ἰσότιμος εἶναι προαιρεῖται τὰς μὲν ἀρετὰς αὐτῶν ἐπιτηδεύειν οὐκ ἀξιοῖ, τοῖς δὲ παρασήμοις εἰς ἕκαστον σκευάζεται. καίτοι τὰ περίαπτα ταῦτα καὶ προκοσμήματα ξοάνοις καὶ ἀγάλμασι προσκαθίδρυται, διὰ συμβόλων μηνύοντα τὰς ὠφελείας, ἃς παρέχονται τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ τιμώμενοι. πέδιλα Ἑρμῆς ὑποδεῖται πτερῶν ταρσοὺς ἔχοντα· διὰ τί;
99ἆρα οὐχ ὅτι προσήκει τὸν ἑρμηνέα καὶ προφήτην τῶν θείων, ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ Ἑρμῆς ὠνόμασται, τὰ ἀγαθὰ διαγγέλλοντα — κακοῦ γὰρ οὐχ ὅτι θεὸς ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ σοφὸς ἀνὴρ γίνεται μηνυτής — ποδωκέστατόν τε εἶναι καὶ μόνον οὐ πτηνὸν φέρεσθαι διὰ σπουδὴν ἀνυπέρθετον; ἐπειδὴ τὰ λυσιτελῆ φθάνοντας εὐαγγελίζεσθαι προσήκει, καθάπερ τὰ παλίμφημα μέλλοντας, εἰ μὴ ἐπιτρέποι τις αὐτὰ ἡσυχάζεσθαι.
100πάλιν κηρύκειον ἀναλαμβάνει δεῖγμα συμβατηρίων σπονδῶν· πόλεμοι γὰρ ἀνοχὰς καὶ διαλύσεις λαμβάνουσι διὰ κηρύκων εἰρήνην καθισταμένων· οἱ δὲ ἀκήρυκτοι συμφορὰς ἀτελευτήτους ἀπεργάζονται καὶ τοῖς ἐπιφέρουσι καὶ τοῖς ἀμυνομένοις.
Sections 101–125
101Γάιος δὲ πρὸς τίνα χρείαν πέδιλα ἀνελάμβανεν; ἢ ἵνα τὰ δύσφημα καὶ δυσώνυμα, δέον ἡσυχάζεσθαι, βοηδρομῆται τάχει συντόνῳ πάντῃ συνηχοῦντα; καίτοι τί κινήσεως ἐπεσπευσμένης ἔδει; μένων γὰρ κακὰ ἐπὶ κακοῖς ἀμύθητα ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀενάων πηγῶν εἰς ἅπαντα τὰ μέρη τῆς οἰκουμένης ὤμβρει.
102τί δὲ δεῖ κηρυκείου τῷ μηδὲν εἰρηναῖόν ποτε μήτε εἰπόντι μήτε δράσαντι, πᾶσαν δὲ οἰκίαν καὶ πόλιν ἐμφυλίων ἀναπλήσαντι πολέμων κατά τε τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ βάρβαρον; ἀποθέσθω δὴ τὸν Ἑρμῆν, ἀφοσιωσάμενος τὴν ἀνοίκειον κλῆσιν, ὁ ψευδώνυμος.
103τί δὲ τῶν Ἀπολλωνιακῶν ἐμφερές ἐστι παρ’ αὐτῷ; στέφανον ἀκτινωτὸν φορεῖ, εὖ πως ἀπομαξαμένου τὰς ἡλιακὰς ἀκτῖνας τοῦ τεχνίτου. ἐκείνῳ δὲ ἥλιος ἢ φῶς συνόλως ἀσπαστόν ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ νὺξ καὶ σκότος καὶ εἴ τι σκότους ἀφεγγέστερον εἰς τὴν τῶν ἐκνόμων ἔργων διάθεσιν; ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὲν καλὰ περιαυγείας μεσημβρινῆς δεῖται πρὸς ἐπίδειξεν, τὰ δὲ αἰσχρά φασιν ἐσχατιᾶς Ταρτάρου, εἰς ὃν ἄξιον συνωθεῖσθαι δεόντως ἐπικρυφθησόμενα.
104μεταθέτω καὶ τὰ ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ χειρὶ καὶ μὴ κιβδηλευέτω τὴν τάξιν. τὰ μὲν βέλη καὶ τόξα τῇ δεξιᾷ προφερέτω· βάλλειν γὰρ καὶ τοξεύειν εὐσκόπως οἶδεν ἄνδρας, γυναῖκας, συγγενείας ὅλας, εὐανδρούσας πόλεις, ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ παντελεῖ.
105τὰς δὲ Χάριτας ἢ ῥιψάτω θᾶττον ἢ τῇ εὐωνύμῳ συσκιαζέτω· τὸ γὰρ κάλλος ᾔσχυνεν αὐτῶν, προσοφθαλμιῶν καὶ προσκεχηνὼς ταῖς μεγάλαις οὐσίαις εἰς ἁρπαγὰς ἀδίκους, αἷς ἐπικατεσφάττοντο οἱ δεσπόται τῆς εὐτυχίας ἕνεκα κακοδαιμονοῦντες.
106ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἰατρικὴν Ἀπόλλωνος εὖ πως μετεχάραξεν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ σωτηρίων φαρμάκων εὑρετὴς ἐγένετο πρὸς ὑγείαν ἀνθρώπων, ἀξιῶν καὶ τὰς ὑφ’ ἑτέρων ἐγγινομένας νόσους αὐτὸς ἰᾶσθαι διὰ τὴν ἐκ φύσεως καὶ ἐπιτηδεύσεως ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἡμερότητα.
107ὁ δὲ ἔμπαλιν νόσους μὲν τοῖς ὑγιαίνουσι, πηρώσεις δὲ τοῖς ὁλοκλήροις, καὶ συνόλως θανάτους τοῖς ζῶσι χειροποιήτους πρὸ τοῦ μοιριδίου χαλεποὺς ἐπέφερε, πάντα τὰ φθοροποιὰ χορηγίαις ἀφθόνοις παρεσκευασμένος, οἷς, εἰ μὴ ἔφθασε προαναιρεθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς δίκης [χρήσασθαι], κἂν τὸ ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει δοκιμώτατον ἤδη διέφθαρτο.
108πρὸς τοὺς γὰρ ἐν τέλει καὶ πλουσίους εὐτρεπεῖς ἦσαν αἱ παρασκευαί, καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς ἐν Ῥώμῃ καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ, παρ’ οἷς ἄργυρος καὶ χρυσὸς τεθησαύρισται τοσοῦτος, ὥστε, εἰ σύμπας ὁ ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς ἄλλης οἰκουμένης ἀπὸ περάτων αὐτῶν συνενεχθείη, πολλῷ καταδεέστερος ἂν εὑρεθῆναι. διὰ τοῦτο ἀπὸ τῆς πατρίδος ὥσπερ ἀφ’ ἱερᾶς ἤρχετο τὰ σπέρματα τῆς εἰρήνης ἀπορρίπτειν, ὁὁ μισόπολις, ὁὁ δημοβόρος, ἡ λύμη, τὸ φθοροποιὸν κακόν.
109λέγεται μὴ μόνον ἰατρὸς ἀλλὰ καὶ μάντις ἀγαθὸς Ἀπόλλων εἶναι, χρησμοῖς προλέγων τὰ μέλλοντα πρὸς ὠφέλειαν ἀνθρώπων, ἵνα μή τις ἐπισκιασθεὶς αὐτῶν περὶ τὸ ἄδηλον ἀπροοράτως καθάπερ τυφλὸς τοῖς ἀβουλήτοις ὡς λυσιτελεστάτοις ἐπιτρέχων ἐπεμπίπτῃ, προμαθὼν δὲ τὸ μέλλον ὡς ἤδη παρὸν καὶ βλέπων αὐτὸ τῇ διανοίᾳ οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τὰ ἐν χερσὶν ὀφθαλμοῖς σώματος φυλάττηται, προνοούμενος τοῦ μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον παθεῖν.
110ἆρα ἄξιον τούτοις ἀντιθεῖναι τὰ παλίμφημα Γαΐου λόγια, δι’ ὧν πενίαι καὶ ἀτιμίαι καὶ φυγαὶ καὶ θάνατοι προεμηνύοντο τοῖς πανταχοῦ τῶν ἐν τέλει καὶ δυνατῶν; τίς οὖν κοινωνία πρὸς Ἀπόλλωνα τῷ μηδὲν οἰκεῖον ἢ συγγενὲς ἐπιτετηδευκότι; πεπαύσθω καὶ ὁ ψευδώνυμος Παιὰν τὸν ἀληθῆ Παιᾶνα μιμούμενος· οὐ γὰρ ὥσπερ τὸ νόμισμα παράκομμα καὶ θεοῦ μορφὴ γίνεται.
111πάντα γε μὴν ἐλπίσειεν ἄν τις μᾶλλον ἢ τοιοῦτον σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, ἄμφω μαλακὰ καὶ κατεαγότα, τῇ περὶ ἑκάτερον Ἄρεως ἀλκῇ δυνηθῆναί ποτε ἐξομοιωθῆναι· ὁ δὲ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ σκηνῆς ἐναλλάττων πολυειδῆ προσωπεῖα φαντασίαις ψευδέσιν ἠπάτα τοὺς ὁρῶντας.
112φέρε δ’ οὖν, μηδὲν τῶν περὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν ἐξεταζέσθω διὰ τὴν ἐν πάσαις σχέσεσι καὶ κινήσεσιν ἀλλοτριότητα πρὸς τὸν εἰρημένον δαίμονα· τὴν Ἄρεως οὖν, οὐχὶ τοῦ μεμυθευμένου, τοῦ δὲ ἐν τῇ φύσει λόγου, ὃν ἀνδρεία κεκλήρωται, δύναμιν οὐκ ἴσμεν ἀλεξίκακον οὖσαν καὶ βοηθὸν καὶ παραστάτιν ἀδικουμένων, ὡς καὶ αὐτό που δηλοῖ τοὔνομα;
113παρὰ γὰρ τὸ ἀρήγειν, ὅπερ βοηθεῖν ἐστι, κατὰ γλῶτταν Ἄρης ὠνομάσθαι μοι δοκεῖ, καθαιρετικὸς πολέμων, δημιουργὸς εἰρήνης, ἧς ἐχθρὸς μὲν ἦν ἕτερος, ἑταῖρος δὲ πολέμων, τὴν εὐστάθειαν εἰς ταραχὰς καὶ στάσεις μεθαρμοζόμενος.
114Ἆρά γε ἤδη μεμαθήκαμεν ἐκ τούτων, ὅτι οὐδενὶ θεῶν ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἡμιθέων ἐξομοιοῦσθαι δεῖ Γάιον, μήτε φύσεως μήτε οὐσίας ἀλλὰ μηδὲ προαιρέσεως τετυχηκότα τῆς αὐτῆς; τυφλὸν δέ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἡ ἐπιθυμία, καὶ μάλισθ’ ὅταν προσλάβῃ κενοδοξίαν ὁμοῦ καὶ φιλονεικίαν μετὰ τῆς μεγίστης ἐξουσίας, ὑφ’ ἧς ἡμεῖς οἱ πρότερον εὐτυχεῖς ἐπορθούμεθα.
115μόνους γὰρ Ἰουδαίους ὑπεβλέπετο, ὡς δὴ μόνους τἀναντία προῃρημένους καὶ δεδιδαγμένους ἐξ αὐτῶν τρόπον τινὰ σπαργάνων ὑπὸ γονέων καὶ παιδαγωγῶν καὶ ὑφηγητῶν καὶ πολὺ πρότερον τῶν ἱερῶν νόμων καὶ ἔτι τῶν ἀγράφων ἐθῶν ἕνα νομίζειν τὸν πατέρα καὶ ποιητὴν τοῦ κόσμου θεόν.
116οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι πάντες, ἄνδρες, γυναῖκες, πόλεις, ἔθνη, χῶραι, κλίματα γῆς, ὀλίγου δέω φάναι πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη, καίτοι στένοντες ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις, οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐκολάκευον αὐτὸν ἀποσεμνύνοντες πλέον τοῦ μετρίου καὶ τὸν τῦφον συναύξοντες. ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τὸ βαρβαρικὸν ἔθος εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἤγαγον, τὴν προσκύνησιν, τὸ εὐγενὲς τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἐλευθερίας παραχαράττοντες.
117ἓν δὲ μόνον ἔθνος ἐξαίρετον τῶν Ἰουδαίων ὕποπτον ἦν ἀντιπράξειν, εἰωθὸς ἑκουσίους ἀναδέχεσθαι θανάτους ὥσπερ ἀθανασίαν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδὲν τῶν πατρίων περιιδεῖν ἀναιρούμενον, εἰ καὶ βραχύτατον εἴη, διὰ τὸ καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων ὑφαιρέσει ἑνὸς καὶ τὰ ἔτι παγίως ἑστάναι δοκοῦντα συμπίπτειν πρὸς τὸ κενωθὲν χαλώμενα καὶ καταρρέοντα.
118μικρὸν δὲ οὐκ ἦν τὸ κινούμενον, ἀλλὰ τὸ μέγιστον τῶν ὄντων, ἀνθρώπου γενητὴν καὶ φθαρτὴν φύσιν εἰς ἀγένητον καὶ ἄφθαρτον ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν θεοπλαστῆσαι, ὅπερ ἀσεβημάτων ἔκρινεν εἶναι χαλεπώτατον — θᾶττον γὰρ ἂν εἰς ἄνθρωπον θεὸν ἢ εἰς θεὸν ἄνθρωπον μεταβαλεῖν —, δίχα τοῦ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας τὰς ἀνωτάτω κακίας ἀναδέξασθαι, ἀπιστίαν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀχαριστίαν πρὸς τὸν τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς εὐεργέτην, ὃς τῇ αὑτοῦ δυνάμει τοῖς μέρεσι πᾶσι τοῦ παντὸς ἀφθόνους περιουσίας ἀγαθῶν ἐκδίδωσιν.
119Μέγιστος οὖν καὶ ἀκήρυκτος πόλεμος ἐπὶ τῷ ἔθνει συνεκροτεῖτο. τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη δούλῳ βαρύτερον κακὸν ἢ δεσπότης ἐχθρός; δοῦλοι δὲ αὐτοκράτορος οἱ ὑπήκοοι, καὶ εἰ μηδενὸς ἑτέρου τῶν προτέρων διὰ τὸ σὺν ἐπιεικείᾳ καὶ μετὰ νόμων ἄρχειν, ἀλλά τοι Γαΐου πᾶσαν ἐκτετμημένου τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμερότητα καὶ παρανομίαν ἐζηλωκότος — νόμον γὰρ ἡγούμενος ἑαυτὸν τοὺς τῶν ἑκασταχοῦ νομοθετῶν ὡς κενὰς ῥήσεις ἔλυεν —· ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐ μόνον ἐν δούλοις ἀλλὰ καὶ δούλων τοῖς ἀτιμοτάτοις ἐγραφόμεθα τοῦ ἄρχοντος τρέποντος εἰς δεσπότην.
120ὅπερ συναισθόμενος ὁ Ἀλεξανδρέων μιγὰς καὶ πεφορημένος ὄχλος ἐπέθετο ἡμῖν, καιρὸν ἐπιτηδειότατον παραπεπτωκέναι ὑπολαβών, καὶ τὸ τυφόμενον ἐκ μακρῶν χρόνων μῖσος ἀνέφηνε πάντα κυκῶν καὶ συνταράττων.
121ὡς γὰρ ἐκδοθέντας εἰς ὁμολογουμένας καὶ τὰς ἀνωτάτω συμφορὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἢ πολέμῳ κατακρατηθέντας ἐκμανέσι καὶ θηριωδεστάταις ὀργαῖς κατειργάζοντο, ταῖς οἰκίαις ἐπιτρέχοντες, τοὺς δεσπότας αὐταῖς γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ἐλαύνοντες, ὡς κενὰς οἰκητόρων ἀποφῆναι.
122ἔπιπλα καὶ κειμήλια οὐκέτι ὡς λῃσταὶ νύκτα καὶ σκότος ἐπιτηροῦντες διὰ φόβον ἁλώσεως ἔκλεπτον, ἀλλὰ φανερῶς μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἐξεφόρουν ἐπιδεικνύμενοι τοῖς ἀπαντῶσιν, ὥσπερ οἱ κεκληρονομηκότες ἢ πριάμενοι παρὰ τῶν κυρίων. εἰ δὲ καὶ πλείους συνέθεντο κοινοπραγῆσαι τῶν ἁρπαγῶν, τὴν λείαν ἐν ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ διενέμοντο, πολλάκις ἐν ὄψεσι τῶν δεσποτῶν, κατακερτομοῦντες καὶ ἐπιχλευάζοντες.
123δεινὰ μὲν οὖν καθ’ ἑαυτὰ καὶ ταῦτα· πῶς γὰρ οὔ; πένητας ἐκ πλουσίων καὶ ἀπόρους ἐξ εὐπόρων γεγενῆσθαι μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἐξαίφνης καὶ ἀνοίκους καὶ ἀνεστίους, ἐξεωσμένους καὶ πεφυγαδευμένους τῶν ἰδίων οἰκιῶν, ἵνα μεθ’ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ὕπαιθροι διατελοῦντες ἢ ταῖς ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογώσεσιν ἢ νυκτεριναῖς περιψύξεσι διαφθαρῶσι.
124κουφότερα δὲ τῶν μελλόντων λέγεσθαι ταῦτα· συνελάσαντες γὰρ τοσαύτας μυριάδας ἀνδρῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων καθάπερ βοσκήματα καὶ θρέμματα ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς πόλεως εἰς μοῖραν ἐλαχίστην οἷά τινα σηκόν, ᾠήθησαν ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις σωροὺς ἀθρόων νεκρῶν ἐφευρήσειν ἢ λιμῷ διαφθαρέντων διὰ σπάνιν τῶν ἀναγκαίων, οὐ προευτρεπισμένων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια κατὰ μαντείαν τῶν ἐξαπιναίων κακοπραγιῶν,
125ἢ δι’ ὠθισμὸν καὶ πνῖγος, μηδεμιᾶς εὐρυχωρίας προσφερομένης, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ πέριξ ἀέρος κακωθέντος καὶ ὅσον ἦν ἐν αὐτῷ ζωτικὸν ταῖς ἀναπνοαῖς, εἰ δὲ δεῖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τοῖς ἐκπνεόντων ἄσθμασιν ὑποβαλόντος, ὑφ’ ὧν φλεγόμενος καὶ τρόπον τινὰ καταβολῇ πυρετοῦ πιεσθεὶς θερμὸν καὶ ἄτοπον πνεῦμα διὰ μυκτήρων καὶ στόματος εἰσέπεμπε, τὸ λεγόμενον κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν πῦρ ἐπιφέρων πυρί.
Sections 126–150
126τῶν γὰρ ἐντὸς σπλάγχνων ἡ δύναμις ἐκ φύσεως φλογωδεστάτη καθέστηκεν, ἣν ὅταν μὲν αἱ θύραθεν αὖραι μετρίως ψυχραὶ καταπνέωσιν, εὐοδεῖ τὰ τῆς ἀναπνοῆς ὄργανα ταῖς εὐκρασίαις, ὅταν δὲ μεταβάλωσι πρὸς τὸ θερμότερον, ἀνάγκη δυσοδεῖν
127πυρὸς ἐπεισρέοντος πυρί. μηκέτι οὖν ὑπομένειν τὴν δυσχωρίαν | οἷοί τε ὄντες ἐξεχέοντο εἰς ἐρημίας καὶ αἰγιαλοὺς καὶ μνήματα, γλιχόμενοι σπάσαι καθαροῦ καὶ ἀβλαβοῦς ἀέρος. εἰ δέ τινες ἢ προκατελήφθησαν ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις μέρεσι τῆς πόλεως ἢ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν κατασκηψάντων κακῶν ἀγρόθεν παρεγένοντο, πολυτρόπων ἀπέλαυον συμφορῶν, ἢ καταλευόμενοι ἢ κεράμῳ τιτρωσκόμενοι ἢ πρίνου κλάδοις καὶ δρυὸς τὰ καιριώτατα μέρη τοῦ σώματος καὶ μάλιστα κεφαλὴν ἄχρι θανάτου καταγνύμενοι.
128περικαθήμενοι δὲ ἐν κύκλῳ τινὲς τῶν ἀργεῖν καὶ σχολάζειν εἰωθότων τοὺς συνεληλαμένους καὶ συνεωσμένους εἰς ἐσχατιᾶς βραχύ τι μέρος, ὡς ἔφην, καθάπερ τοὺς τειχήρεις γεγονότας ἐπετήρουν, μή τις ὑπεξέλθῃ λαθών. ἔμελλον δὲ ἄρα οὐκ ὀλίγοι διὰ σπάνιν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἀλογήσαντες τῆς ἰδίας ἀσφαλείας ἐξιέναι, δέει τοῦ μὴ λιμῷ πανοίκιοι παραπολέσθαι. τούτων τὰς διαλύσεις καραδοκοῦντες ἐπετήρουν καὶ τοὺς συλληφθέντας εὐθὺς διέφθειρον αἰκιζόμενοι πάσαις αἰκίαις.
129ἕτερος δὲ λόχος ἦν ἐφεδρεύων τοῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ λιμέσι πρὸς ἁρπαγὴν τῶν καταγομένων Ἰουδαίων καὶ ὧν κατ’ ἐμπορίαν ἐκόμιζον· ἐπεισβαίνοντες γὰρ ταῖς ναυσὶ τὸν φόρτον ἐν ὄψεσι τῶν κυρίων ἐξεφόρουν καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐξαγκωνίζοντες ἐνεπίμπρασαν, ὕλῃ χρώμενοι πηδαλίοις, οἴαξι, κοντοῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐπὶ τῶν καταστρωμάτων σανίσι.
130τοῖς δὲ ἐν μέσῃ τῇ πόλει κατακαιομένοις οἰκτρότατος ἦν ὄλεθρος· σπάνει γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε ξύλων φρύγανα συνεφόρουν καὶ ταῦτα ἀνάψαντες ἐπερρίπτουν τοῖς ἀθλίοις· οἱ δὲ ἡμίφλεκτοι καπνῷ τὸ πλέον ἢ πυρὶ διεφθείροντο, τῆς φρυγανώδους ὕλης πῦρ μὲν ἀμενηνὸν καὶ καπνῶδες ἐξαπτούσης καὶ αὐτίκα σβεννυμένης, ἀνθρακοῦσθαι δὲ διὰ κουφότητα μὴ δυναμένης.
131πολλοὺς δὲ ἔτι ζῶντας ἱμάσι καὶ βρόχοις περιβαλόντες καὶ ἐπισφίγξαντες τὰ σφυρὰ διὰ μέσης κατέσυρον ἀγορᾶς ἐναλλόμενοι καὶ μηδὲ νεκρῶν ἀπεχόμενοι τῶν σωμάτων· διαρτῶντες γὰρ αὐτὰ κατὰ μέλη καὶ μέρη καὶ πατοῦντες οἱ καὶ τῶν ἀτιθάσων θηρίων ὠμότεροι καὶ ἀγριώτεροι πᾶσαν ἰδέαν ἐξανήλισκον, ὡς μηδὲ λείψανον γοῦν ὃ δυνήσεται ταφῆς ἐπιλαχεῖν ὑπολιπέσθαι.
132Τοῦ δὲ ἐπιτρόπου τῆς χώρας, ὃς μόνος ἐδύνατο βουληθεὶς ὥρᾳ μιᾷ τὴν ὀχλοκρατίαν καθελεῖν, προσποιουμένου ἅ τε ἑώρα μὴ ὁρᾶν καὶ ὧν ἤκουε μὴ ἐπακούειν, ἀλλ’ ἀνέδην ἐφιέντος πολεμοποιεῖν καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην συγχέοντος, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐξοτρυνόμενοι πρὸς ἀναισχύντους καὶ θρασυτέρας ὥρμησαν ἐπιβουλὰς καὶ συνταξάμενοι στίφη πολυανθρωπότατα τὰς προσευχάς — πολλαὶ δέ εἰσι καθ’ ἕκαστον τμῆμα τῆς πόλεως — τὰς μὲν ἐδενδροτόμησαν τὰς δὲ αὐτοῖς θεμελίοις κατέσκαψαν, εἰς ἃς δὲ καὶ πῦρ ἐμβαλόντες ἐνέπρησαν, ὑπὸ λύττης καὶ μανίας ἔκφρονος ἀλογήσαντες καὶ τῶν πλησίον οἰκιῶν· πυρὸς γάρ, ὁπότε λάβοιτο ὕλης, οὐδὲν ὠκύτερον.
133καὶ σιωπῶ τὰς συγκαθαιρεθείσας καὶ συμπρησθείσας τῶν αὐτοκρατόρων τιμὰς ἀσπίδων καὶ στεφάνων ἐπιχρύσων καὶ στηλῶν καὶ ἐπιγραφῶν, δι’ ἃ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὤφειλον ἀνέχειν· ἀλλ’ ἐθάρρουν ἅτε τὴν ἐκ Γαΐου τίσιν οὐ δεδιότες, ὃν εὖ ἠπίσταντο μῖσος ἄλεκτον ἔχοντα πρὸς Ἰουδαίους, ὡς ὑπονοεῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ χαρίζοιτο μεῖζον ἢ πάσας κακῶν ἰδέας ἐπιφέρων τῷ ἔθνει.
134βουλόμενοι δὲ καινοτέραις κολακείαις ὑπελθόντες αὐτὸν ἀνυπευθύνοις χρῆσθαι κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ταῖς εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐπηρείαις τί ποιοῦσι; προσευχὰς ὅσας μὴ ἐδυνήθησαν ἐμπρήσεσι καὶ κατασκαφαῖς ἀφανίσαι διὰ τὸ πολλοὺς καὶ ἀθρόους πλησίον οἰκεῖν Ἰουδαίους ἕτερον τρόπον ἐλυμήναντο μετὰ τῆς τῶν νόμων καὶ ἐθῶν ἀνατροπῆς· εἰκόνας γὰρ ἐν ἁπάσαις μὲν ἱδρύοντο Γαΐου, ἐν δὲ τῇ μεγίστῃ καὶ περισημοτάτῃ καὶ ἀνδριάντα χαλκοῦν ἐποχούμενον τεθρίππῳ.
135καὶ τοσοῦτον ἦν τὸ τάχος καὶ τὸ σύντονον τῆς σπουδῆς, ὥστε οὐκ ἔχοντες ἐν ἑτοίμῳ καινὸν τέθριππον ἐκ τοῦ γυμνασίου παλαιότατον ἐκόμιζον ἰοῦ γέμον, ἠκρωτηριασμένον ὦτα καὶ οὐρὰς καὶ βάσεις καὶ ἕτερα οὐκ ὀλίγα, ὡς δέ φασί τινες καὶ ὑπὲρ γυναικὸς ἀνατεθὲν τῆς ἀρχαίας Κλεοπάτρας, ἥτις ἦν προμάμμη τῆς τελευταίας.
136ἡλίκην μὲν οὖν καθ’ αὑτὸ τοῦτο τοῖς ἀναθεῖσιν ἐπέφερε κατηγορίαν, παντί τῳ δῆλον. τί γάρ, εἰ καὶ καινὸν γυναικός; τί δέ, εἰ παλαιὸν ἀνδρός; τί δέ, εἰ συνόλως ἐπιφημισθὲν ἑτέρῳ; τοὺς τοιοῦτον ἀνατιθέντας ὑπὲρ αὐτοκράτορος οὐκ εἰκὸς ἦν εὐλαβηθῆναι, μή τις γένηται μήνυσις τῷ πάντα σεμνοποιοῦντι τὰ καθ’ αὑτὸν διαφερόντως;
137οἱ δέ γε ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος ἤλπιζον ἐπαινεθήσεσθαι καὶ μειζόνων καὶ λαμπροτέρων ἀπολαύσειν ἀγαθῶν ἕνεκα τοῦ καινὰ τεμένη προσαναθεῖναι Γαΐῳ τὰς προσευχάς, οὐχ ἕνεκα τιμῆς τῆς εἰς ἐκεῖνον, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ πάντα τρόπον ἐμφορεῖσθαι τῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ἔθνει κακοπραγιῶν.
138ἐναργεῖς δὲ πίστεις λαβεῖν ἔστι· πρῶτον μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλέων· δέκα που σχεδὸν ἢ καὶ πλειόνων ἐν τριακοσίοις ἔτεσιν ἑξῆς γενομένων, ἀνάθεσιν εἰκόνων ἢ ἀνδριάντων ἐν προσευχαῖς οὐδεμίαν ἐποιήσαντο, καίτοι γε οἰκείων ὄντων καὶ συγγενῶν, οὓς θεοὺς καὶ ἐνόμιζον καὶ ἔγραφον καὶ ἐκάλουν.
139τί δὲ οὐκ ἔμελλον ἀνθρώπους γε ὄντας οἱ κύνας καὶ λύκους καὶ λέοντας καὶ κροκοδείλους καὶ ἄλλα πλείονα θηρία καὶ ἔνυδρα καὶ χερσαῖα καὶ πτηνὰ θεοπλαστοῦντες, ὑπὲρ ὧν βωμοὶ καὶ ἱερὰ καὶ ναοὶ καὶ τεμένη κατὰ πᾶσαν Αἴγυπτον ἵδρυνται;
140τάχα που νῦν φήσουσι τότε οὐκ ἂν εἰπόντες — τὰς γὰρ τῶν ἀρχόντων εὐπραγίας μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς ἄρχοντας αὐτοὺς εἰώθασι θεραπεύειν —, ὅτι μείζους μὲν οἱ αὐτοκράτορες τὰ ἀξιώματα καὶ τὰς τύχας τῶν Πτολεμαίων εἰσί, μειζόνων δὲ καὶ τιμῶν τυγχάνειν ὀφείλουσιν.
141εἶτα, ὦ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, ἵνα μηδὲν ἀναγκασθῶ βλάσφημον εἰπεῖν, εὐηθέστατοι, διὰ τί τὸν πρὸ Γαΐου Τιβέριον, ὃς κἀκείνῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας αἴτιος γέγονε, τρία πρὸς τοῖς εἴκοσιν ἔτη γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης ἀναψάμενον τὸ κράτος καὶ μηδὲ σπέρμα πολέμου μήτε κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μήτε κατὰ τὴν βάρβαρον ὑποτυφόμενον ἐάσαντα, τὴν δὲ εἰρήνην καὶ τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀγαθὰ παρασχόμενον ἄχρι τῆς τοῦ βίου τελευτῆς ἀφθόνῳ καὶ πλουσίᾳ χειρὶ καὶ γνώμῃ, τῆς ὁμοίας τιμῆς οὐκ ἠξιώσατε; τὸ γένος ἦν ἐλάττων;
142ἀλλ’ εὐγενέστατος κατ’ ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς γονεῖς. ἀλλὰ τὴν παιδείαν; καὶ τίς ἦν φρονιμώτερος ἢ λογιώτερος ἐκείνου τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸν ἀκμασάντων; ἀλλὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν; καὶ ποῖος μᾶλλον ἢ βασιλέων ἢ αὐτοκρατόρων εὐγήρως; οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔτι νέος ὢν ὁ πρεσβύτης ἐλέγετο δι’ αἰδῶ τὴν περὶ τὴν ἀγχίνοιαν. οὗτος οὖν ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ τοσοῦτος ὑμῖν παρώφθη καὶ παρεσύρη. τί δέ;
143ὁ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ὑπερβαλὼν ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς ἀρεταῖς, ὁ διὰ μέγεθος ἡγεμονίας αὐτοκρατοῦς ὁμοῦ καὶ καλοκαγαθίας πρῶτος ὀνομασθεὶς Σεβαστός, οὐ διαδοχῇ γένους ὥσπερ τι κλήρου μέρος τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν λαβών, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς γενόμενος ἀρχὴ σεβασμοῦ καὶ τοῖς ἔπειτα; ὁ τοῖς μὲν πράγμασι τεταραγμένοις καὶ συγκεχυμένοις ἐπιστάς, ὅτε εὐθὺς παρῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιμέλειαν;
144νῆσοι γὰρ πρὸς ἠπείρους καὶ ἤπειροι πρὸς νήσους περὶ πρωτείων ἀντεφιλονείκουν ἡγεμόνας ἔχουσαι καὶ προαγωνιστὰς Ῥωμαίων τοὺς ἐν τέλει δοκιμωτάτους· καὶ αὖθις τὰ μεγάλα τμήματα τῆς οἰκουμένης, Ἀσία πρὸς Εὐρώπην καὶ Εὐρώπη πρὸς Ἀσίαν, ἡμιλλῶντο περὶ κράτους ἀρχῆς, τῶν Εὐρωπαίων καὶ Ἀσιανῶν ἐθνῶν ἀπὸ ἐσχάτων γῆς ἀναστάντων καὶ βαρεῖς πολέμους ἀντεπιφερόντων διὰ πάσης γῆς καὶ θαλάττης πεζομαχίαις καὶ ναυμαχίαις, ὡς μικροῦ σύμπαν τὸ ἀνθρώπων γένος ἀναλωθὲν ταῖς ἀλληλοκτονίαις εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἀφανισθῆναι, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἕνα ἄνδρα καὶ ἡγεμόνα, τὸν Σεβαστόν [οἶκον], ὃν ἄξιον καλεῖν ἀλεξίκακον.
145οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Καῖσαρ, ὁ τοὺς καταρράξαντας πανταχόθι χειμῶνας εὐδιάσας, ὁ τὰς κοινὰς νόσους Ἑλλήνων καὶ βαρβάρων ἰασάμενος, αἳ κατέβησαν μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν μεσημβρινῶν καὶ ἑῴων, ἔδραμον δὲ καὶ μέχρι δύσεως καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον, τὰ μεθόρια χωρία καὶ πελάγη κατασπείρασαι τῶν ἀβουλήτων·
146οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὰ δεσμά, οἷς κατέζευκτο καὶ ἐπεπίεστο ἡ οἰκουμένη, παραλύσας, οὐ μόνον ἀνείς· οὗτος ὁ καὶ τοὺς φανεροὺς καὶ ἀφανεῖς πολέμους διὰ τὰς ἐκ λῃστῶν ἐπιθέσεις ἀνελών· οὗτος ὁ τὴν θάλατταν πειρατικῶν μὲν σκαφῶν κενὴν ἐργασάμενος, φορτίδων δὲ πληρώσας·
147οὗτος ὁ τὰς πόλεις ἁπάσας εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἐξελόμενος, ὁὁ τὴν ἀταξίαν εἰς τάξιν ἀγαγών, ὁὁ τὰ ἄμικτα ἔθνη καὶ θηριώδη πάντα ἡμερώσας καὶ ἁρμοσάμενος, ὁ τὴν μὲν Ἑλλάδα Ἑλλάσι πολλαῖς παραυξήσας, τὴν δὲ βάρβαρον ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις τμήμασιν ἀφελληνίσας, ὁὁ εἰρηνοφύλαξ, ὁὁ διανομεὺς τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων ἑκάστοις, ὁὁ τὰς χάριτας ἀταμιεύτους εἰς μέσον προθείς, ὁὁ μηδὲν ἀποκρυψάμενος ἀγαθὸν ἢ καλὸν ἐν ἅπαντι τῷ ἑαυτοῦ βίῳ.
148τοῦτον οὖν τὸν τοσοῦτον εὐεργέτην ἐν τρισὶ καὶ τεσσαράκοντα ἐνιαυτοῖς, οὓς ἐπεκράτησεν Αἰγύπτου, παρεκαλύψαντο, μηδὲν ἐν προσευχαῖς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἄγαλμα, μὴ ξόανον, μὴ γραφὴν ἱδρυσάμενοι.
149καὶ μὴν εἴ τινι καινὰς καὶ ἐξαιρέτους ἔδει ψηφίζεσθαι τιμάς, ἐκείνῳ προσῆκον ἦν, οὐ μόνον ὅτι τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ γένους ἀρχή τις ἐγένετο καὶ πηγή, οὐδὲ ὅτι πρῶτος καὶ μέγιστος καὶ κοινὸς εὐεργέτης, ἀντὶ πολυαρχίας ἑνὶ κυβερνήτῃ παραδοὺς τὸ κοινὸν σκάφος οἰακονομεῖν ἑαυτῷ, θαυμασίῳ τὴν ἡγεμονικὴν ἐπιστήμην — τὸ γὰρ "οὐκ ἀγαθὸν πολυκοιρανίη“ λέλεκται δεόντως, ἐπειδὴ πολυτρόπων αἴτιαι κακῶν αἱ πολυψηφίαι —, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη τὰς ἰσολυμπίους αὐτῷ τιμὰς ἐψηφίσαντο.
150καὶ μαρτυροῦσι ναοί, προπύλαια, προτεμενίσματα, στοαί, ὡς ὅσαι τῶν πόλεων, ἢ νέα ἢ παλαιά, ἔργα φέρουσι μεγαλοπρεπῆ, τῷ κάλλει καὶ μεγέθει τῶν Καισαρείων παρευημερεῖσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.
Sections 151–175
151οὐδὲν γὰρ τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τέμενος, οἷον τὸ λεγόμενον Σεβαστεῖον, ἐπιβατηρίου Καίσαρος νεώς, ὃς ἀντικρὺ τῶν εὐορμοτάτων λιμένων μετέωρος ἵδρυται μέγιστος καὶ ἐπιφανέστατος καὶ οἷος οὐχ ἑτέρωθι κατάπλεως ἀναθημάτων, [ἐν] γραφαῖς καὶ ἀνδριάσι καὶ ἀργύρῳ καὶ χρυσῷ περιβεβλημένος ἐν κύκλῳ, τέμενος εὐρύτατον στοαῖς, βιβλιοθήκαις, ἀνδρῶσιν, ἄλσεσι, προπυλαίοις, εὐρυχωρίαις, ὑπαίθροις, ἅπασι τοῖς εἰς πολυτελέστατον κόσμον ἠσκημένον, ἐλπὶς καὶ ἀναγομένοις καὶ καταπλέουσι σωτήριος.
152ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτας ἀφορμὰς καὶ τοὺς πανταχοῦ πάντας ὁμογνώμονας οὔτε περὶ τὰς προσευχὰς ἐνεωτέρισαν καὶ καθ’ ἕκαστον τὸ νόμιμον ἐφύλαξαν· ἤ τινα σεβασμὸν παρέλιπον τῶν ὀφειλομένων Καίσαρι; καὶ τίς ἂν εὖ φρονῶν εἴποι; διὰ τί οὖν ἐστέρησαν; ἐγὼ φράσω μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος.
153ᾔδεσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν καὶ ὅτι τοσαύτην ποιεῖται τῆς βεβαιώσεως τῶν παρ’ ἑκάστοις πατρίων, ὅσην καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν, καὶ ὅτι δέχεται τὰς τιμὰς οὐκ ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῶν παρ’ ἐνίοις νομίμων τυφοπλαστῶν ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς τοσαύτης ἡγεμονίας ἑπόμενος, ἣ διὰ τῶν τοιούτων πέφυκε σεμνοποιεῖσθαι.
154τοῦ δὲ μὴ ταῖς ὑπερόγκοις τιμαῖς δεθῆναι καὶ φυσηθῆναί ποτε πίστις ἐναργεστάτη τὸ μηδέποτε θεὸν ἑαυτὸν ἐθελῆσαι προσειπεῖν, ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰ λέγοι τις δυσχεραίνειν, καὶ τὸ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀποδέχεσθαι, οὓς ἀκριβῶς ᾔδει πάντα ἀφοσιουμένους τὰ τοιαῦτα.
155πῶς οὖν ἀπεδέχετο τὴν πέραν τοῦ Τιβέρεως ποταμοῦ μεγάλην τῆς Ῥώμης ἀποτομήν, ἣν οὐκ ἠγνόει κατεχομένην καὶ οἰκουμένην πρὸς Ἰουδαίων; Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ ἦσαν οἱ πλείους ἀπελευθερωθέντες· αἰχμάλωτοι γὰρ ἀχθέντες εἰς Ἰταλίαν ὑπὸ τῶν κτησαμένων ἠλευθερώθησαν, οὐδὲν τῶν πατρίων παραχαράξαι βιασθέντες.
156ἠπίστατο οὖν καὶ προσευχὰς ἔχοντας καὶ συνιόντας εἰς αὐτάς, καὶ μάλιστα ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἑβδόμαις, ὅτε δημοσίᾳ τὴν πάτριον παιδεύονται φιλοσοφίαν. ἠπίστατο καὶ χρήματα συνάγοντας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπαρχῶν ἱερὰ καὶ πέμποντας εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα διὰ τῶν τὰς θυσίας ἀναξόντων.
157ἀλλ’ ὅμως οὔτε ἐξῴκισε τῆς Ῥώμης ἐκείνους οὔτε τὴν Ῥωμαϊκὴν αὐτῶν ἀφείλετο πολιτείαν, ὅτι καὶ τῆς Ἰουδαϊκῆς ἐφρόντιζον, οὔτε ἐνεωτέρισεν εἰς τὰς προσευχὰς οὔτε ἐκώλυσε συνάγεσθαι πρὸς τὰς τῶν νόμων ὑφηγήσεις οὔτε ἠναντιώθη τοῖς ἀπαρχομένοις, ἀλλ’ οὕτως ὡσίωτο περὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα, ὥστε μόνον οὐ πανοίκιος ἀναθημάτων πολυτελείαις τὸ ἱερὸν ἡμῶν ἐκόσμησε, προστάξας καὶ διαιωνίους ἀνάγεσθαι θυσίας ἐντελεχεῖς ὁλοκαύτους καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων προσόδων ἀπαρχὴν τῷ ὑψίστῳ θεῷ, αἳ καὶ μέχρι νῦν ἐπιτελοῦνται καὶ εἰς ἅπαν ἐπιτελεσθήσονται, μήνυμα τρόπων ὄντως αὐτοκρατορικῶν.
158οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀν ταῖς μηνιαίοις τῆς πατρίδος διανομαῖς, ἀργύριον ἢ σῖτον ἐν μέρει παντὸς τοῦ δήμου λαμβάνοντος, οὐδέποτε τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἠλάττωσε τῆς χάριτος, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ συνέβη τῆς ἱερᾶς ἑβδόμης ἐνεστώσης γενέσθαι τὴν διανομήν, ὅτε οὔτε λαμβάνειν οὔτε διδόναι ἢ συνόλως τι πράττειν τῶν κατὰ βίον καὶ μάλιστα τὸν ποριστὴν ἐφεῖται, προσετέτακτο τοῖς διανέμουσι ταμιεύειν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν τὴν κοινὴν φιλανθρωπίαν.
159Τοιγαροῦν οἱ πανταχοῦ πάντες, εἰ καὶ φύσει διέκειντο πρὸς Ἰουδαίους οὐκ εὐμενῶς, εὐλαβῶς εἶχον ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τινὸς τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν νομίμων προσάψασθαι· καὶ ἐπὶ Τιβερίου μέντοι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, καίτοι τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ παρακινηθέντων, ἡνίκα Σηιανὸς ἐσκευώρει τὴν ἐπίθεσιν.
160ἔγνω γάρ, εὐθέως ἔγνω μετὰ τὴν ἐκείνου τελευτήν, ὅτι τὰ κατηγορηθέντα τῶν ᾠκηκότων τὴν Ῥώμην Ἰουδαίων ψευδεῖς ἦσαν διαβολαί, πλάσματα Σηιανοῦ τὸ ἔθνος ἀναρπάσαι θέλοντος, ὅπερ ἢ μόνον ἢ μάλιστα ᾔδει βουλαῖς ἀνοσίοις καὶ πράξεσιν ἀντιβησόμενον ὑπὲρ τοῦ παρασπονδηθῆναι κινδυνεύσαντος αὐτοκράτορος.
161καὶ τοῖς πανταχόσε χειροτονουμένοις ὑπάρχοις ἐπέσκηψε παρηγορῆσαι μὲν τοὺς κατὰ πόλεις τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους, ὡς οὐκ εἰς πάντας προβάσης τῆς ἐπεξελεύσεως, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ μόνους τοὺς αἰτίους — ὀλίγοι δὲ ἦσαν —, κινῆσαι δὲ μηδὲν τῶν ἐξ ἔθους, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρακαταθήκην ἔχειν τούς τε ἄνδρας ὡς εἰρηνικοὺς τὰς φύσεις καὶ τὰ νόμιμα ὡς ἀλείφοντα πρὸς εὐστάθειαν.
162Ὁ δὲ Γάιος ἑαυτὸν ἐξετύφωσεν, οὐ λέγων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ οἰόμενος εἶναι θεός. εἶτα οὐδένας εὗρεν οὔτε Ἑλλήνων οὔτε βαρβάρων ἐπιτηδειοτέρους Ἀλεξανδρέων εἰς τὴν τῆς ἀμέτρου καὶ ὑπὲρ φύσιν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπιθυμίας βεβαίωσιν· δεινοὶ γάρ εἰσι τὰς κολακείας καὶ γοητείας καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, παρεσκευασμένοι μὲν θῶπας λόγους, ἀνειμένοις δὲ στόμασι καὶ ἀχαλίνοις πάντα φύροντες.
163θεοῦ κλῆσις οὕτως ἐστὶ σεμνὸν παρ’ αὐτοῖς, ὥστε καὶ ἴβεσι καὶ ἰοβόλοις ἀσπίσι ταῖς ἐγχωρίοις καὶ πολλοῖς ἑτέροις τῶν ἐξηγριωμένων αὐτῆς θηρίων μεταδεδώκασιν· ὥστε εἰκότως ἀταμιεύτοις χρώμενοι ταῖς εἰς θεὸν τεινούσαις προσηγορίαις ἀπατῶσι μὲν τοὺς ὀλιγόφρονας καὶ ἀπείρους τῆς Αἰγυπτιακῆς ἀθεότητος, ἁλίσκονται δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπισταμένων τὴν πολλὴν αὐτῶν ἠλιθιότητα, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀσέβειαν.
164ἧς ἄπειρος ὢν Γάιος ὑπελάμβανε τῷ ὄντι νομίζεσθαι παρ’ Ἀλεξανδρεῦσι θεός, ἐπειδήπερ οὐ πλαγίως ἀλλ’ ἄντικρυς ἅπασιν ἐχρῶντο κατακόρως τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, ὅσα τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔθος ἐπιφημίζεσθαι θεοῖς.
165εἶτα καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰς προσευχὰς νεωτεροποιίαν ἀπὸ καθαροῦ τοῦ συνειδότος καὶ τῆς εἰς αὑτὸν ἀκραιφνοῦς τιμῆς ᾤετο γεγενῆσθαι, τῇ μὲν ταῖς ὑπομνηματικαῖς ἐφημερίσιν, ἃς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας διεπέμποντό τινες, προσέχων — ἥδιστον γὰρ ἦν ἀνάγνωσμα τοῦτο αὐτῷ, ὡς καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων συγγραφέων καὶ ποιητῶν ἀηδέστατα συγκρίσει τῆς ἐν τούτοις χάριτος νομίζεσθαι —, τῇ δὲ καὶ δι’ ἐνίους οἰκέτας τοὺς τωθάζοντας ἀεὶ καὶ χλευάζοντας σὺν αὐτῷ.
166Τούτων ἦσαν οἱ πλείους Αἰγύπτιοι, πονηρὰ σπέρματα, κροκοδείλων καὶ ἀσπίδων τῶν ἐγχωρίων ἀναμεμαγμένοι τὸν ἰὸν ὁμοῦ καὶ θυμὸν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς. ἡγεμὼν δὲ οἷά τις ἦν χοροῦ τοῦ Αἰγυπτιακοῦ θιάσου παντὸς Ἑλικών, ἐπάρατον καὶ ἐξάγιστον ἀνδράποδον παρεισφθαρὲν εἰς τὴν αὐτοκρατορικὴν οἰκίαν· ἀπεγεύσατο γὰρ τῶν ἐγκυκλίων κατὰ φιλοτιμίαν τοῦ προτέρου δεσπότου, ὃς αὐτὸν ἐδωρήσατο Τιβερίῳ Καίσαρι.
167τότε μὲν οὖν οὐδεμιᾶς ἐτύγχανε προνομίας, ὅσα μειρακιώδη χαριεντίσματα Τιβερίου διαμεμισηκότος, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ σεμνότερόν τε καὶ αὐστηρότερον σχεδὸν ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἐπικλινῶς εἶχεν.
168ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ μὲν ἐτελεύτησε, Γάιος δὲ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν διεδέξατο, νέῳ δεσπότῃ παρεπόμενος εἰς ἀνέσεις καὶ τρυφὴν τὴν διὰ πάσης αἰσθήσεως ἐπιχαλῶντι „σός“ εἶπε „νῦν ὁ καιρός ἐστιν, Ἑλικών, ἐπέγειρε σαυτόν· ἔχεις πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν ἀκροατὴν καὶ θεατὴν τὸν πάντων ἄριστον· εὔθικτος εἶ τὴν φύσιν· σκώπτειν καὶ χαριεντίζεσθαι δύνασαι μᾶλλον ἑτέρων· ἀθύρματα καὶ παιδιὰς ληρώδεις καὶ παρασεσυρμένας οἶδας· τῶν ἐγκυκλίων οὐχ ἧττον πεπαίδευσαι τὰ ἀχόρευτα· πρόσεστί σοι καὶ τὸ στωμύλον οὐκ ἀτερπές.
169ἐὰν ἔτι κέντρον ἐγκαταμίξῃς τοῖς τωθασμοῖς ὑποκακόηθες, ὡς μὴ γέλωτα κινεῖν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πικρίαν ἐκ τοῦ καχυπόνου, τὸν δεσπότην ὅλον ἥρπακας εὐφυῶς διακείμενον πρὸς ἀκρόασιν τῶν μετὰ χλεύης ἐγκλημάτων· ἀναπέπταται γὰρ αὐτοῦ, ὡς οἶδας, τὰ ὦτα καὶ ἀνωρθίασται πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιτετηδευκότας συνυφαίνειν τὸ βλασφημεῖν τῷ συκοφαντεῖν.
170ὕλας δὲ μὴ ζήτει περιττοτέρας· ἔχεις τὰς κατὰ Ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν ἐθῶν διαβολάς, αἷς ἐνετράφης· ἐξ ἔτι σπαργάνων ἀνεδιδάχθης αὐτάς, οὐ παρ’ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἀλλὰ τοῦ γλωσσαργοτάτου μέρους τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως· ἐπίδειξαι τὰ μαθήματα.“
171τούτοις τοῖς παραλόγοις καὶ ἐπαράτοις λογισμοῖς ἐπάρας καὶ συγκροτήσας ἑαυτὸν συνεῖχε καὶ περιεῖπε τὸν Γάιον, οὐ νύκτωρ, οὐ μεθ’ ἡμέραν ἀφιστάμενος, ἀλλὰ πανταχοῦ συμπαρών, ἵνα ταῖς ἐρημίαις καὶ ἀναπαύλαις αὐτοῦ καταχρῆται πρὸς τὰς κατὰ τοῦ ἔθνους αἰτίας, ἡδονὰς κινῶν τὰς διὰ σκωμμάτων ὁ πανουργότατος, ἵνα τιτρώσκωσιν αἱ διαβολαί· τὸν γὰρ ἐπ’ εὐθείας κατήγορον οὔτε ὡμολόγει οὔτε ὁμολογεῖν ἐδύνατο, πλαγιάζων δὲ καὶ τεχνιτεύων χαλεπώτερος καὶ βαρύτερος ἦν ἐχθρὸς τῶν ἐπιγεγραμμένων ἄντικρυς τὴν δυσμένειαν.
172φασὶ δὲ ὅτι καὶ τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων οἱ πρέσβεις εὖ τοῦτο εἰδότες ἀφανῶς ἐμεμίσθωντο αὐτὸν μεγάλοις μισθοῖς, οὐ διὰ χρημάτων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τιμαῖς ἐλπίδων, ἃς ὑπέσπειραν αὐτῷ παρέξειν οὐκ εἰς μακράν, ἐπειδὰν ἀφίκηται Γάιος εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.
173ὁ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον ὀνειροπολῶν, ἐν ᾧ παρόντος τοῦ δεσπότου καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ σχεδόν τι τῆς οἰκουμένης — οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἄδηλον, ὅτι κατὰ θεραπείαν Γαΐῳ συνεισβαλεῖ τὸ δοκιμώτατον καὶ ὅσον τῶν πόλεων ὄψις ἐστὶν ἀναστὰν ἀπὸ περάτων αὐτῶν — ὑπὸ τῆς μεγίστης καὶ ἐνδοξοτάτης πόλεως τιμηθήσεται, πάντα ὑπισχνεῖτο.
174μέχρι μὲν οὖν τινος τὸν ἐμφωλεύοντα ἔνδον πολέμιον ἀγνοοῦντες ἐφυλαττόμεθα τοὺς ἔξω μόνους· ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾐσθόμεθα, διηρευνῶμεν περιβλεπόμενοι πάσας ὁδούς, εἴ πως δυνησόμεθα μαλθάξαι καὶ τιθασεῦσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐξ ἅπαντος τρόπου καὶ τόπου βάλλοντα καὶ τοξεύοντα ἡμᾶς εὐσκόπως.
175καὶ συνεσφαίριζε γὰρ καὶ συνεγυμνάζετο καὶ συνελούετο καὶ συνηρίστα καὶ μέλλοντι κοιμᾶσθαι παρῆν Γαΐῳ, τὴν τοῦ κατακοιμιστοῦ καὶ κατ’ οἰκίαν ἀρχισωματοφύλακος τεταγμένος τάξιν, ὅση μηδενὶ προσῆν ἄλλῳ, ὡς μόνος ἔχειν εὐκαιρούσας καὶ σχολαζούσας ἀκοὰς αὐτοκράτορος τῶν ἔξω διαφειμένας θορύβων εἰς ἀκρόασιν ὧν μάλιστα ἐπόθει.
Sections 176–200
176διασυρμοὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἀνακεκραμένοι κατηγορίαις, ἵνα τοῖς μὲν ἡδονὰς κινῇ, ἡμᾶς δὲ τὰ μέγιστα βλάπτῃ· τὸ μὲν γὰρ προηγούμενον ἔργον εἶναι δοκοῦν, ὁ διασυρμός, πάρεργον ἦν αὐτῷ, τὸ δὲ φαινόμενον πάρεργον, αἱ κατηγορίαι, μόνον καὶ πρῶτον ἔργον.
177πάντα δὴ κάλων ἀνασείων, ὡς οἱ πνεῦμα δεξιὸν κατ’ οἰάκων ἔχοντες, ἐφέρετο πλησίστιος οὐριοδρομῶν, ἄλλας ἐπ’ ἄλλαις συντιθεὶς καὶ συνείρων αἰτίας. τοῦ δὲ ἐνετυποῦτο ἡ διάνοια παγιώτερον, ὡς ἄληστον εἶναι τὴν τῶν ἐγκλημάτων μνήμην.
178Ἐν ἀπόροις δὲ καὶ ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ὄντες, ἐπειδὴ πάντα λίθον κινοῦντες ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὸν Ἑλικῶνα ἐξευμενίσασθαι πάροδον οὐδεμίαν ἀνευρίσκομεν, μηδενὸς μήτε εἰπεῖν μήτε προσελθεῖν τολμῶντος ἕνεκα τῆς ἀλαζονείας καὶ βαρύτητος, ᾗ πρὸς πάντας ἐκέχρητο, καὶ ἅμα διὰ τὸ ἀγνοεῖν, εἴ τίς ἐστιν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ Ἰουδαίων γένος ἀλλοτρίωσις ἀλείφοντι τὸν δεσπότην ἀεὶ καὶ συγκροτοῦντι κατὰ τοῦ ἔθνους, τὸ μὲν ἔτι πονεῖσθαι περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος εἰάσαμεν, τοῦ δὲ ἀναγκαιοτέρου περιειχόμεθα· γραμματεῖον γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἀναδοῦναι Γαΐῳ κεφαλαιώδη τύπον περιέχον ὧν τε ἐπάθομεν καὶ ὧν τυχεῖν ἠξιοῦμεν.
179ἦν δὲ σχεδὸν τοῦτο ἐπιτομή τις ἱκετείας μακροτέρας, ἣν ἐπεπόμφειμεν πρὸ ὀλίγου δι’ Ἀγρίππα τοῦ βασιλέως· ἐκ τύχης γὰρ ἐπεδήμησε τῇ πόλει μέλλων εἰς Συρίαν κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ βασιλείαν ἀπαίρειν.
180* * * ἐλελήθειμεν δὲ ἄρα ἔτι ἀπατῶντες ἑαυτούς· καὶ γὰρ πρότερον, ὅτε εὐθὺς ἠρξάμεθα πλεῖν οἰόμενοι πρὸς κριτὴν ἀφίξεσθαι τευξόμενοι τῶν δικαίων. ὁ δὲ ἦν ἐχθρὸς ἄσπονδος, δελεάζων ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν φαιδρῷ τῷ βλέμματι καὶ ἱλαρωτέραις ταῖς προσρήσεσι.
181δεξιωσάμενος γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ πρὸς Τιβέρει πεδίῳ τὸ πρῶτον — ἔτυχε δὲ ἐκ τῶν μητρῴων ἐξιὼν κήπων — ἀντιπροσηγόρευσε καὶ τὴν δεξιὰν χεῖρα κατέσεισεν αἰνιττόμενος εὐμένειαν καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν πρεσβειῶν, Ὅμιλον ὄνομα, προσπέμψας „αὐτὸς“ ἔφη „τῆς ὑμετέρας ὑποθέσεως ἀκούσομαι προσευκαιρήσας“, ὥστε τοὺς ἐν κύκλῳ πάντας συνήδεσθαι καθάπερ ἤδη νενικηκόσι καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων ὅσοι ταῖς ἐπιπολαίοις παράγονται φαντασίαις.
182ἐγὼ δὲ φρονεῖν τι δοκῶν περιττότερον καὶ δι’ ἡλικίαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην παιδείαν εὐλαβέστερος ἤμην ἐφ’ οἷς ἔχαιρον οἱ ἄλλοι. „διὰ τί γάρ“ ἔφασκον ἀνακινῶν τὸν ἐμαυτοῦ λογισμόν, „τοσούτων ὄντων πρεσβευτῶν σχεδὸν ἀπὸ πάσης γῆς ἀφιγμένων, ἡμῶν εἶπε τότε μόνων ἀκούσεσθαι; τί βουλόμενος; οὐ γὰρ ἠγνόει γε ὄντας Ἰουδαίους, οἷς ἀγαπητὸν τὸ μὴ ἐλαττοῦσθαι.
183τὸ δὲ δὴ καὶ προνομίας οἴεσθαι τυγχάνειν παρ’ ἀλλοεθνεῖ καὶ νέῳ καὶ αὐτεξουσίῳ δεσπότῃ μὴ καὶ μανίας ἐγγύς ἐστιν; ἀλλ’ ἔοικε τῇ τῶν ἄλλων Ἀλεξανδρέων μερίδι προσκεῖσθαι, ᾗ διδοὺς προνομίαν θᾶττον ὑπέσχετο δικάσειν, ἐὰν ἄρα μὴ τὸν ἴσον καὶ κοινὸν ἀκροατὴν ὑπερβὰς ἀντὶ δικαστοῦ γένηται τῶν μὲν συναγωνιστής, ἡμῶν δὲ ἀντίπαλος.“
184Ταῦτα λογιζόμενος ἐσφάδᾳζον καὶ οὔτε μεθ’ ἡμέραν οὔτε νύκτωρ ἠρέμουν. ἀθυμοῦντος δέ μου καὶ τὴν ἀνίαν στέγοντος — οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀνενεγκεῖν ἀσφαλὲς ἦν —, ἕτερον κατασκήπτει βαρύτατον ἐξαπιναίως ἀπροσδόκητον κακόν, οὐχ ἑνὶ μέρει τοῦ Ἰουδαϊκοῦ τὸν κίνδυνον ἐπάγον, ἀλλὰ συλλήβδην ἅπαντι τῷ ἔθνει.
185ἀφίγμεθα μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ Ῥώμης εἰς Δικαιάρχειαν ἐπακολουθοῦντες Γαΐῳ· κατεληλύθει δὲ ἐπὶ θάλατταν καὶ διέτριβε περὶ τὸν κόλπον, ἀμείβων τὰς ἰδίας ἐπαύλεις πολλὰς καὶ πολυτελῶς ἠσκημένας.
186φροντίζουσι δὲ ἡμῖν τῆς ὑποθέσεως — ἀεὶ γὰρ κληθήσεσθαι προσεδοκῶμεν — προσέρχεταί τις ὕφαιμόν τι καὶ ταραχῶδες ὑποβλεπόμενος, ἄσθματος μεστός, καὶ μικρὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπαγαγών — πλησίον γὰρ ἦσάν τινες — „ἠκούσατε“ ἔφη „τὰ καινά;“ καὶ μέλλων ἀπαγγέλλειν ἐπεσχέθη, δακρύων ἀθρόας φορᾶς ἐνεχθείσης.
187καὶ πάλιν ἀρξάμενος δεύτερον ἐπεσχέθη καὶ τρίτον. ἅπερ ὁρῶντες ἡμεῖς ἐπτοήμεθα καὶ παρεκαλοῦμεν μηνῦσαι τὸ πρᾶγμα, οὗ χάριν ἐλθεῖν ἔφασκεν· „οὐ γὰρ ἕνεκα τοῦ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν· εἰ δὲ ἄξια δακρύων ἐστί, μὴ μόνος ἀπόλαυε τῆς λύπης· ἐθάδες γεγόναμεν ἤδη κακοπραγιῶν.“
188ὁ δὲ μόλις μὲν ἀναλύζων δὲ ὅμως κεκομμένῳ τῷ πνεύματί φησιν· „οἴχεται ἡμῶν τὸ ἱερόν· ἀνδριάντα κολοσσιαῖον ἐσωτάτω τῶν ἀδύτων ἀνατεθῆναι Γάιος προσέταξε Διὸς ἐπίκλησιν αὐτοῦ.“
189θαυμασάντων δὲ τὸ λεχθὲν καὶ πεπηγότων ὑπ’ ἐκπλήξεως καὶ μηδὲ προελθεῖν ἔτι δυναμένων — ἀχανεῖς γὰρ εἱστήκειμεν ὀλιγοδρανοῦντες καὶ καταρρέοντες περὶ αὑτοῖς, τῶν σωματικῶν τόνων ἐκνενευρισμένων —, ἕτεροι παρῆσαν τὰς αὐτὰς φέροντες ὠδῖνας.
190ἔπειτα συγκλεισάμενοι πάντες ἀθρόοι ἰδίας ὁμοῦ καὶ κοινὰς τύχας ἐθρηνοῦμεν καὶ οἷα ὑπέβαλλεν ὁ νοῦς διεξῇμεν — λαλίστατον γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἀτυχῶν —· ἀγωνιάσωμεν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ εἰς ἅπαν ταῖς ἀνιάτοις παρανομίαις ἀφεθῆναι. χειμῶνος μέσου διεπλεύσαμεν ἀγνοοῦντες, ὅσος χειμὼν ἔφεδρός ἐστιν ὁ κατὰ γῆν ἀργαλεώτερος πολλῷ τοῦ κατὰ θάλατταν· τοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αἰτία διακρίνουσα τοὺς ἐτησίους καιρούς, φύσις δὲ σωτήριον· ἐκείνου δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐδὲν φρονῶν ἀνθρώπινον, νέος καὶ νεωτεροποιὸς ἀνημμένος τὴν ἐφ’ ἅπασιν ἀνυπεύθυνον ἀρχήν· νεότης δὲ μετ’ ἐξουσίας αὐτοκρατοῦς ὁρμαῖς ἀκαθέκτοις χρωμένη κακὸν δύσμαχον.
191ἐξέσται δὲ προσελθεῖν ἢ διᾶραι τὸ στόμα περὶ προσευχῶν τῷ λυμεῶνι τοῦ πανιέρου; δῆλον γὰρ ὡς οὐ φροντιεῖ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων καὶ τιμῆς ἐλάττονος ἠξιωμένων ὁ τὸν περισημότατον καὶ ἐπιφανέστατον νεών, εἰς ὃν ἀνατολαὶ καὶ δύσεις ἀποβλέπουσιν ἡλίου τρόπον πανταχόσε λάμποντα, καθυβρίζων.
192εἰ δὲ καὶ γένοιτό τις ἄδεια προσόδου, τί χρὴ προσδοκᾶν ἢ θάνατον ἀπαραίτητον; ἀλλ’ ἔστω, τεθνηξόμεθα· ζωὴ γάρ τίς ἐστιν ὁ ὑπὲρ φυλακῆς νόμων εὐκλεέστατος θάνατος. εἰ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἡμετέρας τελευτῆς γενήσεται μηδὲν ὄφελος, οὐ μανία παραπολέσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα πρεσβεύειν δοκοῦντας, ὡς τῶν πεμψάντων μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ὑπομενόντων εἶναι τὴν συμφοράν;
193οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσοι τὰς φύσεις μισοπονηρότατοι τῶν ὁμοφύλων ἀσέβειαν ἡμῶν κατηγορήσουσιν ὡς, ἐν ἐσχάτῳ κινδύνῳ τῶν ὅλων σαλευόντων, ἐπιμνησθέντων ὑπὸ φιλαυτίας ἰδίου τινός· τοῖς γὰρ μεγάλοις τὰ βραχέα καὶ τοῖς κοινοῖς τὰ ἴδια ὑποστέλλειν ἀναγκαῖον, ὧν οἰχομένων ἔρρει καὶ ἡ πολιτεία.
194ποῦ γὰρ ὅσιον ἢ θεμιτὸν ἄλλως ἀγωνίζεσθαι, δεικνύντας ὡς ἐσμὲν Ἀλεξανδρεῖς, οἷς ὁ περὶ τῆς καθολικωτέρας πολιτείας ἐπικρέμαται κίνδυνος τῆς Ἰουδαίων; ἅμα γὰρ τῇ τοῦ ἱεροῦ καταλύσει δέος, μὴ καὶ τὸ κοινὸν τοῦ ἔθνους ὄνομα συναφανισθῆναι κελεύσῃ ὁ νεωτεροποιὸς καὶ μεγαλουργὸς ἄνθρωπος.
195ἀμφοτέρων οὖν τῶν ὑποθέσεων δι’ ἃς ἐστάλημεν οἰχομένων, ἴσως φήσει τις· τι οὖν, οὐκ ᾔδεσαν πραγματεύεσθαι τὴν μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἐπάνοδον; πρὸς ὃν εἴποιμι ἄν· ἢ οὐκ ἔχεις ἀνδρὸς εὐγενοῦς πάθος γνήσιον ἢ οὐκ ἐνετράφης οὐδὲ ἐνησκήθης τοῖς ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν. ἐλπίδων εἰσὶ πλήρεις οἱ ὄντως εὐγενεῖς, καὶ οἱ νόμοι τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι μὴ χείλεσιν ἄκροις ἐλπίδας ἀγαθὰς δημιουργοῦσιν.
196ἴσως ἀπόπειρα ταῦτα τῆς καθεστώσης γενεᾶς ἐστι, πῶς ἔχει πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ εἰ πεπαίδευται φέρειν τὰ δεινὰ λογισμοῖς ἰσχυρογνώμοσιν οὐ προκαταπίπτουσα. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἅπαντα καὶ ἔρρει καὶ ἐρρέτω· μενέτω δὲ ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἀκαθαίρετος ἡ ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα θεὸν ἐλπίς, ὃς πολλάκις ἐξ ἀμηχάνων καὶ ἀπόρων περιέσωσε τὸ ἔθνος.
197Ταῦτα ἅμα μὲν ὀλοφυρόμενοι τὰς ἀπροσδοκήτους ἀτυχίας ἅμα δὲ καὶ παρηγοροῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐλπίδι μεταβολῆς γαληνοτέρας διεξῇμεν. μικρὸν δὲ ἐπισχόντες πρὸς τοὺς ἀπαγγείλαντας „τί καθ’ ἡσυχίαν“ εἴπομεν „κάθησθε, σπινθῆρας αὐτὸ μόνον τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡμῶν ἐνιέντες, ὑφ’ ὧν καιόμεθα καὶ πυρπολούμεθα, δέον προσεξηγεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ κεκινηκότα τὸν Γάιον;“
198οἱ δέ· „τὴν μὲν ἀνωτάτω καὶ πρώτην αἰτίαν ἴστε, ἣν καὶ πάντες ἴσασιν ἄνθρωποι· θεὸς βούλεται νομίζεσθαι, ὑπείληφε δὲ μόνους Ἰουδαίους μὴ πείσεσθαι, οἷς μεῖζον οὐδὲν ἂν προστρίψαιτο κακὸν ἢ λυμηνάμενος τὴν τοῦ ἱεροῦ σεμνότητα. κατήχηται δέ, ὅτι καὶ πάντων ἱερῶν τῶν πανταχοῦ κάλλιστόν ἐστιν ἐξ ἀπείρων χρόνων ἀπαύστοις καὶ ἀφειδέσι δαπάναις ἀεὶ προσκοσμούμενον· δύσερις δὲ καὶ φιλόνεικος ὢν σφετερίσασθαι τοῦτο εἰς ἑαυτὸν διανοεῖται.
199παρατέθηκται δὲ νῦν μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς, ἣν ἔπεμψε Καπίτων. φόρων ἐκλογεὺς ὁ Καπίτων ἐστὶ τῶν τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἔχει δέ πως πρὸς τοὺς ἐγχωρίους ἐγκότως· πένης γὰρ ἀφιγμένος καὶ ἐξ ὧν νοσφίζεται καὶ παρεκλέγει ποικίλον τινὰ καὶ πολὺν πλοῦτον ἠθροικώς, εἶτα εὐλαβηθείς, μή τις αὐτοῦ γένηται κατηγορία, τέχνην ἐπενόησεν, ᾗ διαβολαῖς τῶν ἀδικηθέντων διακρούσεται τὰς αἰτίας.
200ἀφορμὴν δὲ αὐτῷ δίδωσιν εἰς ὅπερ ἐβούλετο συντυχία τις τοιαύτη. τὴν Ἰάμνειαν — πόλις δέ ἐστι τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα πολυάνθρωπος — [ταύτην] μιγάδες οἰκοῦσιν, οἱ πλείους μὲν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἕτεροι δέ τινες ἀλλόφυλοι παρεισφθαρέντες ἀπὸ τῶν πλησιοχώρων, οἳ τοῖς τρόπον τινὰ αὐθιγενέσιν ὄντες μέτοικοι κακὰ καὶ πράγματα παρέχουσιν, ἀεί τι παραλύοντες τῶν πατρίων Ἰουδαίοις.
Sections 201–225
201οὗτοι παρὰ τῶν ἐπιφοιτώντων ἀκούοντες, ὅσῃ σπουδῇ κέχρηται Γάιος περὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐκθέωσιν καὶ ὡς ἀλλοτριώτατα διάκειται πρὸς ἅπαν τὸ Ἰουδαϊκὸν γένος, καιρὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἰς ἐπίθεσιν παραπεπτωκέναι νομίζοντες αὐτοσχέδιον ἀνιστᾶσι βωμὸν εἰκαιοτάτης ὕλης, πηλὸν σχηματίσαντες εἰς πλίνθους, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μόνον ἐπιβουλεύειν τοῖς συνοικοῦσιν· ᾔδεσαν γὰρ οὐκ ἀνεξομένους καταλυομένων τῶν ἐθῶν, ὅπερ καὶ ἐγένετο.
202θεασάμενοι γὰρ καὶ δυσανασχετήσαντες ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς ἱερᾶς χώρας τὸ ἱεροπρεπὲς ὄντως ἀφανίζεσθαι καθαιροῦσι συνελθόντες· οἱ δὲ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Καπίτωνα ἧκον, ὃς ἦν τοῦ δράματος ὅλου δημιουργός. ἕρμαιον δὲ εὑρηκέναι νομίσας, ὅπερ ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων ἀνεζήτει, γράφει Γαΐῳ διαίρων τὰ πράγματα καὶ μετεωρίζων.
203ὁ δὲ διαναγνοὺς πλουσιώτερον καὶ μεγαλοφρονέστερόν τι ἀντὶ τοῦ πλινθίνου βωμοῦ τοῦ κατ’ ἐπήρειαν ἀνασταθέντος ἐν Ἰαμνείᾳ κελεύει κολοσσιαῖον ἀνδριάντα ἐπίχρυσον ἐν τῷ τῆς μητροπόλεως ἱερῷ καθιδρυθῆναι, συμβούλοις χρησάμενος τοῖς ἀρίστοις καὶ σοφωτάτοις, Ἑλικῶνι τῷ εὐπατρίδῃ δούλῳ, σπερμολόγῳ, περιτρίμματι, καὶ Ἀπελλῇ τινι τραγῳδῷ, ὃς ἀκμῇ μὲν τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας, ὥς φασιν, ἐκαπήλευσε τὴν ὥραν, ἔξωρος δὲ γενόμενος ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν παρῆλθεν.
204ὅσοι δὲ σκηνοβατοῦσιν ἐμπορευόμενοι θεαταῖς καὶ θεάτροις, αἰδοῦς εἰσι καὶ σωφροσύνης ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀναισχυντίας καὶ ἀκοσμίας ἐρασταὶ τῆς ἀνωτάτω; διὰ ταῦτα εἰς τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου τάξιν ὁ Ἀπελλῆς παρῆλθεν, ἵνα βουλεύσηται Γάιος μεθ’ οὗ μὲν ὡς σκωπτέον, μεθ’ οὗ δὲ ὡς ᾀστέον, ὑπερβὰς τὰς περὶ τῶν ὅλων σκέψεις, ὡς εἰρηνεύεσθαι καὶ ἠρεμεῖσθαι τὰ πανταχοῦ πάντα.
205ὁὁ μὲν οὖν Ἑλικών, σκορπιῶδες ἀνδράποδον, τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν ἰὸν εἰς Ἰουδαίους ἤφιεν, ὁὁ δὲ Ἀπελλῆς τὸν ἀπὸ Ἀσκάλωνος· ἦν γὰρ ἐκεῖθεν· Ἀσκαλωνίταις δὲ ἀσύμβατός τις καὶ ἀκατάλλακτος δυσμένεια πρὸς τοὺς τῆς ἱερᾶς χώρας οἰκήτορας Ἰουδαίους ἐστὶν οὖσιν ὁμόροις.“ ταῦτα ἀκούοντες ἐφ’ ἑκάστου ῥήματος καὶ ὀνόματος ἐτιτρωσκόμεθα τὰς ψυχάς.
206ἀλλ’ οἱ μὲν καλῶν πράξεων καλοὶ σύμβουλοι μικρὸν ὕστερον τὰ ἐπίχειρα εὗρον τῆς ἀσεβείας, ὁ μὲν ὑπὸ Γαΐου σιδήρῳ δεθεὶς ἐφ’ ἑτέραις αἰτίαις καὶ στρεβλούμενος καὶ τροχιζόμενος ἐκ περιτροπῆς, ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς περιοδιζούσαις νόσοις, ὁ δὲ Ἑλικὼν ὑπὸ Κλαυδίου Γερμανικοῦ Καίσαρος ἀναιρεθείς, ἐφ’ οἷς ἄλλοις ὁ φρενοβλαβὴς ἠδίκησεν. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον ἐγένετο.
207Ἡ δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀναθέσεως τοῦ ἀνδριάντος ἐπιστολὴ γράφεται, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἀλλ’ ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν περιεσκεμμένως εἰς ἀσφάλειαν. κελεύει γὰρ Πετρωνίῳ τῷ τῆς Συρίας ἁπάσης ὑπάρχῳ, πρὸς ὃν καὶ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐγεγράφει, τῆς παρ’ Εὐφράτῃ στρατιᾶς, ἣ τὴν διάβασιν τῶν ἑῴων βασιλέων καὶ ἐθνῶν παρεφύλαττε, τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἄγειν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας τὸν ἀνδριάντα παραπέμψουσαν, οὐχ ἵνα σεμνοποιήσῃ τὴν ἀνάθεσιν, ἀλλ’ ἵνα, εἰ διακωλύοι τις, εὐθὺς ἀπόληται.
208τί λέγεις, ὦ δέσποτα; προειληφὼς οὐκ ἀνεξομένους, ἀλλ’ ὑπερασπιοῦντας τοῦ νόμου καὶ προαποθανουμένους τῶν πατρίων πολεμοποιεῖς; οὐ γὰρ ἔοικας δι’ ἄγνοιαν ὧν εἰκὸς ἦν ἀποβήσεσθαι τοῦ περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἅψασθαι νεωτερισμοῦ, προμαθὼν δὲ ἀκριβῶς τὰ μέλλοντα ὡς ἤδη παρόντα καὶ τὰ γενησόμενα ὡς χειριζόμενα τὴν στρατιὰν εἰσάγειν προσέταξας, ἵνα θυσίαις ἐναγέσι πρώταις καθιερωθῇ τὸ ἀφίδρυμα, σφαγαῖς ἀθλίων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν.
209ὁ μὲν οὖν Πετρώνιος τὰ ἐπισταλέντα διαναγνοὺς ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ἦν, οὔτε ἐναντιοῦσθαι δυνάμενος διὰ φόβον — ᾔδει γὰρ ἀφόρητον οὐ μόνον κατὰ τῶν τὰ κελευσθέντα μὴ πραξάντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τῶν μὴ εὐθύς — οὔτε ἐγχειρεῖν εὐμαρῶς· ᾔδει γὰρ ἀνθ’ ἑνὸς θανάτου μυρίους ἄν, εἴπερ δυνατὸν ἦν, ἐθελήσοντας ὑπομεῖναι μᾶλλον ἢ περιιδεῖν τι τῶν ἀπειρημένων δρώμενον.
210ἅπαντες γὰρ ἄνθρωποι φυλακτικοὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἐθῶν εἰσι, διαφερόντως δὲ τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος· θεόχρηστα γὰρ λόγια τοὺς νόμους εἶναι ὑπολαμβάνοντες καὶ τοῦτο ἐκ πρώτης ἡλικίας τὸ μάθημα παιδευθέντες ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἀγαλματοφοροῦσι τὰς τῶν διατεταγμένων εἰκόνας·
211εἶτα ἐναργεῖς τύπους καὶ μορφὰς αὐτῶν καθορῶντες ἀεὶ τοῖς λογισμοῖς αὑτῶν τεθήπασι· καὶ τοὺς μὲν τιμητικῶς ἔχοντας ἀλλοφύλους αὐτῶν οὐχ ἧττον τῶν ἰδίων ἀποδέχονται πολιτῶν, τοῖς δὲ ἢ καθαιροῦσιν ἢ χλευάζουσιν ὡς πολεμιωτάτοις ἀπέχθονται· καὶ πεφρίκασι μὲν ἕκαστον τῶν διηγορευμένων οὕτως, ὡς ἅπασαν τὴν παρ’ ἀνθρώποις εἴτε εὐτυχίαν εἴτε εὐδαιμονίαν χρὴ καλεῖν μηδέποτ’ ἂν ὑπὲρ παραβάσεως καὶ τοῦ τυχόντος ἂν ὑπαλλάξασθαι.
212περιττοτέρα δὲ καὶ ἐξαίρετός ἐστιν αὐτοῖς ἅπασιν ἡ περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν σπουδή. τεκμήριον δὲ μέγιστον· θάνατος ἀπαραίτητος ὥρισται κατὰ τῶν εἰς τοὺς ἐντὸς περιβόλους παρελθόντων — δέχονται γὰρ εἰς τοὺς ἐξωτέρω τοὺς πανταχόθεν πάντας — τῶν οὐχ ὁμοεθνῶν.
213εἰς δὴ ταῦτα ἀφορῶν ὁ Πετρώνιος βραδὺς ἦν ἐγχειρητής, ὅσον τόλμημα μεγαλουργεῖται σκεπτόμενος, καὶ συγκαλέσας ὡς ἐν συνεδρίῳ τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ἅπαντας λογισμοὺς τὴν ἑκάστου γνώμην διηρεύνα καὶ πάντας εὕρισκεν ὁμογνωμονοῦντας περὶ τοῦ μηδὲν κινεῖν τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς καθωσιωμένων, πρῶτον διὰ τὸ φύσει δίκαιον καὶ εὐσεβές, ἔπειτα διὰ τὸν ἐπικρεμάμενον κίνδυνον, οὐκ ἐκ θεοῦ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζομένων.
214ἔννοιά τε αὐτὸν εἰσῄει τοῦ ἔθνους, ὅσον ἐστὶν ἐν πολυανθρωπίᾳ, ὅπερ οὐκ ἐδέξατο καθάπερ τῶν ἄλλων ἕκαστον μιᾶς χώρας τῆς ἀποκεκληρωμένης αὐτῷ μόνῳ περίβολος, ἀλλ’ ὀλίγου δέω φάναι πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη· κέχυται γὰρ ἀνά τε τὰς ἠπείρους καὶ νήσους ἁπάσας, ὡς τῶν αὐθιγενῶν μὴ πολλῷ τινι δοκεῖν ἐλαττοῦσθαι.
215τοσαύτας μυριάδας ἐφέλκεσθαι πολεμίων ἆρ’ οὐ σφαλερώτατον; ἀλλὰ μήποτε γένοιτο συμφρονήσαντας τοὺς ἑκασταχοῦ πρὸς ἄμυναν ἐλθεῖν· ἄμαχόν τι συμβήσεται χρῆμα· δίχα τοῦ καὶ τοὺς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν κατοικοῦντας ἀπείρους τε εἶναι τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὰ σώματα γενναιοτάτους καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς εὐτολμοτάτους καὶ προαποθνῄσκειν αἱρουμένους τῶν πατρίων ὑπὸ φρονήματος, ὡς μὲν ἔνιοι τῶν διαβαλλόντων εἴποιεν ἄν, βαρβαρικοῦ, ὡς δὲ ἔχει τἀληθές, ἐλευθερίου καὶ εὐγενοῦς.
216ἐφόβουν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ αἱ πέραν Εὐφράτου δυνάμεις· ᾔδει γὰρ Βαβυλῶνα καὶ πολλὰς ἄλλας τῶν σατραπειῶν ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων κατεχομένας, οὐκ ἀκοῇ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πείρᾳ· καθ’ ἕκαστον γὰρ ἐνιαυτὸν ἱεροπομποὶ στέλλονται χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον πλεῖστον κομίζοντες εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τὸν ἀθροισθέντα ἐκ τῶν ἀπαρχῶν, δυσβάτους καὶ ἀτριβεῖς καὶ ἀνηνύτους ὁδοὺς περαιούμενοι, ἃς λεωφόρους εἶναι νομίζουσιν, ὅτι πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἄγειν δοκοῦσι.
217περιδεὴς οὖν ὡς εἰκὸς ἦν, μὴ πυθόμενοι τὴν καινουργουμένην ἀνάθεσιν ἐπιφοιτήσωσιν ἐξαίφνης καὶ περίσχωσιν, οἱ μὲν ἔνθεν οἱ δὲ ἔνθεν, κύκλος γενόμενοι, καὶ συνάψαντες ἀλλήλοις τοὺς ἐναποληφθέντας μέσους δεινὰ ἐργάσωνται. τοιούτοις μὲν λογισμοῖς χρώμενος ἀπώκνει.
218πάλιν δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων ἀνθείλκετο, „δεσπότου“ λέγων „ἡ πρόσταξίς ἐστι καὶ νέου καὶ ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῇ τοῦτο συμφέρον κρίνοντος καὶ τὸ γνωσθὲν ἅπαξ ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, κἂν ἀλυσιτελέστατον ᾖ καὶ φιλονεικίας καὶ ἀλαζονείας γέμον, ὅς γε καὶ ὑπερπηδήσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐν θεοῖς ἤδη γράφει ἑαυτόν. ἐπικρέμαται δή μοι κίνδυνος ὁ περὶ ψυχῆς καὶ ἐναντιωθέντι καὶ εἴξαντι, ἀλλ’ εἴξαντι μὲν μετὰ πολέμου καὶ τάχα ἀμφίβολος καὶ οὐ πάντως ἀποβησόμενος, ἐναντιωθέντι δὲ ἀπαραίτητος καὶ ὁμολογούμενος ἐκ Γαΐου.“
219συνελάμβανον δὲ τῇ γνώμῃ ταύτῃ πολλοὶ τῶν συνδιεπόντων τὰ κατὰ Συρίαν αὐτῷ Ῥωμαίων, εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς πρώτους αἱ ἀπὸ Γαΐου χωρήσουσιν ὀργαὶ καὶ τιμωρίαι ὡς συναιτίους τοῦ τὸ κελευσθὲν μὴ γενέσθαι.
220παρέσχε δὲ εἰς ἀκριβεστέραν σκέψιν ἀναχώρησιν ἡ κατασκευὴ τοῦ ἀνδριάντος· οὔτε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥώμης διεπέμψατο — θεοῦ μοι προνοίᾳ δοκῶ τὴν χεῖρα τῶν ἀδικουμένων ἀφανῶς ὑπερέχοντος — οὔτε τῶν κατὰ Συρίαν ὅστις ἂν ἄριστος εἶναι δοκιμασθῇ μετακομίζειν προσέταξεν, ἐπεὶ κἂν τῷ τάχει τῆς παρανομίας ταχὺς ἐξήφθη ὁ πόλεμος.
221καιρὸν οὖν σχὼν εἰς τὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος διάσκεψιν — τὰ γὰρ αἰφνίδια καὶ μεγάλα, ὅταν ἀθρόα προσπέσῃ, κατακλᾷ τὸν λογισμόν — προστάττει τὴν κατασκευὴν ἔν τινι τῶν ὁμόρων ποιεῖσθαι.
222μεταπεμψάμενος οὖν ὁ Πετρώνιος δημιουργοὺς τῶν ἐν Φοινίκῃ τοὺς φρονιμωτάτους δίδωσι τὴν ὕλην· οἱ δὲ ἐν Σιδῶνι εἰργάζοντο. μεταπέμπεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τέλει τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἱερεῖς τε καὶ ἄρχοντας, ἅμα μὲν δηλώσων τὰ ἀπὸ Γαΐου, ἅμα δὲ καὶ συμβουλεύσων ἀνέχεσθαι τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ δεσπότου προσταττομένων καὶ τὰ δεινὰ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν λαμβάνειν· εὐτρεπεῖς γὰρ εἶναι τῶν κατὰ Συρίαν στρατιωτικῶν δυνάμεων τὰς μαχιμωτέρας, αἳ πᾶσαν τὴν χώραν καταστορέσουσι νεκρῶν.
223ᾤετο γάρ, εἰ προμαλάξειε τούτους, δυνήσεσθαι δι’ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην πληθὺν ἅπασαν ἀναδιδάξαι μὴ ἐναντιοῦσθαι· γνώμης δέ, ὡς εἰκός, διημάρτανε. πληχθέντας γάρ φασιν ὑπὸ τῶν πρώτων ῥημάτων εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς ἀήθους κακοῦ διηγήσει καταπαγῆναι καὶ ἀχανεῖς γενομένους φοράν τινα δακρύων ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῶν ἀθρόαν ἐκχεῖν, τὰ γένεια καὶ τὰς τρίχας τῆς κεφαλῆς τίλλοντας καὶ τοιαῦτα ἐπιλέγοντας·
224„πολλὰ εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς εὐγήρω βίον οἱ λίαν εὐτυχεῖς, ἵνα ὃ μηδεὶς πώποτε εἶδε τῶν προγόνων ἡμεῖς θεασώμεθα· τίσιν ὀφθαλμοῖς; ἐκκοπήσονται πρότερον μετὰ τῆς ἀθλίας ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς ἐπωδύνου ζωῆς ἢ τοιοῦτον ὄψονται κακόν, ἀθέατον θέαν, ἣν οὔτε ἀκοῦσαι θέμις οὔτε νοῆσαι.“
225Καὶ οἱ μὲν τοιαῦτα ὠλοφύροντο. πυθόμενοι δὲ οἱ κατὰ τὴν ἱερόπολιν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην χώραν τὸ κινούμενον, ὥσπερ ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος συνταξάμενοι, τοῦ κοινοῦ πάθους τὸ σύνθημα δόντος, ἐξεληλύθεσαν ἀθρόοι καὶ κενὰς τὰς πόλεις καὶ κώμας καὶ οἰκίας ἀπολιπόντες μιᾷ ῥύμῃ συνέτεινον εἰς Φοινίκην· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ὢν ἐτύγχανεν ὁ Πετρώνιος.
Sections 226–250
226ἰδόντες δὲ τῶν Πετρωνίου τινὲς ὄχλον ἀμύθητον φερόμενον ἐβοηδρόμουν ἀπαγγέλλοντες, ἵνα φυλάττηται, πόλεμον προσδοκήσαντες. ἔτι δὲ διηγουμένων, ὁ μὲν ἀφρούρητος ἦν, ἡ δὲ τῶν Ἰουδαίων πληθὺς ἐξαπιναίως ὥσπερ νέφος ἐπιστᾶσα πᾶσαν Φοινίκην ἐπέσχε, κατάπληξιν τοῖς οὐκ εἰδόσι τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους πολυανθρωπίαν ἐργασαμένη.
227καὶ βοὴ μὲν τοσαύτη τὸ πρῶτον ἤρθη μετὰ κλαυθμῶν καὶ στερνοτυπιῶν, ὡς ἂν μηδὲ τὰς ἀκοὰς τῶν παρόντων χωρεῖν τὸ μέγεθος· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπαύσατο παυσαμένων, ἀλλ’ ἡσυχασάντων ἔτι συνήχει. ἔπειτα πρόσοδοι καὶ δεήσεις, οἵας ὁ καιρὸς ὑπέβαλλε· διδάσκαλοι γὰρ τοῦ παρόντος αὐταὶ αἱ συμφοραί. εἰς τάξεις δὲ ἓξ διενεμήθησαν, πρεσβυτῶν, νέων, παίδων, πάλιν ἐν μέρει πρεσβυτίδων, γυναικῶν τῶν ἐν ἡλικίᾳ, παρθένων.
228ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Πετρώνιος ἐξ ἀπόπτου κατεφάνη, πᾶσαι αἱ τάξεις καθάπερ κελευσθεῖσαι προσπίπτουσιν εἰς ἔδαφος ὀλολυγὴν θρηνώδη τινὰ μεθ’ ἱκετηριῶν ἀφιεῖσαι. παραινέσαντος δὲ ἀνίστασθαι καὶ προσελθεῖν ἐγγυτέρω, μόλις ἀνίσταντο καὶ καταχεάμενοι πολλὴν κόνιν καὶ ῥεόμενοι δακρύοις, τὰς χεῖρας ἀμφοτέρας εἰς τοὐπίσω περιαγαγόντες τρόπον ἐξηγκωνισμένων, προσῄεσαν.
229εἶτα ἡ γερουσία καταστᾶσα τοιάδε ἔλεξεν· „ἄοπλοι μέν ἐσμεν, ὡς ὁρᾷς, παραγενομένους δὲ αἰτιῶνταί τινες ὡς πολεμίους. ἃ δὲ ἡ φύσις ἑκάστῳ προσένειμεν ἀμυντήρια μέρη, χεῖρας, ἀπεστρόφαμεν, ἔνθα μηδὲν ἐργάσασθαι δύνανται, παρέχοντες αὑτῶν τὰ σώματα πρὸς εὐσκόπους τοῖς θέλουσιν ἀποκτεῖναι βολάς.
230γυναῖκας καὶ τέκνα καὶ γενεὰς ἐπηγαγόμεθά σοι καὶ διὰ σοῦ προσεπέσομεν Γαΐῳ μηδένα οἴκοι καταλιπόντες, ἵνα ἢ περισώσητε πάντας ἢ πάντας πανωλεθρίᾳ διαφθείρητε. Πετρώνιε, καὶ τὰς φύσεις ἐσμὲν εἰρηνικοὶ καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν, καὶ αἱ διὰ παιδοτροφίαν φιλεργίαι τοῦτο ἡμᾶς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπαίδευσαν τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα.
231Γαΐῳ παραλαβόντι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν πρῶτοι τῶν κατὰ Συρίαν ἁπάντων ἡμεῖς συνήσθημεν, Οὐιτελλίου τότε, παρ’ οὗ διεδέξω τὴν ἐπιτροπήν, ἐν τῇ πόλει διατρίβοντος, ᾧ τὰ περὶ τούτων ἐκομίσθη γράμματα, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας πόλεως εὐαγγελιουμένη πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας ἔδραμεν ἡ φήμη.
232πρῶτον τὸ ἡμέτερον ἱερὸν ἐδέξατο τὰς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀρχῆς Γαΐου θυσίας, ἵνα πρῶτον ἢ καὶ μόνον ἀφαιρεθῇ τῆς θρησκείας τὸ πάτριον; ἐξιστάμεθα τῶν πόλεων, παραχωροῦμεν τῶν οἰκιῶν καὶ κτημάτων, ἔπιπλα καὶ χρήματα καὶ κειμήλια καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἅπασαν λείαν εἰσοίσομεν ἑκόντες· λαμβάνειν, οὐ διδόναι, ταῦτα νομιοῦμεν.
233ἓν ἀντὶ πάντων αἰτούμεθα, μηδὲν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ γενέσθαι νεώτερον, ἀλλὰ φυλαχθῆναι τοιοῦτον, οἷον παρὰ τῶν πάππων καὶ προγόνων παρελάβομεν. εἰ δὲ μὴ πείθομεν, παραδίδομεν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ἵνα μὴ ζῶντες ἐπίδωμεν θανάτου χεῖρον κακόν. πυνθανόμεθα πεζὰς καὶ ἱππικὰς δυνάμεις εὐτρεπίσθαι καθ’ ἡμῶν, εἰ πρὸς τὴν ἀνάθεσιν ἀντιβαίημεν. οὐδεὶς οὕτως μέμηνεν, ὡς δοῦλος ὢν ἐναντιοῦσθαι δεσπότῃ· παρέχομεν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ τὰς σφαγὰς ἄσμενοι, κτεινέτωσαν, ἱερευέτωσαν, κρεανομείτωσαν ἀμαχεὶ καὶ ἀναιμωτί, πάντα ὅσα κεκρατηκότων ἔργα δράτωσαν. τίς δὲ χρεία στρατιᾶς;
234αὐτοὶ κατάρξομεν τῶν θυμάτων οἱ καλοὶ ἱερεῖς, παραστησόμενοι τῷ ἱερῷ γυναῖκας οἱ γυναικοκτόνοι, ἀδελφοὺς καὶ ἀδελφὰς οἱ ἀδελφοκτόνοι, κούρους καὶ κόρας, τὴν ἄκακον ἡλικίαν, οἱ παιδοφόνται· τραγικῶν γὰρ ὀνομάτων δεῖ τοῖς τὰς τραγικὰς συμφορὰς ὑπομένουσιν.
235εἶτ’ ἐν μέσοις στάντες καὶ λουσάμενοι τῷ συγγενικῷ αἵματι — τοιαῦτα γὰρ τὰ λουτρὰ τοῖς εἰς ᾅδου φαιδρυνομένοις — ἀνακερασόμεθα τὸ ἴδιον ἐπικατασφάξαντες αὑτούς.
236ἀποθανόντων τὸ ἐπίταγμα γενέσθω· μέμψαιτ’ ἂν οὐδὲ θεὸς ἡμᾶς ἀμφοτέρων στοχαζομένους, καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν αὐτοκράτορα εὐλαβείας καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς καθωσιωμένους νόμους ἀποδοχῆς· γενήσεται δὲ τοῦτο, ἐὰν ὑπεκστῶμεν ἀβιώτου βίου καταφρονήσαντες.
237ἀκοὴν ἐδεξάμεθα παλαιτάτην ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα λογίων παραδοθεῖσαν, οἳ τὴν τῆς Γοργόνος κεφαλὴν τοσαύτην ἔχειν δύναμιν ὡμολόγουν, ὥστε τοὺς προσιδόντας εὐθὺς λίθους καὶ πέτρους γίνεσθαι. τοῦτο μύθου μὲν πλάσμα ἔοικεν εἶναι, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς αἱ μεγάλαι καὶ ἀβούλητοι καὶ ἀνήκεστοι συντυχίαι ἐπιφέρουσιν. ὀργαὶ δεσπότου θάνατον ἀπεργάζονται ἢ παραπλήσιόν τι θανάτῳ.
238νομίζεις, ὃ μήποτε γένοιτο, παραπεμπόμενον εἰ θεάσαιντό τινες τῶν ἡμετέρων εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τὸν ἀνδριάντα, οὐκ ἂν εἰς πέτρους μεταβαλεῖν, παγέντων μὲν αὐτοῖς τῶν ἄρθρων, παγέντων δὲ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, ὡς μηδὲ κινηθῆναι δύνασθαι, ὅλου δὲ τοῦ σώματος τὰς φυσικὰς κινήσεις μεταβαλόντος καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν τῇ κοινωνίᾳ μερῶν αὐτοῦ;
239τελευταίαν δέησιν, ὦ Πετρώνιε, ποιησόμεθα δικαιοτάτην· οὔ φαμεν μὴ δεῖν τὰ κελευσθέντα δρᾶν, ἀλλ’ ἀναχώρησιν αἰτούμεθα προσικετεύοντες, ἵνα πρεσβείαν ἑλόμενοι πέμψωμεν τὴν ἐντευξομένην τῷ δεσπότῃ.
240τάχα που πρεσβευσάμενοι πείσομεν, ἢ περὶ θεοῦ τιμῆς πως διεξελθόντες ἢ περὶ νομίμων ἀκαθαιρέτων φυλακῆς ἢ περὶ τοῦ μὴ πάντων καὶ τῶν ἐν ἐσχατιαῖς ἐθνῶν, οἷς τετήρηται τὰ πάτρια, ἔλαττον ἐνέγκασθαι ἢ περὶ ὧν ὁ πάππος αὐτοῦ καὶ πρόπαππος ἔγνωσαν ἐπισφραγιζόμενοι τὰ ἡμέτερα ἔθη μετὰ πάσης ἐπιμελείας.
241ἴσως ταῦτα ἀκούων ἔσται μαλακώτερος· οὐκ ἐν ὁμοίῳ μένουσιν αἱ γνῶμαι τῶν μεγάλων, αἱ δὲ σὺν ὀργῇ καὶ τάχιστα κάμνουσι. διαβεβλήμεθα, τὰς διαβολὰς ἐπίτρεψον ἰάσασθαι· ἀκρίτους καταγνωσθῆναι χαλεπόν.
242ἐὰν δὲ μὴ πείσωμεν, τί λοιπὸν ἐμποδών ἐστιν [ἢ] ταῦτα ἃ καὶ νῦν διανοῇ πράττειν; ἕως οὐ πεπρεσβεύμεθα, μὴ ἀποκόψῃς τὰς ἀμείνους ἐλπίδας μυριάδων τοσούτων, αἷς οὐχ ὑπὲρ κέρδους ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἐστὶν ἡ σπουδή. καίτοι γε ἡμάρτομεν τοῦτο εἰπόντες· τί γὰρ ἂν εἴη κέρδος λυσιτελέστερον ὁσιότητος ἀνθρώποις;“
243Ταῦτα δὲ διεξῄεσαν ὑπ’ ἀγωνίας καὶ περιπαθήσεως ἄσθματι πολλῷ, κεκομμένῳ τῷ πνεύματι, ῥεόμενοι κατὰ τῶν μελῶν ἁπάντων ἱδρῶτι, μετὰ φορᾶς ἀπαύστων δακρύων, ὡς ἤδη συναλγεῖν τοὺς ἀκούοντας καὶ τὸν Πετρώνιον — ἦν γὰρ καὶ τὴν φύσιν εὐμενὴς καὶ ἥμερος — ὑπὸ τῶν λεχθέντων καὶ ὁρωμένων συνηρπάσθαι· ἐδόκει γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ λεγόμενα εἶναι δικαιότατα καὶ οἰκτρά τις ἡ τῶν ὁρωμένων περιπάθησις.
244ἐπεξαναστὰς δὲ μετὰ τῶν συνέδρων ἐβουλεύετο τὰ πρακτέα καὶ ἑώρα τοὺς μὲν πρὸ μικροῦ παντάπασιν ἐναντιουμένους ἐπαμφοτερίζοντας, τοὺς δὲ ἐνδοιαστὰς ἐπιρρέποντας ἤδη τῷ πλείονι μέρει πρὸς ἔλεον· ἐφ’ οἷς ἥδετο, καίτοι τὴν φύσιν εἰδὼς τοῦ προεστῶτος καὶ ὡς ἔστιν ἀπαραίτητος ὀργήν.
245ἀλλ’ εἶχέ τινα καὶ αὐτός, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐναύσματα τῆς Ἰουδαϊκῆς φιλοσοφίας ἅμα καὶ εὐσεβείας, εἴτε καὶ πάλαι προμαθὼν ἕνεκα τῆς περὶ παιδείαν σπουδῆς εἴτε καὶ ἀφ’ οὗ τῶν χώρων ἐπετρόπευσεν, ἐν οἷς Ἰουδαῖοι καθ’ ἑκάστην πόλιν εἰσὶ παμπληθεῖς, Ἀσίας τε καὶ Συρίας, εἴτε καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν οὕτω διατεθεὶς αὐτηκόῳ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ καὶ αὐτομαθεῖ τινι πρὸς τὰ σπουδῆς ἄξια φύσει. τοῖς δὲ ἀγαθοῖς ἀγαθὰς ὑπηχεῖν ἔοικε γνώμας ὁ θεός, δι’ ὧν ὠφελοῦντες ὠφεληθήσονται· ὅπερ κἀκείνῳ συνέβη. τίνες οὖν ἦσαν αἱ γνῶμαι;
246μὴ κατεπείγειν τοὺς δημιουργούς, ἀλλ’ ἀναπείθειν εὖ τετεχνιτευμένον ἀπεργάσασθαι τὸν ἀνδριάντα, στοχαζομένους καθ’ ὅσον ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ μὴ ἀπολειφθῆναι τῶν διωνομασμένων ἀρχετύπων εἰς πλείονος χρόνου μῆκος, ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὲν αὐτοσχέδια φιλεῖ πως ἐπιτέμνεσθαι, τὰ δὲ σὺν πόνῳ καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ μῆκος χρόνων ἐπιζητεῖν.
247ἣν ᾐτήσαντο πρεσβείαν, οὐκ ἐπιτρέπειν· ἀσφαλὲς γὰρ οὐκ εἶναι. τοῖς βουλομένοις ἐπὶ τὸν πάντων ἡγεμόνα καὶ δεσπότην ἐκκαλεῖσθαι τὰ πράγματα μὴ ἐναντιοῦσθαι. τῷ πλήθει μήτε ὁμολογεῖν μήτε ἀρνεῖσθαι·
248ἑκάτερον γὰρ φέρειν κίνδυνον. ἐπιστέλλειν Γαΐῳ μηδὲν μὲν τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατηγοροῦντα, μὴ δηλοῦντα δὲ ἐπ’ ἀληθείας τὰς ἱκετείας καὶ ἀντιβολίας αὐτῶν, καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν ἀνάθεσιν βραδυτῆτος αἰτιᾶσθαι τὸ μέν τι τὴν κατασκευὴν χρόνου μεμετρημένου δεομένην, τὸ δέ τι καὶ τὸν καιρὸν διδόντα μεγάλας ἀφορμὰς εἰς ἀναβολὴν εὐλόγους, αἷς συναινέσειν οὐκ ἴσως ἀλλ’ ἀναγκαίως καὶ αὐτὸν Γάιον.
249ἐν ἀκμῇ μὲν γὰρ τὸν τοῦ σίτου καρπὸν εἶναι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα σπαρτά, δεδιέναι δὲ μὴ κατ’ ἀπόγνωσιν τῶν πατρίων ἄνθρωποι καὶ τοῦ ζῆν καταφρονοῦντες ἢ δῃώσωσι τὰς ἀρούρας ἢ ἐμπρήσωσι τὴν σταχυηφόρον ὀρεινὴν καὶ πεδιάδα, φυλακῆς δὲ χρῄζειν εἰς ἐπιμελεστέραν τῶν καρπῶν συγκομιδήν, οὐ μόνον τῶν σπειρομένων ἀλλὰ καὶ ὧν ἡ δενδροφόρος παρέχει.
250διεγνώκει μὲν γάρ, ὡς λόγος, πλεῖν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν τὴν πρὸς Αἰγύπτῳ, πελάγει δὲ οὐκ ἀξιώσει τοσοῦτος ἡγεμὼν διά τε τοὺς κινδύνους καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ παραπέμποντος στόλου καὶ ἅμα διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τοῦ σώματος, ἃ δὴ πάντα γίνεται ῥᾳδίως τὸν δι’ Ἀσίας καὶ Συρίας κύκλον περαιουμένῳ·
Sections 251–275
251δυνήσεται γὰρ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καὶ πλεῖν καὶ ἀποβαίνειν, καὶ μάλιστα τὰς πλείστας ναῦς ἐπαγόμενος μακράς, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁλκάδας, αἷς ὁ παρὰ γῆν πλοῦς ἀνυσιμώτερος, ὡς ταῖς φορτίσι διὰ πελάγους ἐστίν.
252ἀναγκαῖον οὖν καὶ χιλὸν κτήνεσι καὶ τροφὰς ἀφθόνους ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς Συριακαῖς πόλεσιν εὐτρεπίσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα ταῖς παράλοις.
253ἀφίξεται γὰρ παμπληθὴς ὄχλος καὶ διὰ γῆς καὶ διὰ θαλάττης, οὐ μόνον ἀπ’ αὐτῆς Ῥώμης καὶ Ἰταλίας ἀναστάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑξῆς ἄχρι Συρίας ἐπικρατειῶν ἐπηκολουθηκώς, ὁ μὲν τῶν ἐν τέλει, ὁ δὲ στρατιωτικός, ἱππέων, πεζῶν, τῶν ἐν ταῖς ναυσίν, ὁ δὲ οἰκετικὸς οὐκ ἀποδέων τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ. δεῖ δὲ χορηγιῶν οὐ πρὸς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα συμμεμετρημένων αὐτὸ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς περιττὴν δαψίλειαν, ἣν ἐπιζητεῖ Γάιος. τούτοις ἐὰν ἐντύχῃ τοῖς γράμμασιν, ἴσως πρὸς τῷ μὴ δυσχερᾶναι καὶ τῆς προνοίας ἡμᾶς ἀποδέξεται ὡς ποιησαμένους τὴν ὑπέρθεσιν, οὐ χάριτι τῇ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τῆς τῶν καρπῶν συγκομιδῆς.
254Ἀποδεξαμένων δὲ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τῶν συνέδρων, κελεύει γράφεσθαι τὰς ἐπιστολὰς καὶ ἐχειροτόνει τοὺς διακομιοῦντας ἄνδρας εὐζώνους, ἐθάδας δὲ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ὁδοιπορίας ἐπιτομῶν.
255καὶ οἱ μὲν ἥκοντες ἀνέδοσαν τὰς ἐπιστολάς, ὁ δ’ ἔτι μὲν ἀναγινώσκων διῴδει καὶ μεστὸς ἦν ὀργῆς ἐφ’ ἑκάστῳ σημειούμενος· ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο, συνεκρότει τὰς χεῖρας "εὖ, Πετρώνιε“, φάσκων „οὐκ ἔμαθες ἀκούειν αὐτοκράτορος· αἱ ἐπάλληλοί σε ἀρχαὶ πεφυσήκασιν· ἄχρι τοῦ παρόντος οὐδὲ ἀκοῇ γνωρίζειν μοι δοκεῖς Γάιον, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν αὐτοῦ πεῖραν ἕξεις.
256μέλει μὲν γάρ σοι τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν νομίμων, ἐχθίστου μοι ἔθνους, ἀλογεῖς δὲ τῶν ἄρχοντος ἡγεμονικῶν προστάξεων.
257ἐφοβήθης τὸ πλῆθος· εἶτα οὐ παρῆσαν αἱ στρατιωτικαὶ δυνάμεις, ἃς δέδιεν ἔθνη τὰ ἑῷα καὶ ἡγεμόνες αὐτῶν Παρθυαῖοι; ἀλλ’ ἠλέησας· εἶτα οἴκτῳ μᾶλλον ἐνέδωκας ἢ Γαΐῳ; προφασίζου νῦν ἄμητον, τὸν ἀπροφάσιστον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐνδεξόμενος αὐτὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ· συγκομιδὴν αἰτιῶ καρπῶν καὶ τὰς εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἄφιξιν παρασκευάς· εἰ γὰρ ἀφορία παντελὴς ἐπέσχε τὴν Ἰουδαίαν, οὐκ ἦσαν αἱ πλησιόχωροι τοσαῦται καὶ οὕτως εὐδαίμονες ἱκαναὶ χορηγεῖν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ τὴν μιᾶς ἔνδειαν ἀναπληρῶσαι;
258ἀλλὰ τί προανίσταμαι τῶν χειρῶν; τί δέ μου τῆς γνώμης προαισθάνονταί τινες; ὁ μέλλων τὰ ἐπίχειρα καρποῦσθαι γινωσκέτω πρῶτος ἐξ ὧν ἂν πάθῃ. παύομαι λέγων, φρονῶν δὲ οὐ παύσομαι.“
259καὶ μικρὸν ὅσον ἐπισχών τινι τῶν πρὸς ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς ὑπέβαλε τὰς πρὸς Πετρώνιον ἀποκρίσεις, ἐπαινῶν αὐτὸν ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν εἰς τὸ προμηθὲς καὶ τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀκριβῆ περίσκεψιν· σφόδρα γὰρ τοὺς ἐν ἡγεμονίαις εὐλαβεῖτο τὰς πρὸς νεωτεροποιίαν ἀφορμὰς ὁρῶν ἔχοντας ἐν ἑτοίμῳ, καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς ἐν ταῖς μεγάλαις καὶ μεγάλοις ἐπιτάττοντας στρατοπέδοις, ἡλίκα τὰ πρὸς Εὐφράτῃ κατὰ Συρίαν ἐστίν.
260θεραπεύων οὖν τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ γράμμασιν ἄχρι καιροῦ τὸ ἔγκοτον ἐπεσκίαζε βαρύμηνις ὤν. εἶτα ἐπὶ πᾶσι γράφει κελεύων μηδενὸς οὕτω φροντίζειν ἢ τοῦ θᾶττον ἀνατεθῆναι τὸν ἀνδριάντα· καὶ γὰρ ἤδη τὰ θέρη, τὴν εἴτε πιθανὴν εἴτε ἀληθῆ πρόφασιν, συγκεκομίσθαι δύνασθαι.
261Μετ’ οὐ πολὺ μέντοι παρῆν Ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς ἀσπασόμενος Γάιον. ᾔδει δὲ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν οὔτε ὧν ἐπεστάλκει ὁ Πετρώνιος οὔτε ὧν ὁ Γάιος ἢ πρότερον ἢ ὕστερον· ἐτεκμαίρετο μέντοι διὰ τῆς οὐκ ἐν τάξει κινήσεως καὶ τῆς τῶν ὀμμάτων ταραχῆς ὑποτυφομένην ὀργὴν καὶ ἀνεσκόπει καὶ διηρεύνα ἑαυτὸν πάντῃ καὶ πρὸς πάντα μικρά τε αὖ καὶ μεγάλα τὸν λογισμὸν ἀποτείνων, μή τι δέδρακεν ἢ εἶπεν ὧν οὐ χρή.
262ὡς δὲ συνόλως οὐδὲν εὕρισκεν, ἐτόπασεν, ὅπερ ἦν εἰκός, ἑτέροις τισὶ πικραίνεσθαι. πάλιν δὲ ὅτε ὑποβλεπόμενον εἶδε καὶ τετακότα τὰς ὄψεις πρὸς μηδένα τῶν παρόντων ἢ μόνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν, ἐδεδίει καὶ πολλάκις ἐρέσθαι διανοηθεὶς ἐπέσχε, τοιοῦτον λαμβάνων λογισμόν· "ἴσως τὴν ἀπειλὴν πρὸς ἑτέρους οὖσαν αὐτὸς ἕλξω περιεργίας ὁμοῦ καὶ προπετείας καὶ θράσους ὑπόληψιν ἐξενεγκάμενος.“
263ἐπτοημένον δ’ οὖν καὶ ἀποροῦντα θεασάμενος αὐτὸν Γάιος — ἦν γὰρ δεινὸς ἐκ τῆς φανερᾶς ὄψεως ἀφανὲς ἀνθρώπου βούλημα καὶ πάθος συνιδεῖν — „ἀπορεῖς“, εἶπεν "Ἀγρίππα; παύσω σε τῆς ἀπορίας.
264ἐπὶ τοσοῦτόν μοι χρόνον συνδιατρίψας ἠγνόησας, ὅτι οὐ τῇ φωνῇ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὄμμασι φθέγγομαι μᾶλλον ἢ οὐχ ἧττον ἕκαστα διασημαίνων;
265οἱ καλοί σου καὶ ἀγαθοὶ πολῖται, παρ’ οἷς μόνοις ἐξ ἅπαντος ἀνθρώπων γένους θεὸς οὐ νομίζεται Γάιος, ἤδη μοι δοκοῦσι καὶ θανατᾶν ἀφηνιάζοντες· ἐμοῦ κελεύσαντος ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Διὸς ἀνδριάντα ἀνατεθῆναι, πανδημεὶ συνταξάμενοι τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς χώρας ὑπεξῆλθον, πρόφασιν ἱκετεύσοντες, τὸ δ’ ἀληθὲς ἐναντία τοῖς προστεταγμένοις ἐργασόμενοι.“
266μέλλοντος δὲ προσεπιφέρειν ἕτερα, ὑπ’ ἀγωνίας παντοδαπὰς χρόας ἐνήλλαττεν ἐν ταὐτῷ γινόμενος αἱμωπός, ὠχρός, πελιδνός.
267ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄκρας ἄχρι ποδῶν φρίκῃ κατέσχητο, τρόμος τε καὶ σεισμὸς πάντα αὐτοῦ τὰ μέρη καὶ τὰ μέλη συνεκύκα, χαλωμένων τε καὶ ἀνιεμένων τῶν σωματικῶν τόνων περὶ ἑαυτῷ κατέρρει καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα παρεθεὶς μικροῦ κατέπεσεν, εἰ μὴ τῶν παρεστώτων τινὲς ὑπέλαβον αὐτόν· καὶ κελευσθέντες φοράδην οἴκαδε κομίζουσιν οὐδενὸς συναισθανόμενον ὑπὸ κάρου τῶν ἀθρόων κατασκηψάντων κακῶν.
268ὁ μὲν οὖν Γάιος ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐξετραχύνθη τὸ κατὰ τοῦ ἔθνους μῖσος ἐπιτείνων· „εἰ γὰρ Ἀγρίππας“ ἔφασκεν „ὁ συνηθέστατος καὶ φίλτατος καὶ τοσαύταις ἐνδεδεμένος εὐεργεσίαις ἥττηται τῶν ἐθῶν, ὡς μηδὲ ἀκοὴν ἀνέχεσθαι τὴν κατ’ αὐτῶν, ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἐκλύσεως μικροῦ καὶ τελευτῆσαι, τί χρὴ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων προσδοκᾶν, οἷς μηδεμία πρόσεστιν ὁλκὸς δύναμις εἰς τοὐναντίον;“
269ὁ δὲ Ἀγρίππας τὴν μὲν πρώτην ἡμέραν καὶ τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος τῆς ὑστεραίας ὑπὸ κάρου πιεσθεὶς βαθέος οὐδὲν ἐγνώριζε τῶν ὄντων, περὶ δὲ δείλην ἑσπέραν μικρὸν ὅσον τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐπάρας καὶ βεβαρημένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπὶ βραχὺ μόλις διοίξας ἀμαυραῖς καὶ ἀχλυώδεσι ταῖς ὄψεσι τοὺς ἐν κύκλῳ παρεθεᾶτο, μήπω γνωρίζειν δυνάμενος ἐπ’ ἀκριβὲς τὰς ἑκάστων ἰδέας.
270πάλιν δὲ ὑπενεχθεὶς εἰς ὕπνον ἠρέμει τῆς προτέρας ὑγιεινοτέρᾳ καταστάσει χρώμενος, ὡς ἐνῆν ἔκ τε τῆς ἀναπνοῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα σχέσεως τεκμήρασθαι. περιαναστὰς δὲ ὕστερον ἐπυνθάνετο· „ποῦ τὰ νῦν εἰμι;
271μήτι παρὰ Γαΐῳ; μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς πάρεστιν ὁ δεσπότης;“ ἀποκριναμένων δέ· „θάρρει, παρὰ σαυτῷ διατρίβεις, Γάιος οὐ πάρεστιν·
272ἱκανῶς ἠρέμησας ὑπενεχθεὶς εἰς ὕπνον· ἀλλ’ ἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ μετεωρίσας σαυτὸν τὸν ἀγκῶνα πῆξον, γνώρισον τοὺς παρόντας· ἴδιοι πάντες εἰσί, φίλων καὶ ἀπελευθέρων καὶ οἰκετῶν οἱ μάλιστα τιμῶντες καὶ ἀντιτιμώμενοι“ —
273ὁ δὲ — νήφειν γὰρ ἤρχετο — καθεώρα τὸ παρ’ ἑκάστῳ συμπαθές· καὶ κελευσάντων τοὺς πολλοὺς μεταστῆναι τῶν ἰατρῶν, ἵνα δι’ ἀλειμμάτων καὶ τροφῆς καιρίου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀνακτήσωνται, „πάνυ γὰρ“ εἶπε „φροντιστέον ὑμῖν ἐπιμελεστέρας τῆς εἰς ἐμὲ διαίτης;
274οὐ γὰρ ἐξαρκεῖ μοι τῷ βαρυδαίμονι λιμὸν ἀκέσασθαι διὰ ψιλῆς καὶ εἰς εὐτέλειαν ἀπηκριβωμένης τῆς τῶν ἀναγκαίων χρήσεως; οὐδ’ αὐτὰ δὴ ταῦτα προσηκάμην ἄν, εἰ μὴ ἕνεκα τελευταίας βοηθείας, ἣν ὀνειροπολεῖ μου ἡ διάνοια τῷ ταλαιπώρῳ ἔθνει παρασχεῖν.“
275καὶ ὁ μὲν δεδακρυμένος καὶ ἀναγκοφαγῶν δίχα προσοψήματος οὐδὲ κράματος προσενεχθέντος ἠνέσχετο, ἀλλ’ ὕδατος ἀπογευσάμενος „ἐπέχει μὲν“ εἶπεν „ἡ τάλαινα γαστὴρ ὃ ἀπῄτει δάνειον· ἐμοὶ δὲ τί προσήκει ποιεῖν ἢ δεῖσθαι Γαΐου περὶ τῶν
Sections 276–300
276ἐνεστώτων;“ καὶ δέλτον λαβὼν ταῦτα ἐπιστέλλει· "τὴν μὲν κατ’ ὄψιν ἔντευξιν, ὦ δέσποτα, φόβος με καὶ αἰδὼς ἀφείλαντο, ὁ μὲν ἀπειλὴν ἐκτρεπόμενος, ἡ δὲ τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ περὶ σὲ ἀξιώματος καταπλήττουσα·
277γραφὴ δὲ μηνύσει μου τὴν δέησιν, ἣν ἀνθ’ ἱκετηρίας προτείνω. πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, αὐτοκράτορ, ἐμπέφυκεν ἔρως μὲν τῆς πατρίδος, τῶν δὲ οἰκείων νόμων ἀποδοχή· καὶ περὶ τούτων οὐδεμιᾶς ἐστί σοι χρεία διδασκαλίας, ἐκθύμως μὲν στέργοντι τὴν πατρίδα, ἐκθύμως δὲ τὰ πάτρια τιμῶντι.
278καλὰ δὲ ἑκάστοις, εἰ καὶ μὴ πρὸς ἀλήθειάν ἐστι, διαφαίνεται τὰ οἰκεῖα· κρίνουσι γὰρ αὐτὰ οὐ λογισμῷ μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ τῆς εὐνοίας πάθει. γεγέννημαι μέν, ὡς οἶδας, Ἰουδαῖος· ἔστι δέ μοι Ἱεροσόλυμα πατρίς, ἐν ᾗ ὁ τοῦ ὑψίστου θεοῦ νεὼς ἅγιος ἵδρυται· πάππων δὲ καὶ προγόνων βασιλέων ἔλαχον, ὧν οἱ πλείους ἐλέγοντο ἀρχιερεῖς, τὴν βασιλείαν τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐν δευτέρᾳ τάξει τιθέμενοι καὶ νομίζοντες, ὅσῳ θεὸς ἀνθρώπων διαφέρει κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον, τοσούτῳ καὶ βασιλείας ἀρχιερωσύνην· τὴν μὲν γὰρ εἶναι θεοῦ θεραπείαν, τὴν δὲ ἐπιμέλειαν ἀνθρώπων.
279ἔθνει δὴ τοιούτῳ προσκεκληρωμένος καὶ πατρίδι καὶ ἱερῷ δέομαι ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων· τοῦ μὲν ἔθνους, ἵνα μὴ τὴν ἐναντίαν δόξαν ἐνέγκηται τῆς ἀληθείας, εὐσεβέστατα καὶ ὁσιώτατα διακείμενον ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρὸς ἅπαντα τὸν ὑμέτερον οἶκον·
280ἐν οἷς γὰρ ἐφεῖται καὶ ἔξεστι μετὰ νόμων εὐσεβεῖν, οὐδενὸς οὔτε τῶν Ἀσιανῶν οὔτε τῶν ἐν Εὐρώπῃ λείπεται τὸ παράπαν, εὐχαῖς, ἀναθημάτων κατασκευαῖς, πλήθει θυσιῶν, οὐ μόνον ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὰς δημοτελεῖς ἑορτὰς ἀναγομέναις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ταῖς καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐντελεχέσιν· ἐξ ὧν οὐ στόματι καὶ γλώσσῃ μηνύουσι τὸ εὐσεβὲς μᾶλλον ἢ ψυχῆς ἀφανοῦς βουλεύμασιν οἱ μὴ λέγοντες, ὅτι φιλοκαίσαρές εἰσιν, ἀλλ’ ὄντες ὄντως.
281περὶ δὲ τῆς ἱεροπόλεως τὰ προσήκοντά μοι λεκτέον· αὕτη, καθάπερ ἔφην, ἐμὴ μέν ἐστι πατρίς, μητρόπολις δὲ οὐ μιᾶς χώρας Ἰουδαίας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πλείστων, διὰ τὰς ἀποικίας ἃς ἐξέπεμψεν ἐπὶ καιρῶν εἰς μὲν τὰς ὁμόρους, Αἴγυπτον, Φοινίκην, Συρίαν τήν τε ἄλλην καὶ τὴν Κοίλην προσαγορευομένην, εἰς δὲ τὰς πόρρω διῳκισμένας, Παμφυλίαν, Κιλικίαν, τὰ πολλὰ τῆς Ἀσίας ἄχρι Βιθυνίας καὶ τῶν τοῦ Πόντου μυχῶν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ εἰς Εὐρώπην, Θετταλίαν, Βοιωτίαν, Μακεδονίαν, Αἰτωλίαν, τὴν Ἀττικήν, Ἄργος, Κόρινθον, τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ ἄριστα Πελοποννήσου.
282καὶ οὐ μόνον αἱ ἤπειροι μεσταὶ τῶν Ἰουδαϊκῶν ἀποικιῶν εἰσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ νήσων αἱ δοκιμώταται, Εὔβοια, Κύπρος, Κρήτη. καὶ σιωπῶ τὰς πέραν Εὐφράτου· πᾶσαι γὰρ ἔξω μέρους βραχέος, Βαβυλὼν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σατραπειῶν αἱ ἀρετῶσαν ἔχουσαι τὴν ἐκ κύκλῳ γῆν Ἰουδαίους ἔχουσιν οἰκήτορας.
283ὥστ’ ἐὰν μεταλάβῃ σου τῆς εὐμενείας ἡ ἐμὴ πατρίς, οὐ μία πόλις ἀλλὰ καὶ μυρίαι τῶν ἄλλων εὐεργετοῦνται καθ’ ἕκαστον κλίμα τῆς οἰκουμένης ἱδρυθεῖσαι, τὸ Εὐρωπαῖον, τὸ Ἀσιανόν, τὸ Λιβυκόν, τὸ ἐν ἠπείροις, τὸ ἐν νήσοις, πάραλόν τε καὶ μεσόγειον.
284ἁρμόττει δέ σου τῷ μεγέθει τῆς τοσαύτης τύχης διὰ τῶν εἰς μίαν πόλιν εὐεργεσιῶν μυρίας ἄλλας συνευεργετεῖν, ὅπως διὰ πάντων τῶν τῆς οἰκουμένης μερῶν ᾄδηταί σου τὸ κλέος καὶ οἱ μετ’ εὐχαριστίας ἔπαινοι συνηχῶνται.
285φίλων ἐνίων πατρίδας ὅλας τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς ἠξίωσας πολιτείας, καὶ γεγόνασιν οἱ πρὸ μικροῦ δοῦλοι δεσπόται ἑτέρων· καὶ τῶν ἀπολελαυκότων τῆς χάριτος μᾶλλον ἢ οὐχ ἧττον οἱ δι’ οὓς γέγονεν ἥδονται.
286κἀγώ τίς εἰμι τῶν εἰδότων μὲν ὅτι δεσπότην ἔχω καὶ κύριον, κεκριμένων δὲ ἐν τῇ τάξει τῶν ἑταίρων, ἀξιώματος μὲν ἕνεκα οὐ πολλῶν ὕστερος, εὐνοίας δὲ οὐδενὸς δεύτερος, ἵνα μὴ λέγω πρῶτος.
287διά τε οὖν τὸ πεφυκέναι καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, αἷς με κατεπλούτισας, θαρρήσας ἂν ἴσως αἰτήσασθαι τῇ πατρίδι καὶ αὐτός, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὴν Ῥωμαϊκὴν πολιτείαν, ἐλευθερίαν γοῦν ἢ φόρων ἄφεσιν, οὐδὲν ἀπετόλμησα τοιοῦτον αἰτήσασθαι, τὸ δὲ φορητότατον, χάριν σοὶ μὲν ἀζήμιον δοῦναι, τῇ δὲ πατρίδι λαβεῖν ὠφελιμωτάτην· τί γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο εὐμενείας ἡγεμόνος ὑπηκόοις ἄμεινον ἀγαθόν;
288ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις πρῶτον, αὐτοκράτορ, ἠγγέλη σου ἡ εὐκταία διαδοχή, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἱεροπόλεως ἐπὶ τὰς παρ’ ἑκάτερα ἠπείρους ἐχώρησεν ἡ φήμη· προνομίας καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνειν ἐστὶν ἀξία παρὰ σοί.
289καθάπερ γὰρ ἐν ταῖς συγγενείαις οἱ πρεσβύτατοι παῖδες τυγχάνουσι πρεσβείων, ὅτι πρῶτοι τὸ πατρὸς καὶ τὸ μητρὸς ὄνομα τοῖς γονεῦσιν ἐφήμισαν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἀνατολικῶν πρώτη πόλις αὕτη σε προσεῖπεν αὐτοκράτορα, δικαία τυγχάνειν πλειόνων ἐστὶν ἀγαθῶν, εἰ δὲ μή, τῶν γοῦν ἴσων.
290τοσαῦτα δικαιολογηθεὶς καὶ δεηθεὶς ἅμα περὶ τῆς πατρίδος εἶμι τὸ τελευταῖον ἐπὶ τὴν περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ δέησιν. τοῦτο, Γάιε δέσποτα, τὸ ἱερὸν χειρόκμητον οὐδεμίαν ἐξ ἀρχῆς μορφὴν παρεδέξατο διὰ τὸ ἕδος τοῦ ἀληθοῦς εἶναι θεοῦ· γραφέων μὲν γὰρ καὶ πλαστῶν ἔργα μιμήματα τῶν αἰσθητῶν θεῶν εἰσιν· τὸν δὲ ἀόρατον εἰκονογραφεῖν ἢ διαπλάττειν οὐχ
291ὅσιον ἐνομίσθη τοῖς ἡμετέροις προγόνοις. Ἀγρίππας ἐτίμησε τὸ ἱερὸν ἐλθών, ὁ πάππος σου, καὶ ὁ Σεβαστὸς διὰ τοῦ κελεῦσαι τὰς πανταχόθεν ἀπαρχὰς ἐπιστολαῖς πέμπειν ἐκεῖσε καὶ διὰ τῆς ἐντελεχοῦς θυσίας·
292καὶ ἡ προμάμμη σου * * * ὅθεν οὐδείς, οὐχ Ἕλλην, οὐ βάρβαρος, οὐ σατράπης, οὐ βασιλεύς, οὐκ ἐχθρὸς ἄσπονδος, οὐ στάσις, οὐ πόλεμος, οὐχ ἅλωσις, οὐ πόρθησις, οὐκ ἄλλο τι τῶν ὄντων οὐδὲν ἐνεωτέρισέ ποτε οὕτως εἰς τὸν νεών, ὡς ἄγαλμα ἢ ξόανον ἤ τι τῶν χειροκμήτων ἱδρύσασθαι.
293καὶ γὰρ εἰ τοῖς οἰκήτορσι τῆς χώρας ἀπήχθοντο δυσμενεῖς ὄντες, ἀλλ’ αἰδώς γέ τις ἢ φόβος εἰσῄει παραλῦσαί τι τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς νενομισμένων ἐπὶ τιμῇ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῶν ὅλων καὶ πατρός· ᾔδεσαν γὰρ ἐκ τούτων καὶ τῶν ὁμοιοτρόπων τὰς τῶν θεηλάτων κακῶν φυομένας ἀνηκέστους συμφοράς. ἧς χάριν αἰτίας ἀσεβὲς σπέρμα σπείρειν εὐλαβοῦντο δεδιότες, μὴ θερίζειν ἀναγκασθῶσι τοὺς ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ παντελεῖ καρπούς.
294ἀλλὰ τί μοι ξένους καλεῖν μάρτυρας ἔχοντι πολλοὺς τῶν οἰκειοτάτων σοι παραστῆσαι; Μάρκος Ἀγρίππας εὐθέως, ὁ πρὸς μητρός σου πάππος, ἐν Ἰουδαίᾳ γενόμενος, ἡνίκα Ἡρῴδης ὁ ἐμὸς πάππος ἐβασίλευε τῆς χώρας, ἀναβῆναι μὲν ἀπὸ θαλάττης εἰς τὴν μητρόπολιν ἐν μεσογείῳ κειμένην ἠξίωσε·
295θεασάμενος δὲ τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ τὸν τῶν ἱερέων κόσμον καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐγχωρίων ἁγιστείαν, ἠγάσθη χρῆμα νομίσας ὑπέρσεμνόν τι καὶ παντὸς λόγου μεῖζον ἑωρακέναι, καὶ διήγημα οὐδὲν ἦν ἕτερον αὐτῷ πρὸς τοὺς συνόντας τότε τῶν ἑταίρων ἢ ὁ τοῦ νεὼ καὶ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὸν ἁπάντων ἔπαινος.
296ὅσας γοῦν ἡμέρας διέτριψεν ἐν τῇ πόλει κατὰ χάριν τὴν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην, ἐφοίτησεν εἰς τὸ τέμενος τερπόμενος τῇ θέᾳ καὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς καὶ τῶν θυσιῶν καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ ἱερουργούμενα λειτουργίας καὶ τάξεως καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸν ἀρχιερέα σεμνότητος, ὁπότε ἀσκηθείη τῇ ἱερᾷ στολῇ καὶ κατάρχοι τῶν ἱερῶν.
297ἀναθήμασι δὲ κοσμήσας ὅσοις ἐξῆν τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ τοὺς οἰκήτορας εὐεργετήσας ὅσα μὴ βλάψει χαριζόμενος, Ἡρῴδην εὐφημήσας πολλὰ καὶ εὐφημηθεὶς μυρία, παρεπέμφθη μέχρι λιμένων, οὐχ ὑπὸ μιᾶς πόλεως, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ τῆς χώρας ἁπάσης, φυλλοβολούμενός τε καὶ θαυμαζόμενος ἐπ’ εὐσεβείᾳ. τί δὲ ὁ ἕτερός σου πάππος Τιβέριος Καῖσαρ;
298οὐχὶ ταὐτὰ φαίνεται προῃρημένος; ἐν γοῦν τρισὶ καὶ εἴκοσιν ἔτεσιν οἷς αὐτοκράτωρ ἐγένετο τὴν κατὰ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐκ μηκίστων χρόνων παραδεδομένην θρησκείαν ἐτήρησεν, οὐδὲν αὐτῆς παραλύσας ἢ παρακινήσας μέρος.
299ἔχω δέ τι καὶ φιλοτίμημα αὐτοῦ προσδιηγήσασθαι, καίτοι μυρίων ἀπολελαυκὼς ὅτε ἔζη κακῶν· ἀλλὰ τἀληθὲς φίλον καὶ σοὶ τίμιον. Πιλᾶτος ἦν τῶν ὑπάρχων ἐπίτροπος ἀποδεδειγμένος τῆς Ἰουδαίας· οὗτος οὐκ ἐπὶ τιμῇ Τιβερίου μᾶλλον ἢ ἕνεκα τοῦ λυπῆσαι τὸ πλῆθος ἀνατίθησιν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἱερόπολιν Ἡρῴδου βασιλείοις ἐπιχρύσους ἀσπίδας μήτε μορφὴν ἐχούσας μήτε ἄλλο τι τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων, ἔξω τινὸς ἐπιγραφῆς ἀναγκαίας, ἣ δύο ταῦτα ἐμήνυε, τόν τε ἀναθέντα καὶ ὑπὲρ οὗ ἡ ἀνάθεσις.
300ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾔσθοντο οἱ πολλοί — καὶ περιβόητον ἦν ἤδη τὸ πρᾶγμα —, προστησάμενοι τούς τε βασιλέως υἱεῖς τέτταρας οὐκ ἀποδέοντας τό τε ἀξίωμα καὶ τὰς τύχας βασιλέων καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀπογόνους καὶ τῶν παρ’ αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἐν τέλει παρεκάλουν τὸ νεωτερισθὲν περὶ τὰς ἀσπίδας εἰς ἐπανόρθωσιν ἀγαγεῖν καὶ μὴ κινεῖν ἔθη πάτρια τὸν πρὸ τοῦ πάντα αἰῶνα διαφυλαχθέντα καὶ πρὸς βασιλέων καὶ πρὸς αὐτοκρατόρων ἀκίνητα.
Sections 301–325
301στερρῶς δὲ ἀντιλέγοντος — ἦν γὰρ τὴν φύσιν ἀκαμπὴς καὶ μετὰ τοῦ αὐθάδους ἀμείλικτος —, ἀνεβόησαν· „μὴ στασίαζε, μὴ πολεμοποίει, μὴ κατάλυε τὴν εἰρήνην· οὐκ ἔστιν ἀτιμία νόμων ἀρχαίων αὐτοκράτορος τιμή. μὴ πρόφασις τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔθνος ἐπηρείας ἔστω σοι Τιβέριος· οὐδὲν ἐθέλει τῶν ἡμετέρων καταλύεσθαι. εἰ δὲ φῄς, αὐτὸς ἐπίδειξον ἢ διάταγμα ἢ ἐπιστολὴν ἤ τι ὁμοιότροπον, ἵνα παυσάμενοι τοῦ σοὶ διενοχλεῖν πρέσβεις ἑλόμενοι δεώμεθα τοῦ δεσπότου."
302τὸ τελευταῖον τοῦτο μάλιστα αὐτὸν ἐξετράχυνε καταδείσαντα, μὴ τῷ ὄντι πρεσβευσάμενοι καὶ τῆς ἄλλης αὐτὸν ἐπιτροπῆς ἐξελέγξωσι τὰς δωροδοκίας, τὰς ὕβρεις, τὰς ἁρπαγάς, τὰς αἰκίας, τὰς ἐπηρείας, τοὺς ἀκρίτους καὶ ἐπαλλήλους φόνους, τὴν ἀνήνυτον καὶ ἀργαλεωτάτην ὠμότητα διεξελθόντες.
303οἷα οὖν ἐγκότως ἔχων καὶ βαρύμηνις ὢν ἄνθρωπος ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ἦν, μήτε καθελεῖν τὰ ἅπαξ ἀνατεθέντα θαρρῶν μήτε βουλόμενός τι τῶν πρὸς ἡδονὴν τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἐργάσασθαι, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐν τούτοις σταθερότητα Τιβερίου μὴ ἀγνοῶν· ἅπερ ὁρῶντες οἱ ἐν τέλει καὶ συνιέντες, ὅτι μετανοεῖ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπραγμένοις, δοκεῖν δὲ οὐ βούλεται,
304γράφουσι Τιβερίῳ δεητικωτάτας ἐπιστολάς. ὁ δὲ διαναγνοὺς οἷα μὲν εἶπε Πιλᾶτον, οἷα δὲ ἠπείλησεν· ὡς δὲ ὠργίσθη, καίτοι οὐκ εὔληπτος ὢν ὀργῇ, περιττόν ἐστι διηγεῖσθαι, τοῦ πράγματος ἐξ αὑτοῦ φωνὴν ἀφιέντος.
305εὐθέως γὰρ οὐδὲ εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν ὑπερθέμενος ἐπιστέλλει, μυρία μὲν τοῦ καινουργηθέντος τολμήματος ὀνειδίζων καὶ ἐπιπλήττων, κελεύων δὲ αὐτίκα καθελεῖν τὰς ἀσπίδας καὶ μετακομισθῆναι ἐκ τῆς μητροπόλεως εἰς τὴν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ Καισάρειαν, ἐπώνυμον τοῦ προπάππου Σεβαστήν, ἵνα ἀνατεθεῖεν ἐν τῷ Σεβαστείῳ· καὶ ἀνετέθησαν. οὕτως ἀμφότερα ἐφυλάχθη, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος, καὶ ἡ περὶ τὴν πόλιν ἀρχαία συνήθεια.
306τότε μὲν οὖν ἀσπίδες ἦσαν, αἷς οὐδὲν ἀνεζωγράφητο μίμημα· νυνὶ δὲ κολοσσιαῖος ἀνδριάς. καὶ τότε μὲν ἡ ἀνάθεσις ἐν οἰκίᾳ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων ἦν· τὴν δὲ μέλλουσάν φασιν ἐσωτάτω τοῦ ἱεροῦ κατ’ αὐτὰ τὰ ἄδυτα γίνεσθαι, εἰς ἃ ἅπαξ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ὁ μέγας ἱερεὺς εἰσέρχεται τῇ νηστείᾳ λεγομένῃ μόνον ἐπιθυμιάσων καὶ κατὰ τὰ πάτρια εὐξόμενος φορὰν ἀγαθῶν εὐετηρίαν τε καὶ εἰρήνην ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις.
307κἂν ἄρα τίς που, οὐ λέγω τῶν ἄλλων Ἰουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων, οὐχὶ τῶν ὑστάτων, ἀλλὰ τῶν τὴν εὐθὺς μετὰ τὸν πρῶτον τάξιν εἰληχότων, ἢ καθ’ αὑτὸν ἢ καὶ μετ’ ἐκείνου συνεισέλθῃ, μᾶλλον δὲ κἂν αὐτὸς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς δυσὶν ἡμέραις τοῦ ἔτους ἢ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ τρὶς ἢ καὶ τετράκις εἰσφοιτήσῃ,
308θάνατον ἀπαραίτητον ὑπομένει. τοσαύτη τίς ἐστιν ἡ περὶ τὰ ἄδυτα φυλακὴ τοῦ νομοθέτου μόνα ἐκ πάντων ἄβατα καὶ ἄψαυστα βουληθέντος αὐτὰ διατηρεῖσθαι. πόσους ἂν οὖν οἴει θανάτους ἑκουσίως ὑπομένειν τοὺς περὶ ταῦτα ὡσιωμένους, εἰ θεάσαιντο τὸν ἀνδριάντα εἰσκομιζόμενον; ἐμοὶ μὲν δοκοῦσι γενεὰς ὅλας αὐταῖς γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις ἀποσφάξαντες ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν οἰκείων πτώμασιν ἑαυτοὺς τελευταῖον καθιερεύσειν. ταῦτα μὲν Τιβέριος ἔγνω.
309τί δὲ ὁ σὸς πρόπαππος, ὁ τῶν πώποτε γενομένων αὐτοκρατόρων ἄριστος, ὁ πρῶτος ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ τύχης Σεβαστὸς ὀνομασθείς, ὁ τὴν εἰρήνην διαχέας πάντῃ διὰ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἄχρι τῶν τοῦ κόσμου περάτων;
310οὐκ ἀκοῇ πυνθανόμενος τὰ περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀφίδρυμα ἐν αὐτῷ χειρόκμητον, ὁρατὸν ἀοράτου μίμημα φύσεως, ἐθαύμαζε καὶ προσεκύνει, φιλοσοφίας οὐκ ἄκροις χείλεσι γευσάμενος ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ πλέον ἑστιαθεὶς καὶ σχεδόν τι καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἑστιώμενος, τὰ μὲν μνήμαις ὧν ἡ διάνοια προμαθοῦσα τὰ φιλοσοφίας ἀνεπόλει, τὰ δὲ καὶ ταῖς τῶν συνόντων ἀεὶ λογίων συνδιαιτήσεσι; κατὰ γὰρ τὰς ἐν δείπνῳ συνουσίας ὁ πλεῖστος χρόνος ἀπενέμετο τοῖς ἀπὸ παιδείας, ἵνα μὴ τὸ σῶμα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ
311ἡ ψυχὴ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἀνατρέφοιτο. τεκμηρίοις δὲ ἀφθόνοις πιστώσασθαι δυνάμενος τὸ βούλημα τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ προπάππου σου δυσὶν ἀρκεσθήσομαι. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον ἐπέστειλε τοῖς ἐπιτρόποις τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐπικρατειῶν, πυθόμενος ὀλιγωρεῖσθαι τὰς ἱερὰς ἀπαρχάς, ἵνα ἐπιτρέπωσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις μόνοις εἰς τὰ συναγώγια συνέρχεσθαι·
312μὴ γὰρ εἶναι ταῦτα συνόδους ἐκ μέθης καὶ παροινίας ἐπισυστάσας, ὡς λυμαίνεσθαι τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, ἀλλὰ διδασκαλεῖα σωφροσύνης καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἀνδρῶν ἐπιτηδευόντων μὲν ἀρετήν, ἀπαρχὰς δὲ ἐτησίους συμφερόντων, ἐξ ὧν ἀνάγουσι θυσίας στέλλοντες ἱεροπομποὺς εἰς τὸ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἱερόν.
313εἶτα κελεύει μηδένα ἐμποδὼν ἵστασθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις μήτε συνιοῦσι μήτε συνεισφέρουσι μήτε διαπεμπομένοις κατὰ τὰ πάτρια εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα· ταῦτα γὰρ εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς ῥήμασι, τοῖς γοῦν πράγμασιν ἐπέσταλται.
314μίαν δὲ ἐπιστολὴν ὑποτέταχα πρὸς τὴν σὴν τοῦ δεσπότου πειθώ, ἣν Γάιος Νορβανὸς Φλάκκος ἐπιστέλλει δηλῶν τὰ ὑπὸ Καίσαρος αὐτῷ γραφέντα.
315ἔστι δὲ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς τὸ ἀντίγραφον τόδε· ’Γάιος Νορβανὸς Φλάκκος ἀνθύπατος Ἐφεσίων ἄρχουσι χαίρειν. Καῖσάρ μοι ἔγραψεν, Ἰουδαίους, οὗ ἂν ὦσιν, ἰδίῳ ἀρχαίῳ ἐθισμῷ νομίζειν συναγομένους χρήματα φέρειν, ἃ πέμπουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα· τούτους οὐκ ἠθέλησε κωλύεσθαι τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ἔγραψα οὖν ὑμῖν, ἵν’ εἰδῆτε, ὡς ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι κελεύει.’
316ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐναργὴς πίστις ἐστίν, αὐτοκράτορ, τῆς Καίσαρος προαιρέσεως, ᾗ περὶ τὴν τοῦ ἡμετέρου ἱεροῦ τιμὴν ἐκέχρητο, μὴ βουληθεὶς τῷ κοινῷ τύπῳ τῶν συνόδων ἀναιρεθῆναι τὰς τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς ταὐτὸ συμφοιτήσεις, ἃς ἀπαρχῶν ἕνεκα ποιοῦνται καὶ τῆς ἄλλης εὐσεβείας;
317ἕτερον δέ ἐστιν οὐκ ἀποδέον τούτου δεῖγμα σαφέστατον τῆς βουλήσεως τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ· διετάξατο γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων προσόδων ἀνάγεσθαι θυσίας ἐντελεχεῖς ὁλοκαύτους τῷ ὑψίστῳ θεῷ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, αἳ καὶ μέχρι νῦν ἐπιτελοῦνται· ἄρνες εἰσὶ δύο καὶ ταῦρος τὰ ἱερεῖα, οἷς Καῖσαρ ἐφαίδρυνε τὸν βωμὸν ἐπιστάμενος σαφῶς, ὅτι οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀφίδρυμα οὔτε φανερὸν οὔτε ἀφανές·
318ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὁ τοσοῦτος ἡγεμὼν καὶ φιλόσοφος οὐδενὸς δεύτερος ἐλογίσατο παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς περιγείοις ἐξαίρετον ἀπονενεμῆσθαι τόπον ἱερὸν τῷ ἀοράτῳ θεῷ μηδὲν ὁρατὸν ἀπεικόνισμα περιέξοντα πρὸς μετουσίαν ἐλπίδων χρηστῶν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ἀγαθῶν τελείων.
319ὑφηγητῇ τοιούτῳ τῆς εὐσεβείας χρησαμένη καὶ ἡ προμάμμη σου Ἰουλία Σεβαστὴ κατεκόσμησε τὸν νεὼν χρυσαῖς φιάλαις καὶ σπονδείοις καὶ ἄλλων ἀναθημάτων πολυτελεστάτων πλήθει· τί παθοῦσα καὶ αὕτη, μηδενὸς ἔνδον ὄντος ἀφιδρύματος; ἀσθενέστεραι γάρ πώς εἰσιν αἱ γνῶμαι τῶν γυναικῶν ἔξω τῶν αἰσθητῶν μηδὲν ἰσχύουσαι νοητὸν καταλαβεῖν.
320ἡ δέ γε καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ὅλον τὸ γένος κἀν τούτῳ διήνεγκεν, ὑπὸ παιδείας ἀκράτου φύσει καὶ μελέτῃ περιγεγενημένη, ἀρρενωθεῖσα τὸν λογισμόν, ὃς οὕτως ὀξυδερκὴς ἐγεγένητο, ὡς μᾶλλον τὰ νοητὰ καταλαμβάνειν τῶν αἰσθητῶν
321καὶ ταῦτα νομίζειν ἐκείνων εἶναι σκιάς. ἔχων οὖν, δέσποτα, τῆς ἡμερωτέρας προαιρέσεως τοιαῦτα παραδείγματα, πάντα οἰκειότατα καὶ συγγενέστατα ἀφ’ ὧν ἐσπάρης καὶ ἀνέβλαστες καὶ τοσοῦτον ηὐξήθης, διατήρησον ἃ κἀκείνων ἕκαστος.
322παρακλητεύουσι τοῖς νόμοις αὐτοκράτορες πρὸς αὐτοκράτορα, Σεβαστοὶ πρὸς Σεβαστόν, πάπποι καὶ πρόγονοι πρὸς ἔκγονον, πλείους πρὸς ἕνα, μονονουχὶ φάσκοντες· ἐν ταῖς ἡμετέραις βουλήσεσιν ἃ μέχρι καὶ τήμερον ἐφυλάχθη νόμιμα μὴ καθέλῃς· καὶ γὰρ εἰ μηδὲν ἐκ τῆς καταλύσεως αὐτῶν ἀπαντηθείη παλίμφημον, ἀλλ’ ἥ γε τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀδηλότης καὶ τοῖς θαρραλεωτάτοις, εἰ μὴ καταφρονηταὶ τῶν θείων εἰσίν, οὐ παντελῶς ἐστιν ἄφοβος.
323ἐὰν καταλέγωμαι τὰς εἰς ἐμαυτὸν ἐκ σοῦ γενομένας εὐεργεσίας, ἐπιλείψει με ἡ ἡμέρα, πρὸς τῷ μηδὲ ἁρμόττον εἶναι προηγούμενον ἔργον πάρεργον ἑτέρου ποιεῖσθαι λόγου· κἂν ἡσυχάζω μέντοι, τὰ πράγματα αὐτὰ βοᾷ καὶ φωνὴν ἀφίησιν. ἔλυσάς με σιδήρῳ δεδεμένον· τίς οὐκ οἶδεν;
324ἀλλὰ μὴ χαλεπωτέροις δεσμοῖς, αὐτοκράτορ, ἐπισφίγξῃς· οἱ μὲν γὰρ λυθέντες μέρει περιβέβληντο τοῦ σώματος, οἱ δὲ νῦν προσδοκώμενοι ψυχῆς εἰσιν, ὅλην αὐτὴν δι’ ὅλων μέλλοντες πιέζειν.
325τὸν ἐπικρεμάμενον ἀεὶ τοῦ θανάτου φόβον ἀπώσω καὶ τεθνεῶτα τῷ δέει ζωπυρήσας καθάπερ ἐκ παλιγγενεσίας ἀνήγειρας· διατήρησον τὴν χάριν, αὐτοκράτορ, ἵνα μὴ ὁ σὸς Ἀγρίππας ἀποτάξηται τῷ βίῳ· δόξω γὰρ οὐ τοῦ σωθῆναι χάριν ἀφεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ βαρυτέρας ἐνδεξάμενος συμφορὰς ἐπισημότερον τελευτῆσαι.
Sections 326–350
326τὸν μέγιστον καὶ εὐτυχέστατον ἐν ἀνθρώποις κλῆρον ἐχαρίσω μοι, βασιλείαν, πάλαι μὲν μιᾶς χώρας, αὖθις δὲ καὶ ἑτέρας μείζονος, τὴν Τραχωνῖτιν λεγομένην καὶ τὴν Γαλιλαίαν συνάψας· μὴ τὰ πρὸς περιουσίαν μοι χαρισάμενος, ὦ δέσποτα, τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἀφέλῃς μηδὲ εἰς φῶς ἀναγαγὼν τηλαυγέστατον ἐξ ὑπαρχῆς εἰς βαθύτατον σκότος ῥίψῃς.
327ἐξίσταμαι τῶν λαμπρῶν ἐκείνων, τὴν πρὸ μικροῦ τύχην οὐ παραιτοῦμαι, πάντα ὑπαλλάττομαι ἑνός, τοῦ μὴ κινηθῆναι τὰ πάτρια. τίς γὰρ ἄν μου γένοιτο λόγος ἢ παρὰ τοῖς ὁμοφύλοις ἢ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις; ἀνάγκη γὰρ δυοῖν θάτερον ἢ προδότην τῶν ἰδίων ἢ σοὶ μηκέτι ὁμοίως φίλον νομισθῆναι· ὧν τί ἂν εἴη μεῖζον κακόν;
328εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ τάξει τῶν ἑταίρων ἔτι καταριθμοῦμαι, προδοσίας ἐξοίσομαι δόξαν, ἐὰν μήτε ἡ πατρὶς ἀπαθὴς παντὸς κακοῦ διαφυλαχθῇ μήτε τὸ ἱερὸν ἄψαυστον· τὰ γὰρ τῶν ἑταίρων καὶ προσπεφευγότων ταῖς αὐτοκρατορικαῖς ἐπιφανείαις ὑμεῖς οἱ μεγάλοι διασῴζετε.
329εἰ δὲ ὑποικουρεῖ τί σου τὴν διάνοιαν ἔχθος, μὴ δήσῃς ὡς Τιβέριος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τοῦ δεθῆναί ποτε αὖθις ἐλπίδα συνανελὼν κέλευσον ἐκποδὼν αὐτίκα γενέσθαι· τί γὰρ ἐμοὶ ζῆν καλόν, ᾧ μία σωτηρίας ἐλπὶς ἦν τὸ σὸν εὐμενές;“
330Ταῦτα γράψας καὶ σφραγισάμενος πέμπει Γαΐῳ καὶ συγκλεισάμενος οἴκοι κατέμενεν, ἀγωνιῶν καὶ συγκεχυμένος καὶ πῶς ἐντύχοι μάλιστα φροντίζων· οὐ γὰρ βραχὺς ἐπέρριπτο κίνδυνος, ἀλλ’ ὁ περὶ ἀναστάσεως καὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ καὶ παντελοῦς πορθήσεως, οὐ μόνον τοῖς τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν κατοικοῦσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πανταχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης Ἰουδαίοις.
331λαβὼν δὲ καὶ διαναγινώσκων ἐφ’ ἑκάστῳ τῶν νοημάτων ἅμα μὲν ᾤδει, μὴ κατορθουμένου τοῦ βουλήματος, ἅμα δὲ καὶ ἐπεκλᾶτο ταῖς δικαιολογίαις ὁμοῦ καὶ δεήσεσι, καὶ τὸν Ἀγρίππαν τῇ μὲν ἐπῄνει, τῇ
332δὲ ἐμέμφετο· ᾐτιᾶτο μὲν τῆς εἰς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους ἄγαν ἀρεσκείας μόνους ἀνθρώπων ἀφηνιάζοντας καὶ ἐκτρεπομένους αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐκθέωσιν, ἐπῄνει δὲ τὸ μηδὲν ἐν ἑαυτῷ συσκιάζειν καὶ ἐπικρύπτειν, ἅπερ ἔλεγεν εἶναι δείγματα ἐλευθεριωτάτων καὶ εὐγενεστάτων ἠθῶν.
333ἡμερωθεὶς οὖν ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν ἀποκρίσεων χρηστοτέρων Ἀγρίππαν ἠξίωσε, τὸ ἀνωτάτω καὶ μέγιστον δωρούμενος, τὸ μηκέτι γενέσθαι τὴν ἀνάθεσιν· καὶ Ποπλίῳ Πετρωνίῳ, τῷ τῆς Συρίας ἐπιτρόπῳ, κελεύει γραφῆναι μηδὲν ἐπὶ τῷ ἱερῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔτι νεώτερον κινεῖν.
334ὅμως μέντοι καὶ τὴν χάριν διδοὺς ἔδωκεν οὐκ ἀκέραιον, ἀλλ’ ἀναμίξας αὐτῇ δέος ἀργαλεώτατον· προσγράφει γάρ· „ἐὰν δέ τινες ἐν ταῖς ὁμόροις ἔξω μιᾶς τῆς μητροπόλεως ἐθέλοντες βωμοὺς ἢ ἱερὰ ἤ τινας εἰκόνας ἢ ἀνδριάντας ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐμῶν ἱδρύεσθαι κωλύωνται, τοὺς εἴργοντας ἢ παραχρῆμα κολάζειν ἢ εἰς αὐτὸν ἀνάγειν.“
335τοῦτο δὲ οὐδὲν ἦν ἕτερον ἢ στάσεων καὶ ἐμφυλίων πολέμων ἀρχὴ καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς, ἣν ἐπ’ εὐθείας ἐδόκει παρασχεῖν, πλάγιός τις ἀναίρεσις· ἔμελλον γὰρ οἱ μὲν κατὰ τὴν πρὸς Ἰουδαίους φιλονεικίαν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ πρὸς Γάιον εὐσεβὲς καταπλήσειν τὴν χώραν ἅπασαν ἀναθημάτων, οἱ δὲ ἐν ὄψεσι ταῖς αὑτῶν τὴν τῶν πατρίων ὁρῶντες κατάλυσιν, εἰ καὶ πάντων ἦσαν πρᾳοπαθέστατοι, μὴ ἀνέχεσθαι, Γάιος δὲ τοὺς παρακινηθέντας τιμωρίᾳ κρίνων μεγίστῃ ἀνατεθῆναι πάλιν κελεύειν τὸν ἀνδριάντα ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ.
336προνοίᾳ δέ τινι καὶ ἐπιμελείᾳ τοῦ πάντα ἐφορῶντος καὶ σὺν δίκῃ πρυτανεύοντος θεοῦ τῶν ὁμόρων παρεκίνησεν οὐδὲν οὐδὲ εἷς, ὡς μὴ χρείαν τινὰ γενέσθαι, ᾗ πρὸ μετριωτέρας μέμψεως ἀπαραίτητος ἔμελλεν ἀπαντᾶσθαι συμφορά.
337τί δὲ ὄφελος; εἴποι τις ἄν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠρεμούντων ὁ Γάιος ἠρέμει, μετανοῶν ἐπὶ τῇ χάριτι ἤδη καὶ τὴν πρὸ μικροῦ ζωπυρῶν ἐπιθυμίαν· προστάττει γὰρ ἕτερον ἀνδριάντα δημιουργεῖσθαι κολοσσιαῖον χαλκοῦν ἐπίχρυσον ἐν Ῥώμῃ, μηκέτι τὸν ἐν Σιδῶνι κινῶν, ἵνα μὴ τῇ κινήσει διαταράξῃ τὸ πλῆθος, ἀλλ’ ἠρεμοῦντος καὶ τῆς ὑπονοίας ἀπηλλαγμένου κατὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἀφανῶς ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ κομισθέντα λαθὼν τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐξαίφνης ἱδρύσηται.
338Τοῦτο δὲ πράξειν ἔμελλεν ἐν παράπλῳ κατὰ τὴν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἀποδημίαν. ἄλεκτος γάρ τις αὐτὸν ἔρως κατεῖχε τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας, εἰς ἣν ἐπόθει σπουδῇ πάσῃ παραγενέσθαι καὶ ἀφικόμενος πλεῖστον χρόνον ἐνδιαιτηθῆναι, νομίζων τὴν ἐκθέωσιν, ἣν ὠνειροπόλει, μίαν ταύτην πόλιν καὶ γεγεννηκέναι καὶ συναυξήσειν καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις παράδειγμα γεγενῆσθαι τοῦ σεβασμοῦ, μεγίστην τε οὖσαν καὶ ἐν καλῷ τῆς οἰκουμένης· τὰ γὰρ τῶν μεγάλων εἴτε ἀνδρῶν εἴτε πόλεων τοὺς καταδεεστέρους ἄνδρας τε καὶ δήμους ζηλοῦν ἐπιχειρεῖν.
339ἦν μέντοι καὶ πρὸς τἄλλα πάντα τὴν φύσιν ἄπιστος, ὡς, εἰ καί τι χρηστὸν ἐργάσαιτο, μετανοεῖν εὐθὺς καὶ τρόπον τινὰ δι’ οὗ καὶ ταυτὶ λυθήσεται ζητεῖν μετὰ μείζονος ἀνίας καὶ βλάβης.
340οἷον δή τι λέγω· δεσμώτας ἔλυσεν ἐνίους ἐπ’ οὐδεμιᾷ προφάσει, πάλιν ἔδησε βαρυτέραν τῆς προτέρας ἐπαγαγὼν συμφοράν, τὴν ἐκ δυσελπιστίας.
341πάλιν κατέγνω φυγὴν ἑτέρων θάνατον προσδοκησάντων, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ συνῄδεσαν αὑτοῖς ἄξια θανάτου πεπραχόσιν ἢ συνόλως βραχυτέρας ἡστινοσοῦν τιμωρίας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν ὠμότητα τοῦ δικαστοῦ μὴ προσδοκῶντες ἀποφεύξεσθαι. τούτοις ἕρμαιον ἦν ἡ φυγὴ καὶ ἰσότιμος καθόδῳ τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς ἀνωτάτω κίνδυνον ἀποδεδρακέναι νομίζουσιν.
342ἀλλ’ οὐ μακρὸς διῆλθε χρόνος, καὶ τῶν στρατευομένων ἐπιπέμψας τινάς, μηδενὸς καινοτέρου προσπεσόντος, τοὺς ἀρίστους καὶ εὐγενεστάτους ἤδη ζῶντας ὡς ἐν πατρίσι ταῖς νήσοις καὶ τὴν ἀτυχίαν εὐτυχέστατα φέροντας ἀθρόους ἀνῄρει, πένθος οἰκτρότατον καὶ ἀπροσδόκητον οἴκοις τῶν ἐν Ῥώμῃ μεγάλων προσβαλών.
343εἰ δέ τισι καὶ δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν ἀργύριον, οὐχ ὡς δάνειον ἀνέπραττε τόκους προσεκλέγων καὶ ἐπιτοκίας, ἀλλ’ ὡς φώριον μετὰ μεγίστης τῶν λαβόντων ζημίας· οὐ γὰρ ἐξήρκει τὰ δοθέντα τοῖς ἀθλίοις ἀποτιννύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς οὐσίας ὅλας προσεισέφερον, ἃς ἢ παρὰ γονέων ἢ παρ’ οἰκείων ἢ φίλων ἐκληρονόμουν ἢ ποριστὴν ἑλόμενοι βίον ἐκτήσαντο αὐτοὶ δι’ ἑαυτῶν.
344οἱ δ’ εὐπάρυφοι καὶ σφόδρ’ εὐδοκιμεῖν οἰόμενοι τρόπον ἕτερον τὸν σὺν ἡδονῇ μετὰ προσποιήσεως φιλικῆς ἐβλάπτοντο, πάμπολλα μὲν εἰς τὰς ἀκρίτους καὶ ἀτάκτους καὶ ἐξαπιναίους ἀποδημίας ἀναλίσκοντες, πάμπολλα δὲ εἰς τὰς ἑστιάσεις· ὅλας γὰρ οὐσίας ἐξανάλουν εἰς ἑνὸς δείπνου παρασκευήν, ὡς καὶ δανείζεσθαι· τοσαύτη τις ἦν ἡ πολυτέλεια.
345τοιγαροῦν ἀπηύχοντό τινες ἤδη τὰς δεδομένας ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ χάριτας, ὑπολαμβάνοντες οὐκ ὠφέλειαν ἀλλὰ δέλεαρ εἶναι καὶ ἐνέδραν ἀφορήτου ζημίας.
346τοσαύτη μὲν οὖν τις ἡ περὶ τὸ ἦθος ἦν ἀνωμαλία πρὸς ἅπαντας, διαφερόντως δὲ πρὸς τὸ Ἰουδαίων γένος, ᾧ χαλεπῶς ἀπεχθανόμενος τὰς μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι προσευχὰς ἀπὸ τῶν κατ’ Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀρξάμενος σφετερίζεται, καταπλήσας εἰκόνων καὶ ἀνδριάντων τῆς ἰδίας μορφῆς — ὁ γὰρ ἑτέρων ἀνατιθέντων ἐφεὶς αὐτὸς ἱδρύετο δυνάμει —, τὸν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἱεροπόλει νεών, ὃς λοιπὸς ἦν ἄψαυστος ἀσυλίας ἠξιωμένος τῆς πάσης, μεθηρμόζετο καὶ μετεσχημάτιζεν εἰς οἰκεῖον ἱερόν, ἵνα Διὸς Ἐπιφανοῦς Νέου χρηματίζῃ Γαΐου. τί φῄς;
347σὺ μὲν ἄνθρωπος ὢν αἰθέρα καὶ οὐρανὸν ζητεῖς προσλαβεῖν, οὐκ ἀρκεσθεὶς τῷ πλήθει τῶν τοσούτων ἠπείρων, νήσων, ἐθνῶν, κλιμάτων, ὧν ἀνήψω τὴν ἀρχήν; τὸν δὲ θεὸν οὐδενὸς τῶν ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρ’ ἡμῖν ἀξιοῖς, οὐ χώρας, οὐ πόλεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν βραχὺν οὕτως περίβολον αὐτῷ καθιερωθέντα καὶ καθοσιωθέντα χρησμοῖς καὶ λογίοις θεσφάτοις ἀφελέσθαι διανοῇ, ἵν’ ἐν τῷ τῆς τοσαύτης γῆς περιβόλῳ μηδὲν ἴχνος μηδὲ ὑπόμνημα καταλειφθῇ τιμῆς καὶ εὐσεβείας τῆς εἰς τὸν ὄντως ὄντα ἀληθῆ θεόν;
348καλὰς ὑπογράφεις τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐλπίδας· ἀγνοεῖς ὅτι πηγὰς ἀνατέμνεις ἀθρόων κακῶν, καινουργῶν καὶ μεγαλουργῶν ἃ μήτε δρᾶν μήτε λογίζεσθαι θέμις; ***
349Ἄξιον δὲ ἐπιμνησθῆναι καὶ ὧν εἴδομέν τε καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μεταπεμφθέντες ἀγωνίσασθαι τὸν περὶ τῆς πολιτείας ἀγῶνα. εἰσελθόντες γὰρ εὐθὺς ἔγνωμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ βλέμματος καὶ τῆς κινήσεως, ὅτι οὐ πρὸς δικαστὴν ἀλλὰ κατήγορον ἀφίγμεθα, τῶν ἀντιτεταγμένων μᾶλλον ἐχθρόν.
350δικαστοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἔργα ταῦτα ἦν· καθίσαι μετὰ συνέδρων ἀριστίνδην ἐπιλελεγμένων, ἐξεταζομένης ὑποθέσεως μεγίστης ἐν τετρακοσίοις ἔτεσιν ἡσυχασθείσης καὶ νῦν πρῶτον εἰσαγομένης ἐπὶ μυριάσι πολλαῖς τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων Ἰουδαίων, ἑκατέρωθεν στῆναι τοὺς ἀντιδίκους μετὰ τῶν συναγορευσόντων, ἐν μέρει μὲν ἀκοῦσαι τῆς κατηγορίας, ἐν μέρει δὲ τῆς ἀπολογίας πρὸς μεμετρημένον ὕδωρ, ἀναστάντα βουλεύσασθαι μετὰ τῶν συνέδρων, τί χρὴ φανερῶς ἀποφήνασθαι γνώμῃ τῇ δικαιοτάτῃ· τυράννου δὲ ἀμειλίκτου δεσποτικὴν ὀφρὺν ἐπανατειναμένου τὰ πραχθέντα.
Sections 351–373
351χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ μηδὲν ὧν ἀρτίως εἶπον ἐργάσασθαι, μεταπεμψάμενος τοὺς δυεῖν κήπων ἐπιτρόπους τοῦ τε Μαικήνα καὶ Λαμία — πλησίον δέ εἰσιν ἀλλήλων τε καὶ τῆς πόλεως, ἐν οἷς ἐκ τριῶν ἢ τεττάρων ἡμερῶν διέτριβε· κεῖθι γὰρ ἐπὶ παροῦσιν ἡμῖν ἡ κατὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἔθνους ἔμελλε σκηνοβατεῖσθαι δραματοποιία — κελεύει τὰς ἐπαύλεις αὑτῷ πάσας περιανοιχθῆναι·
352βούλεσθαι γὰρ μετὰ ἀκριβείας ἑκάστην ἰδεῖν. ἡμεῖς δὲ ὡς αὐτὸν εἰσαχθέντες ἅμα τῷ θεάσασθαι μετ’ αἰδοῦς καὶ εὐλαβείας τῆς ἁπάσης νεύοντες εἰς τοὔδαφος ἐδεξιούμεθα, Σεβαστὸν Αὐτοκράτορα προσειπόντες· ὁ δὲ οὕτως ἐπιεικῶς καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἀντιπροσηγόρευσεν, ὡς μὴ μόνον τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ζῆν ἀπογνῶναι.
353σαρκάζων γὰρ ἅμα καὶ σεσηρὼς „ὑμεῖς“ εἶπεν „ἐστὲ οἱ θεομισεῖς, οἱ θεὸν μὴ νομίζοντες εἶναί με, τὸν ἤδη παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνωμολογημένον, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀκατονόμαστον ὑμῖν;“ καὶ ἀνατείνας τὰς χεῖρας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπεφήμιζε πρόσρησιν, ἣν οὐδὲ ἀκούειν θεμιτόν, οὐχ ὅτι διερμηνεύειν αὐτολεξεί.
354πόσης εὐθὺς ἀνεπλήσθησαν ἡδονῆς οἱ τῆς ἐναντίας μερίδος πρέσβεις, ἤδη κατωρθωκέναι διὰ τῆς πρώτης ἀναφθέγξεως Γαΐου τὴν πρεσβείαν νομίζοντες· ἐπεχειρονόμουν, ἀνωρχοῦντο, τὰς θεῶν ἁπάντων ἐπωνυμίας
355ἐπεφήμιζον αὐτῷ. γανύμενον δὲ ταῖς ὑπὲρ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν προσρήσεσι θεασάμενος ὁ πικρὸς συκοφάντης Ἰσίδωρος „ἔτι μᾶλλον“ ἔφη, „δέσποτα, μισήσεις τοὺς παρόντας καὶ τοὺς ὧν εἰσιν ὁμόφυλοι, ἐὰν γνῷς τὴν εἰς σὲ κακόνοιαν αὐτῶν καὶ ἀσέβειαν· ἁπάντων γὰρ ἀνθρώπων ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας τῆς σῆς θυσίας ἀναγόντων εὐχαριστηρίους, οὐχ ὑπέμειναν οὗτοι μόνοι θύειν· ὅταν δὲ οὗτοι λέγω, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ἰουδαίους συμπαραλαμβάνω.“
356ἀναβοησάντων δὲ ἡμῶν ὁμοθυμαδὸν „κύριε Γάιε, συκοφαντούμεθα· καὶ γὰρ ἐθύσαμεν καὶ ἑκατόμβας ἐθύσαμεν, οὐ τὸ μὲν αἷμα τῷ βωμῷ περισπείσαντες τὰ δὲ κρέα εἰς θοίνην καὶ εὐωχίαν οἴκαδε κομίσαντες, ὡς ἔθος ἐνίοις ποιεῖν, ἀλλ’ ὁλόκαυτα τὰ ἱερεῖα παραδόντες τῇ ἱερᾷ φλογί, καὶ τρίς, οὐχ ἅπαξ, ἤδη· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτε διεδέξω τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, δεύτερον δὲ ὅτε τὴν βαρεῖαν νόσον ἐκείνην ἣν πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη συνενόσησεν ἐξέφυγες, τρίτον δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς Γερμανικῆς νίκης,“ „ἔστω“
357φησί „ταῦτα ἀληθῆ, τεθύκατε, ἀλλ’ ἑτέρῳ, κἂν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ· τί οὖν ὄφελος; οὐ γὰρ ἐμοὶ τεθύκατε.“ φρίκη βύθιος εὐθὺς κατέσχεν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τῷ προτέρῳ καὶ τοῦτο ἀκούσαντας, ἣ καὶ μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἀνεχύθη.
358καὶ ταῦθ’ ἅμα λέγων ἐπῄει τὰς ἐπαύλεις, ἀνδρῶνας κατανοῶν, γυναικωνίτιδας, τὰ ἐν ἐπιπέδῳ, τὰ ὑπερῷα, ἅπαντα, αἰτιώμενος ἐνίας ὡς ἐλλιπεῖς κατασκευάς, ἑτέρας ἐπινοῶν καὶ προσδιατάττων πολυτελεστέρας αὐτός.
359εἶτα ἡμεῖς ἐλαυνόμενοι παρηκολουθοῦμεν ἄνω κάτω, χλευαζόμενοι καὶ κατακερτομούμενοι πρὸς τῶν ἀντιπάλων ὡς ἐν θεατρικοῖς μίμοις· καὶ γὰρ τὸ πρᾶγμα μιμεία τις ἦν· ὁ μὲν δικαστὴς ἀνειλήφει σχῆμα κατηγόρου, οἱ δὲ κατήγοροι φαύλου δικαστοῦ πρὸς ἔχθραν ἀποβλέποντος, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὴν φύσιν τῆς ἀληθείας.
360ὅταν δὲ αἰτιᾶται κρινόμενον δικαστὴς καὶ τοσοῦτος, ἀνάγκη σιωπᾶν· ἔστι γάρ πως καὶ δι’ ἡσυχίας ἀπολογεῖσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς οὐδὲν ὧν ἐπεζήτει καὶ ἐπεπόθει δυναμένους ἀποκρίνασθαι, τῶν ἐθῶν καὶ νομίμων τὴν γλῶτταν ἐπεχόντων καὶ τὸ στόμα κλειόντων καὶ ἀπορραπτόντων.
361ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔνια τῶν περὶ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς διετάξατο, μέγιστον καὶ σεμνὸν ἐρώτημα ἠρώτα· „διὰ τί χοιρείων κρεῶν ἀπέχεσθε;“ πάλιν πρὸς τὴν πεῦσιν γέλως ἐκ τῶν ἀντιδίκων κατερράγη τοσοῦτος, τῇ μὲν ἡδομένων τῇ δὲ καὶ ἐπιτηδευόντων ἕνεκα κολακείας ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὸ λεχθὲν δοκεῖν σὺν εὐτραπελίᾳ καὶ χάριτι εἰρῆσθαι, ὥς τινα τῶν ἑπομένων αὐτῷ θεραπόντων ἀγανακτεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ καταφρονητικῶς ἔχειν αὐτοκράτορος, ἐφ’ οὗ καὶ τὸ μετρίως μειδιάσαι τοῖς μὴ πάνυ συνήθεσιν οὐκ ἀσφαλές.
362ἀποκριναμένων δὲ ἡμῶν, ὅτι „νόμιμα παρ’ ἑτέροις ἕτερα καὶ χρῆσις ἐνίων ὡς ἡμῖν καὶ τοῖς ἀντιδίκοις ἀπείρηται“, καὶ φαμένου τινὸς „ὡς πολλοί γε καὶ τὰ προχειρότατα ἀρνία οὐ προσφέρονται“, γελάσας „εὖ γε“ εἶπεν, „ἔστι γὰρ οὐχ ἡδέα.“
363τοιαῦτα φλυαρηθέντες καὶ κατακερτομηθέντες ἐν ἀμηχάνοις ἦμεν. εἶτα ὀψέ ποτε παρασεσυρμένως "βουλόμεθα μαθεῖν“ ἔφη, „τίσι χρῆσθε περὶ τῆς πολιτείας δικαίοις.“
364ἀρξαμένων δὲ λέγειν καὶ διδάσκειν, ἀπογευσάμενος τῆς δικαιολογίας καὶ συνεὶς ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν εὐκαταφρόνητος, πρὶν ἐπενεγκεῖν τὰ ἐχυρώτερα, συγκόψας καὶ τὰ πρότερα δρομαῖος εἰς τὸν μέγαν οἶκον εἰσεπήδησε καὶ περιελθὼν προστάττει τὰς ἐν κύκλῳ θυρίδας ἀναληφθῆναι τοῖς ὑάλῳ λευκῇ παραπλησίως διαφανέσι λίθοις, οἳ τὸ μὲν φῶς οὐκ ἐμποδίζουσιν, ἄνεμον δὲ εἴργουσι καὶ τὸν ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμόν.
365εἶτα προελθὼν ἄνευ σπουδῆς μετριώτερον ἀνηρώτα· „τί λέγετε;“ συνείρειν δὲ ἀρξαμένων τὰ ἀκόλουθα, εἰστρέχει πάλιν εἰς ἕτερον οἶκον, ἐν ᾧ γραφὰς ἀρχετύπους ἀνατεθῆναι προσέταττεν.
366οὕτω τῶν ἡμετέρων σπαραττομένων καὶ διαρτωμένων καὶ μόνον οὐ συγκοπτομένων καὶ συντριβομένων δικαίων, ἀπειρηκότες καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι σθένοντες, ἀεὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ θάνατον προσδοκῶντες, οὐκέτι τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν αὑτοῖς εἴχομεν, ἀλλ’ ὑπ’ ἀγωνίας ἔξω προεληλύθεσαν ἱκετεύειν τὸν ἀληθινὸν θεόν, ἵνα τοῦ ψευδωνύμου τὰς ὀργὰς ἐπίσχῃ.
367ὁ δὲ λαβὼν οἶκτον ἡμῶν τρέπει τὸν θυμὸν αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἔλεον· καὶ ἀνεθεὶς πρὸς τὸ μαλακώτερον, τοσοῦτον εἰπὼν "οὐ πονηροὶ μᾶλλον ἢ δυστυχεῖς εἶναί μοι δοκοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι καὶ ἀνόητοι μὴ πιστεύοντες, ὅτι θεοῦ κεκλήρωμαι φύσιν“, ἀπαλλάττεται προστάξας καὶ ἡμῖν ἀπέρχεσθαι.
368Τοιοῦτον ἀντὶ δικαστηρίου θέατρον ὁμοῦ καὶ δεσμωτήριον ἐκφυγόντες — ὡς μὲν γὰρ ἐν θεάτρῳ κλωσμὸς συριττόντων, καταμωκωμένων, ἄμετρα χλευαζόντων, ὡς δὲ ἐν εἱρκτῇ πληγαὶ κατὰ τῶν σπλάγχνων φερόμεναι, βάσανοι, κατατάσεις τῆς ὅλης ψυχῆς διά τε τῶν εἰς τὸ θεῖον βλασφημιῶν καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐπανατάσεων, ἃς τοσοῦτος αὐτοκράτωρ ἐπανετείνετο, μνησικακῶν οὐ περὶ ἑτέρου, ῥᾳδίως γὰρ ἂν μετέβαλεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς εἰς τὴν ἐκθέωσιν ἐπιθυμίας, ᾗ μόνους ὑπελάμβανε μήτε συναινεῖν Ἰουδαίους μήτε δύνασθαι συνυπογράψασθαι — μόλις ἀνεπνεύσαμεν, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ φιλοζωοῦντες θάνατον κατεπτήχειμεν,
369ὃν ἄσμενοι καθάπερ ἀθανασίαν εἱλόμεθα ἄν, εἰ δή τι τῶν νομίμων ἔμελλεν ἐπανόρθωσιν ἕξειν, ἀλλ’ εἰδότες ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ λυσιτελεῖ παρανάλωμα γενησόμενοι μετὰ πολλῆς δυσκλείας· ἃ γὰρ ἂν πρέσβεις ὑπομένωσιν, ἐπὶ τοὺς πέμψαντας λαμβάνει τὴν ἀναφοράν.
370τούτων μὲν δὴ χάριν ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἐδυνήθημεν ἀνακύψαι, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ἡμᾶς ἐφόβει διεπτοημένους καὶ ἀποροῦντας, τί γνώσεται, τί ἀποφανεῖται, ποταπὴ γένοιτ’ ἂν ἡ κρίσις· ἤκουσε γὰρ τῆς ὑποθέσεως, ὃς πραγμάτων ἐνίων παρήκουσεν; ἐν ἡμῖν δὲ πέντε πρεσβευταῖς σαλεύειν τὰ τῶν πανταχοῦ πάντων Ἰουδαίων οὐ χαλεπόν;
371εἰ γὰρ χαρίσαιτο τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἐχθροῖς, τίς ἑτέρα πόλις ἠρεμήσει; τίς οὐκ ἐπιθήσεται τοῖς συνοικοῦσι; τίς ἀπαθὴς καταλειφθήσεται προσευχή; ποῖον πολιτικὸν οὐκ ἀνατραπήσεται δίκαιον τοῖς κοσμουμένοις κατὰ τὰ πάτρια τῶν Ἰουδαίων; ἀνατετράψεται, ναυαγήσει, κατὰ βυθοῦ χωρήσει καὶ τὰ ἐξαίρετα νόμιμα καὶ τὰ κοινὰ πρὸς ἑκάστας τῶν πόλεων αὐτοῖς δίκαια.
372τοιούτοις ὑπέραντλοι γενόμενοι λογισμοῖς ὑπεσυρόμεθα καταποντούμενοι· καὶ γὰρ οἱ τέως συμπράττειν ἡμῖν δοκοῦντες ἀπειρήκεσαν· καλουμένων γοῦν, ἔνδον ὄντες οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλ’ ὑπεξῆλθον διὰ φόβον ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενοι τὸν ἵμερον, ᾧ κέχρητο πρὸς τὸ νομίζεσθαι θεός.
373εἴρηται μὲν οὖν κεφαλαιωδέστερον ἡ αἰτία τῆς πρὸς ἅπαν τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος ἀπεχθείας Γαΐου· λεκτέον δὲ καὶ τὴν παλινῳδίαν.